[debian-edu-commits] debian-edu/debian-edu-doc.git (#454) - wheezy (branch) updated: 1.2_20080715-4-g34f8f68
David Prévot
taffit at alioth.debian.org
Sat Oct 5 12:18:23 UTC 2013
The branch, wheezy has been updated
via 34f8f688eba092eb3da7202b38d3295f0f1e5c50 (commit)
from d1612d238bbd47b7aa14be0f96110b88f70e9af3 (commit)
Those revisions listed above that are new to this repository have
not appeared on any other notification email; so we list those
revisions in full, below.
- Log -----------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Summary of changes:
debian/changelog | 11 +
documentation/release-manual/release-manual.de.po | 3259 +++++++++++-------
documentation/release-manual/release-manual.es.po | 2314 ++++++++-----
documentation/release-manual/release-manual.fr.po | 2506 ++++++++------
documentation/release-manual/release-manual.it.po | 3705 ++++++++++++++-------
documentation/release-manual/release-manual.nb.po | 2591 ++++++++------
documentation/release-manual/release-manual.pot | 2360 +++++++------
documentation/release-manual/release-manual.xml | 168 +-
documentation/rosegarden/rosegarden-manual.nb.po | 1427 ++++----
documentation/rosegarden/rosegarden-manual.pot | 1272 +++----
documentation/rosegarden/rosegarden-manual.xml | 791 ++---
11 files changed, 12339 insertions(+), 8065 deletions(-)
The diff of changes is:
diff --git a/debian/changelog b/debian/changelog
index 7614ddd..83a6d8e 100644
--- a/debian/changelog
+++ b/debian/changelog
@@ -1,3 +1,14 @@
+debian-edu-doc (1.2~20081108) unstable; urgency=low
+
+ * release manual:
+ - update .xml source from the wiki.
+ - update Italian translation thanks to Claudio Carboncini.
+ - updated German translation thanks to Kai J. G. Hatje.
+ * rosegarden manual:
+ - update .xml source from the wiki.
+
+ -- Holger Levsen <holger at debian.org> Sat, 08 Nov 2008 16:58:00 +0000
+
debian-edu-doc (1.2~20080715) terra; urgency=low
* Add rosegarden manual by Alf Tonny Bät to debian-edu-doc-en and
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.de.po b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.de.po
index 8e41cfa..6ba86cb 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.de.po
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.de.po
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: release-manual.de\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-07-15 12:30+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-11-08 18:02+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-10-12 00:00+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: \n"
"Language-Team: <en at li.org>\n"
@@ -47,9 +47,10 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:10
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
-"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-07-15</computeroutput>."
+"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-11-08</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
"Dieses Dokument wurde am <computeroutput>2008-07-15</computeroutput> in das "
"Paket <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> gepackt."
@@ -92,8 +93,8 @@ msgid ""
"\">Debian </ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Skolelinux ist eine Linuxdistribution die vom Debian Edu Projekt erstellt "
-"wurde. Sie ist Teil von <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org\">Debian </ulink>, "
-"da sie eine sogenannte <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/"
+"wurde. Sie ist Teil von <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org\">Debian </"
+"ulink>, da sie eine sogenannte <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/"
"CustomDebian\">Custom Debian Distribution </ulink> (CCD) ist."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
@@ -798,10 +799,10 @@ msgstr ""
"zu ermöglichen, jeder Benutzer muss einer primären Gruppe ohne anderen "
"Mitgliedern zugeordnet sein. Der Name dieser privaten Gruppe sollte "
"identisch mit dem Benutzernamen sein. (<ulink url=\"http://www.redhat.com/"
-"docs/manuals/linux/RHL-9-Manual/ref-guide/s1-users-groups-private-groups."
-"html\">Mehr Info über private Gruppen </ulink> ist von Redhat verfügbar.) "
-"Dies erlaubt für alle neuen von dem Benutzer erzeugten Dateien das Setzen "
-"des vollen Zugriffs für die Dateigruppe. Zusammen mit dem set-gid Bit auf "
+"docs/manuals/linux/RHL-9-Manual/ref-guide/s1-users-groups-private-groups.html"
+"\">Mehr Info über private Gruppen </ulink> ist von Redhat verfügbar.) Dies "
+"erlaubt für alle neuen von dem Benutzer erzeugten Dateien das Setzen des "
+"vollen Zugriffs für die Dateigruppe. Zusammen mit dem set-gid Bit auf "
"Verzeichnissen und der Vererbung von Rechten, ermöglicht es kontrollierten "
"gemeinsamen Dateizugriff zwischen den Mitgliedern einer Dateigruppe. Dazu "
"sollte die umask 00X des Benutzer sein. (Falls alle Benutzer anfänglich in "
@@ -884,7 +885,8 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:193
-msgid "- access to home directories (*~/.)? - home directories - shared directories?"
+msgid ""
+"- access to home directories (*~/.)? - home directories - shared directories?"
msgstr ""
"- Zugriff auf Heimatverzeichnisse (*~/.)? - Heimatverzeichnisse - Gemeinsame "
"Verzeichnisse?"
@@ -940,8 +942,8 @@ msgid ""
"copyright notes as well. </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Dieses Kapitel wurde kopiert und eingefügt von "
-"<ulink url=\"http://developer.skolelinux.no/arkitektur/arkitektur.html."
-"en\">http://developer.skolelinux.no/arkitektur/arkitektur.html.en </ulink> "
+"<ulink url=\"http://developer.skolelinux.no/arkitektur/arkitektur.html.en"
+"\">http://developer.skolelinux.no/arkitektur/arkitektur.html.en </ulink> "
"( zu diesem Zeitpunkt war es Copyright © 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Petter "
"Reinholdtsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:pere at hungry.com\">pere at hungry.com </"
"ulink>>, released under the GPL) - Notiz an Übersetzer: es gibt bereits "
@@ -1046,7 +1048,8 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:246
msgid "Automatic version control of configuration files in /etc/ using svk."
-msgstr "Automatische Versionskontrolle von Konfigurationsdateien in /etc/ mit svk."
+msgstr ""
+"Automatische Versionskontrolle von Konfigurationsdateien in /etc/ mit svk."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:247
@@ -1323,12 +1326,12 @@ msgid ""
"ulink> . This list is not nearly complete <inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
"Eine Liste mit getesteter Hardware erhalten Sie auf <ulink url=\"http://wiki."
-"debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/ </"
-"ulink> . Diese Liste ist noch unvollständig <inlinemediaobject>"
+"debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/ "
+"</ulink> . Diese Liste ist noch unvollständig <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
#: release-manual.xml:334 release-manual.xml:478 release-manual.xml:562
-#: release-manual.xml:1506 release-manual.xml:2103
+#: release-manual.xml:1566 release-manual.xml:2203
msgid "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
@@ -1406,8 +1409,10 @@ msgid ""
"PC), we recommend <ulink url=\"http://www.ipcop.org\">IPCop </ulink> or "
"<ulink url=\"http://www.zelow.no/floppyfw\">floppyfw </ulink>."
msgstr ""
-"Wenn Sie eine Lösung suchen, die auf der i386 aufbaut (damit sie einen alten Computer weiter verwenden können), empfehlen wir <ulink url=\"http://www.ipcop.org\">IPCop </ulink> oder "
-"<ulink url=\"http://www.zelow.no/floppyfw\">floppyfw </ulink>."
+"Wenn Sie eine Lösung suchen, die auf der i386 aufbaut (damit sie einen alten "
+"Computer weiter verwenden können), empfehlen wir <ulink url=\"http://www."
+"ipcop.org\">IPCop </ulink> oder <ulink url=\"http://www.zelow.no/floppyfw"
+"\">floppyfw </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:365
@@ -1419,8 +1424,12 @@ msgid ""
"webpages for a list of <ulink url=\"http://wiki.openwrt.org/TableOfHardware"
"\">supported hardware </ulink>."
msgstr ""
-"Für Hardwarerouter und Accesspoints empfehlen wir <ulink url=\"http://openwrt.org\">OpenWRT </ulink>, wobei Sie natürlich auch die Originalfirmware verwenden können. Das ist einfacher, allerdings haben Sie mit OpenWRT mehr Auswahlmöglichkeiten und Kontrolle. Für eine Liste unterstützter Hardware besuchen Sie die <ulink url=\"http://wiki.openwrt.org/TableOfHardware"
-"\">OpenWRT Hardware Seite.</ulink>"
+"Für Hardwarerouter und Accesspoints empfehlen wir <ulink url=\"http://"
+"openwrt.org\">OpenWRT </ulink>, wobei Sie natürlich auch die "
+"Originalfirmware verwenden können. Das ist einfacher, allerdings haben Sie "
+"mit OpenWRT mehr Auswahlmöglichkeiten und Kontrolle. Für eine Liste "
+"unterstützter Hardware besuchen Sie die <ulink url=\"http://wiki.openwrt.org/"
+"TableOfHardware\">OpenWRT Hardware Seite.</ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:369
@@ -1433,10 +1442,11 @@ msgid ""
"architecture</link>."
msgstr ""
"Es ist möglich, unterschiedliche Netzwerkinstallationen zu nutzen. Wie das "
-"geht, ist <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
-"ChangeIpSubnet\">hier</ulink> dokumentiert. Wenn Sie jedoch nicht "
-"aufgrund einer existierenden Netzwerk Infrastruktur gezwungen sind es zu "
-"tun, empfehlen wir Ihnen, sich für die Nutzung der<link linkend=\"Architecture\">Standard Netzwerkarchitektur</link> zu entscheiden."
+"geht, ist <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet"
+"\">hier</ulink> dokumentiert. Wenn Sie jedoch nicht aufgrund einer "
+"existierenden Netzwerk Infrastruktur gezwungen sind es zu tun, empfehlen wir "
+"Ihnen, sich für die Nutzung der<link linkend=\"Architecture\">Standard "
+"Netzwerkarchitektur</link> zu entscheiden."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:382
@@ -1460,8 +1470,8 @@ msgstr ""
"keinen Gedanken machen. Das wird sicher funktionieren. <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:386 release-manual.xml:2462 release-manual.xml:2499
-#: release-manual.xml:2570
+#: release-manual.xml:386 release-manual.xml:2582 release-manual.xml:2619
+#: release-manual.xml:2690
msgid "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
@@ -1680,8 +1690,8 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Für diejenigen ohne eine schnelle Internetverbindung bieten wir an, Ihnen "
"eine CD/DVD zum Selbstkostenpreis (CD/DVD + Transport) zuzuschicken. Senden "
-"Sie einfach eine E-mail an: <ulink url=\"mailto:cd at skolelinux."
-"no\">cd at skolelinux.no </ulink> und wir werden Ihnen umgehend die Kosten und "
+"Sie einfach eine E-mail an: <ulink url=\"mailto:cd at skolelinux.no"
+"\">cd at skolelinux.no </ulink> und wir werden Ihnen umgehend die Kosten und "
"Zahlungsweise mitteilen. <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
@@ -1724,7 +1734,8 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:491
msgid "Main server and Workstation: 618 of 1081 MiB downloaded."
-msgstr "Hauptserver und Arbeitsplatzrechner: 618 von 1081 MB werden heruntergeladen. "
+msgstr ""
+"Hauptserver und Arbeitsplatzrechner: 618 von 1081 MB werden heruntergeladen. "
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:492
@@ -1980,7 +1991,8 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:557
-msgid "say yes to automatic partioning, it will destroy the data on the harddrives!"
+msgid ""
+"say yes to automatic partioning, it will destroy the data on the harddrives!"
msgstr ""
"Sag \"Ja\" zur automatischen Partitionierung, es wird alle Daten auf der "
"Festplatte zerstören."
@@ -2122,8 +2134,8 @@ msgstr ""
"Angepasste CDs oder DVDs zu erstellen ist recht einfach, da wir den <ulink "
"url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/\">debian installer </ulink> "
"verwenden, welcher ein modulares Design und andere schöne Features hat. Mit "
-"dem sogenannten [ <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/"
-"Preseed\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed </ulink> Preseeding] "
+"dem sogenannten [ <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed"
+"\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed </ulink> Preseeding] "
"können wir Antworten auf die Standardfragen des Installers bereitstellen."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
@@ -2141,8 +2153,10 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:617
-msgid "Screenshot tour through an i386 main-server + thin-client-server installation"
-msgstr "Screenshottour durch eine i386 Hauptserver + Terminalserver Installation"
+msgid ""
+"Screenshot tour through an i386 main-server + thin-client-server installation"
+msgstr ""
+"Screenshottour durch eine i386 Hauptserver + Terminalserver Installation"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
#: release-manual.xml:620
@@ -2348,7 +2362,8 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Um auf lwat zuzugreifen, geben Sie folgende Adresse in ihren Webbrowser ein: "
"<ulink url=\"https://www/lwat\">https://www/lwat </ulink>. Aus folgenden "
-"Gründen werden Sie höchstwahrscheinlich die folgenden Fehlermeldungen erhalten:"
+"Gründen werden Sie höchstwahrscheinlich die folgenden Fehlermeldungen "
+"erhalten:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:755
@@ -2594,7 +2609,8 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:851
-msgid "Search and delete Users"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Search and delete users"
msgstr "Benutzer suchen und löschen"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
@@ -2639,22 +2655,69 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-edituser.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-edituser.png </phrase>"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:872
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Advanced user management"
+msgstr "Verwaltung von Backups"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:874
+msgid ""
+"It possible to mass-create users with <computeroutput>lwat </computeroutput> "
+"by using a .csv file, which can be created with any good spreadsheet "
+"software (for example <computeroutput>oocalc </computeroutput>)."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:878
+msgid ""
+"The import script expects a file formated with all data for one user on one "
+"row, with each field separated with a semicolon. The minimum information "
+"needed is the full name of the user. If fullname is not given, the script "
+"expects to have both Firstname and lastname. The maximum information it "
+"expects is \"User template; Fullname; Username; Password; Additional group "
+"membership\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:880
+msgid ""
+"If a password column is missing, an easy to remember, pronounceble password "
+"will be created."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:882
+msgid ""
+"If users are put into groups, these groups have to exist, so you need to "
+"create them manually (with lwat, see below) before importing the users."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:884
+msgid ""
+"It's a good idea to do some tests first, best with a .csv file with a few "
+"fictional users, which can be deleted later."
+msgstr ""
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:873
+#: release-manual.xml:890
msgid "Group Management with lwat"
msgstr "Gruppenverwaltung mit lwat"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:875
+#: release-manual.xml:892
msgid ""
"The mangement of groups is very similarly to the management of users. You "
"can enter a name and a description per group. When be searching for groups "
"you can also delete or disable all users of the groups found. From the "
"modification page you can access all the users of that group."
-msgstr "Die Verwaltung der Gruppen ist sehr ähnlich der Verwaltung der Benutzer."
+msgstr ""
+"Die Verwaltung der Gruppen ist sehr ähnlich der Verwaltung der Benutzer."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:877
+#: release-manual.xml:894
msgid ""
"The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so "
"you can use them for file permissions too."
@@ -2662,13 +2725,62 @@ msgstr ""
"Die Gruppen, die im Gruppenmanagement eingetragen werden, sind reguläre "
"Datensätze, die sie für die Dateiübertragung benutzen können."
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:898
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Advanced group management"
+msgstr "Verwaltung von Backups"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:900
+msgid ""
+"Using lwat it's easy to put users in a specifig group (for example named "
+"after the year they enter or finish school) and to create all their home "
+"directories in a dedicated directory."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:902
+msgid ""
+"To achieve that, add a stanza like the following to the file "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/lwat/admin.ini </computeroutput>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:906
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"[2009]\n"
+"ou = \"ou=People,%base%\"\n"
+"objectClass = top posixAccount shadowAccount imapUser sambaSamAccount\n"
+"homeDirectory = /skole/tjener/home0/2009/%username%\n"
+"groups = none students 2009\n"
+"loginShell = /bin/bash\n"
+"mailMessageStore = /var/lib/maildirs/%username%\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:915
+msgid ""
+"To make this work the 2009 group has to be created before adding these users."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:917
+msgid ""
+"The above stanza simply adds then on top off home0, if you want them "
+"somewhere else, using another automount, then you use lwat to add that "
+"automount, and change the homeDirectory string in admini.ini corespondingly."
+msgstr ""
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:882
+#: release-manual.xml:923
msgid "Machine Management with lwat"
msgstr "Computerverwaltung mit lwat"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:884
+#: release-manual.xml:925
msgid ""
"With the machine management you can basically manage all IP based devices in "
"your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using "
@@ -2686,7 +2798,7 @@ msgstr ""
"\">architecture</link> ."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:886
+#: release-manual.xml:927
msgid ""
"If you add a machine, you can use an ip/hostname from the preconfigured "
"address space. The following ip ranges are predefined:"
@@ -2696,67 +2808,69 @@ msgstr ""
"vordefiniert:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:888
+#: release-manual.xml:929
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">First address </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Erste Adresse </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:892
+#: release-manual.xml:933
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Last address </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Letzte Adresse </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:896
+#: release-manual.xml:937
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">hostname </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">hostname </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:901
+#: release-manual.xml:942
msgid "10.0.2.10"
msgstr "10.0.2.10"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:904
+#: release-manual.xml:945
msgid "10.0.2.29"
msgstr "10.0.2.29"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:907
-msgid "ltspserver<emphasis><emphasis role=\"strong\">xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
-msgstr "ltspserver<emphasis><emphasis role=\"strong\">xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
+#: release-manual.xml:948
+msgid ""
+"ltspserver<emphasis><emphasis role=\"strong\">xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"ltspserver<emphasis><emphasis role=\"strong\">xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:913
+#: release-manual.xml:954
msgid "10.0.2.30"
msgstr "10.0.2.30"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:916
+#: release-manual.xml:957
msgid "10.0.2.49"
msgstr "10.0.2.49"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:919
+#: release-manual.xml:960
msgid "printer<emphasis><emphasis role=\"strong\">xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr "printer<emphasis><emphasis role=\"strong\">xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:925
+#: release-manual.xml:966
msgid "10.0.2.50"
msgstr "10.0.2.50"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:928
+#: release-manual.xml:969
msgid "10.0.2.99"
msgstr "10.0.2.99"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:931
+#: release-manual.xml:972
msgid "static<emphasis><emphasis role=\"strong\">xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr "static<emphasis><emphasis role=\"strong\">xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:940
+#: release-manual.xml:981
msgid ""
"The addresses from 10.0.2.100 till 10.0.2.255 and 10.0.3.0 till 10.0.3.243 "
"are reserved for dhcp and are assigned dynamically."
@@ -2765,7 +2879,7 @@ msgstr ""
"reserviert für dhcp und werden dynamisch vergeben."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:942
+#: release-manual.xml:983
msgid ""
"To assign a host with the MAC-address 00:40:05:AF:4E:C6 a static IP-address "
"you only have to enter the MAC-address and the hostname static00, the "
@@ -2778,19 +2892,20 @@ msgstr ""
"vordefinierten Konfiguration, ausgefüllt."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:945
+#: release-manual.xml:986
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:951 release-manual.xml:984 release-manual.xml:1020
-#: release-manual.xml:1117 release-manual.xml:2415 release-manual.xml:2429
-#: release-manual.xml:2444
+#: release-manual.xml:992 release-manual.xml:1025 release-manual.xml:1061
+#: release-manual.xml:1158 release-manual.xml:2044 release-manual.xml:2118
+#: release-manual.xml:2155 release-manual.xml:2169 release-manual.xml:2176
+#: release-manual.xml:2535 release-manual.xml:2549 release-manual.xml:2564
msgid "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:954
+#: release-manual.xml:995
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> This will not configure the dhcp server. You need to "
"configure the host statically or edit the configuration of the dhcp server "
@@ -2802,12 +2917,12 @@ msgstr ""
"vornehmen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:958
+#: release-manual.xml:999
msgid "Assign static ip addresses with dhcp"
msgstr "Zuweisung einer statischen IP-Adresse mit dhcp"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:960
+#: release-manual.xml:1001
msgid ""
"To assign a static ip address to a host which you added to the ldap tree via "
"lwat, you need to edit <computeroutput>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf </"
@@ -2820,7 +2935,7 @@ msgstr ""
"init.d/dhcp3-server restart </computeroutput> als root ausführen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:964
+#: release-manual.xml:1005
msgid ""
"For our example above you would, after open /etc/dhcpd3/dhcpd.conf in your "
"favourite editor, search for the configuration section of the host "
@@ -2832,7 +2947,7 @@ msgstr ""
"exakt folgenden Eintrag finden:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:968
+#: release-manual.xml:1009
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"host static00 {\n"
@@ -2848,7 +2963,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:974
+#: release-manual.xml:1015
msgid ""
"You need to replace the all-zero MAC-address with the correct one of your "
"static host. For our example host it will look like this:"
@@ -2858,7 +2973,7 @@ msgstr ""
"würde das folgendermassen aussehen:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:977
+#: release-manual.xml:1018
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"host static00 {\n"
@@ -2874,7 +2989,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:987
+#: release-manual.xml:1028
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Don't forget to restart the dhcpd as described above "
"whenever you have changed the configuration."
@@ -2883,12 +2998,12 @@ msgstr ""
"beschrieben, neu zu starten, wann immer Sie die Konfiguration geändert haben."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:992
+#: release-manual.xml:1033
msgid "Search and delete machines"
msgstr "Suchen und Löschen von Rechnern"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:994
+#: release-manual.xml:1035
msgid ""
"Searching for and deleting machines is quite similar to searching and "
"deleting users, so that information is not repeated here."
@@ -2897,12 +3012,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Löschen von Benutzern. Deshalb wird das hier nicht wiederholt."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:999
+#: release-manual.xml:1040
msgid "Modify existing machines / Netgroup management"
msgstr "Bearbeitung eingetragener Rechner / Netgroup - Management"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1001
+#: release-manual.xml:1042
msgid ""
"After adding a machine to the ldap tree using lwat, you can modify its "
"properties using the search functionality and clicking on the right entry "
@@ -2914,12 +3029,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Benutzern geht)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1004
+#: release-manual.xml:1045
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-editmachine.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-editmachine.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1009
+#: release-manual.xml:1050
msgid ""
"The form that is behind this machine links is in one way similar to the one "
"you already know from modifying user entries, but in an other way the "
@@ -2930,7 +3045,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Andererseits aber meinen die Einträge in diesem Zusammenhang etwas anderes."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1011
+#: release-manual.xml:1052
msgid ""
"For example, adding a machine to a <computeroutput>NetGroup </"
"computeroutput> does not modify the permissions one machine (or the users "
@@ -2945,7 +3060,7 @@ msgstr ""
"vielmehr die Dienste, die ein Rechner auf Ihrem Hauptserver nutzen kann."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1014
+#: release-manual.xml:1055
msgid ""
"The default installation provides the four <computeroutput>NetGroups </"
"computeroutput> printer-hosts, workstation-hosts, ltsp-server-hosts and "
@@ -2972,7 +3087,7 @@ msgstr ""
"nutzen."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1023
+#: release-manual.xml:1064
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Remember to configure workstations and ldap-servers "
"properly with lwat, or you users can't access their homedirs."
@@ -2982,7 +3097,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Heimverzeichnisse zugreifen."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1025
+#: release-manual.xml:1066
msgid ""
"Another important part of the machine configuration is the 'Samba host' flag "
"(in the 'Host information' area). If you plan to add existing Windows "
@@ -2997,12 +3112,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Mehr Informationen finden sie unter FIXME add link."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1030
+#: release-manual.xml:1071
msgid "More lwat documentation"
msgstr "Mehr LWAT Dokumentation"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1032
+#: release-manual.xml:1073
msgid ""
"The full documentation for lwat can be found at <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"doc/lwat/ </computeroutput> on the main server or <ulink url=\"http://bzz.no/"
@@ -3013,12 +3128,12 @@ msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"http://bzz.no/lwat/download/doc/\">online </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1040
+#: release-manual.xml:1081
msgid "Printer Managment"
msgstr "Druckermanagment"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1042
+#: release-manual.xml:1083
msgid ""
"For Printer Management point your webbrowser to <ulink url=\"https://www:631"
"\">https://www:631 </ulink> This is the normal cups management site where "
@@ -3026,11 +3141,14 @@ msgid ""
"queue. For changes where you have to login as root with your root password, "
"you will be forced to use ssl encryption."
msgstr ""
-"Um Drucker zu verwalten, öffnen Sie <ulink url=\"https://www:631"
-"\">https://www:631 </ulink>. Dies ist die CUPS Verwaltungsseite, auf der Sie Drucker hinzufügen, löschen oder deren Einstellungen ändern können oder die Druckjobwarteschlange löschen können. Weil Sie sich au f dieser Seite als root einloggen müssen, ist diese nur per ssl erreichbar."
+"Um Drucker zu verwalten, öffnen Sie <ulink url=\"https://www:631\">https://"
+"www:631 </ulink>. Dies ist die CUPS Verwaltungsseite, auf der Sie Drucker "
+"hinzufügen, löschen oder deren Einstellungen ändern können oder die "
+"Druckjobwarteschlange löschen können. Weil Sie sich au f dieser Seite als "
+"root einloggen müssen, ist diese nur per ssl erreichbar."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1045
+#: release-manual.xml:1086
msgid ""
"If you connect the printer for the first time, we suggest to run "
"<computeroutput>printconf </computeroutput> as root. FIXME: explain what to "
@@ -3041,12 +3159,12 @@ msgstr ""
"explain what to do when this does not accomplish anything."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1051
+#: release-manual.xml:1092
msgid "Clock synchronization"
msgstr "Uhrensynchronisation"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1053
+#: release-manual.xml:1094
msgid ""
"The default configuraiton in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all "
"machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the "
@@ -3065,7 +3183,7 @@ msgstr ""
"eine recht hohe ISDN Rechnung hatte."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1055
+#: release-manual.xml:1096
msgid ""
"To enable synchronization with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on "
"the main-server need to be modified. The comments in front of the "
@@ -3084,12 +3202,12 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput> ein."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1063
+#: release-manual.xml:1104
msgid "Extend full partitions"
msgstr "Volle Partitionen erweitern"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1065
+#: release-manual.xml:1106
msgid ""
"Because of a bug in the automatic partition, some partitions might be too "
"full after installation. To extend the full partitions, run "
@@ -3105,17 +3223,17 @@ msgstr ""
"Kaptitel </link> "
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1072
+#: release-manual.xml:1113
msgid "Maintainance"
msgstr "Wartung"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1078
+#: release-manual.xml:1119
msgid "Updating the software"
msgstr "Aktualisieren der Software"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1080
+#: release-manual.xml:1121
msgid ""
"This section explains how to use <computeroutput>aptitude upgrade </"
"computeroutput> and kde-update-notifier."
@@ -3124,7 +3242,7 @@ msgstr ""
"</computeroutput> und kde-update-notifier."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1083
+#: release-manual.xml:1124
msgid ""
"Using <computeroutput>aptitude </computeroutput> is really simply. To update "
"a system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: "
@@ -3140,7 +3258,7 @@ msgstr ""
"installierten Pakete auf die neueste Version)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1088
+#: release-manual.xml:1129
msgid ""
"Instead of using the command line you can also use kde-update-notifier. "
"FIXME: Explain how, maybe with a screenshot."
@@ -3149,7 +3267,7 @@ msgstr ""
"benutzen. FIXME: Explain how, maybe with a screenshot."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1090
+#: release-manual.xml:1131
msgid ""
"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> "
"and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> and configure them to "
@@ -3160,7 +3278,7 @@ msgstr ""
"konfigurieren dass sie Emails an eine von ihnen gelesen Adresse schicken."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1094
+#: release-manual.xml:1135
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> will notify you once a day via "
"email, which packages need an update. It does not install these updates, but "
@@ -3174,7 +3292,7 @@ msgstr ""
"upgrade </computeroutput> ausführen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1098
+#: release-manual.xml:1139
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> can send new changelog "
"entries to you."
@@ -3183,12 +3301,12 @@ msgstr ""
"den Listen zusenden."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1104
+#: release-manual.xml:1145
msgid "Backup Management"
msgstr "Verwaltung von Backups"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1106
+#: release-manual.xml:1147
msgid ""
"For the backup management point your browser to <ulink url=\"https://www/"
"slbackup-php\">https://www/slbackup-php </ulink>. Please note that you have "
@@ -3197,11 +3315,11 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Um Backups zu verwalten gehen sie mit ihrem Browser auf <ulink url=\"https://"
"www/slbackup-php\">https://www/slbackup-php </ulink>. Diese Seite müssen sie "
-"mit ssl aufrufen, da sie für die Backupverwaltung ihr root passwort "
-"eingeben müssen. Ein Zugriff ohne ssl ist nicht möglich."
+"mit ssl aufrufen, da sie für die Backupverwaltung ihr root passwort eingeben "
+"müssen. Ein Zugriff ohne ssl ist nicht möglich."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1109
+#: release-manual.xml:1150
msgid ""
"Per default the tjener will backup <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0 </"
"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/ </computeroutput> and the ldap to /"
@@ -3215,7 +3333,7 @@ msgstr ""
"das."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1113
+#: release-manual.xml:1154
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>/root/.svk </computeroutput> will also be backed up if you "
"install from etch-test today. (FIXME this, once it's in etch.)"
@@ -3224,7 +3342,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Sie heute etch-test installieren. (FIXME this, once it's in etch.)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1120
+#: release-manual.xml:1161
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Be aware that this backup doesn't protect you from "
"failing harddrives."
@@ -3233,7 +3351,7 @@ msgstr ""
"diese Art des Backups keinen Schutz vor kaputten Festplatten darstellt."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1122
+#: release-manual.xml:1163
msgid ""
"If you want to backup your data to an external server, a tape device or "
"another harddrive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit."
@@ -3242,8 +3360,47 @@ msgstr ""
"andere Festplatte sichern wollen müssen sie die Konfiguration ein wenig "
"anpassen."
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1165
+msgid ""
+"If you want to restore a complete folder, your best option is to use the "
+"command-line:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1166
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"sudo rdiff-backup -r <date> \\ \n"
+" /skole/backup/tjener/skole/tjener/home0/user \\\n"
+" /skole/tjener/home0/user_<date>\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1171
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"this will leave the content from <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user </"
+"computeroutput> from <computeroutput><date> </computeroutput> in the "
+"folder <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date> </"
+"computeroutput>"
+msgstr ""
+"Dieses Dokument wurde am <computeroutput>2008-03-30</computeroutput> in das "
+"Paket <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> gepackt. Ansonsten "
+"ersetzen Sie <computeroutput>i386 </computeroutput> "
+"durch<computeroutput>amd64 </computeroutput> oder <computeroutput>powerpc </"
+"computeroutput>, je nachdem was für eine Architektur Sie verwenden."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1176
+msgid ""
+"If you want to restore a single file, then you should be able to select the "
+"file (and the version) from the web-interface, and download only that file."
+msgstr ""
+
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1123
+#: release-manual.xml:1177
msgid ""
"FIXME: I have to have a look on the webpage of slbackup-php to describe this "
"further"
@@ -3252,17 +3409,17 @@ msgstr ""
"further"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1129
+#: release-manual.xml:1183
msgid "Server Monitoring"
msgstr "Serverüberwachung (monitoring)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1133
+#: release-manual.xml:1187
msgid "Munin"
msgstr "Munin"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1135
+#: release-manual.xml:1189
msgid ""
"Munin trend reporting system is available from <ulink url=\"https://www/"
"munin/\">https://www/munin/ </ulink>. It provides system status measurement "
@@ -3271,13 +3428,13 @@ msgid ""
"problems."
msgstr ""
"Das Munin Trend Reporting System ist erreichbar unter <ulink url=\"https://"
-"www/munin/\">https://www/munin/ </ulink>. Es stellt Systemstatusmessungen zur "
-"Verfügung, die in täglicher, monatlicher oder jährlicher Ansicht eingesehen "
-"werden können und dem Administrator helfen können, Engpässe und "
+"www/munin/\">https://www/munin/ </ulink>. Es stellt Systemstatusmessungen "
+"zur Verfügung, die in täglicher, monatlicher oder jährlicher Ansicht "
+"eingesehen werden können und dem Administrator helfen können, Engpässe und "
"Systemprobleme zu finden."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1138
+#: release-manual.xml:1192
msgid ""
"The list of machines being monitored using munin is generated automatically "
"based on the list of hosts reporting to sitesummary. All hosts with the "
@@ -3300,7 +3457,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Hauptserver)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1142
+#: release-manual.xml:1196
msgid ""
"Information about the munin system is available from <ulink url=\"http://"
"munin.projects.linpro.no/\">http://munin.projects.linpro.no/ </ulink> ."
@@ -3309,21 +3466,21 @@ msgstr ""
"projects.linpro.no/\">http://munin.projects.linpro.no/ </ulink> finden."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1148
+#: release-manual.xml:1202
msgid "Nagios"
msgstr "Nagios"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1150
+#: release-manual.xml:1204
msgid ""
"Nagios system and service monitoring is available from <ulink url=\"https://"
"www/nagios2/\">https://www/nagios2/ </ulink>."
msgstr ""
-"Das Nagios System- und Serviceüberwachungstool kann unter <ulink "
-"url=\"https://www/nagios2/\">https://www/nagios2/ </ulink> gefunden werden."
+"Das Nagios System- und Serviceüberwachungstool kann unter <ulink url="
+"\"https://www/nagios2/\">https://www/nagios2/ </ulink> gefunden werden."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1153
+#: release-manual.xml:1207
msgid ""
"The username is nagiosadmin and the password is undefined, you must set your "
"own password before you can login and use nagios. For security reasons, "
@@ -3337,7 +3494,7 @@ msgstr ""
"als root aus:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1156
+#: release-manual.xml:1210
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"htpasswd /etc/nagios2/htpasswd.users nagiosadmin\n"
@@ -3347,7 +3504,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1159
+#: release-manual.xml:1213
msgid ""
"By default from Debian-Edu 3.0r1 Nagios does not send email. This can be "
"changed by replacing <computeroutput>notify-by-nothing </computeroutput> "
@@ -3363,23 +3520,23 @@ msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>notify-by-email </computeroutput> ersetzt."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1165
+#: release-manual.xml:1219
msgid ""
"Information about the nagios system is available from <ulink url=\"http://"
"www.nagios.org/\">http://www.nagios.org/ </ulink> or in the "
"<computeroutput>nagios2-doc </computeroutput> package."
msgstr ""
-"Informationen über Nagios können unter <ulink url=\"http://www.nagios."
-"org/\">http://www.nagios.org/ </ulink> oder in dem "
-"Paket<computeroutput>nagios2-doc </computeroutput> gefunden werden."
+"Informationen über Nagios können unter <ulink url=\"http://www.nagios.org/"
+"\">http://www.nagios.org/ </ulink> oder in dem Paket<computeroutput>nagios2-"
+"doc </computeroutput> gefunden werden."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1172
+#: release-manual.xml:1226
msgid "Sitesummary"
msgstr "Sitesummary"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1174
+#: release-manual.xml:1228
msgid ""
"A simple report from sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"https://www/"
"sitesummary/\">https://www/sitesummary/ </ulink>."
@@ -3388,23 +3545,23 @@ msgstr ""
"url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\">https://www/sitesummary/ </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1177
+#: release-manual.xml:1231
msgid ""
"Some documentation on sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"http://wiki."
"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
"HowTo/SiteSummary </ulink>"
msgstr ""
-"Dokumentation über sitesummary kann unter <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/"
-"DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+"Dokumentation über sitesummary kann unter <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian."
+"org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
"SiteSummary </ulink> gefunden werden."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1185
+#: release-manual.xml:1239
msgid "Upgrades"
msgstr "Upgrades"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1189
+#: release-manual.xml:1243
msgid ""
"Before explaining how to upgrade, please note, that you do this update on "
"your productive server on your own risk. <emphasis role=\"strong\">Debian "
@@ -3419,18 +3576,18 @@ msgstr ""
"lesen sie dieses Kaptitel ganz bevor sie versuchen upzugraden."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1192
+#: release-manual.xml:1246
msgid ""
"More <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/installmanual"
"\">information about the Debian etch release </ulink> is available in its "
"installation manual."
msgstr ""
-"Mehr <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/"
-"installmanual\">Informationen über das Debian Etch Release </ulink> finden sie im "
-"Debian Etch Installationsmanual."
+"Mehr <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/installmanual"
+"\">Informationen über das Debian Etch Release </ulink> finden sie im Debian "
+"Etch Installationsmanual."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1195
+#: release-manual.xml:1249
msgid ""
"If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works like before , "
"you should test the upgrade on a test server, which is configured the same "
@@ -3443,7 +3600,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Risiko testen und schauen ob alles so funktioniert wie es sollte."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1197
+#: release-manual.xml:1251
msgid ""
"Also it might be wise to wait a bit and keep running sarge for some more "
"weeks, so that others can test the upgrade, experience problems and document "
@@ -3455,25 +3612,26 @@ msgstr ""
"Es könnte auch geschickt sein noch nicht upzugraden und noch eine Weile "
"Sarge zu verwenden, sodass andere das Upgrade testen können und Probleme "
"dokumentieren können. Debian Edu Sarge wird noch länger supported werden, "
-"aber wenn Debian <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/security/"
-"faq#lifespan\">den Support für Sarge einstellen wird </ulink>, wird auch "
-"Debian Edu den Support einstellen (müssen). Dies wird vorraussichtlich im "
-"April 2008 der Fall sein."
+"aber wenn Debian <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan"
+"\">den Support für Sarge einstellen wird </ulink>, wird auch Debian Edu den "
+"Support einstellen (müssen). Dies wird vorraussichtlich im April 2008 der "
+"Fall sein."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1202
+#: release-manual.xml:1256
msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu sarge"
msgstr "Upgraden von Debian Edu Sarge"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1204
-msgid "Please read this chapter completly before you start upgrading your systems."
+#: release-manual.xml:1258
+msgid ""
+"Please read this chapter completly before you start upgrading your systems."
msgstr ""
"Bitte lesen sie dieses Kapitel komplett bevor sie anfangen das System "
"upzugraden."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1206
+#: release-manual.xml:1260
msgid ""
"In case of problems you could also read the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian."
"org/releases/stable/releasenotes\">releasenotes for Debian etch </ulink>. "
@@ -3483,22 +3641,22 @@ msgid ""
"information.en.html#s-upgrade-to-2.6\">notes on upgrading from kernel 2.4 to "
"2.6 </ulink> before you upgrade!)"
msgstr ""
-"Falls sie auf Probleme stoßen sollten können sie auch die <ulink url=\"http://www."
-"debian.org/releases/stable/releasenotes\">Debian Etch Release Notes lesen</"
-"ulink>. (Debian Edu/Skolelinux \"2.0 Terra\" installiert standardmässig "
-"einen 2.6 Kernel. Falls sie noch enen 2.4 Kernel installiert haben, sollten "
-"sie vor dem upgrade <emphasis>unbedingt </emphasis> das folgende Dokument "
-"lesen: <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/i386/release-notes/"
-"ch-information.en.html#s-upgrade-to-2.6\"> Bemerkungen zum Updaten von "
-"Version 2.4 auf Version 2.6 </ulink>)."
+"Falls sie auf Probleme stoßen sollten können sie auch die <ulink url="
+"\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/releasenotes\">Debian Etch Release "
+"Notes lesen</ulink>. (Debian Edu/Skolelinux \"2.0 Terra\" installiert "
+"standardmässig einen 2.6 Kernel. Falls sie noch enen 2.4 Kernel installiert "
+"haben, sollten sie vor dem upgrade <emphasis>unbedingt </emphasis> das "
+"folgende Dokument lesen: <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/"
+"i386/release-notes/ch-information.en.html#s-upgrade-to-2.6\"> Bemerkungen "
+"zum Updaten von Version 2.4 auf Version 2.6 </ulink>)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1213
+#: release-manual.xml:1267
msgid "Partioning scheme changed"
msgstr "Veränderters Partitionsschema"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1215
+#: release-manual.xml:1269
msgid ""
"The main problem upgrading from the sarge-based Release to Terra is that the "
"Partition Scheme changed completly. The sarge-based Release has two volume "
@@ -3509,21 +3667,21 @@ msgstr ""
"basierte Releases haben die folgenden Volume Groups:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1216
+#: release-manual.xml:1270
msgid "vg_data which holds the Data Partition as /skole/tjener/home0, ..."
msgstr ""
"vg_data auf welcher die Datenpartition liegt, unter dem Namen /skole/tjener/"
"home0, ..."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1217
+#: release-manual.xml:1271
msgid "vg_system contains System Partitions as /var, /usr /var/spool/squid"
msgstr ""
"vg_system welche die Systempartition enthält, unter dem Namen /var, /usr /"
"var/spool/squid"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1220
+#: release-manual.xml:1274
msgid ""
"But the etch based release has only 1 Volume Group due to internal changes "
"of the Installer."
@@ -3532,7 +3690,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Installationssystem allerdings nur eine Volume Group."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1222
+#: release-manual.xml:1276
msgid ""
"The main problem is that the vg_system volumegroup is quite small since the "
"data in this partition is mostly static. When trying the upgrade on a "
@@ -3551,12 +3709,12 @@ msgstr ""
"fehlschlagen."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1227
+#: release-manual.xml:1281
msgid "Prepare the system"
msgstr "Vorbereitung des Systems"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1229
+#: release-manual.xml:1283
msgid ""
"If you have enough space in the vg_system volumegroup but not in the lv_var "
"partition, you have to resize this partition:"
@@ -3565,7 +3723,7 @@ msgstr ""
"aber zu wenig in der lv_var Partition müssen sie diese Partition erweitern:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1231
+#: release-manual.xml:1285
msgid ""
"1.) Umount the <computeroutput>/var </computeroutput> partition, you 'll "
"have to umount the <computeroutput>/var/spool/squid </computeroutput> "
@@ -3575,7 +3733,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>/var </computeroutput> aus:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1234
+#: release-manual.xml:1288
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/etc/init.d/squid stop \n"
@@ -3587,45 +3745,45 @@ msgstr ""
"umount -fl /var ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1239
+#: release-manual.xml:1293
msgid "2.) fsck the partition:"
msgstr "2.) Überprüfen sie die Partition mit fsck auf Fehler:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1239
+#: release-manual.xml:1293
#, no-wrap
msgid "e2fsck -f /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
msgstr "e2fsck -f /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1242
+#: release-manual.xml:1296
msgid "3.) resize the partition:"
msgstr "3.) Vergrößern sie die Partition:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1242
+#: release-manual.xml:1296
#, no-wrap
msgid "lvextend -L +1GB /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
msgstr "lvextend -L +1GB /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1245
+#: release-manual.xml:1299
msgid "4.) resize the filesystem:"
msgstr "4.) Vergrößern sie das Filesystem:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1245
+#: release-manual.xml:1299
#, no-wrap
msgid "resize2fs /dev/vg_system/lv_data]]"
msgstr "resize2fs /dev/vg_system/lv_data]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1248
+#: release-manual.xml:1302
msgid "5.) mount the partitions again:"
msgstr "5.) Hängen sie die Partitionen wieder ein:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1248
+#: release-manual.xml:1302
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"mount /var \n"
@@ -3637,7 +3795,7 @@ msgstr ""
"/etc/init.d/squid start ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1256
+#: release-manual.xml:1310
msgid ""
"Now modify <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </computeroutput> to "
"contain these lines"
@@ -3646,7 +3804,7 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput> an sodass sie die folgenden Zeilen enthalten:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1258
+#: release-manual.xml:1312
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian etch main \n"
@@ -3658,12 +3816,12 @@ msgstr ""
"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux etch local]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1264
+#: release-manual.xml:1318
msgid "And start the upgrade with:"
msgstr "Und stoßen sie das Upgrade mit den folgenden Befehlen an:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1265
+#: release-manual.xml:1319
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"aptitude update \n"
@@ -3673,12 +3831,13 @@ msgstr ""
"aptitude dist-upgrade ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1273
+#: release-manual.xml:1327
msgid "Answers to debconf questions raising during upgrade"
-msgstr "Antworten zu Fragen die von debconf während des Upgrades gestellt werden"
+msgstr ""
+"Antworten zu Fragen die von debconf während des Upgrades gestellt werden"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1275
+#: release-manual.xml:1329
msgid ""
"Here we can give you some hints, what you should answer to the debconf "
"question during the upgrade. But please note: This upgrade HowTo is based on "
@@ -3690,7 +3849,7 @@ msgstr ""
"verändert wurde."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1277
+#: release-manual.xml:1331
msgid ""
"Which questions exactly raise up in addition to the ones described here "
"depends on what is additionally installed on your system. (Additionally to "
@@ -3709,12 +3868,12 @@ msgstr ""
"stellen. "
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1280
+#: release-manual.xml:1334
msgid "* Configure nagios-common."
msgstr "* nagios-common:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1282
+#: release-manual.xml:1336
msgid ""
"Here you have to enter a password for the <emphasis>nagiosadmin </emphasis> "
"user."
@@ -3723,44 +3882,44 @@ msgstr ""
"Benutzer eingeben."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1287
+#: release-manual.xml:1341
msgid "* Configure console-data"
msgstr "* console-data"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1288
+#: release-manual.xml:1342
msgid "Choose \"Don't change keyboard layout\""
msgstr "Wählen sie \"Don't change keyboard layout\" aus"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1291
+#: release-manual.xml:1345
msgid "* Configure openssh-server"
msgstr "* openssh-server"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1292
+#: release-manual.xml:1346
msgid "Don't deactivate challenge-response Auth."
msgstr ""
"challenge-response Authentification <emphasize>nicht </emphasize> "
"deaktivieren."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1295
+#: release-manual.xml:1349
msgid "* Configure systat"
msgstr "* sysstat"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1296
+#: release-manual.xml:1350
msgid "Choose the default (yes) here."
msgstr "Wählen sie die Standardantwort (yes)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1299
+#: release-manual.xml:1353
msgid "* Configure popularity-contest"
msgstr "* popularity-contest"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1300
+#: release-manual.xml:1354
msgid ""
"If you choose \"yes\", this will help us improve Debian Edu. (We'll get an "
"weekly report which programs are how often used). The data is gathered "
@@ -3772,49 +3931,50 @@ msgstr ""
"\"no\" auszuwählen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1303
+#: release-manual.xml:1357
msgid "* Configure libnss-ldap"
msgstr "* libnss-ldap"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1305
+#: release-manual.xml:1359
msgid "Change the prompt to: <emphasis>ldaps://ldap/ </emphasis>"
msgstr "Verändern sie die Eingabe zu <emphasis>ldaps://ldap/ </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1309
-msgid "Change the prompt to: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
+#: release-manual.xml:1363
+msgid ""
+"Change the prompt to: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"Verändern sie die Eingabe zu <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </"
"emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1312
+#: release-manual.xml:1366
msgid "Use ldapversion 3 here"
msgstr "Hier ldapversion 3 auswählen"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1313
+#: release-manual.xml:1367
msgid "Which account should root use for ldap lookups FIXME"
msgstr "Welches Benutzerkonto soll root für LDAP Anfragen"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1314
+#: release-manual.xml:1368
msgid "Which password should root use here FIXME"
msgstr "Welches Passwort soll root hier benutzen"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1317
+#: release-manual.xml:1371
msgid "* Upgrade glibc now. Answer \"yes\"."
msgstr "* \"Upgrade glibc now\". Hier \"yes\" antworten."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1319
+#: release-manual.xml:1373
msgid "* Restart Services. Answer \"yes\"."
msgstr "* \"Restart Services\". Hier \"yes\" antworten."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1321
+#: release-manual.xml:1375
msgid ""
"These are the debconf questions you will see if you have no additional "
"packages installed."
@@ -3823,12 +3983,12 @@ msgstr ""
"zusätzlichen Pakete installiert haben."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1323
+#: release-manual.xml:1377
msgid "Now the upgrade process will start to upgrade the packages."
msgstr "Jetzt wird der Upgradeprozess beginnen die Pakete upzugraden."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1325
+#: release-manual.xml:1379
msgid ""
"Please note: You will be asked several times if you want to keep your old "
"modified version of a configfile or if you want to get the latest. The "
@@ -3842,12 +4002,12 @@ msgstr ""
"vorgenommen haben, wählen sie bitte immer \"Install the latest one\" aus"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1327
+#: release-manual.xml:1381
msgid "The upgrade will fail with this error message:"
msgstr "Das Upgrade wird mit der folgenden Fehlermeldung fehlschlagen:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1328
+#: release-manual.xml:1382
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -3863,7 +4023,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1334
+#: release-manual.xml:1388
msgid ""
"To fix this you have to edit these two files: <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/info/"
"mozilla-firefox-locale-it.postrm </emphasis> and <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/"
@@ -3879,33 +4039,34 @@ msgstr ""
"den Upgradeprozess mit dem folgenden Befehl neu:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1338
+#: release-manual.xml:1392
#, no-wrap
msgid "apt-get -f install]]"
msgstr "apt-get -f install]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1340
+#: release-manual.xml:1394
msgid "Now the upgrade continues:"
msgstr "Jetzt geht es weiter mit dem Upgrade:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1342
+#: release-manual.xml:1396
msgid "* Several Modified configuration files (nagios)"
msgstr "* Veränderte nagios Konfigurationsfiles"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1343
+#: release-manual.xml:1397
msgid "You should always keep your installed one (default) and hit enter"
-msgstr "Sie sollten die bereits installierten behalten (default) und Enter drücken"
+msgstr ""
+"Sie sollten die bereits installierten behalten (default) und Enter drücken"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1346
+#: release-manual.xml:1400
msgid "Then the installation failes another time:"
msgstr "Dann wird das Upgrade ein weiteres mal fehlschlagen:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1347
+#: release-manual.xml:1401
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -3919,7 +4080,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1352
+#: release-manual.xml:1406
msgid ""
"In order to fix this, rename this directory: <emphasis>/var/backups/dc=skole,"
"dc=skolelinux,dc=no-2.2.23-8.ldapdb </emphasis> and since openldap now runs "
@@ -3933,7 +4094,7 @@ msgstr ""
"folgendermassen:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1355
+#: release-manual.xml:1409
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"chown -R openldap:openldap /etc/ldap/ \n"
@@ -3943,7 +4104,7 @@ msgstr ""
"apt-get -f install]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1358
+#: release-manual.xml:1412
msgid ""
"Then the installation should finish <emphasis role=\"strong\">without </"
"emphasis> an error. Since now many packages are not upgrades please restart "
@@ -3954,18 +4115,18 @@ msgstr ""
"dist-upgrade Prozess mit dem folgenden Befehl:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1360
+#: release-manual.xml:1414
#, no-wrap
msgid "aptitude dist-upgrade]]"
msgstr "aptitude dist-upgrade]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1362
+#: release-manual.xml:1416
msgid "The next error raising up is this one:"
msgstr "Der nächste Fehler wird sein:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1363
+#: release-manual.xml:1417
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -3977,27 +4138,28 @@ msgstr ""
"E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1)]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1367
+#: release-manual.xml:1421
msgid "Please remove the package: <emphasis>courier-ldap </emphasis> with"
msgstr ""
"Bitte entfernen sie das Paket <emphasis>courier-ldap </emphasis> mit dem "
"Befehl"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1369
+#: release-manual.xml:1423
#, no-wrap
msgid "aptitude remove courier-ldap]]"
msgstr "aptitude remove courier-ldap]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1371
-msgid "and wait until it is finished.Then restart the dist-upgrade process again."
+#: release-manual.xml:1425
+msgid ""
+"and wait until it is finished.Then restart the dist-upgrade process again."
msgstr ""
"und warten sie bis dies geschehen ist. Dann führen sie nochmals ein dist-"
"upgrade aus."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1373
+#: release-manual.xml:1427
msgid ""
"If you have only the default packages installed the upgrade process should "
"now finish without raising more errors."
@@ -4006,12 +4168,12 @@ msgstr ""
"nun ohne weitere Fehler durchlaufen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1378
+#: release-manual.xml:1432
msgid "Problem upgrading bind"
msgstr "Probleme beim Upgraden von bind"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1380
+#: release-manual.xml:1434
msgid ""
"The only remaining upgrade issue is that the user of bind9 has changed, so "
"you'll have to chown all bind-configuration files."
@@ -4021,13 +4183,13 @@ msgstr ""
"zuweisen."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1381
+#: release-manual.xml:1435
#, no-wrap
msgid "chown bind:root -R /etc/bind ]]"
msgstr "chown bind:root -R /etc/bind ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1383
+#: release-manual.xml:1437
msgid ""
"See <ulink url=\"http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=386791"
"\">#386791 </ulink> for more information."
@@ -4036,12 +4198,12 @@ msgstr ""
"cgi?bug=386791\">#386791 </ulink> mehr Informationen."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1389
+#: release-manual.xml:1443
msgid "Samba groupmaps handeling changed"
msgstr "Veränderte Handhabung von Groupmaps in Samba"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1391
+#: release-manual.xml:1445
msgid ""
"There has been a change in how samba handles groupmaps between sarge and "
"etch. Samba in sarge handled groupmaps internally, so a unix group was also "
@@ -4057,7 +4219,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dementsprechend anzupassen."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1393
+#: release-manual.xml:1447
msgid ""
"When you upgrade your LDAP from a sarge installation, you must make sure to "
"create the Domain Admins account, neccessary for correct samba domain "
@@ -4068,7 +4230,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Samba notwendig sind. Dies machen sie mit dem folgenden Befehl:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1394
+#: release-manual.xml:1448
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/usr/bin/net groupmap add rid=512 unixgroup=admins \\\n"
@@ -4082,7 +4244,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1399
+#: release-manual.xml:1453
msgid ""
"If you want your Windows computers to be aware of what groups users are in, "
"you must create the groupmaps in LDAP manually, this is explained in more "
@@ -4095,12 +4257,12 @@ msgstr ""
"NetworkClients</link> dieses Manuals genauer erklärt."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1405
+#: release-manual.xml:1459
msgid "Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations"
msgstr "Upgrades von älteren Debian Edu/Skolelinux Installationen"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1407
+#: release-manual.xml:1461
msgid ""
"Upgrades from the woody based Debian Edu / Skolelinux installation are not "
"supported. Upgrade to the sarge based version first, a howto can be found at "
@@ -4110,43 +4272,45 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Upgrades ausgehend von auf Woody basierenden Debian Edu/Skolelinux "
"Installationen werden nicht unterstützt. Sie sollten zuerst auf eine Sarge "
-"basierte Version updaten, Informationen hierzu finden sie unter <ulink "
-"url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/UpgradeFrom1.0\">http://wiki."
-"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/UpgradeFrom1.0 </ulink>. Dann können sie zu Terra "
+"basierte Version updaten, Informationen hierzu finden sie unter <ulink url="
+"\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/UpgradeFrom1.0\">http://wiki.debian."
+"org/DebianEdu/HowTo/UpgradeFrom1.0 </ulink>. Dann können sie zu Terra "
"upgraden (ein auf Etch basierendes Release)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1414
+#: release-manual.xml:1468
msgid "HowTo"
msgstr "HowTo"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1416
-msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administration</link>"
-msgstr "HowTos für <link linkend=\"Administration\">allgemeine Administration</link>"
+#: release-manual.xml:1470
+msgid ""
+"HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administration</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"HowTos für <link linkend=\"Administration\">allgemeine Administration</link>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1419
+#: release-manual.xml:1473
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">the desktop</link>"
msgstr "HowTos für <link linkend=\"Desktop\">den Desktop</link>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1422
+#: release-manual.xml:1476
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link>"
msgstr "HowTos für <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Netzwerkclients</link>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1425
+#: release-manual.xml:1479
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">teaching and learning</link>"
msgstr "HowTos für <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">Lehren und Lernen</link>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1432
+#: release-manual.xml:1486
msgid "HowTos for general administration"
msgstr "HowTos für generelle Administration"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1434
+#: release-manual.xml:1488
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> and <link "
"linkend=\"Maintainance\">DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Maintainance</link> "
@@ -4160,44 +4324,47 @@ msgstr ""
"\"fortgeschrittene\" Tipps und Tricks."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1440
-msgid "Installing single service machines for spreading the load from main-server"
-msgstr "Dienste auf separaten Computern zur Entlastung des Hauptserver installieren"
+#: release-manual.xml:1494
+msgid ""
+"Installing single service machines for spreading the load from main-server"
+msgstr ""
+"Dienste auf separaten Computern zur Entlastung des Hauptserver installieren"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1441
+#: release-manual.xml:1495
msgid "barebone install using debian-edu-expert"
msgstr ""
"Führen sie eine \"Barebone\" Installation durch indem sie debian-edu-expert "
"verwenden"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1442
+#: release-manual.xml:1496
msgid "install the packages for the service"
msgstr "Installieren sie die Pakete für den gewünschten Dienst"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1443
+#: release-manual.xml:1497
msgid "configure the service"
msgstr "Konfigurieren sie den Dienst"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1444
+#: release-manual.xml:1498
msgid "disable the service on main-server"
msgstr "Deaktivieren sie den Dienst auf dem Hauptserver"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1445
+#: release-manual.xml:1499
msgid "update dns on main-server"
msgstr "Updaten sie den DNS Dienst auf dem Hauptserver"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1451
+#: release-manual.xml:1505
msgid "Tracking /etc/ using the svk version control system"
-msgstr "Das Verzeichnis /etc/ mit Hilfe des SVK Versionskontrollsystems verfolgen"
+msgstr ""
+"Das Verzeichnis /etc/ mit Hilfe des SVK Versionskontrollsystems verfolgen"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1453
+#: release-manual.xml:1507
msgid ""
"With the introduction of the <computeroutput>debian-edu-etc-svk </"
"computeroutput> script in Debian Edu, all files in <computeroutput>/etc/ </"
@@ -4214,7 +4381,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>~root/.svk/ </computeroutput> gespeichert."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1458
+#: release-manual.xml:1512
msgid ""
"This feature is activated automatically in the Etch based version of Debian "
"Edu, and all changes done during installation are registered. Changes in "
@@ -4226,12 +4393,12 @@ msgstr ""
"etc/ </computeroutput> werden jede halbe Stunde gespeichert."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1461
+#: release-manual.xml:1515
msgid "List of useful commands:"
msgstr "Nützliche Befehle sind:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1464
+#: release-manual.xml:1518
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff\n"
@@ -4249,12 +4416,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1473
+#: release-manual.xml:1527
msgid "Usage examples"
msgstr "Benutzungsbeispiele"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1475
+#: release-manual.xml:1529
msgid ""
"In a freshly installed system try this to see all changes done since the "
"system was installed:"
@@ -4263,7 +4430,7 @@ msgstr ""
"System installiert wurde:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1478
+#: release-manual.xml:1532
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 | less\n"
@@ -4273,12 +4440,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1481
+#: release-manual.xml:1535
msgid "To see the list of changes done in /etc/, use this command:"
msgstr "Herausfinden was in /etc/ verändert worden ist:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1484
+#: release-manual.xml:1538
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk log | less\n"
@@ -4287,23 +4454,43 @@ msgstr ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk log | less \n"
"]]"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1541
+msgid ""
+"Here check revision numbers by date and time, Then to see all changes done "
+"since revision N say:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1544
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -rN | less\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 | less \n"
+"]]"
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1487
-msgid "To see the changes done to a specific file, specify the file:"
+#: release-manual.xml:1547
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"To see the changes done to a specific file between specific revisions, "
+"specify the file and both revisions:"
msgstr "Herausfinden was an einer Datei verändert worden ist:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1490
-#, no-wrap
+#: release-manual.xml:1550
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | less\n"
+"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r46 -r64 /etc/resolv.conf | less\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | less \n"
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1493
+#: release-manual.xml:1553
msgid ""
"To revert a change, use the diff command to look at the change, and edit the "
"file to undo the change, or use a command like this to do it automatically:"
@@ -4314,7 +4501,7 @@ msgstr ""
"sie den folgenden Befehl benutzen:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1496
+#: release-manual.xml:1556
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"( cd /etc && debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | patch -p1 -R )\n"
@@ -4324,14 +4511,15 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1499
-msgid "To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:"
+#: release-manual.xml:1559
+msgid ""
+"To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:"
msgstr ""
"Um eine Datei manuell zu comitten weil sie keine halbe Stunde warten wollen, "
"verwenden sie den folgenden Befehl:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1502
+#: release-manual.xml:1562
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk commit /etc/resolv.conf\n"
@@ -4341,7 +4529,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1505
+#: release-manual.xml:1565
msgid ""
"If you don't want a specific file to be tracked in svk, you can tell to "
"ignore it. But this is rarely useful <inlinemediaobject>"
@@ -4351,7 +4539,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<inlinemediaobject>"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1512
+#: release-manual.xml:1572
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk ignore /etc/path/to/file/to/be/ignored\n"
@@ -4361,12 +4549,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1518
+#: release-manual.xml:1578
msgid "For those who upgraded from sarge/woody"
msgstr "Bemerkung für Leute die von Sarge/Woody upgegradet haben"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1520
+#: release-manual.xml:1580
msgid ""
"/etc in svk was introduced with the etch based release of Debian Edu. If you "
"installed your system prior to this, you need to initialize svk once with "
@@ -4377,7 +4565,7 @@ msgstr ""
"müssen sie SVK einmalig mit dem folgenden Befehl als root initialisieren:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1523
+#: release-manual.xml:1583
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk init\n"
@@ -4387,7 +4575,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1526
+#: release-manual.xml:1586
msgid ""
"This adds all files in /etc to svk and also activates the hourly commit "
"cronjob."
@@ -4396,12 +4584,12 @@ msgstr ""
"commit-Cronjob."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1532
+#: release-manual.xml:1592
msgid "Resize Partitions"
msgstr "Die Größe von Partitionen verändern"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1534
+#: release-manual.xml:1594
msgid ""
"Most partitions in Debian Edu are logical LVM volumes. Only the /boot/ "
"partition is not. With the Debian/Etch release of Debian Edu, it is possible "
@@ -4417,7 +4605,7 @@ msgstr ""
"geschehen wenn die Partitionen ausgehängt sind."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1536
+#: release-manual.xml:1596
msgid ""
"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions, as large "
"partitions will take a long time to restore from backup if the need should "
@@ -4432,7 +4620,7 @@ msgstr ""
"anstatt eine große zu erstellen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1538
+#: release-manual.xml:1598
msgid ""
"To make it easier to extend full partitions, the <computeroutput>debian-edu-"
"fsautoresize </computeroutput> script is provided. When invoked, it reads "
@@ -4458,23 +4646,24 @@ msgstr ""
"starten."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1547
+#: release-manual.xml:1607
msgid "Logical Volumne Management"
msgstr "Logical Volume Management"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1549
+#: release-manual.xml:1609
msgid ""
"Logical Volumne Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they "
"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM in the <ulink url="
"\"http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo </ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Logical Volume Managemet (LVM) erlaubt es, Partitionen zu vergrößern während "
-"diese gemounted sind und benutzt werden. Mehr Informationen zu LVM finden Sie unter <ulink url=\"http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo </"
+"diese gemounted sind und benutzt werden. Mehr Informationen zu LVM finden "
+"Sie unter <ulink url=\"http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo </"
"ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1552
+#: release-manual.xml:1612
msgid ""
"To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the "
"<computeroutput>lvextend </computeroutput> command how large you want it to "
@@ -4485,14 +4674,14 @@ msgstr ""
"Partition vergrößern wollen. "
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1555
+#: release-manual.xml:1615
msgid "For example, to extend home0 to 30GB you use the following commands:"
msgstr ""
"Um zum Beispiel home0 um 30GB zu vergrößern, können sie den folgenden Befehl "
"verwenden:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1558
+#: release-manual.xml:1618
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"lvextend -L30G /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0\n"
@@ -4502,33 +4691,33 @@ msgstr ""
"resize2fs /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1565
+#: release-manual.xml:1625
msgid "Using volatile.debian.org"
msgstr "volatile.debian.org verwenden"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1567
+#: release-manual.xml:1627
msgid ""
"Since <ulink url=\"http://volatile.debian.org\">volatile.debian.org </ulink> "
"is a relativly new service, introduced with Debian Etch, it's not enabled on "
"default installations."
msgstr ""
-"Da <ulink url=\"http://volatile.debian.org\">volatile.debian.org </ulink> ein "
-"recht neues Angebot ist das erst mit Debian Etch eingeführt wurde, ist es "
-"auf Standardinstallationen noch nicht aktiviert."
+"Da <ulink url=\"http://volatile.debian.org\">volatile.debian.org </ulink> "
+"ein recht neues Angebot ist das erst mit Debian Etch eingeführt wurde, ist "
+"es auf Standardinstallationen noch nicht aktiviert."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1572
+#: release-manual.xml:1632
msgid "What is debian-volatile?"
msgstr "Was ist debian-volatile?"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1574
+#: release-manual.xml:1634
msgid "<emphasis>Quoting from the webpage: </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>Um die Homepage zu zitieren: </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1576
+#: release-manual.xml:1636
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Some packages aim at fast moving targets, such as spam filtering and virus "
@@ -4546,12 +4735,12 @@ msgstr ""
"sein System auf angenehme Weise aktuell und konsistent zu halten. "
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1582
+#: release-manual.xml:1642
msgid "How to use volatile"
msgstr "Wie ist Volatile zu benutzen"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1584
+#: release-manual.xml:1644
msgid ""
"Since the volatile archive key is included in the <computeroutput>debian-"
"archive-keyring </computeroutput> package, which is installed by default, "
@@ -4566,7 +4755,7 @@ msgstr ""
"etc/apt/sources.list </computeroutput>:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1589
+#: release-manual.xml:1649
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://volatile.debian.org/debian-volatile etch/volatile main\n"
@@ -4576,7 +4765,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1592
+#: release-manual.xml:1652
msgid ""
"And run <computeroutput>aptitude update && aptitude upgrade </"
"computeroutput>."
@@ -4585,12 +4774,12 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput> aus."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1599
+#: release-manual.xml:1659
msgid "Using backports.org"
msgstr "Nutzung von backports.org"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1601
+#: release-manual.xml:1661
msgid ""
"You are running Debian Edu, because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. "
"It runs great, there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit "
@@ -4602,7 +4791,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Spiel kommt."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1603
+#: release-manual.xml:1663
msgid ""
"Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian "
"unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run "
@@ -4613,17 +4802,17 @@ msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://www.backports.org\">http://www.backports.org </ulink> to "
"use these backports."
msgstr ""
-"Backports sind extra kompilierte Pakete aus DebianTesting (meistens) und Debian "
-"Unstable (allerdings nur in Ausnahmefällen, insbesondere Sicherheitsupdates), "
-"so dass sie ohne neue Bibliotheken (sofern das möglich ist) auf einer "
-"stabilen Debian Distribution wie DebianEdu laufen. <emphasis role=\"strong\"> "
-"Wir empfehlen Ihnen sich die einzelnen Backports auszuwählen, die sie "
-"benötigen und nicht alle verfügbaren zu benutzen. </emphasis> Bitte folgen "
-"Sie den Anweisungen auf <ulink url=\"http://www.backports.org\">http://www."
-"backports.org </ulink> um die Backports zu nutzen."
+"Backports sind extra kompilierte Pakete aus DebianTesting (meistens) und "
+"Debian Unstable (allerdings nur in Ausnahmefällen, insbesondere "
+"Sicherheitsupdates), so dass sie ohne neue Bibliotheken (sofern das möglich "
+"ist) auf einer stabilen Debian Distribution wie DebianEdu laufen. <emphasis "
+"role=\"strong\"> Wir empfehlen Ihnen sich die einzelnen Backports "
+"auszuwählen, die sie benötigen und nicht alle verfügbaren zu benutzen. </"
+"emphasis> Bitte folgen Sie den Anweisungen auf <ulink url=\"http://www."
+"backports.org\">http://www.backports.org </ulink> um die Backports zu nutzen."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1607
+#: release-manual.xml:1667
msgid ""
"You will need to add the backports.org archive key to root's "
"<computeroutput>gpg </computeroutput> keyring, so that <computeroutput>apt </"
@@ -4633,390 +4822,374 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Sie müssen den backports.org archive key zum root<computeroutput>gpg </"
"computeroutput> keyring hinzufügen, so dass <computeroutput>apt </"
-"computeroutput> das Repository<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian."
-"org/SecureApt\">sicher nutzen kann</ulink>. Dies erreichen Sie, indem Sie als root die "
+"computeroutput> das Repository<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/SecureApt"
+"\">sicher nutzen kann</ulink>. Dies erreichen Sie, indem Sie als root die "
"folgenden Kommandos ausführen:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1613
+#: release-manual.xml:1673
#, no-wrap
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"# install the debian-keyring securily:\n"
"aptitude install debian-keyring\n"
"# fetch the backports.org key insecurily:\n"
"gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 16BA136C\n"
-"# check securily if the key is correct and add it to root's keyring if it is:\n"
+"# check securily if the key is correct and add it the keyring used by apt if it is:\n"
"gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs 16BA136C && gpg --export 16BA136C | apt-key add -\n"
"# add backports.org repo to /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
"echo \"deb http://www.backports.org/debian etch-backports main contrib non-free\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
"# update the list of available packages:\n"
"aptitude update\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen>\n"
-"<para>Then you can either use <computeroutput>aptitude -t etch-backports install <packagename>\n"
-"</computeroutput> to install or update packages once, or you can configure a package to be always installed from backports.org though <computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences\n"
-"</computeroutput> which is described in the <ulink url=\"http://www.backports.org/dokuwiki/doku.php?id=instructions\">instructions on backports.org\n"
-"</ulink>. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>The second variant has the advantage, that updates to backports are installed automatically when they are available. With the first variant you need to update manually. \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Java\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre sun-java5-fonts\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Access to skolelinux server from outside a firewall\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>A boot script <computeroutput>open-backdoor\n"
-"</computeroutput> is provided in the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config\n"
-"</computeroutput> package to \"break out\" from behind a firewall. It is useful for system administrators responsible for several Debian Edu installations. It set up an SSH tunnel to another machine, allowing ssh login from the outside of the firewall. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>To enable it, create a ssh key without a password, create a user on a remote host to use for ssh login, copy the public key into ~/.ssh/authorized_keys for the remote user used for and specify the login information in <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor\n"
-"</computeroutput>. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>Content of <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor\n"
-"</computeroutput> should be similar to this: \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[RHOST=admin.example.net\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1685
+msgid ""
+"Then you can either use <computeroutput>aptitude -t etch-backports install "
+"<packagename> </computeroutput> to install or update packages once, or "
+"you can configure a package to be always installed from backports.org though "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences </computeroutput> which is described in "
+"the <ulink url=\"http://www.backports.org/dokuwiki/doku.php?id=instructions"
+"\">instructions on backports.org </ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1690
+msgid ""
+"The second variant has the advantage, that updates to backports are "
+"installed automatically when they are available. With the first variant you "
+"need to update manually."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1695
+msgid "Java"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1698
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre sun-java5-fonts\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1704
+msgid "Access to skolelinux server from outside a firewall"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1706
+msgid ""
+"A boot script <computeroutput>open-backdoor </computeroutput> is provided in "
+"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config </computeroutput> package to \"break "
+"out\" from behind a firewall. It is useful for system administrators "
+"responsible for several Debian Edu installations. It set up an SSH tunnel "
+"to another machine, allowing ssh login from the outside of the firewall."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1710
+msgid ""
+"To enable it, create a ssh key without a password, create a user on a remote "
+"host to use for ssh login, copy the public key into ~/.ssh/authorized_keys "
+"for the remote user used for and specify the login information in "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor </computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1713
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Content of <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor </computeroutput> should be "
+"similar to this:"
+msgstr ""
+"Passen sie jetzt die Datei <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </"
+"computeroutput> an sodass sie die folgenden Zeilen enthalten:"
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1717
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"RHOST=admin.example.net\n"
"RPORT=1234\n"
"RUSER=backdoor\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen>\n"
-"<para>FIXME: This need to be completed and tested. \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Creating a folder in all users home directory\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>With this script the administrator can create a folder in each users home directory and set access permissions and Ownership. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=770 a user can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder \"assignments\" where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[#!/bin/bash\n"
-"\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1722
+msgid "FIXME: This need to be completed and tested."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1727
+msgid "Creating a folder in all users home directory"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1729
+msgid ""
+"With this script the administrator can create a folder in each users home "
+"directory and set access permissions and Ownership."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1731
+msgid ""
+"In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=2770 a user "
+"can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder \"assignments\" "
+"where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1734
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"#!/bin/bash\n"
"home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\";\n"
" shared_folder=\"assignments\";\n"
-" permissions=\"770\";\n"
+" permissions=\"2770\";\n"
" created_dir=0;\n"
-"\n"
-"for home in $(ls $home_path);do\n"
-"\n"
-" . if [ ! -d \"$home_path/$home/$shared_folder\" ]; then\n"
-" . mkdir $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
-" chmod $permissions $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
-" . #set the right owner and group\n"
-" #\"username\" = \"group name\" = \"folder name\"\n"
-" user=$home\n"
-" group=teachers\n"
-" chown $user:$group $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
-" ((created_dir+=1))\n"
+" for home in $(ls $home_path);do\n"
+" . if [ ! -d \"$home_path/$home/$shared_folder\" ]; then\n"
+" . mkdir $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
+" chmod $permissions $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
+". #set the right owner and group\n"
+" #\"username\" = \"group name\" = \"folder name\"\n"
+" user=$home\n"
+" group=teachers\n"
+" chown $user:$group $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
+" ((created_dir+=1))\n"
" else\n"
" . echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already exists.\\n\"\n"
" . fi\n"
"done\n"
-"\n"
"echo \"$created_dir folders has been created\"\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>HowTos from wiki.debian.org\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>The HowTos from <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/\n"
-"</ulink> are either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and delete them over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of those pages to find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting it under the GPL.) \n"
-"</para><itemizedlist><listitem>\n"
-"<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn\n"
-"</ulink> \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"</listitem><listitem>\n"
-"<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC\n"
-"</ulink> \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"</listitem><listitem>\n"
-"<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\n"
-"</ulink> \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"</listitem><listitem>\n"
-"<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\n"
-"</ulink> \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"</listitem><listitem>\n"
-"<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/Squid_LDAP_Authentication\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/Squid_LDAP_Authentication\n"
-"</ulink> \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"</listitem>\n"
-"</itemizedlist>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section id=\"Desktop\">\n"
-"<title>HowTos for the desktop\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para> \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>KDE Kiosk mode\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>Two default profiles are included: \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para><emphasis role=\"strong\">debian_edu_pupils\n"
-"</emphasis> (enabled for members of the students file group) \n"
-"</para><itemizedlist><listitem>customized set of icons appears on student desktops \n"
-"</listitem><listitem>makes sure that the programs behind the desktop icons also show up in the kde panel \n"
-"</listitem><listitem>adept is not started \n"
-"</listitem><listitem>makes sure that students cannot start another kde session \n"
-"</listitem><listitem>disables possibility to gain root access for students \n"
-"</listitem>\n"
-"</itemizedlist>\n"
-"<para><emphasis role=\"strong\">debian_edu_root\n"
-"</emphasis> (enabled for the root user and members of the admins file group) \n"
-"</para><itemizedlist><listitem>adds a desktop icon to connect to the local webserver on tjener to provide easy access to all the administration programs \n"
-"</listitem>\n"
-"</itemizedlist>\n"
-"<para><emphasis role=\"strong\">Note:\n"
-"</emphasis>: modifications to the profiles can be done using <computeroutput>kiosktool\n"
-"</computeroutput>. However, unless you follow the step below, your changes will be overwritten by upgrades. [FIXME: doesn't work. Upgrade restores default desktop icons] \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>If you want to modify the kiosk profiles, you can either copy the existing ones and modify them, or create new kiosk profiles in (for example) <computeroutput>/etc/kde3/kioskprofiles/\n"
-"</computeroutput> and enable them in <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile\n"
-"</computeroutput>. The kiosk tool will do this for you if you click \"profile properties\" and browse to a new folder. \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Changing kioskmode on diskless workstations\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>After you have made changes to the kioskmode settings with kiosktool like described above, you will have to copy some files inside the chroot used by the diskless workstation. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>Assuming the diskless workstations are running <computeroutput>i386\n"
-"</computeroutput>, the following commands must be executed on the workstation server(s): \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[export LTSPCHROOT=/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/\n"
-"cp -rv /etc/kde-profile/ $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
-"cp -v /etc/kderc $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
-"cp -v /etc/kde-user-profile $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
-"unset LTSPCHROOT\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
-"# Installieren von debian-keyring (sicher):\n"
-"aptitude install debian-keyring\n"
-"# Holen des backports.org keys (unsicher):\n"
-"gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 16BA136C\n"
-"# überprüfen der Korrektheit des keys und gegebenenfalls hinzufügen zum root keyring (sicher):\n"
-"gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs 16BA136C && gpg --export 16BA136C | apt-key add -\n"
-"# hinzufügen von backports.org Repositories in der /etc/apt/sources.list:\n"
-"echo \"deb http://www.backports.org/debian etch-backports main contrib non-free\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
-"# updaten der LIste der verfügbaren Pakete:\n"
-"aptitude update\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen>\n"
-"<para>Jetzt können Sie entweder <computeroutput>aptitude -t etch-backports install <paketname>\n"
-"</computeroutput>verwenden um ein Paket einmalig zu installieren, oder Sie können apt über die Datei <computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences\n"
-"</computeroutput> so konfigurieren dass ein Paket immer aus backports.org intalliert wird, wie <ulink url=\"http://www.backports.org/dokuwiki/doku.php?id=instructions\">hier beschrieben\n"
-"</ulink>. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>Die zweite Variante hat den Vorteil dass vorhanden updates automatisch installiert werden. Bei der ersten Variante müssten sie manuell updaten.\n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Java\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre sun-java5-fonts\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Auf ein skolelinux hinter einer Firewall zugreifen\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>Über das bootscript <computeroutput>open-backdoor\n"
-"</computeroutput> aus dem Paket <computeroutput>debian-edu-config\n"
-"</computeroutput> kann man an einen Computer hinter einer Firewall gelangen. Das Script öffnet einen ssh tunnel auf eine andere Maschine und erlaubt es somit sich auf dem Computer einzuloggen. Dies ist insbesondere für Administratoren mehrerer Debian Edu Installation nützlich.\n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>Um das Skript zu aktivieren, sollten Sie einen ssh key ohne passphrase anlegen, auf der Maschine auf die sie sich verbinden wollen einen Benutzer für das login anlegen , den public key in ~/.ssh/authorized_keys2 für den Remotebenutzer legen und die Zugangssdaten in <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor\n"
-"</computeroutput> eingeben. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>Der Inhalt der Datei <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor\n"
-"</computeroutput> sollte ungefähr so aussehen: \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[RHOST=admin.example.net\n"
-"RPORT=1234\n"
-"RUSER=backdoor\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen>\n"
-"<para>FIXME: This need to be completed and tested. \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Creating a folder in all users home directory\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>With this script the administrator can create a folder in each users home directory and set access permissions and Ownership. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=770 a user can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder \"assignments\" where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[#!/bin/bash\n"
-"\n"
-"home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\";\n"
-" shared_folder=\"assignments\";\n"
-" permissions=\"770\";\n"
-" created_dir=0;\n"
-"\n"
-"for home in $(ls $home_path);do\n"
-"\n"
-" . if [ ! -d \"$home_path/$home/$shared_folder\" ]; then\n"
-" . mkdir $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
-" chmod $permissions $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
-" . #set the right owner and group\n"
-" #\"username\" = \"group name\" = \"folder name\"\n"
-" user=$home\n"
-" group=teachers\n"
-" chown $user:$group $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
-" ((created_dir+=1))\n"
-" else\n"
-" . echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already exists.\\n\"\n"
-" . fi\n"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1759
+msgid "Easy acces to USB and CDROM"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1761
+msgid ""
+"When users insert a usb or cdrom into a <ulink url=\"/ThinClient"
+"\">ThinClient </ulink> there is no popup window like they are used to from "
+"their usual Desktop. Instead they have to browse to the /media/$user "
+"folder. This is too difficult for non experienced users."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1764
+msgid ""
+"With the following script the symlink \"Media\" is created for all users in "
+"the home folder for easy access to USB-keys, CDROM or whatever media is "
+"connected to the thin client."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1767
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"#!/bin/bash\n"
+"home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\"; shared_folder=\"Media\"; permissions=\"775\"; created_dir=0;\n"
+"for home in $(ls $home_path); do\n"
+" if [ ! -d \"$home_path/$home/$shared_folder\" ]; then\n"
+" ln -s /media/$home $home_path/$home/$shared_folder ((created_dir+=1))\n"
+" else\n"
+" echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already exists.\\n\"\n"
+" fi\n"
"done\n"
-"\n"
"echo \"$created_dir folders has been created\"\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>HowTos from wiki.debian.org\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>The HowTos from <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/\n"
-"</ulink> are either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and delete them over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of those pages to find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting it under the GPL.) \n"
-"</para><itemizedlist><listitem>\n"
-"<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn\n"
-"</ulink> \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"</listitem><listitem>\n"
-"<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC\n"
-"</ulink> \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"</listitem><listitem>\n"
-"<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\n"
-"</ulink> \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"</listitem><listitem>\n"
-"<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\n"
-"</ulink> \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"</listitem><listitem>\n"
-"<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/Squid_LDAP_Authentication\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/Squid_LDAP_Authentication\n"
-"</ulink> \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"</listitem>\n"
-"</itemizedlist>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section id=\"Desktop\">\n"
-"<title>HowTos for the desktop\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para> \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>KDE Kiosk mode\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>Two default profiles are included: \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para><emphasis role=\"strong\">debian_edu_pupils\n"
-"</emphasis> (enabled for members of the students file group) \n"
-"</para><itemizedlist><listitem>customized set of icons appears on student desktops \n"
-"</listitem><listitem>makes sure that the programs behind the desktop icons also show up in the kde panel \n"
-"</listitem><listitem>adept is not started \n"
-"</listitem><listitem>makes sure that students cannot start another kde session \n"
-"</listitem><listitem>disables possibility to gain root access for students \n"
-"</listitem>\n"
-"</itemizedlist>\n"
-"<para><emphasis role=\"strong\">debian_edu_root\n"
-"</emphasis> (enabled for the root user and members of the admins file group) \n"
-"</para><itemizedlist><listitem>adds a desktop icon to connect to the local webserver on tjener to provide easy access to all the administration programs \n"
-"</listitem>\n"
-"</itemizedlist>\n"
-"<para><emphasis role=\"strong\">Note:\n"
-"</emphasis>: modifications to the profiles can be done using <computeroutput>kiosktool\n"
-"</computeroutput>. However, unless you follow the step below, your changes will be overwritten by upgrades. [FIXME: doesn't work. Upgrade restores default desktop icons] \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>If you want to modify the kiosk profiles, you can either copy the existing ones and modify them, or create new kiosk profiles in (for example) <computeroutput>/etc/kde3/kioskprofiles/\n"
-"</computeroutput> and enable them in <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile\n"
-"</computeroutput>. The kiosk tool will do this for you if you click \"profile properties\" and browse to a new folder. \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Changing kioskmode on diskless workstations\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>After you have made changes to the kioskmode settings with kiosktool like described above, you will have to copy some files inside the chroot used by the diskless workstation. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>Assuming the diskless workstations are running <computeroutput>i386\n"
-"</computeroutput>, the following commands must be executed on the workstation server(s): \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[export LTSPCHROOT=/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1782 release-manual.xml:2482 release-manual.xml:2590
+msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
+msgstr "HowTos von wiki.debian.org"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1784 release-manual.xml:2484 release-manual.xml:2592
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"The HowTos from <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+"\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> are either user- or "
+"developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and "
+"delete them over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of "
+"those pages to find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting "
+"it under the GPL.)"
+msgstr ""
+"Die <ulink url=\"/HowTos\">HowTos </ulink> von <ulink url=\"http://wiki."
+"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </"
+"ulink> sind entweder Anwender- oder Entwicklerbezogen. Lasst uns die "
+"Anwenderspezifischen <ulink url=\"/HowTos\">HowTos </ulink> hierhin "
+"schieben, nachdem die Autoren der Verschiebung und der GPL als Lizenz für "
+"ihre Beiträge zugestimmt haben."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1812
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "HowTos for the desktop"
+msgstr "HowTos für generelle Administration"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1818
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "KDE Kiosk mode"
+msgstr "KDE Kiosk mode deaktivieren"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1820
+msgid "Two default profiles are included:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1822
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">debian_edu_pupils </emphasis> (enabled for members "
+"of the students file group)"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#: release-manual.xml:1824
+msgid "customized set of icons appears on student desktops"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#: release-manual.xml:1825
+msgid ""
+"makes sure that the programs behind the desktop icons also show up in the "
+"kde panel"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1826
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "adept is not started"
+msgstr "Es geht los"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#: release-manual.xml:1827
+msgid "makes sure that students cannot start another kde session"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#: release-manual.xml:1828
+msgid "disables possibility to gain root access for students"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1831
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">debian_edu_root </emphasis> (enabled for the root "
+"user and members of the admins file group)"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#: release-manual.xml:1833
+msgid ""
+"adds a desktop icon to connect to the local webserver on tjener to provide "
+"easy access to all the administration programs"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1836
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Note: </emphasis>: modifications to the profiles "
+"can be done using <computeroutput>kiosktool </computeroutput>. However, "
+"unless you follow the step below, your changes will be overwritten by "
+"upgrades. [FIXME: doesn't work. Upgrade restores default desktop icons]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1840
+msgid ""
+"If you want to modify the kiosk profiles, you can either copy the existing "
+"ones and modify them, or create new kiosk profiles in (for example) "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/kde3/kioskprofiles/ </computeroutput> and enable them "
+"in <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile </computeroutput>. The kiosk tool "
+"will do this for you if you click \"profile properties\" and browse to a new "
+"folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1847
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Changing kioskmode on diskless workstations"
+msgstr "LowFat Arbeitsplatzrechner (ohne Festplatte)"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1849
+msgid ""
+"After you have made changes to the kioskmode settings with kiosktool like "
+"described above, you will have to copy some files inside the chroot used by "
+"the diskless workstation."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1851
+msgid ""
+"Assuming the diskless workstations are running <computeroutput>i386 </"
+"computeroutput>, the following commands must be executed on the workstation "
+"server(s):"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1855
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"export LTSPCHROOT=/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/\n"
"cp -rv /etc/kde-profile/ $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
"cp -v /etc/kderc $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
"cp -v /etc/kde-user-profile $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
"unset LTSPCHROOT\n"
"]]"
+msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1783
+#: release-manual.xml:1862
msgid ""
"Else replace <computeroutput>i386 </computeroutput> with "
"<computeroutput>amd64 </computeroutput> or <computeroutput>powerpc </"
"computeroutput> as applicable."
msgstr ""
"Dieses Dokument wurde am <computeroutput>2008-03-30</computeroutput> in das "
-"Paket <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> gepackt. "
-"Ansonsten ersetzen Sie <computeroutput>i386 </computeroutput> durch"
-"<computeroutput>amd64 </computeroutput> oder <computeroutput>powerpc </"
+"Paket <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> gepackt. Ansonsten "
+"ersetzen Sie <computeroutput>i386 </computeroutput> "
+"durch<computeroutput>amd64 </computeroutput> oder <computeroutput>powerpc </"
"computeroutput>, je nachdem was für eine Architektur Sie verwenden."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1790
+#: release-manual.xml:1869
msgid "Disabling kioskmode"
msgstr "KDE Kiosk mode deaktivieren"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1792
+#: release-manual.xml:1871
msgid ""
"If you don't want to use kioskmode, either just remove the file "
"<computeroutput>/etc/kderc </computeroutput>. Or, if you just want to "
"temporarily disable kioskmode, comment out all entries in there."
msgstr ""
"Wenn Sie den Kiosk-Mode nicht nutzen wollen, dektivieren Sie ihn in "
-"<computeroutput>/etc/kderc </computeroutput>. Falls Sie den kioskmode nur temporär ausschalten wollen, können Sie auch alle Einträge in dieser Datei auskommentieren."
+"<computeroutput>/etc/kderc </computeroutput>. Falls Sie den kioskmode nur "
+"temporär ausschalten wollen, können Sie auch alle Einträge in dieser Datei "
+"auskommentieren."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1799
+#: release-manual.xml:1878
msgid "Modifying the kdm login screen"
msgstr "Bearbeiten des KDE Anmeldebildschirms"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1801
+#: release-manual.xml:1880
msgid ""
"In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. Now, "
"it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/ </"
@@ -5028,7 +5201,7 @@ msgstr ""
"und die ursprüngliche zu überschreiben."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1804
+#: release-manual.xml:1883
msgid ""
"Here is one example used to activate the theme in the "
"<computeroutput>desktop-base </computeroutput> package:"
@@ -5037,7 +5210,7 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput> Paket aktiviert:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1808
+#: release-manual.xml:1887
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
@@ -5049,7 +5222,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1812
+#: release-manual.xml:1891
msgid ""
"See the code in <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm </computeroutput> for "
"information on how these variables are used."
@@ -5058,48 +5231,52 @@ msgstr ""
"an, um zu erfahren, wie diese Variablen benutzt werden."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1818
+#: release-manual.xml:1897
msgid "Flash"
msgstr "Flash"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1820
+#: release-manual.xml:1899
msgid ""
"To install the Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin, install the "
"<computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> debian package from "
"backports.org."
msgstr ""
-"Für das Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin installieren "
-"Sie das Paket <computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput>. Dafür "
-"muss non-free in der sources.list aktiviert sein und benötigen eine "
-"funktionierende Internetverbindung. Das Paket lädt vorkompilierten "
-"Binärdateien von Adobe herunter."
+"Für das Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin installieren Sie das Paket "
+"<computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput>. Dafür muss non-free "
+"in der sources.list aktiviert sein und benötigen eine funktionierende "
+"Internetverbindung. Das Paket lädt vorkompilierten Binärdateien von Adobe "
+"herunter."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1823
+#: release-manual.xml:1902
msgid "There are three requirements to do so:"
msgstr "Dafür gibt es drei Vorraussetzungen:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1825
+#: release-manual.xml:1904
msgid ""
"add backports.org to <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </computeroutput> "
"as decribed in the <link linkend=\"Administration\">general adminstration "
"howtos</link>"
-msgstr "Fügen Sie backports.org zu Ihrer <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </computeroutput> hinzu, wie inden Howtos über <link linkend=\"Administration\">generelle Administraion</link> erklärt"
+msgstr ""
+"Fügen Sie backports.org zu Ihrer <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </"
+"computeroutput> hinzu, wie inden Howtos über <link linkend=\"Administration"
+"\">generelle Administraion</link> erklärt"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1829
+#: release-manual.xml:1908
msgid ""
"add the following lines to <computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences </"
"computeroutput> (the file probably does not exist, so you might have to "
"create it):"
msgstr ""
-"Fügen Sie die folgenden Zeilen zu der Datei <computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences </"
-"computeroutput> hinzu (Falls die Datei noch nicht existiert müssten Sie sie anlegen):"
+"Fügen Sie die folgenden Zeilen zu der Datei <computeroutput>/etc/apt/"
+"preferences </computeroutput> hinzu (Falls die Datei noch nicht existiert "
+"müssten Sie sie anlegen):"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1835
+#: release-manual.xml:1914
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Package: flashplugin-nonfree\n"
@@ -5113,31 +5290,36 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1840
+#: release-manual.xml:1919
msgid ""
"as the <computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> package is only "
"an installer-package (and does not contain the flashplugin itself, for legal "
"reasons), it also requires a working internet connection as it will download "
"the precompiled binary from Adobes website."
-msgstr "Da das Paket <computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> nur ein Installerpaket ist, also nicht das Flashplugin an sich enthält (aus rechtlichen Gründen), benötigt es für die Installation eine funktionierende Internetverbindung, da es die vorkompilierten Binaries von der Adobe Website lädt."
+msgstr ""
+"Da das Paket <computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> nur ein "
+"Installerpaket ist, also nicht das Flashplugin an sich enthält (aus "
+"rechtlichen Gründen), benötigt es für die Installation eine funktionierende "
+"Internetverbindung, da es die vorkompilierten Binaries von der Adobe Website "
+"lädt."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1847
+#: release-manual.xml:1926
msgid "Sound with Flash in thin clients"
msgstr "Sound mit Flash auf Thin Clients"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1849
+#: release-manual.xml:1928
msgid "You need to install this as root:"
msgstr "Sie müssen die Installation als root vornehmen"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1851
+#: release-manual.xml:1930
msgid "and make one change in /etc/apt/sources.list"
msgstr "und eine änderung in der /etc/apt/sources.list vornehmen"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1854
+#: release-manual.xml:1933
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux/ etch-test local\n"
@@ -5147,17 +5329,17 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1857
+#: release-manual.xml:1936
msgid ""
"And that followed by <computeroutput>aptitude update </computeroutput> and "
"<computeroutput>aptitude install flashplayer-nonfree-extrasound </"
"computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
-"Führen Sie danach <computeroutput>aptitude update && aptitude install flashplayer-nonfree-extrasound </"
-"computeroutput> aus."
+"Führen Sie danach <computeroutput>aptitude update && aptitude "
+"install flashplayer-nonfree-extrasound </computeroutput> aus."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1861
+#: release-manual.xml:1940
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"remeber to remove <computeroutput>deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux/ "
@@ -5168,7 +5350,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dieses Bild als <computeroutput>dia </computeroutput> Datei.)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1865
+#: release-manual.xml:1944
msgid ""
"To get the sound working, you also need the latest flashplugin-nonfree "
"package installed (23st of Jan: 9.0.115.0.1~etch1)."
@@ -5177,17 +5359,18 @@ msgstr ""
"flashplugin-nonfree Paket installieren (23st of Jan: 9.0.115.0.1~etch1)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1871
+#: release-manual.xml:1950
msgid "Other useful plugins"
msgstr "Andere nützliche Plugins"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1873
+#: release-manual.xml:1952
msgid "After adding the multimedia repository (see below):"
-msgstr "Nachdem sie das Multimedia Repository hinzugefügt haben (dazu unten mehr):"
+msgstr ""
+"Nachdem sie das Multimedia Repository hinzugefügt haben (dazu unten mehr):"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1876
+#: release-manual.xml:1955
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install mozilla-mplayer mozilla-acroread acroread-plugins\n"
@@ -5197,12 +5380,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1882
+#: release-manual.xml:1961
msgid "Playing DVDs"
msgstr "DVDs abspielen"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1884
+#: release-manual.xml:1963
msgid ""
"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial! DVDs. For legal reasons "
"it's not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, "
@@ -5216,7 +5399,7 @@ msgstr ""
"für Multimedia und DVDs:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1887
+#: release-manual.xml:1966
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install libdvdcss2 w32codecs\n"
@@ -5226,139 +5409,255 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1893
+#: release-manual.xml:1972
msgid "Using the multimedia repository"
msgstr "Das Multimedia Repository verwenden"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1895
+#: release-manual.xml:1974
msgid "To use www.debian-multimedia.org do the following:"
msgstr ""
"Um www.debian-multimedia.org zu verwenden, besuchen Sie die Homepage und "
"finden Sie einen Mirror, oder führen Sie stattdessen das folgende aus:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1898
+#: release-manual.xml:1977
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# install the debian-keyring securily:\n"
"aptitude install debian-keyring\n"
"# fetch the debian-multimedia key insecurily:\n"
"gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 1F41B907\n"
-"# check securily if the key is correct and add it to root's keyring if it is:\n"
+"# check securily if the key is correct and add it to the keyring used by apt if it is:\n"
"gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs 1F41B907 && gpg --export 1F41B907 | apt-key add -\n"
"# add repository to sources.list - please check the homepages for mirrors!\n"
"echo \"deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
"# update the list of available packages:\n"
"aptitude update\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section id=\"NetworkClients\">\n"
-"<title>HowTos for networked clients\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para> \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation\n"
-"</ulink> \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>LTSP in detail\n"
-"</title><para/>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>lts.conf\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you can edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf\n"
-"</computeroutput>. Have a look at <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/usr/share/doc/ltsp-client/examples/lts.conf\n"
-"</computeroutput> to see examples and what parameters you can specify. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default]\n"
-"</computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using the client mac adress or ipadress like this <computeroutput>[192.168.0.10]\n"
-"</computeroutput>. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add something like this: \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[[192.168.0.10]\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1993
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "HowTos for networked clients"
+msgstr "Netzwerkclients"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1999
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations"
+msgstr "LowFat Arbeitsplatzrechner (ohne Festplatte)"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2001
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless "
+"workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink "
+"url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation"
+"\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation </ulink>"
+msgstr ""
+"Dokumentation über sitesummary kann unter <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian."
+"org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+"SiteSummary </ulink> gefunden werden."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:2007
+msgid "LTSP in detail"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:2011
+msgid "lts.conf"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2013
+msgid ""
+"To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you "
+"can edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf </"
+"computeroutput>. Have a look at <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/usr/share/doc/"
+"ltsp-client/examples/lts.conf </computeroutput> to see examples and what "
+"parameters you can specify."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2017
+msgid ""
+"The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default] </"
+"computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using the "
+"client mac adress or ipadress like this <computeroutput>[192.168.0.10] </"
+"computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2021
+msgid ""
+"Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add "
+"something like this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:2024
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"[192.168.0.10]\n"
"X_MODE_0 = 1280x1024\n"
"X_HORZSYNC = \"60-70\"\n"
"X_VERTREFRESH = \"59-62\"\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen>\n"
-"<para>somewhere below the default settings. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf\n"
-"</computeroutput> you should add the client mac-address to your dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the client mac-address directly in you <computeroutput>lts.conf\n"
-"</computeroutput> file. \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Load balancing LTSP servers\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"./images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
-"</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\\\n"
-"</phrase>\n"
-"</textobject>\n"
-"</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version 0.99debian12+0.0.edu.etch.8 and is included in Skolelinux 3.0r1. \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Part 1\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers for load balancing. This is done by providing /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/get_hosts as a script printing one or more servers for LDM to connect to. In addition to this, each ltsp chroot need to include the ssh host key for each of the servers. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>First of all, you must choose one LTSP server to be the loadbalancing server. All the clients will PXE-boot from this server and load the Skolelinux image. After the image is loaded, LDM chooses which server to connect to by using the \"get_hosts\" script. How this is done you decide later on. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>Now you have to move your clients from the 192.168.1.0 network to the 10.0.2.0 network. This is because when you use loadbalancing, the clients should have direct access to the server LDM chooses. If you leave your clients on the 192.168.1.0 network, all of the clients traffic will go through that server before it reaches the chosen LDM server. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>To get the clients working on the 10.0.2.0 network, you have to edit /etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf on the main-server (tjener). Where it says: \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[subnet 10.0.2.0 netmask 255.255.254.0 {\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2030
+msgid "somewhere below the default settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2032
+msgid ""
+"Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the "
+"client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2034
+msgid ""
+"To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf </computeroutput> you should "
+"add the client mac-address to your dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the "
+"client mac-address directly in you <computeroutput>lts.conf </"
+"computeroutput> file."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:2041
+msgid "Load balancing LTSP servers"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2047
+msgid ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version 0.99debian12+0.0."
+"edu.etch.8 and is included in Skolelinux 3.0r1."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:2051
+msgid "Part 1"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2053
+msgid ""
+"It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers "
+"for load balancing. This is done by providing /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/"
+"get_hosts as a script printing one or more servers for LDM to connect to. In "
+"addition to this, each ltsp chroot need to include the ssh host key for each "
+"of the servers."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2055
+msgid ""
+"First of all, you must choose one LTSP server to be the loadbalancing "
+"server. All the clients will PXE-boot from this server and load the "
+"Skolelinux image. After the image is loaded, LDM chooses which server to "
+"connect to by using the \"get_hosts\" script. How this is done you decide "
+"later on."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2057
+msgid ""
+"Now you have to move your clients from the 192.168.1.0 network to the "
+"10.0.2.0 network. This is because when you use loadbalancing, the clients "
+"should have direct access to the server LDM chooses. If you leave your "
+"clients on the 192.168.1.0 network, all of the clients traffic will go "
+"through that server before it reaches the chosen LDM server."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2059
+msgid ""
+"To get the clients working on the 10.0.2.0 network, you have to edit /etc/"
+"dhcp3/dhcpd.conf on the main-server (tjener). Where it says:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:2062
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"subnet 10.0.2.0 netmask 255.255.254.0 {\n"
" range 10.0.2.100 10.0.3.242;\n"
" }\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen>\n"
-"<para>you have to add this under \"range\": \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[filename \"/var/lib/tftpboot/ltsp/i386/pxelinux.0\";\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2067
+msgid "you have to add this under \"range\":"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:2070
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"filename \"/var/lib/tftpboot/ltsp/i386/pxelinux.0\";\n"
"next-server xxx;\n"
"option root-path \"/opt/ltsp/i386\";\n"
"option log-servers ltspserver01;\n"
"use-host-decl-names on;\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen>\n"
-"<para>Next-server should be the IP-address or hostname of the server you chose to be the loadbalancing server. If you use hostname you must have a working DNS. Remember to restart the dhcp service. \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Part 2\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>Now you have to make a \"get_hosts\" script that prints a server for LDM to connect to. The parameter LDM_SERVER overrides this script. In consequence, this parameter must not be defined if the get_hosts is going to be used. The get_hosts script writes on the standard output each server IP address or host names, in the random order. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>Edit \"/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf\" and add something like this: \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[MY_SERVER_LIST = \"xxxx xxxx xxxx\"]]>\n"
-"</screen>\n"
-"<para>Replace xxxx with either the IP or hostname of the servers, list must be space separated. Then, put the following script in /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/get_hosts on the server you chose to be the loadbalancing server. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[#!/bin/bash\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2077
+msgid ""
+"Next-server should be the IP-address or hostname of the server you chose to "
+"be the loadbalancing server. If you use hostname you must have a working "
+"DNS. Remember to restart the dhcp service."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:2082
+msgid "Part 2"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2084
+msgid ""
+"Now you have to make a \"get_hosts\" script that prints a server for LDM to "
+"connect to. The parameter LDM_SERVER overrides this script. In consequence, "
+"this parameter must not be defined if the get_hosts is going to be used. The "
+"get_hosts script writes on the standard output each server IP address or "
+"host names, in the random order."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2086
+msgid "Edit \"/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf\" and add something like this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:2089
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "MY_SERVER_LIST = \"xxxx xxxx xxxx\"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2091
+msgid ""
+"Replace xxxx with either the IP or hostname of the servers, list must be "
+"space separated. Then, put the following script in /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/"
+"ltsp/get_hosts on the server you chose to be the loadbalancing server."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:2094
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"#!/bin/bash\n"
"# Randomize the server list contained in MY_SERVER_LIST parameter\n"
"TMP_LIST=\"\"\n"
"SHUFFLED_LIST=\"\"\n"
@@ -5372,73 +5671,159 @@ msgid ""
"SHUFFLED_LIST=\"$SHUFFLED_LIST $(echo $i | cut -d_ -f2)\"\n"
"done\n"
"echo $SHUFFLED_LIST\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Part 3\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>Now that you've made the \"get_hosts\" script, it's time to make the ssh host key for the ltsp chroots. This can be done by making a file containing the content of /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts from all the ltsp servers that will be loadbalanced. Save this file as /etc/ltsp/ssh_known_hosts.extra on all loadbalance servers. The last step is very important because ltsp-update-sshkeys runs every time a server is booted, and /etc/ltsp/ssh_known_hosts.extra is included if it exists. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"./images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
-"</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\\\n"
-"</phrase>\n"
-"</textobject>\n"
-"</inlinemediaobject> If you save your new host file as /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts, it will be erased when you reboot the server. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>There is some obvious weaknesses with this setup. All clients get their image from the same server, this causes high loads on the server if many clients are booted at the same time. Also the clients require that server to always be available, without it they cannot boot or get a LDM server. Therefore this setup is very dependent on one server, which isn't very good. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>Your clients should now be loadbalanced! \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Sound with LTSP clients\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used (currently, this is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-oss should be loaded by the client hardware to assure esd can find /dev/dsp. If it's not done automatically, this line: \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\" \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf file. \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Replacing LDM with KDM\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>Skolelinux 3.0 is running LDM as a login manager. It uses a secure ssh tunnel to log in. When using KDM a switch to XDMCP is neccesary. XDMCP uses less CPU ressources on the clients and on the server. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"./images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
-"</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\\\n"
-"</phrase>\n"
-"</textobject>\n"
-"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning\n"
-"</emphasis>: XDMCP does not use encryption. Passwords will travel in cleartext over the network, as well as anything else. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"./images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
-"</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\\\n"
-"</phrase>\n"
-"</textobject>\n"
-"</inlinemediaobject> Note: local devices with <computeroutput>ltspfs\n"
-"</computeroutput> will stop working without LDM. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>To check if XDMCP is running, run this command from a workstation: \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[ X -query ltspserverXX\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:2113
+msgid "Part 3"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2115
+msgid ""
+"Now that you've made the \"get_hosts\" script, it's time to make the ssh "
+"host key for the ltsp chroots. This can be done by making a file containing "
+"the content of /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts from all the ltsp "
+"servers that will be loadbalanced. Save this file as /etc/ltsp/"
+"ssh_known_hosts.extra on all loadbalance servers. The last step is very "
+"important because ltsp-update-sshkeys runs every time a server is booted, "
+"and /etc/ltsp/ssh_known_hosts.extra is included if it exists."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2121
+msgid ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> If you save your new host file as /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/"
+"ssh/ssh_known_hosts, it will be erased when you reboot the server."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2123
+msgid ""
+"There is some obvious weaknesses with this setup. All clients get their "
+"image from the same server, this causes high loads on the server if many "
+"clients are booted at the same time. Also the clients require that server to "
+"always be available, without it they cannot boot or get a LDM server. "
+"Therefore this setup is very dependent on one server, which isn't very good."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2125
+msgid "Your clients should now be loadbalanced!"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:2131
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Sound with LTSP clients"
+msgstr "Sound mit Flash auf Thin Clients"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2133
+msgid ""
+"If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used (currently, this "
+"is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-oss should be loaded "
+"by the client hardware to assure esd can find /dev/dsp. If it's not done "
+"automatically, this line:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2135
+msgid "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2137
+msgid "should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf file."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:2142
+msgid "Upgrading the LTSP environment"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2144
+msgid ""
+"It is useful to upgrade the LTSP environment with new packages fairly often, "
+"to make sure security fixes and improvements are made available. To "
+"upgrade, run these commands as user root on each LTSP server:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:2147
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"chroot /opt/ltsp/i386\n"
+"aptitude update\n"
+"aptitude upgrade\n"
+"aptitude dist-upgrade\n"
+"exit\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+"aptitude update \n"
+"aptitude dist-upgrade ]]"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2158
+msgid ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> Note that this is a slightly risky operation, if one of "
+"the upgraded packages break. To reduce the risk, it is a good idea to copy "
+"the content of /opt/ltsp/i386 to be able to revert to the original "
+"environment if the new one fail to work."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:2164
+msgid "Replacing LDM with KDM"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2166
+msgid ""
+"Skolelinux 3.0 is running LDM as a login manager. It uses a secure ssh "
+"tunnel to log in. When using KDM a switch to XDMCP is neccesary. XDMCP uses "
+"less CPU ressources on the clients and on the server."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2172
+msgid ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning </emphasis>: XDMCP "
+"does not use encryption. Passwords will travel in cleartext over the "
+"network, as well as anything else."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2179
+msgid ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> Note: local devices with <computeroutput>ltspfs </"
+"computeroutput> will stop working without LDM."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2182
+msgid "To check if XDMCP is running, run this command from a workstation:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:2185
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"X -query ltspserverXX\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2088
+#: release-manual.xml:2188
msgid "If you are on the thin client network, please run this command:"
-msgstr "Falls Sie sich in einem Thin Client Netzwerk befinden, führen Sie bitte das folgende Kommando aus:"
+msgstr ""
+"Falls Sie sich in einem Thin Client Netzwerk befinden, führen Sie bitte das "
+"folgende Kommando aus:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2091
+#: release-manual.xml:2191
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"X -query 192.168.0.254\n"
@@ -5448,21 +5833,26 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2094
+#: release-manual.xml:2194
msgid ""
"The goal is to let your \"real\" thin client to contact the xdmcp-server on "
"the 192.168.0.254 net (given a standard Skolelinux configuration)."
-msgstr "Dies erlaubt ihrem \"echten\" Thin Client, sich zu dem xdmcp-Server im 192.168.0.254 Netz zu verbinden (in einer Standard Skolelinux Konfiguration)."
+msgstr ""
+"Dies erlaubt ihrem \"echten\" Thin Client, sich zu dem xdmcp-Server im "
+"192.168.0.254 Netz zu verbinden (in einer Standard Skolelinux Konfiguration)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2096
+#: release-manual.xml:2196
msgid ""
"If by some reason xdmcp is accessible on your server which runs KDM , please "
"add the following to /etc/kde3/kdm/Xaccess"
-msgstr "Falls xdmcp aus irgendwelchen Gründen nicht erreichbar sein sollte und KDM auf Ihrem Server läuft, fügen Sie bitte das folgende zu der Datei /etc/kde3/kdm/Xaccess hinzu:"
+msgstr ""
+"Falls xdmcp aus irgendwelchen Gründen nicht erreichbar sein sollte und KDM "
+"auf Ihrem Server läuft, fügen Sie bitte das folgende zu der Datei /etc/kde3/"
+"kdm/Xaccess hinzu:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2099
+#: release-manual.xml:2199
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"* # any host can get a login window\n"
@@ -5472,19 +5862,19 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2102
+#: release-manual.xml:2202
msgid ""
"The star before the comment '#' is important, rest is a comment of course "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr "Der Stern vor dem # ist wichtig, der Rest ist natürlich ein Kommentar."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2108
+#: release-manual.xml:2208
msgid "Then turn on xdmcp in kdm with the command:"
msgstr "Aktivieren Sie xdmcp in KDM dann mit dem folgenden Befehl:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2111
+#: release-manual.xml:2211
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"sudo update-ini-file /etc/kde3/kdm/kdmrc Xdmcp Enable true\n"
@@ -5494,12 +5884,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2114
+#: release-manual.xml:2214
msgid "At the end please restart kdm by running:"
msgstr "Und starten Sie dann KDM neu:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2117
+#: release-manual.xml:2217
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"sudo invoke-rc.d kdm restart\n"
@@ -5509,60 +5899,71 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2120
-msgid "(in courtasy of Finn-Arne Johansen)"
+#: release-manual.xml:2220
+msgid "(in courtesy of Finn-Arne Johansen)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2125
+#: release-manual.xml:2225
msgid "Connecting Windows machines to the network / Windows integration"
msgstr "Computer mit Windows mit dem Netzwerk verbinden"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2129
+#: release-manual.xml:2229
msgid "Joining the domain"
msgstr "Der Domäne beitreten"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2131
+#: release-manual.xml:2231
msgid ""
"For Windows clients the Windows domain \"SKOLELINUX\" is available to be "
"joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main-server tjener, "
"enables Windows clients to store profiles and userdata and also "
"authenticates the users during the login."
-msgstr "Windows Clients können der Domäne \"SKOLELINUX\" beitreten. Ein spezieller Dienst namens Samba, der auf dem Hauptserver tjener installiert ist erlaubt es Windows Clients, Profile und Benutzerdaten zu speichern und die Benutzer während des Logins zu authentifizieren."
+msgstr ""
+"Windows Clients können der Domäne \"SKOLELINUX\" beitreten. Ein spezieller "
+"Dienst namens Samba, der auf dem Hauptserver tjener installiert ist erlaubt "
+"es Windows Clients, Profile und Benutzerdaten zu speichern und die Benutzer "
+"während des Logins zu authentifizieren."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2133
+#: release-manual.xml:2233
msgid ""
"In order to make Windows clients join the domain some (few) steps are "
"required:"
-msgstr "Um Windows Clients einer Domäne beitreten zu lassen, sind die folgenden wenigen Schritte nötig:"
+msgstr ""
+"Um Windows Clients einer Domäne beitreten zu lassen, sind die folgenden "
+"wenigen Schritte nötig:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2135
+#: release-manual.xml:2235
msgid ""
"1. Create a user with membership in the \"admins\" group (if not already "
"existing)"
-msgstr "1. Erstellen Sie einen Benutzer der der Gruppe \"admins\" zugehört (falls ein solcher nicht bereits existiert)"
+msgstr ""
+"1. Erstellen Sie einen Benutzer der der Gruppe \"admins\" zugehört (falls "
+"ein solcher nicht bereits existiert)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2137
+#: release-manual.xml:2237
msgid ""
"In order to be able to join the \"SKOLELINUX\" domain a member of the admins "
"group needs to authorize the process. If not yet existing, a user with that "
"membership needs to be added (for more information see <link to lwat "
"docu>). The user \"root\" will <emphasis role=\"strong\">not </emphasis> "
"work, because there is no password for root in Samba."
-msgstr "Um der \"SKOLELINUX\" Domäne beitreten zu können, muss ein Mitglied der Gruppe \"admins\" den Vorgang autorisieren. Sie können hierfür allerdings <emphasis role=\"strong\">nicht </emphasis> den Benutzer \"root\" verwenden."
+msgstr ""
+"Um der \"SKOLELINUX\" Domäne beitreten zu können, muss ein Mitglied der "
+"Gruppe \"admins\" den Vorgang autorisieren. Sie können hierfür allerdings "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">nicht </emphasis> den Benutzer \"root\" verwenden."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2142
+#: release-manual.xml:2242
msgid "2. Configure the Windows client as static host"
msgstr "2. Konfigurieren sie den Windows Client als statischen Host"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2144
+#: release-manual.xml:2244
msgid ""
"When joining a samba domain some special data is stored on the domain "
"controller (tjener). This data is needed to recognize the Windows client "
@@ -5572,29 +5973,45 @@ msgid ""
"lwat>). When adding the static host configuration it is important to "
"check the \"Samba host\" option, otherwise will lack the required data to be "
"able to join the domain."
-msgstr "Wen ein Rechner Sambadomäne beitrittbeitreten, werden auf dem Domaincontroller (tjener) spezielle Daten gespDiese Daten werden benötigt damit der Windows Client später Benutzer authentifizieren darf. Damit Samba so eingestellt werden kann dass es diese Daten speichert, muss eine statische Hostkonfiguration vorhanden sein. Diese könnte mit dem LWAT Web Interface (<Link zu LWAT>) eingerichten werden. Es ist wichtig, beim Einrichten der statischen Hostkonfiguration die Option \"Samba host\" zu aktivieren, sonst fehlen die Daten um der Domäne beizutreten.eichert. Informatioinen"
+msgstr ""
+"Wen ein Rechner Sambadomäne beitrittbeitreten, werden auf dem "
+"Domaincontroller (tjener) spezielle Daten gespDiese Daten werden benötigt "
+"damit der Windows Client später Benutzer authentifizieren darf. Damit Samba "
+"so eingestellt werden kann dass es diese Daten speichert, muss eine "
+"statische Hostkonfiguration vorhanden sein. Diese könnte mit dem LWAT Web "
+"Interface (<Link zu LWAT>) eingerichten werden. Es ist wichtig, beim "
+"Einrichten der statischen Hostkonfiguration die Option \"Samba host\" zu "
+"aktivieren, sonst fehlen die Daten um der Domäne beizutreten.eichert. "
+"Informatioinen"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2148
+#: release-manual.xml:2248
msgid ""
"3. On the Windows client: Make sure the network and system configuration "
"matches the data stored on tjener (hostname and ip configuration)."
-msgstr "3. Auf dem Windows Client: Stellen Sie sicher dass die Netzwerk- und Systemkonfiguration zu den auf tjener gespeicherten Daten passen (Hostname und IP)."
+msgstr ""
+"3. Auf dem Windows Client: Stellen Sie sicher dass die Netzwerk- und "
+"Systemkonfiguration zu den auf tjener gespeicherten Daten passen (Hostname "
+"und IP)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2149
+#: release-manual.xml:2249
msgid ""
"It's really important, that the Windows hosts have the same data, otherwise "
"Samba will not find the host added in step 2."
-msgstr "Es ist wirklich wichtig dass die Windowshosts die gleichen Daten haben, da Samba sonst die Hosts die in Schritt 2 hinzugefügt wurden, nicht findet."
+msgstr ""
+"Es ist wirklich wichtig dass die Windowshosts die gleichen Daten haben, da "
+"Samba sonst die Hosts die in Schritt 2 hinzugefügt wurden, nicht findet."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2152
+#: release-manual.xml:2252
msgid "4. Join the domain as usual using the user added in step 1."
-msgstr "4. Treten Sie der Domäne wie normal bei, wobei Sie den in Schritt 1 angelegten Benutzer verwenden."
+msgstr ""
+"4. Treten Sie der Domäne wie normal bei, wobei Sie den in Schritt 1 "
+"angelegten Benutzer verwenden."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2153
+#: release-manual.xml:2253
msgid ""
"Depending on the version and language of you Windows installation, you "
"should find the configuration about the domain or workgroup of your system "
@@ -5605,25 +6022,42 @@ msgid ""
"created in step 1. can be entered. After some time the Windows client opens "
"a popup window with a welcome message. After the obligatory reboot the "
"loginscreen offers a option to login into the domain."
-msgstr "Je nachdem was für eine Version und in welcher Sprache Sie Windows installiert haben, sollten Sie die Konfiguration der Domäne oder Arbeitsgruppe in den Systemeinstellungen finden. Ein frisch installiertes Windows sollte zu einer Standardarbeitsgruppe gehören.Sie können der Domäne beitreten indem Sie \"Domäne\" anstatt \"Arbeitsgruppe\" auswählen und SKOLELINUX als neue Domäne wählen. Wenn Sie Enter drücken, öffnet sich ein neues Fenster in dem die Zugangsdaten des in Schritt 1 angelegten Benutzers eingegeben werden können. Nach einiger Zeit sollte sich auf dem Windows Client ein Popupfenster mit einer Willkommensnachricht öffnen. Nach dem obligatorischen Reboot bietet der Loginscreen eine Option an, sich an der Domäne anzumelden."
+msgstr ""
+"Je nachdem was für eine Version und in welcher Sprache Sie Windows "
+"installiert haben, sollten Sie die Konfiguration der Domäne oder "
+"Arbeitsgruppe in den Systemeinstellungen finden. Ein frisch installiertes "
+"Windows sollte zu einer Standardarbeitsgruppe gehören.Sie können der Domäne "
+"beitreten indem Sie \"Domäne\" anstatt \"Arbeitsgruppe\" auswählen und "
+"SKOLELINUX als neue Domäne wählen. Wenn Sie Enter drücken, öffnet sich ein "
+"neues Fenster in dem die Zugangsdaten des in Schritt 1 angelegten Benutzers "
+"eingegeben werden können. Nach einiger Zeit sollte sich auf dem Windows "
+"Client ein Popupfenster mit einer Willkommensnachricht öffnen. Nach dem "
+"obligatorischen Reboot bietet der Loginscreen eine Option an, sich an der "
+"Domäne anzumelden."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2156
+#: release-manual.xml:2256
msgid ""
"Windows will sync the profile of domain users on every login and logout. "
"Depending on how much data stored in the profile this could take some time. "
"To minimize the time needed, one should deactivate things like local cache "
"in browsers (you could use the squid proxycache installed on tjener instead) "
"and save file into the H: volume instead of \"Own files\"."
-msgstr "Windows wird das Profil des Domänenbenutzers bei jedem Anmelden und Abmelden synchronisieren. Je nachdem wie viele Daten in dem Profil gespeichert sind, könnte dies einige Zeit in Anspruch nehmen. Daher sollte man Dinge wie den lokalen Browser Cache deaktvieren (Sie könnten stattdessen den squid proxy cache verwenden der auf tjener installiert ist) und Dateien auf H: speichern anstatt in \"Eigene Dateien\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Windows wird das Profil des Domänenbenutzers bei jedem Anmelden und Abmelden "
+"synchronisieren. Je nachdem wie viele Daten in dem Profil gespeichert sind, "
+"könnte dies einige Zeit in Anspruch nehmen. Daher sollte man Dinge wie den "
+"lokalen Browser Cache deaktvieren (Sie könnten stattdessen den squid proxy "
+"cache verwenden der auf tjener installiert ist) und Dateien auf H: speichern "
+"anstatt in \"Eigene Dateien\"."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2160
+#: release-manual.xml:2260
msgid "User groups in Windows"
msgstr "Benutzergruppen in Windows"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2162
+#: release-manual.xml:2262
msgid ""
"Groupmaps must also be added for any other user groups you add through "
"<computeroutput>lwat </computeroutput>. If you want your user groups to be "
@@ -5631,10 +6065,16 @@ msgid ""
"actions, you can add them using variations of the following command. Samba "
"will function without these groupmaps, but Windows machines won't be group "
"aware."
-msgstr "Sie müssen\" Groupmaps\" für alle Benutzergruppen, die Sie über <computeroutput>LWAT</computeroutput> hinzufügen, anlegen. Wenn Sie wollen dass Ihre Gruppen in Windows verfügbar sind, z.Bsp. für netlogon Skripte oder andere von Gruppen abhängige Aktionen, können Sie diese mit einer Variation des folgenden Kommandos hinzufügen. Samba wird auch ohne Groupmaps funktionieren, aber Windowscomputer werden Gruppen nicht kennen."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie müssen\" Groupmaps\" für alle Benutzergruppen, die Sie über "
+"<computeroutput>LWAT</computeroutput> hinzufügen, anlegen. Wenn Sie wollen "
+"dass Ihre Gruppen in Windows verfügbar sind, z.Bsp. für netlogon Skripte "
+"oder andere von Gruppen abhängige Aktionen, können Sie diese mit einer "
+"Variation des folgenden Kommandos hinzufügen. Samba wird auch ohne Groupmaps "
+"funktionieren, aber Windowscomputer werden Gruppen nicht kennen."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2166
+#: release-manual.xml:2266
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/usr/bin/net groupmap add unixgroup=students \\\n"
@@ -5647,27 +6087,47 @@ msgstr ""
" comment=\"Alle Schüler dieser Schulel\"\n"
"]]"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2271
+msgid ""
+"FIXME: isnt that better be explained with lwat first, and then with an "
+"example for the command line?"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2273
+msgid ""
+"If you want to check user groups on Windows, you need to download the tool "
+"<computeroutput>IFMEMBER.EXE </computeroutput> from Microsoft. Then you can "
+"use this for example in the logon script which resides on tjener in "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/samba/netlogon/LOGON.BAT </computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2175
+#: release-manual.xml:2281
msgid "XP home"
msgstr "XP Home"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2177
+#: release-manual.xml:2283
msgid ""
"Users bringing in their XP home laptop can still connect to Tjener using "
"their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to SKOLELINUX. "
"However, they may need to disable the windows firewall before Tjener will "
"appear in Network Neighbourhood (or whatever its called now)."
-msgstr "Benutzer von XP Home können sich sich auch mit ihren Zugangsdaten zu tjener verbinden, vorausgesetzt SKOLELINUX ist als Workgroup eingestellt. Es könnte allerdings sein dass man die Firewall deaktivieren muss bevor man sich zu tjener verbinden kann."
+msgstr ""
+"Benutzer von XP Home können sich sich auch mit ihren Zugangsdaten zu tjener "
+"verbinden, vorausgesetzt SKOLELINUX ist als Workgroup eingestellt. Es könnte "
+"allerdings sein dass man die Firewall deaktivieren muss bevor man sich zu "
+"tjener verbinden kann."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2182
+#: release-manual.xml:2288
msgid "Managing roaming profiles"
msgstr "Roamingprofile verwalten"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2184
+#: release-manual.xml:2290
msgid ""
"Roaming profiles contain user work environments, which include the desktop "
"items and settings. Some examples of these environments are personal files, "
@@ -5678,7 +6138,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2186
+#: release-manual.xml:2292
msgid ""
"Since the profile is copied from the server to the machine during logon, and "
"copied back to the server during logout, a large profile can make windows "
@@ -5689,7 +6149,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2188
+#: release-manual.xml:2294
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">The educational approach </emphasis>: One way to "
"deal with to large profiles is to explain the situation for the users. Tell "
@@ -5698,7 +6158,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2191
+#: release-manual.xml:2297
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Tweaking the profile </emphasis>: A different way "
"to deal with the problem is to remove parts of the profile, and redirect "
@@ -5709,22 +6169,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2196 release-manual.xml:2279
+#: release-manual.xml:2302 release-manual.xml:2399
msgid "Using machine policies"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2198
+#: release-manual.xml:2304
msgid "Machine policies can be edited and copied to all the other computers."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2199
+#: release-manual.xml:2305
msgid "Pick a freshly installed Windows computer, and run gpedit.msc"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2201
+#: release-manual.xml:2307
msgid ""
"Under the selection User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> "
"System -> User Profiles -> Exclude directories in roaming profile, you "
@@ -5735,91 +6195,128 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2202
+#: release-manual.xml:2308
msgid "log"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2203
+#: release-manual.xml:2309
msgid "Locale settings"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2204 release-manual.xml:2207
+#: release-manual.xml:2310 release-manual.xml:2313
msgid "Temporary Internet Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2205
+#: release-manual.xml:2311
msgid "My Documents"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2206
+#: release-manual.xml:2312
msgid "Application Data"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2210
+#: release-manual.xml:2316
msgid "Save your changes, and exit the editor."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2212
+#: release-manual.xml:2318
msgid ""
"Copy <computeroutput>c:\\windows\\system32\\GroupPolicy </computeroutput> to "
"all other windows machines."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2214
+#: release-manual.xml:2320
msgid ""
"It's a good idea to copy it to your windows os deployment system to have it "
"included at install time."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2222 release-manual.xml:2295 release-manual.xml:2320
+#: release-manual.xml:2328 release-manual.xml:2415 release-manual.xml:2440
msgid "Using global policies"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2224
+#: release-manual.xml:2330
+msgid ""
+"By using the legacy windows policy editor (<computeroutput>poledit.exe </"
+"computeroutput>), you can can create a Policy file (NTConfig.pol) file and "
+"put it in your netlogon share on tjener. This has the advantage of working "
+"almost instantly on all windows machines."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2333
+msgid ""
+"Since some time the policy editor standalone download has been removed from "
+"the Microsoft website, but it's still available as part of the ORK Tools."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2335
+msgid ""
+"With poledit.exe you can create .pol files. If you put such a file on tjener "
+"as <computeroutput>/etc/samba/netlogon/NTLOGON.POL </computeroutput> it will "
+"be read by the windows machine automatically and temporarily overwrite the "
+"registry, thus applying the changes."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2338
+msgid ""
+"To make sensible use of poledit.exe you also need to download appriate .adm "
+"files for your operating system and applications, otherwise you cannot "
+"define many settings in poledit.exe."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2340
msgid ""
-"By using the windows policy editor (poledit.exe), you can can create a "
-"Policy file (NTConfig.pol) file and put it in your netlogon share on tjener. "
-"This would have the advantage of working almost instantly on all machines. "
-"But is unfortunatly not as easy as it sounds. And you can quite easily lock "
-"yourself out of your windows machines. If you have experience with this "
-"please elaborate here..."
+"Be aware that the new group policy tools, {{gpedit.msc}}} and "
+"<computeroutput>gpmc.msc </computeroutput> cannot create .pol files, they "
+"either only work for the local machine or need an active directory server."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2343
+msgid ""
+"If you understand german, <ulink url=\"http://gruppenrichtlinien.de\">http://"
+"gruppenrichtlinien.de </ulink> is a very good website on this topic."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2229
+#: release-manual.xml:2349
msgid "Editing Windows registry"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2231
+#: release-manual.xml:2351
msgid ""
"You can edit the registry of the local computer, and copy this registry key "
"to other computers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2232
+#: release-manual.xml:2352
msgid "Start the Registry Editor."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2234
+#: release-manual.xml:2354
msgid ""
"Navigate to <computeroutput>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\Microsoft\\Windows "
"NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2238
+#: release-manual.xml:2358
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </"
@@ -5829,19 +6326,19 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput> aus."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2242
+#: release-manual.xml:2362
msgid "Call it <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2245
+#: release-manual.xml:2365
msgid ""
"Enter a semicolon sepatated string of paths to exclude. (same way as machine "
"policy)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2248
+#: release-manual.xml:2368
msgid ""
"Now you can choose to export this registry key as a .reg file, Mark a "
"selection, right click and select export. Save the file and you can double "
@@ -5849,17 +6346,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2250
+#: release-manual.xml:2370
msgid "Sources:"
msgstr "Quellen:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2273
+#: release-manual.xml:2393
msgid "Redirecting parts of profile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2275
+#: release-manual.xml:2395
msgid ""
"Sometimes just removing the directory from the profile is not enough. You "
"may experience that users loose files because they mistakenly save things "
@@ -5869,7 +6366,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2281
+#: release-manual.xml:2401
msgid ""
"Everything under Using machine policies above applies. You edit using gpedit."
"msc and copy the Policy to all machines The redirection should be available "
@@ -5878,7 +6375,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2283
+#: release-manual.xml:2403
msgid ""
"One thing to remember is that if you enable folder redirection, those "
"folders are automatically added to the syncroniced folders list. If you do "
@@ -5886,36 +6383,36 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2285
+#: release-manual.xml:2405
msgid ""
"User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> "
"Offline Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2288
+#: release-manual.xml:2408
msgid ""
"Computer Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> "
"Offline Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2297
+#: release-manual.xml:2417
msgid "FIXME"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2303
+#: release-manual.xml:2423
msgid "Avoiding roaming profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2307
+#: release-manual.xml:2427
msgid "Using a local policy"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2309
+#: release-manual.xml:2429
msgid ""
"Using local policies you can disable roaming profile on individual machines. "
"This is often wanted on special machines, for instance on dedicated "
@@ -5923,29 +6420,29 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2311
+#: release-manual.xml:2431
msgid "You can use the machine policy method describe above, the key is in"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2313
+#: release-manual.xml:2433
msgid ""
"Administrative Templates -> system -> User Profiles -> Only allow "
"local profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2322
+#: release-manual.xml:2442
msgid "FIXME: what is the roaming profile key for the global policy editor"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2327
+#: release-manual.xml:2447
msgid "altering samba config"
msgstr "Die Samba Konfiguration verändern"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2329
+#: release-manual.xml:2449
msgid ""
"By editing the samba config you can disable roaming profiles for the entire "
"network. Perhaps everyone have their own dedicated machine? and nobody else "
@@ -5955,7 +6452,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2332
+#: release-manual.xml:2452
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"logon path = \"\"\n"
@@ -5967,12 +6464,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2341
+#: release-manual.xml:2461
msgid "Remote Desktops with RDP, VNC, NX or Citrix"
msgstr "Remote Desktops mit RDP, VNC, NX oder Citrix"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2343
+#: release-manual.xml:2463
msgid ""
"Some municipalities provide a remote desktop solution so that students and "
"teachers can access Skolelinux from their home computer running Windows, Mac "
@@ -5983,7 +6480,7 @@ msgstr ""
"als auch von Linux aus."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2345
+#: release-manual.xml:2465
msgid ""
"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. Just install the "
"<computeroutput>rdesktop </computeroutput> package."
@@ -5993,7 +6490,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Paket."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2349
+#: release-manual.xml:2469
msgid ""
"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. "
"Just install the <computeroutput>xvncviewer </computeroutput> package."
@@ -6003,7 +6500,7 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput> Paket."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2352
+#: release-manual.xml:2472
msgid ""
"NX graphical client gives students and teachers access to Skolelinux "
"remotely on Windows, Mac or Linux PC. One municipality in Norway has "
@@ -6015,51 +6512,28 @@ msgstr ""
"seit 2005 den Zugriff per NX an. Diese empfinden die Lösung als sehr stabil."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2354
+#: release-manual.xml:2474
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps\">Citrix ICA "
"client HowTo </ulink> to access Windows terminal server from Skolelinux."
msgstr ""
-"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps\">Anleitung für "
-"den Citrix ICA Client </ulink> um von Skolelinux auf Windows Terminalserver "
-"zuzugreifen."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2362 release-manual.xml:2470
-msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
-msgstr "HowTos von wiki.debian.org"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2364 release-manual.xml:2472
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"The HowTos from <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
-"\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> are either user- or "
-"developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and "
-"delete them over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of "
-"those pages to find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting "
-"it under the GPL.)"
-msgstr ""
-"Die <ulink url=\"/HowTos\">HowTos </ulink> von <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian."
-"org/DebianEdu/HowTo/\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> sind "
-"entweder Anwender- oder Entwicklerbezogen. Lasst uns die "
-"Anwenderspezifischen <ulink url=\"/HowTos\">HowTos </ulink> hierhin schieben, "
-"nachdem die Autoren der Verschiebung und der GPL als Lizenz für ihre "
-"Beiträge zugestimmt haben."
+"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps\">Anleitung "
+"für den Citrix ICA Client </ulink> um von Skolelinux auf Windows "
+"Terminalserver zuzugreifen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2380
+#: release-manual.xml:2500
msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning"
msgstr "HowTos für Lehren und Lernen"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2386
+#: release-manual.xml:2506
msgid "Moodle"
msgstr "Moodle"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2388
+#: release-manual.xml:2508
msgid ""
"Run <computeroutput>aptitude install moodle </computeroutput> as root to "
"install moodle."
@@ -6068,7 +6542,7 @@ msgstr ""
"root aus um Moodle zu installieren."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2391
+#: release-manual.xml:2511
msgid ""
"Moodle is a course management system (CMS) - a free, Open Source software "
"package designed using sound pedagogical principles, to help educators "
@@ -6079,12 +6553,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2393
+#: release-manual.xml:2513
msgid "FIXME: more examples, etc."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2395
+#: release-manual.xml:2515
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"See <ulink url=\"http://moodle.org\">http://moodle.org </ulink> for more "
@@ -6094,12 +6568,12 @@ msgstr ""
"mehr zu Moodle"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2401
+#: release-manual.xml:2521
msgid "Monitoring pupils"
msgstr "Schüler kontrollieren"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2403
+#: release-manual.xml:2523
msgid ""
"Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their "
"students."
@@ -6108,7 +6582,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Schüler zu beaufsichtigen."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2405
+#: release-manual.xml:2525
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Take a look at their wiki: <ulink url=\"http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/"
@@ -6119,12 +6593,12 @@ msgstr ""
"index.php?title=Main_Page\">hier</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2408
+#: release-manual.xml:2528
msgid "FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2411
+#: release-manual.xml:2531
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install italc-client italc-master\n"
@@ -6134,26 +6608,26 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2418
+#: release-manual.xml:2538
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning </emphasis>: "
"monitoring humans might be unethical and illegal in your jurisdiction."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2424
+#: release-manual.xml:2544
msgid "Restricting pupils network access"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2426
+#: release-manual.xml:2546
msgid ""
"Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access. "
"FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2432
+#: release-manual.xml:2552
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning </emphasis>: "
"restricting access to information or freedom of speech might be unethical "
@@ -6161,12 +6635,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2438
+#: release-manual.xml:2558
msgid "Installing swi-prolog on etch"
msgstr "swi-prolog auf Etch installieren"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2440
+#: release-manual.xml:2560
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog </computeroutput> was available in sarge, but was "
"not part of etch. But you can just install the version from sarge on a etch "
@@ -6177,7 +6651,7 @@ msgstr ""
"installieren."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2447
+#: release-manual.xml:2567
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning </emphasis>: The "
@@ -6192,7 +6666,7 @@ msgstr ""
"werden kann."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2452
+#: release-manual.xml:2572
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# swi-prolog depends on libreadline4, also not in etch\n"
@@ -6212,7 +6686,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2460
+#: release-manual.xml:2580
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog-doc </computeroutput> is part of etch "
@@ -6222,34 +6696,34 @@ msgstr ""
"<inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2475
+#: release-manual.xml:2595
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep"
"\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - "
"incomplete but interesting"
msgstr ""
-"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep\">http://"
-"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - Unvollständig "
-"aber interessant"
+"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep"
+"\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - "
+"Unvollständig aber interessant"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2484
+#: release-manual.xml:2604
msgid "Contribute"
msgstr "Helfen sie mit"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2490
+#: release-manual.xml:2610
msgid "Let us know you exist"
msgstr "Lassen sie uns wissen dass es sie gibt"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2493
+#: release-manual.xml:2613
msgid "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2498
+#: release-manual.xml:2618
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of "
@@ -6263,7 +6737,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Hilfe.<inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2504
+#: release-manual.xml:2624
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the "
@@ -6277,17 +6751,17 @@ msgstr ""
"Systems enthält um Nutzern zu helfen andere Nutzer zu finden, und um eine "
"Idee davon zu bekommen wo die Distribution überall genutzt wird. Bitte "
"lassen sie uns von ihrer Installation wissen, in dem sie sich in diese "
-"Datenbank eintragen. Um ihre Schule einzutragen steht ihnen <ulink "
-"url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/ReferenceSchools\">dieses Formular</"
+"Datenbank eintragen. Um ihre Schule einzutragen steht ihnen <ulink url="
+"\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/ReferenceSchools\">dieses Formular</"
"ulink> zur Verfügung."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2510
+#: release-manual.xml:2630
msgid "Contribute locally"
msgstr "Lokale Helfer"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2512
+#: release-manual.xml:2632
msgid ""
"Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, France and in the region "
"of Extremadura in Spain. \"Isolated\" contributors and users exist in "
@@ -6298,7 +6772,7 @@ msgstr ""
"den Niederlanden, Japan und noch an vielen andren Orten."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2514
+#: release-manual.xml:2634
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> explains and links to "
"localized ressources, as <emphasis>contribute </emphasis> and "
@@ -6309,23 +6783,23 @@ msgstr ""
"und <emphasis>Unterstützt </emphasis> zwei Seiten der gleichen Münze sind."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2521
+#: release-manual.xml:2641
msgid "Contribute globally"
msgstr "Globale Helfer"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2523
+#: release-manual.xml:2643
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Internationally we are organized in <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/"
"DebianEdu/Teams/\">different teams </ulink> working on different subjects."
msgstr ""
-"Wir sind in verschiedenen internationalen <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/"
-"DebianEdu/Teams/\">Teams </ulink> organisiert. Jedes Team beschäftigt sich "
-"mit einem andern Thema."
+"Wir sind in verschiedenen internationalen <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian."
+"org/DebianEdu/Teams/\">Teams </ulink> organisiert. Jedes Team beschäftigt "
+"sich mit einem andern Thema."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2526
+#: release-manual.xml:2646
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The <ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\">developer mailing list "
@@ -6333,13 +6807,13 @@ msgid ""
"have monthly meetings on IRC on #debian-edu on irc.debian.org and less "
"frequently even real gatherings, where we meet each other in person."
msgstr ""
-"Die <ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\">Entwicklermailingliste </"
-"ulink> ist das Hauptkommunikationsmittel. Zudem finden monatliche Treffen im "
-"IRC in #debian-edu auf irc.debian.org und seltener auch Treffen im realen "
+"Die <ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\">Entwicklermailingliste "
+"</ulink> ist das Hauptkommunikationsmittel. Zudem finden monatliche Treffen "
+"im IRC in #debian-edu auf irc.debian.org und seltener auch Treffen im realen "
"Leben statt."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2529
+#: release-manual.xml:2649
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to "
@@ -6351,12 +6825,12 @@ msgstr ""
"edu-commits\">commit Mailingliste </ulink> einzuschreiben."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2535
+#: release-manual.xml:2655
msgid "Documentation writers and translators"
msgstr "Verfasser der Dokumentation und Übersetzer"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2537
+#: release-manual.xml:2657
msgid ""
"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: "
"If you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you "
@@ -6369,7 +6843,7 @@ msgstr ""
"uns helfen indem sie den entsprechenden Text um ihr Wissen ergänzen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2539
+#: release-manual.xml:2659
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. "
@@ -6380,14 +6854,14 @@ msgid ""
"user </ulink> first."
msgstr ""
"Die Quellen dieses Textes sind in einem Wiki gespeichert und können mit fast "
-"jedem Webbrowser editiert werden. Um mitzuwirken, einfach auf <ulink "
-"url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/\">http://wiki."
+"jedem Webbrowser editiert werden. Um mitzuwirken, einfach auf <ulink url="
+"\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/\">http://wiki."
"skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/ </ulink> gehen und einen "
"Useraccount anlegen. Dies können sie unter <ulink url=\"http://wiki."
"skolelinux.no/UserPreferences\">create a wiki user </ulink> machen."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2543
+#: release-manual.xml:2663
msgid ""
"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating "
"software and documentation. Information how to translate this document can "
@@ -6400,22 +6874,22 @@ msgstr ""
"dieses Buches. Bitte helfen sie uns dieses Buch zu übersetzen!"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2549
+#: release-manual.xml:2669
msgid "Support"
msgstr "Support"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2555
+#: release-manual.xml:2675
msgid "Volunteer based support"
msgstr "Support auf Freiwilligenbasis"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2559
+#: release-manual.xml:2679
msgid "in English"
msgstr "auf Englisch"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2565
+#: release-manual.xml:2685
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
@@ -6423,11 +6897,11 @@ msgid ""
"discuss </ulink> - support mailing list"
msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
-"discuss\">https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss "
-"</ulink> - Supportmailingliste"
+"discuss\">https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
+"discuss </ulink> - Supportmailingliste"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2569
+#: release-manual.xml:2689
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related, do "
@@ -6438,24 +6912,24 @@ msgstr ""
"Entwicklungsbezogen. <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2580
+#: release-manual.xml:2700
msgid "in Norwegian"
msgstr "auf Norwegisch"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2582
+#: release-manual.xml:2702
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker"
"\">https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker </ulink> - "
"support mailing list"
msgstr ""
-"<ulink url=\"https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
-"bruker\">https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker </"
-"ulink> - Supportmailingliste"
+"<ulink url=\"https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker"
+"\">https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker </ulink> - "
+"Supportmailingliste"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2586
+#: release-manual.xml:2706
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
@@ -6469,17 +6943,17 @@ msgstr ""
"Norwegen (FRSIK)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2589
+#: release-manual.xml:2709
msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support norwegian users"
msgstr "#skolelinux auf irc.debian.org - IRC Channel für norwegische Nuzter"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2595
+#: release-manual.xml:2715
msgid "in German"
msgstr "auf Deutsch"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2597
+#: release-manual.xml:2717
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user\">http://www."
@@ -6489,29 +6963,29 @@ msgstr ""
"skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user </ulink> - Mailingliste für Support"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2601
+#: release-manual.xml:2721
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.skolelinux.de\">http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> "
"- wiki with lots of HowTos etc."
msgstr ""
-"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.skolelinux.de\">http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> - "
-"Wiki mit vielen HowTos und ähnlichem."
+"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.skolelinux.de\">http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> "
+"- Wiki mit vielen HowTos und ähnlichem."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2604
+#: release-manual.xml:2724
msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support german users"
msgstr ""
"#skolelinux.de auf irc.debian.org - IRC Channel zur Unterstützung deutscher "
"Benutzung"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2610
+#: release-manual.xml:2730
msgid "in French"
msgstr "auf Französisch"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2612
+#: release-manual.xml:2732
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\">http://lists.debian."
@@ -6521,12 +6995,12 @@ msgstr ""
"org/debian-edu-french </ulink> - Mailingliste für Support"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2620
+#: release-manual.xml:2740
msgid "in Spanish"
msgstr "auf Spanisch"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2622
+#: release-manual.xml:2742
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://www.skolelinux.es\">http://www.skolelinux.es </ulink> - "
@@ -6536,12 +7010,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Das spanische Skolelinuxportal"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2631
+#: release-manual.xml:2751
msgid "Professional support"
msgstr "Professioneller Support"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2633
+#: release-manual.xml:2753
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink "
@@ -6554,12 +7028,12 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2640
+#: release-manual.xml:2760
msgid "Copyright and authors"
msgstr "Copyright und Autoren"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2644
+#: release-manual.xml:2764
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007, 2008), "
@@ -6577,7 +7051,7 @@ msgstr ""
"der GPL2 oder einer späteren Version lizenziert. Viel Freude!"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2646
+#: release-manual.xml:2766
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If you add content to it, <emphasis role=\"strong\">please only do so if you "
@@ -6591,12 +7065,12 @@ msgstr ""
"lizensieren Sie es unter der GPL2 oder einer späteren Version."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2652
+#: release-manual.xml:2772
msgid "Translation copyright and authors"
msgstr "Copyright und Autoren der Übersetzung"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2654
+#: release-manual.xml:2774
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The Spanish translation is copyrighted by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007) "
@@ -6606,7 +7080,7 @@ msgstr ""
"und wurde unter der GPL2 oder später lizenziert."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2656
+#: release-manual.xml:2776
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The Bokmål translation is copyrighted by Petter Reinholdtsen (2007) and "
@@ -6618,7 +7092,7 @@ msgstr ""
"der GPL2 oder einer späteren Version lizenziert."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2658
+#: release-manual.xml:2778
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The German translation is copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007), Patrick "
@@ -6632,7 +7106,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Hatje (2008) und ist unter der GPL2 oder einer späteren Version lizenziert. "
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2660
+#: release-manual.xml:2780
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The Italian translation is copyrighted by Claudio Carboncini (2007, 2008) "
@@ -6643,7 +7117,7 @@ msgstr ""
"lizenziert."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2662
+#: release-manual.xml:2782
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The French translation is copyrighted by Christophe Masson (2008) and is "
@@ -6654,12 +7128,12 @@ msgstr ""
"lizenziert."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2667
+#: release-manual.xml:2787
msgid "Translations of this document"
msgstr "Übersetzungen dieses Dokuments"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2669
+#: release-manual.xml:2789
msgid ""
"Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. Incomplete "
"translations for Norwegian Bokmål, Spanish and German exist."
@@ -6669,12 +7143,12 @@ msgstr ""
"unvollständige Übersetzungen in das norwegische Bokmål, Spanisch und Deutsch."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2673
+#: release-manual.xml:2793
msgid "HowTo translate this document"
msgstr "Anleitung zum Übersetzen dieses Dokuments"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2675
+#: release-manual.xml:2795
msgid ""
"Translations of this document are kept in .po files like in many free "
"software projects, read <computeroutput>usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README."
@@ -6689,7 +7163,7 @@ msgstr ""
"translations </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2678
+#: release-manual.xml:2798
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To commit your translations you need to be a member of the alioth project "
@@ -6706,7 +7180,7 @@ msgstr ""
"debian-edu-doc ein."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2682
+#: release-manual.xml:2802
msgid ""
"You can checkout the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source "
"anonymously with the following command (you need to have the "
@@ -6718,7 +7192,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>subversion </computeroutput> installiert sein muss:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2686
+#: release-manual.xml:2806
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>svn co svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-"
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
@@ -6727,7 +7201,7 @@ msgstr ""
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2691
+#: release-manual.xml:2811
msgid ""
"Then edit the <computeroutput>documentation/release-manual/release-manual."
"$CC.po </computeroutput> (where you replace $CC with your language code). "
@@ -6740,7 +7214,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>kbabel </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2695
+#: release-manual.xml:2815
msgid ""
"Then you either commit the file directly to svn (if you have the rights to "
"do so) or send the file to the mailinglist."
@@ -6750,7 +7224,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Mailingliste senden."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2697
+#: release-manual.xml:2817
msgid ""
"To update your local copy of the repository use the following command inside "
"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> directory:"
@@ -6760,12 +7234,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Verzeichnis:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2700
+#: release-manual.xml:2820
msgid "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
msgstr "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2705
+#: release-manual.xml:2825
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations to "
@@ -6780,28 +7254,28 @@ msgstr ""
"Sprache erzeugt bzw. eine bestehende ergänzt."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2709
+#: release-manual.xml:2829
msgid "Please report any problems."
msgstr "Bitte melden sie Fehler."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2715
+#: release-manual.xml:2835
msgid "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
msgstr "Anhang A - The GNU Public Licence"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2718
+#: release-manual.xml:2838
#, no-wrap
msgid "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
msgstr "Für Übersetzer: Die GPL muss nicht übersetzt werden. ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2722
+#: release-manual.xml:2842
msgid "Release manual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
msgstr "Anleitung zum Release von Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2724
+#: release-manual.xml:2844
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger at layer-acht."
@@ -6815,7 +7289,7 @@ msgstr ""
"\">Copyrightkapitel</link> verweisen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2727
+#: release-manual.xml:2847
msgid ""
"This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
"under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
@@ -6828,7 +7302,7 @@ msgstr ""
"any later version."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2729
+#: release-manual.xml:2849
msgid ""
"This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
"ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
@@ -6841,7 +7315,7 @@ msgstr ""
"more details."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2731
+#: release-manual.xml:2851
msgid ""
"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
"this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
@@ -6852,17 +7326,17 @@ msgstr ""
"Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2736
+#: release-manual.xml:2856
msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
msgstr "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2738
+#: release-manual.xml:2858
msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
msgstr "Version 2, June 1991"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2740
+#: release-manual.xml:2860
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
"Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
@@ -6875,12 +7349,12 @@ msgstr ""
"allowed."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2745
+#: release-manual.xml:2865
msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
msgstr "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2747
+#: release-manual.xml:2867
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">0. </emphasis> This License applies to any "
@@ -6893,18 +7367,18 @@ msgid ""
"another language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation "
"in the term \"modification\".) Each licensee is addressed as \"you\"."
msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"strong\">0. </emphasis> This License applies to any program "
-"or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying "
-"it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License. The "
-"\"Program\", below, refers to any such program or work, and a \"work based "
-"on the Program\" means either the Program or any derivative work under "
-"copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of "
-"it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another "
-"language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in the "
-"term \"modification\".) Each licensee is addressed as \"you\"."
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">0. </emphasis> This License applies to any "
+"program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder "
+"saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public "
+"License. The \"Program\", below, refers to any such program or work, and a "
+"\"work based on the Program\" means either the Program or any derivative "
+"work under copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Program or a "
+"portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into "
+"another language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation "
+"in the term \"modification\".) Each licensee is addressed as \"you\"."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2750
+#: release-manual.xml:2870
msgid ""
"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
"by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program "
@@ -6921,7 +7395,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Program does."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2752
+#: release-manual.xml:2872
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute "
@@ -6932,16 +7406,16 @@ msgid ""
"warranty; and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this "
"License along with the Program."
msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"strong\">1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim "
-"copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, "
-"provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an "
-"appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the "
-"notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; and "
-"give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with "
-"the Program."
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute "
+"verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any "
+"medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each "
+"copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact "
+"all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any "
+"warranty; and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this "
+"License along with the Program."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2755
+#: release-manual.xml:2875
msgid ""
"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
@@ -6950,7 +7424,7 @@ msgstr ""
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2757
+#: release-manual.xml:2877
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">2. </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
@@ -6964,19 +7438,19 @@ msgstr ""
"of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2760
+#: release-manual.xml:2880
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files "
"to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date "
"of any change."
msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"strong\">a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files to "
-"carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of "
-"any change."
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files "
+"to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date "
+"of any change."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2763
+#: release-manual.xml:2883
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">b) </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
@@ -6990,7 +7464,7 @@ msgstr ""
"all third parties under the terms of this License"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2766
+#: release-manual.xml:2886
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">c) </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
@@ -7016,7 +7490,7 @@ msgstr ""
"print an announcement.)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2771
+#: release-manual.xml:2891
msgid ""
"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable "
"sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
@@ -7039,7 +7513,7 @@ msgstr ""
"and every part regardless of who wrote it."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2773
+#: release-manual.xml:2893
msgid ""
"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
"rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
@@ -7052,7 +7526,7 @@ msgstr ""
"based on the Program."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2775
+#: release-manual.xml:2895
msgid ""
"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
"the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
@@ -7065,7 +7539,7 @@ msgstr ""
"License."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2777
+#: release-manual.xml:2897
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">3. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
@@ -7079,7 +7553,7 @@ msgstr ""
"also do one of the following:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2780
+#: release-manual.xml:2900
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">a) </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
@@ -7093,7 +7567,7 @@ msgstr ""
"software interchange; or,"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2783
+#: release-manual.xml:2903
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">b) </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
@@ -7111,7 +7585,7 @@ msgstr ""
"software interchange; or,"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2786
+#: release-manual.xml:2906
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">c) </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
@@ -7127,7 +7601,7 @@ msgstr ""
"in accord with Subsection b above.)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2791
+#: release-manual.xml:2911
msgid ""
"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
"modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all "
@@ -7150,7 +7624,7 @@ msgstr ""
"component itself accompanies the executable."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2793
+#: release-manual.xml:2913
msgid ""
"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
"copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
@@ -7165,7 +7639,7 @@ msgstr ""
"the object code."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2795
+#: release-manual.xml:2915
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">4. </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
@@ -7185,7 +7659,7 @@ msgstr ""
"as such parties remain in full compliance."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2798
+#: release-manual.xml:2918
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept "
@@ -7197,9 +7671,9 @@ msgid ""
"its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying the Program "
"or works based on it."
msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"strong\">5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept this "
-"License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you "
-"permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works. "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept "
+"this License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants "
+"you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works. "
"These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. "
"Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on "
"the Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and all "
@@ -7207,7 +7681,7 @@ msgstr ""
"or works based on it."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2801
+#: release-manual.xml:2921
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">6. </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
@@ -7227,7 +7701,7 @@ msgstr ""
"this License."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2804
+#: release-manual.xml:2924
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">7. </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
@@ -7257,7 +7731,7 @@ msgstr ""
"distribution of the Program."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2807
+#: release-manual.xml:2927
msgid ""
"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
"particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
@@ -7268,7 +7742,7 @@ msgstr ""
"the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2809
+#: release-manual.xml:2929
msgid ""
"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
"or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
@@ -7291,7 +7765,7 @@ msgstr ""
"licensee cannot impose that choice."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2811
+#: release-manual.xml:2931
msgid ""
"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
"consequence of the rest of this License."
@@ -7300,7 +7774,7 @@ msgstr ""
"consequence of the rest of this License."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2813
+#: release-manual.xml:2933
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">8. </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
@@ -7320,7 +7794,7 @@ msgstr ""
"the limitation as if written in the body of this License."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2816
+#: release-manual.xml:2936
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">9. </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
@@ -7334,7 +7808,7 @@ msgstr ""
"version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2819
+#: release-manual.xml:2939
msgid ""
"Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program "
"specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
@@ -7353,7 +7827,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Foundation."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2821
+#: release-manual.xml:2941
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts "
@@ -7365,8 +7839,8 @@ msgid ""
"our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software "
"generally."
msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"strong\">10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts of "
-"the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts "
+"of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
"different, write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is "
"copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software "
"Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our decision will be "
@@ -7375,13 +7849,13 @@ msgstr ""
"generally."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2824
+#: release-manual.xml:2944
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2827
+#: release-manual.xml:2947
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">11. </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
@@ -7405,7 +7879,7 @@ msgstr ""
"COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2830
+#: release-manual.xml:2950
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">12. </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
@@ -7429,42 +7903,42 @@ msgstr ""
"OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2836
+#: release-manual.xml:2956
msgid "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
msgstr "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2842
+#: release-manual.xml:2962
msgid "Appendix B - about Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs"
msgstr "Anhang B - Über Debian Edu Live CDs/DVDs"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2848
+#: release-manual.xml:2968
msgid "Features of the Standalone image"
msgstr "Features des \"Standalone\" Images"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2849
+#: release-manual.xml:2969
msgid "Almost all packages from the Standalone profile"
msgstr "Fast alle Pakete des \"Standalone\" Profils"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2850
+#: release-manual.xml:2970
msgid "All packages from the laptop task"
msgstr "Alle Pakete des Laptoptasks"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2851
+#: release-manual.xml:2971
msgid "The KDE desktop profile for students/pupils."
msgstr "Das KDE Desktopprofil für Studenten/Schüler"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2857
+#: release-manual.xml:2977
msgid "Activating translations and regional support"
msgstr "Aktiviere Übersetzungen und Regionalsupport"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2859
+#: release-manual.xml:2979
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC."
@@ -7478,130 +7952,130 @@ msgstr ""
"Um eine spezielle Übersetzung zu aktivieren, booten sie mit "
"<computeroutput>locale=ll_CC.UTF-8 </computeroutput> als bootoption, wobei "
"ll_CC für den Localenamen steht. Mehr Informationen über dieses Feature "
-"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianLive/l10n\"> ist in der Livecd Build "
-"Script Dokumentation zu finden</ulink>. Es folgt eine Liste von oft "
+"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianLive/l10n\"> ist in der Livecd "
+"Build Script Dokumentation zu finden</ulink>. Es folgt eine Liste von oft "
"genutzten Localecodes:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2864
+#: release-manual.xml:2984
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Language (Region) </emphasis>"
msgstr "Sprache (Region)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2868
+#: release-manual.xml:2988
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Locale value </emphasis>"
msgstr "Wert der Locale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2872
+#: release-manual.xml:2992
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Keyboard layout </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Tastaturbelegung (layout) </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2877
+#: release-manual.xml:2997
msgid "Norwegian Bokmål"
msgstr "Norwegisches Bokmål"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2880
+#: release-manual.xml:3000
msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr "nb_NO.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2883 release-manual.xml:2893
+#: release-manual.xml:3003 release-manual.xml:3013
msgid "no"
msgstr "no"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2887
+#: release-manual.xml:3007
msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk"
msgstr "Norwegisches Nynorsk"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2890
+#: release-manual.xml:3010
msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr "nn_NO.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2897
+#: release-manual.xml:3017
msgid "German"
msgstr "Deutsch"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2900
+#: release-manual.xml:3020
msgid "de_DE.UTF-8"
msgstr "de_DE.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2903
+#: release-manual.xml:3023
msgid "de"
msgstr "de"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2907
+#: release-manual.xml:3027
msgid "French (France)"
msgstr "Französisch (Frankreich)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2910
+#: release-manual.xml:3030
msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8"
msgstr "fr_FR.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2913
+#: release-manual.xml:3033
msgid "fr"
msgstr "fr"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2917
+#: release-manual.xml:3037
msgid "Greek (Greece)"
msgstr "Griechisch (Griechenland)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2920
+#: release-manual.xml:3040
msgid "el_GR.UTF-8"
msgstr "el_GR.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2923
+#: release-manual.xml:3043
msgid "el"
msgstr "el"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2927
+#: release-manual.xml:3047
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr "Japanisch"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2930
+#: release-manual.xml:3050
msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8"
msgstr "ja_JP.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2933
+#: release-manual.xml:3053
msgid "jp"
msgstr "jp"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2937
+#: release-manual.xml:3057
msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)"
msgstr "Nördliches Sami (Norwegen)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2940
+#: release-manual.xml:3060
msgid "se_NO"
msgstr "se_NO"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2943
+#: release-manual.xml:3063
msgid "no(smi)"
msgstr "no(smi)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2950
+#: release-manual.xml:3070
msgid ""
"A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"i18n/SUPPORTED </computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported "
@@ -7615,34 +8089,34 @@ msgstr ""
"kann können in /usr/share/keymaps/i386/ gefunden werden."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2956
+#: release-manual.xml:3076
msgid "Stuff to know"
msgstr "Interessante Dinge"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2957
+#: release-manual.xml:3077
msgid "the password for the user is \"user\", root has no passwd set."
msgstr ""
"Das Passwort für den Benuter ist \"user\", für root wurde kein Passwort "
"gesetzt."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2963
+#: release-manual.xml:3083
msgid "Known issues with the image"
msgstr "Bekannte Probleme mit dem Image"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2964
+#: release-manual.xml:3084
msgid "none known yet."
msgstr "Zur Zeit keine bekannt."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2970
+#: release-manual.xml:3090
msgid "Download"
msgstr "Download"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2972
+#: release-manual.xml:3092
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink url=\"ftp://ftp.skolelinux."
@@ -7650,7 +8124,450 @@ msgid ""
"etch-live/\">HTTP </ulink> or rsync from ftp.skolelinux.org at cd-etch-live/."
msgstr ""
" Das Image hat eine Größe von 1.2 GiB und ist über <ulink url=\"ftp://ftp."
-"skolelinux.no/cd-etch-live/\">FTP </ulink>, <ulink url=\"http://ftp.skolelinux."
-"no/cd-etch-live/\">HTTP </ulink> oder rsync von ftp.skolelinux.org im "
-"Verzeichnis cd-etch-live/ erhältlich."
+"skolelinux.no/cd-etch-live/\">FTP </ulink>, <ulink url=\"http://ftp."
+"skolelinux.no/cd-etch-live/\">HTTP </ulink> oder rsync von ftp.skolelinux."
+"org im Verzeichnis cd-etch-live/ erhältlich."
+# type: CDATA
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "# install the debian-keyring securily:\n"
+#~ "aptitude install debian-keyring\n"
+#~ "# fetch the backports.org key insecurily:\n"
+#~ "gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 16BA136C\n"
+#~ "# check securily if the key is correct and add it to root's keyring if it "
+#~ "is:\n"
+#~ "gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs "
+#~ "16BA136C && gpg --export 16BA136C | apt-key add -\n"
+#~ "# add backports.org repo to /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
+#~ "echo \"deb http://www.backports.org/debian etch-backports main contrib "
+#~ "non-free\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
+#~ "# update the list of available packages:\n"
+#~ "aptitude update\n"
+#~ "]]>\n"
+#~ "</screen>\n"
+#~ "<para>Then you can either use <computeroutput>aptitude -t etch-backports "
+#~ "install <packagename>\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput> to install or update packages once, or you can "
+#~ "configure a package to be always installed from backports.org though "
+#~ "<computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput> which is described in the <ulink url=\"http://www."
+#~ "backports.org/dokuwiki/doku.php?id=instructions\">instructions on "
+#~ "backports.org\n"
+#~ "</ulink>. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>The second variant has the advantage, that updates to backports are "
+#~ "installed automatically when they are available. With the first variant "
+#~ "you need to update manually. \n"
+#~ "</para><para/>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section>\n"
+#~ "<title>Java\n"
+#~ "</title>\n"
+#~ "<para>\n"
+#~ "</para><screen><![CDATA[apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre "
+#~ "sun-java5-fonts\n"
+#~ "]]>\n"
+#~ "</screen><para/>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section>\n"
+#~ "<title>Access to skolelinux server from outside a firewall\n"
+#~ "</title>\n"
+#~ "<para>A boot script <computeroutput>open-backdoor\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput> is provided in the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput> package to \"break out\" from behind a firewall. It is "
+#~ "useful for system administrators responsible for several Debian Edu "
+#~ "installations. It set up an SSH tunnel to another machine, allowing ssh "
+#~ "login from the outside of the firewall. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>To enable it, create a ssh key without a password, create a user on "
+#~ "a remote host to use for ssh login, copy the public key into ~/.ssh/"
+#~ "authorized_keys for the remote user used for and specify the login "
+#~ "information in <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput>. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>Content of <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput> should be similar to this: \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>\n"
+#~ "</para><screen><![CDATA[RHOST=admin.example.net\n"
+#~ "RPORT=1234\n"
+#~ "RUSER=backdoor\n"
+#~ "]]>\n"
+#~ "</screen>\n"
+#~ "<para>FIXME: This need to be completed and tested. \n"
+#~ "</para><para/>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section>\n"
+#~ "<title>Creating a folder in all users home directory\n"
+#~ "</title>\n"
+#~ "<para>With this script the administrator can create a folder in each "
+#~ "users home directory and set access permissions and Ownership. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=770 "
+#~ "a user can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder "
+#~ "\"assignments\" where teachers are given write access to be able to make "
+#~ "comments. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>\n"
+#~ "</para><screen><![CDATA[#!/bin/bash\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\";\n"
+#~ " shared_folder=\"assignments\";\n"
+#~ " permissions=\"770\";\n"
+#~ " created_dir=0;\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "for home in $(ls $home_path);do\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ " . if [ ! -d \"$home_path/$home/$shared_folder\" ]; then\n"
+#~ " . mkdir $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
+#~ " chmod $permissions $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
+#~ " . #set the right owner and group\n"
+#~ " #\"username\" = \"group name\" = \"folder name\"\n"
+#~ " user=$home\n"
+#~ " group=teachers\n"
+#~ " chown $user:$group $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
+#~ " ((created_dir+=1))\n"
+#~ " else\n"
+#~ " . echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already exists."
+#~ "\\n\"\n"
+#~ " . fi\n"
+#~ "done\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "echo \"$created_dir folders has been created\"\n"
+#~ "]]>\n"
+#~ "</screen><para/>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section>\n"
+#~ "<title>HowTos from wiki.debian.org\n"
+#~ "</title>\n"
+#~ "<para>The HowTos from <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/\n"
+#~ "</ulink> are either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the user-"
+#~ "specific HowTos over here (and delete them over there)! (But first ask "
+#~ "the authors (see the history of those pages to find them) if they are "
+#~ "fine with moving the howto and putting it under the GPL.) \n"
+#~ "</para><itemizedlist><listitem>\n"
+#~ "<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn"
+#~ "\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn\n"
+#~ "</ulink> \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "</listitem><listitem>\n"
+#~ "<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC"
+#~ "\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC\n"
+#~ "</ulink> \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "</listitem><listitem>\n"
+#~ "<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet"
+#~ "\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\n"
+#~ "</ulink> \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "</listitem><listitem>\n"
+#~ "<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary"
+#~ "\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\n"
+#~ "</ulink> \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "</listitem><listitem>\n"
+#~ "<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "Squid_LDAP_Authentication\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "Squid_LDAP_Authentication\n"
+#~ "</ulink> \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "</listitem>\n"
+#~ "</itemizedlist>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section id=\"Desktop\">\n"
+#~ "<title>HowTos for the desktop\n"
+#~ "</title>\n"
+#~ "<para> \n"
+#~ "</para><para/>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section>\n"
+#~ "<title>KDE Kiosk mode\n"
+#~ "</title>\n"
+#~ "<para>Two default profiles are included: \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para><emphasis role=\"strong\">debian_edu_pupils\n"
+#~ "</emphasis> (enabled for members of the students file group) \n"
+#~ "</para><itemizedlist><listitem>customized set of icons appears on student "
+#~ "desktops \n"
+#~ "</listitem><listitem>makes sure that the programs behind the desktop "
+#~ "icons also show up in the kde panel \n"
+#~ "</listitem><listitem>adept is not started \n"
+#~ "</listitem><listitem>makes sure that students cannot start another kde "
+#~ "session \n"
+#~ "</listitem><listitem>disables possibility to gain root access for "
+#~ "students \n"
+#~ "</listitem>\n"
+#~ "</itemizedlist>\n"
+#~ "<para><emphasis role=\"strong\">debian_edu_root\n"
+#~ "</emphasis> (enabled for the root user and members of the admins file "
+#~ "group) \n"
+#~ "</para><itemizedlist><listitem>adds a desktop icon to connect to the "
+#~ "local webserver on tjener to provide easy access to all the "
+#~ "administration programs \n"
+#~ "</listitem>\n"
+#~ "</itemizedlist>\n"
+#~ "<para><emphasis role=\"strong\">Note:\n"
+#~ "</emphasis>: modifications to the profiles can be done using "
+#~ "<computeroutput>kiosktool\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput>. However, unless you follow the step below, your "
+#~ "changes will be overwritten by upgrades. [FIXME: doesn't work. Upgrade "
+#~ "restores default desktop icons] \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>If you want to modify the kiosk profiles, you can either copy the "
+#~ "existing ones and modify them, or create new kiosk profiles in (for "
+#~ "example) <computeroutput>/etc/kde3/kioskprofiles/\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput> and enable them in <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-"
+#~ "profile\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput>. The kiosk tool will do this for you if you click "
+#~ "\"profile properties\" and browse to a new folder. \n"
+#~ "</para><para/>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section>\n"
+#~ "<title>Changing kioskmode on diskless workstations\n"
+#~ "</title>\n"
+#~ "<para>After you have made changes to the kioskmode settings with "
+#~ "kiosktool like described above, you will have to copy some files inside "
+#~ "the chroot used by the diskless workstation. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>Assuming the diskless workstations are running "
+#~ "<computeroutput>i386\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput>, the following commands must be executed on the "
+#~ "workstation server(s): \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>\n"
+#~ "</para><screen><![CDATA[export LTSPCHROOT=/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/\n"
+#~ "cp -rv /etc/kde-profile/ $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
+#~ "cp -v /etc/kderc $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
+#~ "cp -v /etc/kde-user-profile $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
+#~ "unset LTSPCHROOT\n"
+#~ "]]"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "# Installieren von debian-keyring (sicher):\n"
+#~ "aptitude install debian-keyring\n"
+#~ "# Holen des backports.org keys (unsicher):\n"
+#~ "gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 16BA136C\n"
+#~ "# überprüfen der Korrektheit des keys und gegebenenfalls hinzufügen zum "
+#~ "root keyring (sicher):\n"
+#~ "gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs "
+#~ "16BA136C && gpg --export 16BA136C | apt-key add -\n"
+#~ "# hinzufügen von backports.org Repositories in der /etc/apt/sources."
+#~ "list:\n"
+#~ "echo \"deb http://www.backports.org/debian etch-backports main contrib "
+#~ "non-free\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
+#~ "# updaten der LIste der verfügbaren Pakete:\n"
+#~ "aptitude update\n"
+#~ "]]>\n"
+#~ "</screen>\n"
+#~ "<para>Jetzt können Sie entweder <computeroutput>aptitude -t etch-"
+#~ "backports install <paketname>\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput>verwenden um ein Paket einmalig zu installieren, oder "
+#~ "Sie können apt über die Datei <computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput> so konfigurieren dass ein Paket immer aus backports.org "
+#~ "intalliert wird, wie <ulink url=\"http://www.backports.org/dokuwiki/doku."
+#~ "php?id=instructions\">hier beschrieben\n"
+#~ "</ulink>. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>Die zweite Variante hat den Vorteil dass vorhanden updates "
+#~ "automatisch installiert werden. Bei der ersten Variante müssten sie "
+#~ "manuell updaten.\n"
+#~ "</para><para/>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section>\n"
+#~ "<title>Java\n"
+#~ "</title>\n"
+#~ "<para>\n"
+#~ "</para><screen><![CDATA[apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre "
+#~ "sun-java5-fonts\n"
+#~ "]]>\n"
+#~ "</screen><para/>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section>\n"
+#~ "<title>Auf ein skolelinux hinter einer Firewall zugreifen\n"
+#~ "</title>\n"
+#~ "<para>Über das bootscript <computeroutput>open-backdoor\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput> aus dem Paket <computeroutput>debian-edu-config\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput> kann man an einen Computer hinter einer Firewall "
+#~ "gelangen. Das Script öffnet einen ssh tunnel auf eine andere Maschine und "
+#~ "erlaubt es somit sich auf dem Computer einzuloggen. Dies ist insbesondere "
+#~ "für Administratoren mehrerer Debian Edu Installation nützlich.\n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>Um das Skript zu aktivieren, sollten Sie einen ssh key ohne "
+#~ "passphrase anlegen, auf der Maschine auf die sie sich verbinden wollen "
+#~ "einen Benutzer für das login anlegen , den public key in ~/.ssh/"
+#~ "authorized_keys2 für den Remotebenutzer legen und die Zugangssdaten in "
+#~ "<computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput> eingeben. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>Der Inhalt der Datei <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput> sollte ungefähr so aussehen: \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>\n"
+#~ "</para><screen><![CDATA[RHOST=admin.example.net\n"
+#~ "RPORT=1234\n"
+#~ "RUSER=backdoor\n"
+#~ "]]>\n"
+#~ "</screen>\n"
+#~ "<para>FIXME: This need to be completed and tested. \n"
+#~ "</para><para/>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section>\n"
+#~ "<title>Creating a folder in all users home directory\n"
+#~ "</title>\n"
+#~ "<para>With this script the administrator can create a folder in each "
+#~ "users home directory and set access permissions and Ownership. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=770 "
+#~ "a user can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder "
+#~ "\"assignments\" where teachers are given write access to be able to make "
+#~ "comments. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>\n"
+#~ "</para><screen><![CDATA[#!/bin/bash\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\";\n"
+#~ " shared_folder=\"assignments\";\n"
+#~ " permissions=\"770\";\n"
+#~ " created_dir=0;\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "for home in $(ls $home_path);do\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ " . if [ ! -d \"$home_path/$home/$shared_folder\" ]; then\n"
+#~ " . mkdir $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
+#~ " chmod $permissions $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
+#~ " . #set the right owner and group\n"
+#~ " #\"username\" = \"group name\" = \"folder name\"\n"
+#~ " user=$home\n"
+#~ " group=teachers\n"
+#~ " chown $user:$group $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
+#~ " ((created_dir+=1))\n"
+#~ " else\n"
+#~ " . echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already exists."
+#~ "\\n\"\n"
+#~ " . fi\n"
+#~ "done\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "echo \"$created_dir folders has been created\"\n"
+#~ "]]>\n"
+#~ "</screen><para/>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section>\n"
+#~ "<title>HowTos from wiki.debian.org\n"
+#~ "</title>\n"
+#~ "<para>The HowTos from <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/\n"
+#~ "</ulink> are either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the user-"
+#~ "specific HowTos over here (and delete them over there)! (But first ask "
+#~ "the authors (see the history of those pages to find them) if they are "
+#~ "fine with moving the howto and putting it under the GPL.) \n"
+#~ "</para><itemizedlist><listitem>\n"
+#~ "<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn"
+#~ "\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn\n"
+#~ "</ulink> \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "</listitem><listitem>\n"
+#~ "<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC"
+#~ "\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC\n"
+#~ "</ulink> \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "</listitem><listitem>\n"
+#~ "<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet"
+#~ "\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\n"
+#~ "</ulink> \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "</listitem><listitem>\n"
+#~ "<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary"
+#~ "\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\n"
+#~ "</ulink> \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "</listitem><listitem>\n"
+#~ "<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "Squid_LDAP_Authentication\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "Squid_LDAP_Authentication\n"
+#~ "</ulink> \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "</listitem>\n"
+#~ "</itemizedlist>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section id=\"Desktop\">\n"
+#~ "<title>HowTos for the desktop\n"
+#~ "</title>\n"
+#~ "<para> \n"
+#~ "</para><para/>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section>\n"
+#~ "<title>KDE Kiosk mode\n"
+#~ "</title>\n"
+#~ "<para>Two default profiles are included: \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para><emphasis role=\"strong\">debian_edu_pupils\n"
+#~ "</emphasis> (enabled for members of the students file group) \n"
+#~ "</para><itemizedlist><listitem>customized set of icons appears on student "
+#~ "desktops \n"
+#~ "</listitem><listitem>makes sure that the programs behind the desktop "
+#~ "icons also show up in the kde panel \n"
+#~ "</listitem><listitem>adept is not started \n"
+#~ "</listitem><listitem>makes sure that students cannot start another kde "
+#~ "session \n"
+#~ "</listitem><listitem>disables possibility to gain root access for "
+#~ "students \n"
+#~ "</listitem>\n"
+#~ "</itemizedlist>\n"
+#~ "<para><emphasis role=\"strong\">debian_edu_root\n"
+#~ "</emphasis> (enabled for the root user and members of the admins file "
+#~ "group) \n"
+#~ "</para><itemizedlist><listitem>adds a desktop icon to connect to the "
+#~ "local webserver on tjener to provide easy access to all the "
+#~ "administration programs \n"
+#~ "</listitem>\n"
+#~ "</itemizedlist>\n"
+#~ "<para><emphasis role=\"strong\">Note:\n"
+#~ "</emphasis>: modifications to the profiles can be done using "
+#~ "<computeroutput>kiosktool\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput>. However, unless you follow the step below, your "
+#~ "changes will be overwritten by upgrades. [FIXME: doesn't work. Upgrade "
+#~ "restores default desktop icons] \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>If you want to modify the kiosk profiles, you can either copy the "
+#~ "existing ones and modify them, or create new kiosk profiles in (for "
+#~ "example) <computeroutput>/etc/kde3/kioskprofiles/\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput> and enable them in <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-"
+#~ "profile\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput>. The kiosk tool will do this for you if you click "
+#~ "\"profile properties\" and browse to a new folder. \n"
+#~ "</para><para/>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section>\n"
+#~ "<title>Changing kioskmode on diskless workstations\n"
+#~ "</title>\n"
+#~ "<para>After you have made changes to the kioskmode settings with "
+#~ "kiosktool like described above, you will have to copy some files inside "
+#~ "the chroot used by the diskless workstation. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>Assuming the diskless workstations are running "
+#~ "<computeroutput>i386\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput>, the following commands must be executed on the "
+#~ "workstation server(s): \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>\n"
+#~ "</para><screen><![CDATA[export LTSPCHROOT=/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/\n"
+#~ "cp -rv /etc/kde-profile/ $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
+#~ "cp -v /etc/kderc $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
+#~ "cp -v /etc/kde-user-profile $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
+#~ "unset LTSPCHROOT\n"
+#~ "]]"
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.es.po b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.es.po
index 0804e9a..c095716 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.es.po
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.es.po
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: release-manual\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-07-15 12:30+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-11-08 17:24+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-11-14 15:05+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: \n"
"Language-Team: <es at li.org>\n"
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: release-manual.xml:10
msgid ""
"This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
-"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-07-15</computeroutput>."
+"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-11-08</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
@@ -1224,7 +1224,7 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
#: release-manual.xml:334 release-manual.xml:478 release-manual.xml:562
-#: release-manual.xml:1506 release-manual.xml:2103
+#: release-manual.xml:1566 release-manual.xml:2203
msgid "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
@@ -1337,8 +1337,8 @@ msgstr ""
"<inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:386 release-manual.xml:2462 release-manual.xml:2499
-#: release-manual.xml:2570
+#: release-manual.xml:386 release-manual.xml:2582 release-manual.xml:2619
+#: release-manual.xml:2690
msgid "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
@@ -2299,9 +2299,9 @@ msgid ""
"]]"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:851
-msgid "Search and delete Users"
+msgid "Search and delete users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
@@ -2334,14 +2334,60 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-edituser.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-edituser.png </phrase>"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:872
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Advanced user management"
+msgstr "Gestión de las copias de seguridad"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:874
+msgid ""
+"It possible to mass-create users with <computeroutput>lwat </computeroutput> "
+"by using a .csv file, which can be created with any good spreadsheet "
+"software (for example <computeroutput>oocalc </computeroutput>)."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:878
+msgid ""
+"The import script expects a file formated with all data for one user on one "
+"row, with each field separated with a semicolon. The minimum information "
+"needed is the full name of the user. If fullname is not given, the script "
+"expects to have both Firstname and lastname. The maximum information it "
+"expects is \"User template; Fullname; Username; Password; Additional group "
+"membership\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:880
+msgid ""
+"If a password column is missing, an easy to remember, pronounceble password "
+"will be created."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:882
+msgid ""
+"If users are put into groups, these groups have to exist, so you need to "
+"create them manually (with lwat, see below) before importing the users."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:884
+msgid ""
+"It's a good idea to do some tests first, best with a .csv file with a few "
+"fictional users, which can be deleted later."
+msgstr ""
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:873
+#: release-manual.xml:890
#, fuzzy
msgid "Group Management with lwat"
msgstr "Gestión de Usuarios"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:875
+#: release-manual.xml:892
msgid ""
"The mangement of groups is very similarly to the management of users. You "
"can enter a name and a description per group. When be searching for groups "
@@ -2350,20 +2396,69 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:877
+#: release-manual.xml:894
msgid ""
"The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so "
"you can use them for file permissions too."
msgstr ""
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:898
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Advanced group management"
+msgstr "Gestión de las copias de seguridad"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:900
+msgid ""
+"Using lwat it's easy to put users in a specifig group (for example named "
+"after the year they enter or finish school) and to create all their home "
+"directories in a dedicated directory."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:902
+msgid ""
+"To achieve that, add a stanza like the following to the file "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/lwat/admin.ini </computeroutput>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:906
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"[2009]\n"
+"ou = \"ou=People,%base%\"\n"
+"objectClass = top posixAccount shadowAccount imapUser sambaSamAccount\n"
+"homeDirectory = /skole/tjener/home0/2009/%username%\n"
+"groups = none students 2009\n"
+"loginShell = /bin/bash\n"
+"mailMessageStore = /var/lib/maildirs/%username%\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:915
+msgid ""
+"To make this work the 2009 group has to be created before adding these users."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:917
+msgid ""
+"The above stanza simply adds then on top off home0, if you want them "
+"somewhere else, using another automount, then you use lwat to add that "
+"automount, and change the homeDirectory string in admini.ini corespondingly."
+msgstr ""
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:882
+#: release-manual.xml:923
#, fuzzy
msgid "Machine Management with lwat"
msgstr "Gestión de Usuarios"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:884
+#: release-manual.xml:925
msgid ""
"With the machine management you can basically manage all IP based devices in "
"your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using "
@@ -2374,14 +2469,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:886
+#: release-manual.xml:927
msgid ""
"If you add a machine, you can use an ip/hostname from the preconfigured "
"address space. The following ip ranges are predefined:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:888
+#: release-manual.xml:929
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">First address </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
@@ -2389,7 +2484,7 @@ msgstr ""
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:892
+#: release-manual.xml:933
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Last address </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
@@ -2397,7 +2492,7 @@ msgstr ""
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:896
+#: release-manual.xml:937
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">hostname </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
@@ -2405,17 +2500,17 @@ msgstr ""
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:901
+#: release-manual.xml:942
msgid "10.0.2.10"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:904
+#: release-manual.xml:945
msgid "10.0.2.29"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:907
+#: release-manual.xml:948
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"ltspserver<emphasis><emphasis role=\"strong\">xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
@@ -2424,17 +2519,17 @@ msgstr ""
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:913
+#: release-manual.xml:954
msgid "10.0.2.30"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:916
+#: release-manual.xml:957
msgid "10.0.2.49"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:919
+#: release-manual.xml:960
#, fuzzy
msgid "printer<emphasis><emphasis role=\"strong\">xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
@@ -2442,17 +2537,17 @@ msgstr ""
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:925
+#: release-manual.xml:966
msgid "10.0.2.50"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:928
+#: release-manual.xml:969
msgid "10.0.2.99"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:931
+#: release-manual.xml:972
#, fuzzy
msgid "static<emphasis><emphasis role=\"strong\">xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
@@ -2460,14 +2555,14 @@ msgstr ""
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:940
+#: release-manual.xml:981
msgid ""
"The addresses from 10.0.2.100 till 10.0.2.255 and 10.0.3.0 till 10.0.3.243 "
"are reserved for dhcp and are assigned dynamically."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:942
+#: release-manual.xml:983
msgid ""
"To assign a host with the MAC-address 00:40:05:AF:4E:C6 a static IP-address "
"you only have to enter the MAC-address and the hostname static00, the "
@@ -2476,19 +2571,20 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:945
+#: release-manual.xml:986
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:951 release-manual.xml:984 release-manual.xml:1020
-#: release-manual.xml:1117 release-manual.xml:2415 release-manual.xml:2429
-#: release-manual.xml:2444
+#: release-manual.xml:992 release-manual.xml:1025 release-manual.xml:1061
+#: release-manual.xml:1158 release-manual.xml:2044 release-manual.xml:2118
+#: release-manual.xml:2155 release-manual.xml:2169 release-manual.xml:2176
+#: release-manual.xml:2535 release-manual.xml:2549 release-manual.xml:2564
msgid "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:954
+#: release-manual.xml:995
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> This will not configure the dhcp server. You need to "
"configure the host statically or edit the configuration of the dhcp server "
@@ -2496,12 +2592,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:958
+#: release-manual.xml:999
msgid "Assign static ip addresses with dhcp"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:960
+#: release-manual.xml:1001
msgid ""
"To assign a static ip address to a host which you added to the ldap tree via "
"lwat, you need to edit <computeroutput>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf </"
@@ -2510,7 +2606,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:964
+#: release-manual.xml:1005
msgid ""
"For our example above you would, after open /etc/dhcpd3/dhcpd.conf in your "
"favourite editor, search for the configuration section of the host "
@@ -2518,7 +2614,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:968
+#: release-manual.xml:1009
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"host static00 {\n"
@@ -2529,14 +2625,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:974
+#: release-manual.xml:1015
msgid ""
"You need to replace the all-zero MAC-address with the correct one of your "
"static host. For our example host it will look like this:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:977
+#: release-manual.xml:1018
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"host static00 {\n"
@@ -2547,31 +2643,31 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:987
+#: release-manual.xml:1028
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Don't forget to restart the dhcpd as described above "
"whenever you have changed the configuration."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:992
+#: release-manual.xml:1033
msgid "Search and delete machines"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:994
+#: release-manual.xml:1035
msgid ""
"Searching for and deleting machines is quite similar to searching and "
"deleting users, so that information is not repeated here."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:999
+#: release-manual.xml:1040
msgid "Modify existing machines / Netgroup management"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1001
+#: release-manual.xml:1042
msgid ""
"After adding a machine to the ldap tree using lwat, you can modify its "
"properties using the search functionality and clicking on the right entry "
@@ -2579,13 +2675,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1004
+#: release-manual.xml:1045
#, fuzzy
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-editmachine.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1009
+#: release-manual.xml:1050
msgid ""
"The form that is behind this machine links is in one way similar to the one "
"you already know from modifying user entries, but in an other way the "
@@ -2593,7 +2689,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1011
+#: release-manual.xml:1052
msgid ""
"For example, adding a machine to a <computeroutput>NetGroup </"
"computeroutput> does not modify the permissions one machine (or the users "
@@ -2603,7 +2699,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1014
+#: release-manual.xml:1055
msgid ""
"The default installation provides the four <computeroutput>NetGroups </"
"computeroutput> printer-hosts, workstation-hosts, ltsp-server-hosts and "
@@ -2618,14 +2714,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1023
+#: release-manual.xml:1064
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Remember to configure workstations and ldap-servers "
"properly with lwat, or you users can't access their homedirs."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1025
+#: release-manual.xml:1066
msgid ""
"Another important part of the machine configuration is the 'Samba host' flag "
"(in the 'Host information' area). If you plan to add existing Windows "
@@ -2636,12 +2732,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1030
+#: release-manual.xml:1071
msgid "More lwat documentation"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1032
+#: release-manual.xml:1073
msgid ""
"The full documentation for lwat can be found at <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"doc/lwat/ </computeroutput> on the main server or <ulink url=\"http://bzz.no/"
@@ -2649,12 +2745,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1040
+#: release-manual.xml:1081
msgid "Printer Managment"
msgstr "Gestión de impresoras"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1042
+#: release-manual.xml:1083
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"For Printer Management point your webbrowser to <ulink url=\"https://www:631"
@@ -2670,7 +2766,7 @@ msgstr ""
"debería accederse a este sitio sin usar ssl."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1045
+#: release-manual.xml:1086
msgid ""
"If you connect the printer for the first time, we suggest to run "
"<computeroutput>printconf </computeroutput> as root. FIXME: explain what to "
@@ -2678,12 +2774,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1051
+#: release-manual.xml:1092
msgid "Clock synchronization"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1053
+#: release-manual.xml:1094
msgid ""
"The default configuraiton in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all "
"machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the "
@@ -2695,7 +2791,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1055
+#: release-manual.xml:1096
msgid ""
"To enable synchronization with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on "
"the main-server need to be modified. The comments in front of the "
@@ -2707,12 +2803,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1063
+#: release-manual.xml:1104
msgid "Extend full partitions"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1065
+#: release-manual.xml:1106
msgid ""
"Because of a bug in the automatic partition, some partitions might be too "
"full after installation. To extend the full partitions, run "
@@ -2722,17 +2818,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1072
+#: release-manual.xml:1113
msgid "Maintainance"
msgstr "Mantenimiento"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1078
+#: release-manual.xml:1119
msgid "Updating the software"
msgstr "Actualizar el software"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1080
+#: release-manual.xml:1121
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This section explains how to use <computeroutput>aptitude upgrade </"
@@ -2740,7 +2836,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "documentar como usar aptitude upgrade /kde-update-notifier"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1083
+#: release-manual.xml:1124
msgid ""
"Using <computeroutput>aptitude </computeroutput> is really simply. To update "
"a system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: "
@@ -2750,14 +2846,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1088
+#: release-manual.xml:1129
msgid ""
"Instead of using the command line you can also use kde-update-notifier. "
"FIXME: Explain how, maybe with a screenshot."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1090
+#: release-manual.xml:1131
msgid ""
"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> "
"and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> and configure them to "
@@ -2765,7 +2861,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1094
+#: release-manual.xml:1135
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> will notify you once a day via "
"email, which packages need an update. It does not install these updates, but "
@@ -2774,19 +2870,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1098
+#: release-manual.xml:1139
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> can send new changelog "
"entries to you."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1104
+#: release-manual.xml:1145
msgid "Backup Management"
msgstr "Gestión de las copias de seguridad"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1106
+#: release-manual.xml:1147
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"For the backup management point your browser to <ulink url=\"https://www/"
@@ -2800,7 +2896,7 @@ msgstr ""
"introducir la contraseña de root. Si intenta acceder sin ssl no funcionará."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1109
+#: release-manual.xml:1150
msgid ""
"Per default the tjener will backup <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0 </"
"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/ </computeroutput> and the ldap to /"
@@ -2809,28 +2905,61 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1113
+#: release-manual.xml:1154
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>/root/.svk </computeroutput> will also be backed up if you "
"install from etch-test today. (FIXME this, once it's in etch.)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1120
+#: release-manual.xml:1161
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Be aware that this backup doesn't protect you from "
"failing harddrives."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1122
+#: release-manual.xml:1163
msgid ""
"If you want to backup your data to an external server, a tape device or "
"another harddrive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit."
msgstr ""
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1165
+msgid ""
+"If you want to restore a complete folder, your best option is to use the "
+"command-line:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1166
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"sudo rdiff-backup -r <date> \\ \n"
+" /skole/backup/tjener/skole/tjener/home0/user \\\n"
+" /skole/tjener/home0/user_<date>\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1171
+msgid ""
+"this will leave the content from <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user </"
+"computeroutput> from <computeroutput><date> </computeroutput> in the "
+"folder <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date> </"
+"computeroutput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1176
+msgid ""
+"If you want to restore a single file, then you should be able to select the "
+"file (and the version) from the web-interface, and download only that file."
+msgstr ""
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1123
+#: release-manual.xml:1177
msgid ""
"FIXME: I have to have a look on the webpage of slbackup-php to describe this "
"further"
@@ -2839,17 +2968,17 @@ msgstr ""
"mejor"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1129
+#: release-manual.xml:1183
msgid "Server Monitoring"
msgstr "Monitorización del Servidor"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1133
+#: release-manual.xml:1187
msgid "Munin"
msgstr "Munin"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1135
+#: release-manual.xml:1189
msgid ""
"Munin trend reporting system is available from <ulink url=\"https://www/"
"munin/\">https://www/munin/ </ulink>. It provides system status measurement "
@@ -2859,7 +2988,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1138
+#: release-manual.xml:1192
msgid ""
"The list of machines being monitored using munin is generated automatically "
"based on the list of hosts reporting to sitesummary. All hosts with the "
@@ -2873,19 +3002,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1142
+#: release-manual.xml:1196
msgid ""
"Information about the munin system is available from <ulink url=\"http://"
"munin.projects.linpro.no/\">http://munin.projects.linpro.no/ </ulink> ."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1148
+#: release-manual.xml:1202
msgid "Nagios"
msgstr "Nagios"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1150
+#: release-manual.xml:1204
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Nagios system and service monitoring is available from <ulink url=\"https://"
@@ -2896,7 +3025,7 @@ msgstr ""
"HowTo/SiteSummary </ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1153
+#: release-manual.xml:1207
msgid ""
"The username is nagiosadmin and the password is undefined, you must set your "
"own password before you can login and use nagios. For security reasons, "
@@ -2905,7 +3034,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1156
+#: release-manual.xml:1210
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"htpasswd /etc/nagios2/htpasswd.users nagiosadmin\n"
@@ -2913,7 +3042,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1159
+#: release-manual.xml:1213
msgid ""
"By default from Debian-Edu 3.0r1 Nagios does not send email. This can be "
"changed by replacing <computeroutput>notify-by-nothing </computeroutput> "
@@ -2923,7 +3052,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1165
+#: release-manual.xml:1219
msgid ""
"Information about the nagios system is available from <ulink url=\"http://"
"www.nagios.org/\">http://www.nagios.org/ </ulink> or in the "
@@ -2931,12 +3060,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1172
+#: release-manual.xml:1226
msgid "Sitesummary"
msgstr "Sitesummary"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1174
+#: release-manual.xml:1228
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"A simple report from sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"https://www/"
@@ -2947,7 +3076,7 @@ msgstr ""
"HowTo/SiteSummary </ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1177
+#: release-manual.xml:1231
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Some documentation on sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"http://wiki."
@@ -2959,12 +3088,12 @@ msgstr ""
"HowTo/SiteSummary </ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1185
+#: release-manual.xml:1239
msgid "Upgrades"
msgstr "Actualizaciones"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1189
+#: release-manual.xml:1243
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Before explaining how to upgrade, please note, that you do this update on "
@@ -2979,7 +3108,7 @@ msgstr ""
"más allá de las que indique la ley aplicable. </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1192
+#: release-manual.xml:1246
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"More <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/installmanual"
@@ -2991,7 +3120,7 @@ msgstr ""
"disponible en su manual de instalación."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1195
+#: release-manual.xml:1249
msgid ""
"If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works like before , "
"you should test the upgrade on a test server, which is configured the same "
@@ -3004,7 +3133,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ver si todo funciona como debiera."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1197
+#: release-manual.xml:1251
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Also it might be wise to wait a bit and keep running sarge for some more "
@@ -3020,20 +3149,20 @@ msgstr ""
"durante algún tiempo."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1202
+#: release-manual.xml:1256
#, fuzzy
msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu sarge"
msgstr "Actualizar desde Debian-Edu sarge"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1204
+#: release-manual.xml:1258
msgid ""
"Please read this chapter completly before you start upgrading your systems."
msgstr ""
"Lea este capítulo por completo antes de empezar a actualizar sus sitemas."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1206
+#: release-manual.xml:1260
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"In case of problems you could also read the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian."
@@ -3053,12 +3182,12 @@ msgstr ""
"antes de actualizar!)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1213
+#: release-manual.xml:1267
msgid "Partioning scheme changed"
msgstr "Cambiado el esquema de particiones"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1215
+#: release-manual.xml:1269
msgid ""
"The main problem upgrading from the sarge-based Release to Terra is that the "
"Partition Scheme changed completly. The sarge-based Release has two volume "
@@ -3069,17 +3198,17 @@ msgstr ""
"en Sarge tiene dos Grupos de Unidades:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1216
+#: release-manual.xml:1270
msgid "vg_data which holds the Data Partition as /skole/tjener/home0, ..."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1217
+#: release-manual.xml:1271
msgid "vg_system contains System Partitions as /var, /usr /var/spool/squid"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1220
+#: release-manual.xml:1274
msgid ""
"But the etch based release has only 1 Volume Group due to internal changes "
"of the Installer."
@@ -3088,7 +3217,7 @@ msgstr ""
"cambios internos del instalador."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1222
+#: release-manual.xml:1276
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The main problem is that the vg_system volumegroup is quite small since the "
@@ -3107,13 +3236,13 @@ msgstr ""
"actualización fallará por falta de espacio en el dispositivo."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1227
+#: release-manual.xml:1281
#, fuzzy
msgid "Prepare the system"
msgstr "Preparar el sistema"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1229
+#: release-manual.xml:1283
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If you have enough space in the vg_system volumegroup but not in the lv_var "
@@ -3123,7 +3252,7 @@ msgstr ""
"tendrá que redimensionar esta partición:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1231
+#: release-manual.xml:1285
msgid ""
"1.) Umount the <computeroutput>/var </computeroutput> partition, you 'll "
"have to umount the <computeroutput>/var/spool/squid </computeroutput> "
@@ -3131,7 +3260,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1234
+#: release-manual.xml:1288
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/etc/init.d/squid stop \n"
@@ -3143,45 +3272,45 @@ msgstr ""
"umount -fl /var ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1239
+#: release-manual.xml:1293
msgid "2.) fsck the partition:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1239
+#: release-manual.xml:1293
#, no-wrap
msgid "e2fsck -f /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
msgstr "e2fsck -f /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1242
+#: release-manual.xml:1296
msgid "3.) resize the partition:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1242
+#: release-manual.xml:1296
#, no-wrap
msgid "lvextend -L +1GB /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
msgstr "lvextend -L +1GB /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1245
+#: release-manual.xml:1299
msgid "4.) resize the filesystem:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1245
+#: release-manual.xml:1299
#, no-wrap
msgid "resize2fs /dev/vg_system/lv_data]]"
msgstr "resize2fs /dev/vg_system/lv_data]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1248
+#: release-manual.xml:1302
msgid "5.) mount the partitions again:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1248
+#: release-manual.xml:1302
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"mount /var \n"
@@ -3193,14 +3322,14 @@ msgstr ""
"/etc/init.d/squid start ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1256
+#: release-manual.xml:1310
msgid ""
"Now modify <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </computeroutput> to "
"contain these lines"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1258
+#: release-manual.xml:1312
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian etch main \n"
@@ -3211,13 +3340,13 @@ msgstr ""
"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux etch local]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1264
+#: release-manual.xml:1318
#, fuzzy
msgid "And start the upgrade with:"
msgstr "Ahora inicie la actualización con:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1265
+#: release-manual.xml:1319
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"aptitude update \n"
@@ -3227,13 +3356,13 @@ msgstr ""
"apt-get dist-upgrade ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1273
+#: release-manual.xml:1327
#, fuzzy
msgid "Answers to debconf questions raising during upgrade"
msgstr "Respuestas a las preguntas de Debconf durante la actualización"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1275
+#: release-manual.xml:1329
msgid ""
"Here we can give you some hints, what you should answer to the debconf "
"question during the upgrade. But please note: This upgrade HowTo is based on "
@@ -3241,7 +3370,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1277
+#: release-manual.xml:1331
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Which questions exactly raise up in addition to the ones described here "
@@ -3263,12 +3392,12 @@ msgstr ""
"edu at lists.debian.org </ulink>) o en el IRC (irc.oftc.net): #debian-edu."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1280
+#: release-manual.xml:1334
msgid "* Configure nagios-common."
msgstr "* Configurar nagios-common"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1282
+#: release-manual.xml:1336
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Here you have to enter a password for the <emphasis>nagiosadmin </emphasis> "
@@ -3278,42 +3407,42 @@ msgstr ""
"emphasis>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1287
+#: release-manual.xml:1341
msgid "* Configure console-data"
msgstr "* Configurar console-data"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1288
+#: release-manual.xml:1342
msgid "Choose \"Don't change keyboard layout\""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1291
+#: release-manual.xml:1345
msgid "* Configure openssh-server"
msgstr "* Configurar openssh-server"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1292
+#: release-manual.xml:1346
msgid "Don't deactivate challenge-response Auth."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1295
+#: release-manual.xml:1349
msgid "* Configure systat"
msgstr "* Configurar systat"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1296
+#: release-manual.xml:1350
msgid "Choose the default (yes) here."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1299
+#: release-manual.xml:1353
msgid "* Configure popularity-contest"
msgstr "* Configurar popularity-contest"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1300
+#: release-manual.xml:1354
msgid ""
"If you choose \"yes\", this will help us improve Debian Edu. (We'll get an "
"weekly report which programs are how often used). The data is gathered "
@@ -3321,63 +3450,63 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1303
+#: release-manual.xml:1357
msgid "* Configure libnss-ldap"
msgstr "* Configurar libnss-ldap"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1305
+#: release-manual.xml:1359
msgid "Change the prompt to: <emphasis>ldaps://ldap/ </emphasis>"
msgstr "Cambie la respuesta a: <emphasis>ldaps://ldap/ </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1309
+#: release-manual.xml:1363
msgid ""
"Change the prompt to: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"Cambie la respuesta a: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1312
+#: release-manual.xml:1366
msgid "Use ldapversion 3 here"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1313
+#: release-manual.xml:1367
msgid "Which account should root use for ldap lookups FIXME"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1314
+#: release-manual.xml:1368
msgid "Which password should root use here FIXME"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1317
+#: release-manual.xml:1371
#, fuzzy
msgid "* Upgrade glibc now. Answer \"yes\"."
msgstr "* Actualizar ahora glibc. Respuesta: Sí"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1319
+#: release-manual.xml:1373
#, fuzzy
msgid "* Restart Services. Answer \"yes\"."
msgstr "* Reiniciar servicios. Respuesta Sí."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1321
+#: release-manual.xml:1375
msgid ""
"These are the debconf questions you will see if you have no additional "
"packages installed."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1323
+#: release-manual.xml:1377
msgid "Now the upgrade process will start to upgrade the packages."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1325
+#: release-manual.xml:1379
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Please note: You will be asked several times if you want to keep your old "
@@ -3391,12 +3520,12 @@ msgstr ""
"instalar la más nueva."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1327
+#: release-manual.xml:1381
msgid "The upgrade will fail with this error message:"
msgstr "La actualización fallará con este mensaje de error:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1328
+#: release-manual.xml:1382
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -3412,7 +3541,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1334
+#: release-manual.xml:1388
msgid ""
"To fix this you have to edit these two files: <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/info/"
"mozilla-firefox-locale-it.postrm </emphasis> and <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/"
@@ -3427,35 +3556,35 @@ msgstr ""
"reinicie el proceso de actualización con:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1338
+#: release-manual.xml:1392
#, no-wrap
msgid "apt-get -f install]]"
msgstr "apt-get -f install]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1340
+#: release-manual.xml:1394
#, fuzzy
msgid "Now the upgrade continues:"
msgstr "Ahora la actualización funciona de nuevo:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1342
+#: release-manual.xml:1396
msgid "* Several Modified configuration files (nagios)"
msgstr "* Algunos archivos de configuración modificados (nagios)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1343
+#: release-manual.xml:1397
msgid "You should always keep your installed one (default) and hit enter"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1346
+#: release-manual.xml:1400
#, fuzzy
msgid "Then the installation failes another time:"
msgstr "Y la instalación vuelve a fallar:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1347
+#: release-manual.xml:1401
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -3469,7 +3598,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1352
+#: release-manual.xml:1406
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"In order to fix this, rename this directory: <emphasis>/var/backups/dc=skole,"
@@ -3483,7 +3612,7 @@ msgstr ""
"cambiar los permisos de los ficheros de configuración:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1355
+#: release-manual.xml:1409
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"chown -R openldap:openldap /etc/ldap/ \n"
@@ -3493,7 +3622,7 @@ msgstr ""
"apt-get -f install]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1358
+#: release-manual.xml:1412
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Then the installation should finish <emphasis role=\"strong\">without </"
@@ -3505,18 +3634,18 @@ msgstr ""
"reinicie el proces de dist-upgrade con:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1360
+#: release-manual.xml:1414
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "aptitude dist-upgrade]]"
msgstr "apt-get dist-upgrade]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1362
+#: release-manual.xml:1416
msgid "The next error raising up is this one:"
msgstr "El siguiente error que aparece es este:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1363
+#: release-manual.xml:1417
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -3528,61 +3657,61 @@ msgstr ""
"E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1)]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1367
+#: release-manual.xml:1421
msgid "Please remove the package: <emphasis>courier-ldap </emphasis> with"
msgstr "Elimine el paquete: <emphasis>courier-ldap </emphasis> con"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1369
+#: release-manual.xml:1423
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "aptitude remove courier-ldap]]"
msgstr "apt-get remove courier-ldap]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1371
+#: release-manual.xml:1425
msgid ""
"and wait until it is finished.Then restart the dist-upgrade process again."
msgstr "y espere hasta que termine. Después reinicie el dist-upgrade de nuevo."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1373
+#: release-manual.xml:1427
msgid ""
"If you have only the default packages installed the upgrade process should "
"now finish without raising more errors."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1378
+#: release-manual.xml:1432
msgid "Problem upgrading bind"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1380
+#: release-manual.xml:1434
msgid ""
"The only remaining upgrade issue is that the user of bind9 has changed, so "
"you'll have to chown all bind-configuration files."
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1381
+#: release-manual.xml:1435
#, no-wrap
msgid "chown bind:root -R /etc/bind ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1383
+#: release-manual.xml:1437
msgid ""
"See <ulink url=\"http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=386791"
"\">#386791 </ulink> for more information."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1389
+#: release-manual.xml:1443
msgid "Samba groupmaps handeling changed"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1391
+#: release-manual.xml:1445
msgid ""
"There has been a change in how samba handles groupmaps between sarge and "
"etch. Samba in sarge handled groupmaps internally, so a unix group was also "
@@ -3592,7 +3721,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1393
+#: release-manual.xml:1447
msgid ""
"When you upgrade your LDAP from a sarge installation, you must make sure to "
"create the Domain Admins account, neccessary for correct samba domain "
@@ -3600,7 +3729,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1394
+#: release-manual.xml:1448
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/usr/bin/net groupmap add rid=512 unixgroup=admins \\\n"
@@ -3610,7 +3739,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1399
+#: release-manual.xml:1453
msgid ""
"If you want your Windows computers to be aware of what groups users are in, "
"you must create the groupmaps in LDAP manually, this is explained in more "
@@ -3619,13 +3748,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1405
+#: release-manual.xml:1459
#, fuzzy
msgid "Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations"
msgstr "Actualizar desde instalaciones antiguas de Debian-Edu / Skolelinux"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1407
+#: release-manual.xml:1461
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Upgrades from the woody based Debian Edu / Skolelinux installation are not "
@@ -3641,12 +3770,12 @@ msgstr ""
"UpgradeFrom1.0 </ulink> Después actualice a Terra (versión basada en etch)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1414
+#: release-manual.xml:1468
msgid "HowTo"
msgstr "HowTo"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1416
+#: release-manual.xml:1470
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administration</link>"
@@ -3655,7 +3784,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> de este documento"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1419
+#: release-manual.xml:1473
#, fuzzy
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">the desktop</link>"
msgstr ""
@@ -3663,7 +3792,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> de este documento"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1422
+#: release-manual.xml:1476
#, fuzzy
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link>"
msgstr ""
@@ -3671,7 +3800,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink>para usar Debian-Edu"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1425
+#: release-manual.xml:1479
#, fuzzy
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">teaching and learning</link>"
msgstr ""
@@ -3679,13 +3808,13 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> de este documento"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1432
+#: release-manual.xml:1486
#, fuzzy
msgid "HowTos for general administration"
msgstr "Administración de Usuarios"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1434
+#: release-manual.xml:1488
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> and <link "
"linkend=\"Maintainance\">DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Maintainance</link> "
@@ -3695,7 +3824,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1440
+#: release-manual.xml:1494
msgid ""
"Installing single service machines for spreading the load from main-server"
msgstr ""
@@ -3703,38 +3832,38 @@ msgstr ""
"principal"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1441
+#: release-manual.xml:1495
msgid "barebone install using debian-edu-expert"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1442
+#: release-manual.xml:1496
msgid "install the packages for the service"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1443
+#: release-manual.xml:1497
#, fuzzy
msgid "configure the service"
msgstr "* Configurar openssh-server"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1444
+#: release-manual.xml:1498
msgid "disable the service on main-server"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1445
+#: release-manual.xml:1499
msgid "update dns on main-server"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1451
+#: release-manual.xml:1505
msgid "Tracking /etc/ using the svk version control system"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1453
+#: release-manual.xml:1507
msgid ""
"With the introduction of the <computeroutput>debian-edu-etc-svk </"
"computeroutput> script in Debian Edu, all files in <computeroutput>/etc/ </"
@@ -3745,7 +3874,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1458
+#: release-manual.xml:1512
msgid ""
"This feature is activated automatically in the Etch based version of Debian "
"Edu, and all changes done during installation are registered. Changes in "
@@ -3753,12 +3882,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1461
+#: release-manual.xml:1515
msgid "List of useful commands:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1464
+#: release-manual.xml:1518
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff\n"
@@ -3770,19 +3899,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1473
+#: release-manual.xml:1527
msgid "Usage examples"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1475
+#: release-manual.xml:1529
msgid ""
"In a freshly installed system try this to see all changes done since the "
"system was installed:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1478
+#: release-manual.xml:1532
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 | less\n"
@@ -3790,40 +3919,57 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1481
+#: release-manual.xml:1535
msgid "To see the list of changes done in /etc/, use this command:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1484
+#: release-manual.xml:1538
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk log | less\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1487
-msgid "To see the changes done to a specific file, specify the file:"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1541
+msgid ""
+"Here check revision numbers by date and time, Then to see all changes done "
+"since revision N say:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1544
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -rN | less\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1547
+msgid ""
+"To see the changes done to a specific file between specific revisions, "
+"specify the file and both revisions:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1490
+#: release-manual.xml:1550
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | less\n"
+"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r46 -r64 /etc/resolv.conf | less\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1493
+#: release-manual.xml:1553
msgid ""
"To revert a change, use the diff command to look at the change, and edit the "
"file to undo the change, or use a command like this to do it automatically:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1496
+#: release-manual.xml:1556
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"( cd /etc && debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | patch -p1 -R )\n"
@@ -3831,13 +3977,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1499
+#: release-manual.xml:1559
msgid ""
"To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1502
+#: release-manual.xml:1562
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk commit /etc/resolv.conf\n"
@@ -3845,14 +3991,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1505
+#: release-manual.xml:1565
msgid ""
"If you don't want a specific file to be tracked in svk, you can tell to "
"ignore it. But this is rarely useful <inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1512
+#: release-manual.xml:1572
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk ignore /etc/path/to/file/to/be/ignored\n"
@@ -3860,12 +4006,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1518
+#: release-manual.xml:1578
msgid "For those who upgraded from sarge/woody"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1520
+#: release-manual.xml:1580
msgid ""
"/etc in svk was introduced with the etch based release of Debian Edu. If you "
"installed your system prior to this, you need to initialize svk once with "
@@ -3873,7 +4019,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1523
+#: release-manual.xml:1583
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk init\n"
@@ -3881,19 +4027,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1526
+#: release-manual.xml:1586
msgid ""
"This adds all files in /etc to svk and also activates the hourly commit "
"cronjob."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1532
+#: release-manual.xml:1592
msgid "Resize Partitions"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1534
+#: release-manual.xml:1594
msgid ""
"Most partitions in Debian Edu are logical LVM volumes. Only the /boot/ "
"partition is not. With the Debian/Etch release of Debian Edu, it is possible "
@@ -3903,7 +4049,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1536
+#: release-manual.xml:1596
msgid ""
"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions, as large "
"partitions will take a long time to restore from backup if the need should "
@@ -3913,7 +4059,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1538
+#: release-manual.xml:1598
msgid ""
"To make it easier to extend full partitions, the <computeroutput>debian-edu-"
"fsautoresize </computeroutput> script is provided. When invoked, it reads "
@@ -3928,13 +4074,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1547
+#: release-manual.xml:1607
#, fuzzy
msgid "Logical Volumne Management"
msgstr "Gestión de impresoras"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1549
+#: release-manual.xml:1609
msgid ""
"Logical Volumne Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they "
"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM in the <ulink url="
@@ -3942,7 +4088,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1552
+#: release-manual.xml:1612
msgid ""
"To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the "
"<computeroutput>lvextend </computeroutput> command how large you want it to "
@@ -3950,12 +4096,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1555
+#: release-manual.xml:1615
msgid "For example, to extend home0 to 30GB you use the following commands:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1558
+#: release-manual.xml:1618
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"lvextend -L30G /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0\n"
@@ -3963,12 +4109,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1565
+#: release-manual.xml:1625
msgid "Using volatile.debian.org"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1567
+#: release-manual.xml:1627
msgid ""
"Since <ulink url=\"http://volatile.debian.org\">volatile.debian.org </ulink> "
"is a relativly new service, introduced with Debian Etch, it's not enabled on "
@@ -3976,12 +4122,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1572
+#: release-manual.xml:1632
msgid "What is debian-volatile?"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1574
+#: release-manual.xml:1634
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis>Quoting from the webpage: </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
@@ -3989,7 +4135,7 @@ msgstr ""
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1576
+#: release-manual.xml:1636
msgid ""
"Some packages aim at fast moving targets, such as spam filtering and virus "
"scanning, and even when using updated data patterns, they do not really work "
@@ -4001,12 +4147,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1582
+#: release-manual.xml:1642
msgid "How to use volatile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1584
+#: release-manual.xml:1644
msgid ""
"Since the volatile archive key is included in the <computeroutput>debian-"
"archive-keyring </computeroutput> package, which is installed by default, "
@@ -4016,7 +4162,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1589
+#: release-manual.xml:1649
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://volatile.debian.org/debian-volatile etch/volatile main\n"
@@ -4024,19 +4170,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1592
+#: release-manual.xml:1652
msgid ""
"And run <computeroutput>aptitude update && aptitude upgrade </"
"computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1599
+#: release-manual.xml:1659
msgid "Using backports.org"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1601
+#: release-manual.xml:1661
msgid ""
"You are running Debian Edu, because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. "
"It runs great, there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit "
@@ -4044,7 +4190,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1603
+#: release-manual.xml:1663
msgid ""
"Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian "
"unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run "
@@ -4057,7 +4203,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1607
+#: release-manual.xml:1667
msgid ""
"You will need to add the backports.org archive key to root's "
"<computeroutput>gpg </computeroutput> keyring, so that <computeroutput>apt </"
@@ -4067,196 +4213,343 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1613
+#: release-manual.xml:1673
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# install the debian-keyring securily:\n"
"aptitude install debian-keyring\n"
"# fetch the backports.org key insecurily:\n"
"gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 16BA136C\n"
-"# check securily if the key is correct and add it to root's keyring if it is:\n"
+"# check securily if the key is correct and add it the keyring used by apt if it is:\n"
"gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs 16BA136C && gpg --export 16BA136C | apt-key add -\n"
"# add backports.org repo to /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
"echo \"deb http://www.backports.org/debian etch-backports main contrib non-free\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
"# update the list of available packages:\n"
"aptitude update\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen>\n"
-"<para>Then you can either use <computeroutput>aptitude -t etch-backports install <packagename>\n"
-"</computeroutput> to install or update packages once, or you can configure a package to be always installed from backports.org though <computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences\n"
-"</computeroutput> which is described in the <ulink url=\"http://www.backports.org/dokuwiki/doku.php?id=instructions\">instructions on backports.org\n"
-"</ulink>. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>The second variant has the advantage, that updates to backports are installed automatically when they are available. With the first variant you need to update manually. \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Java\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre sun-java5-fonts\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Access to skolelinux server from outside a firewall\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>A boot script <computeroutput>open-backdoor\n"
-"</computeroutput> is provided in the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config\n"
-"</computeroutput> package to \"break out\" from behind a firewall. It is useful for system administrators responsible for several Debian Edu installations. It set up an SSH tunnel to another machine, allowing ssh login from the outside of the firewall. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>To enable it, create a ssh key without a password, create a user on a remote host to use for ssh login, copy the public key into ~/.ssh/authorized_keys for the remote user used for and specify the login information in <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor\n"
-"</computeroutput>. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>Content of <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor\n"
-"</computeroutput> should be similar to this: \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[RHOST=admin.example.net\n"
-"RPORT=1234\n"
-"RUSER=backdoor\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen>\n"
-"<para>FIXME: This need to be completed and tested. \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Creating a folder in all users home directory\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>With this script the administrator can create a folder in each users home directory and set access permissions and Ownership. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=770 a user can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder \"assignments\" where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[#!/bin/bash\n"
-"\n"
-"home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\";\n"
-" shared_folder=\"assignments\";\n"
-" permissions=\"770\";\n"
-" created_dir=0;\n"
-"\n"
-"for home in $(ls $home_path);do\n"
-"\n"
-" . if [ ! -d \"$home_path/$home/$shared_folder\" ]; then\n"
-" . mkdir $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
-" chmod $permissions $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
-" . #set the right owner and group\n"
-" #\"username\" = \"group name\" = \"folder name\"\n"
-" user=$home\n"
-" group=teachers\n"
-" chown $user:$group $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
-" ((created_dir+=1))\n"
-" else\n"
-" . echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already exists.\\n\"\n"
-" . fi\n"
-"done\n"
-"\n"
-"echo \"$created_dir folders has been created\"\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>HowTos from wiki.debian.org\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>The HowTos from <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/\n"
-"</ulink> are either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and delete them over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of those pages to find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting it under the GPL.) \n"
-"</para><itemizedlist><listitem>\n"
-"<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn\n"
-"</ulink> \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"</listitem><listitem>\n"
-"<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC\n"
-"</ulink> \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"</listitem><listitem>\n"
-"<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\n"
-"</ulink> \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"</listitem><listitem>\n"
-"<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\n"
-"</ulink> \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"</listitem><listitem>\n"
-"<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/Squid_LDAP_Authentication\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/Squid_LDAP_Authentication\n"
-"</ulink> \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"</listitem>\n"
-"</itemizedlist>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section id=\"Desktop\">\n"
-"<title>HowTos for the desktop\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para> \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>KDE Kiosk mode\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>Two default profiles are included: \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para><emphasis role=\"strong\">debian_edu_pupils\n"
-"</emphasis> (enabled for members of the students file group) \n"
-"</para><itemizedlist><listitem>customized set of icons appears on student desktops \n"
-"</listitem><listitem>makes sure that the programs behind the desktop icons also show up in the kde panel \n"
-"</listitem><listitem>adept is not started \n"
-"</listitem><listitem>makes sure that students cannot start another kde session \n"
-"</listitem><listitem>disables possibility to gain root access for students \n"
-"</listitem>\n"
-"</itemizedlist>\n"
-"<para><emphasis role=\"strong\">debian_edu_root\n"
-"</emphasis> (enabled for the root user and members of the admins file group) \n"
-"</para><itemizedlist><listitem>adds a desktop icon to connect to the local webserver on tjener to provide easy access to all the administration programs \n"
-"</listitem>\n"
-"</itemizedlist>\n"
-"<para><emphasis role=\"strong\">Note:\n"
-"</emphasis>: modifications to the profiles can be done using <computeroutput>kiosktool\n"
-"</computeroutput>. However, unless you follow the step below, your changes will be overwritten by upgrades. [FIXME: doesn't work. Upgrade restores default desktop icons] \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>If you want to modify the kiosk profiles, you can either copy the existing ones and modify them, or create new kiosk profiles in (for example) <computeroutput>/etc/kde3/kioskprofiles/\n"
-"</computeroutput> and enable them in <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile\n"
-"</computeroutput>. The kiosk tool will do this for you if you click \"profile properties\" and browse to a new folder. \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Changing kioskmode on diskless workstations\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>After you have made changes to the kioskmode settings with kiosktool like described above, you will have to copy some files inside the chroot used by the diskless workstation. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>Assuming the diskless workstations are running <computeroutput>i386\n"
-"</computeroutput>, the following commands must be executed on the workstation server(s): \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[export LTSPCHROOT=/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/\n"
-"cp -rv /etc/kde-profile/ $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
-"cp -v /etc/kderc $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
-"cp -v /etc/kde-user-profile $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
-"unset LTSPCHROOT\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1783
+#: release-manual.xml:1685
msgid ""
-"Else replace <computeroutput>i386 </computeroutput> with "
-"<computeroutput>amd64 </computeroutput> or <computeroutput>powerpc </"
+"Then you can either use <computeroutput>aptitude -t etch-backports install "
+"<packagename> </computeroutput> to install or update packages once, or "
+"you can configure a package to be always installed from backports.org though "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences </computeroutput> which is described in "
+"the <ulink url=\"http://www.backports.org/dokuwiki/doku.php?id=instructions"
+"\">instructions on backports.org </ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1690
+msgid ""
+"The second variant has the advantage, that updates to backports are "
+"installed automatically when they are available. With the first variant you "
+"need to update manually."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1695
+msgid "Java"
+msgstr "Java"
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1698
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre sun-java5-fonts\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1704
+msgid "Access to skolelinux server from outside a firewall"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1706
+msgid ""
+"A boot script <computeroutput>open-backdoor </computeroutput> is provided in "
+"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config </computeroutput> package to \"break "
+"out\" from behind a firewall. It is useful for system administrators "
+"responsible for several Debian Edu installations. It set up an SSH tunnel "
+"to another machine, allowing ssh login from the outside of the firewall."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1710
+msgid ""
+"To enable it, create a ssh key without a password, create a user on a remote "
+"host to use for ssh login, copy the public key into ~/.ssh/authorized_keys "
+"for the remote user used for and specify the login information in "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor </computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1713
+msgid ""
+"Content of <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor </computeroutput> should be "
+"similar to this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1717
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"RHOST=admin.example.net\n"
+"RPORT=1234\n"
+"RUSER=backdoor\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1722
+msgid "FIXME: This need to be completed and tested."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1727
+msgid "Creating a folder in all users home directory"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1729
+msgid ""
+"With this script the administrator can create a folder in each users home "
+"directory and set access permissions and Ownership."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1731
+msgid ""
+"In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=2770 a user "
+"can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder \"assignments\" "
+"where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1734
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"#!/bin/bash\n"
+"home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\";\n"
+" shared_folder=\"assignments\";\n"
+" permissions=\"2770\";\n"
+" created_dir=0;\n"
+" for home in $(ls $home_path);do\n"
+" . if [ ! -d \"$home_path/$home/$shared_folder\" ]; then\n"
+" . mkdir $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
+" chmod $permissions $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
+". #set the right owner and group\n"
+" #\"username\" = \"group name\" = \"folder name\"\n"
+" user=$home\n"
+" group=teachers\n"
+" chown $user:$group $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
+" ((created_dir+=1))\n"
+" else\n"
+" . echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already exists.\\n\"\n"
+" . fi\n"
+"done\n"
+"echo \"$created_dir folders has been created\"\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1759
+msgid "Easy acces to USB and CDROM"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1761
+msgid ""
+"When users insert a usb or cdrom into a <ulink url=\"/ThinClient"
+"\">ThinClient </ulink> there is no popup window like they are used to from "
+"their usual Desktop. Instead they have to browse to the /media/$user "
+"folder. This is too difficult for non experienced users."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1764
+msgid ""
+"With the following script the symlink \"Media\" is created for all users in "
+"the home folder for easy access to USB-keys, CDROM or whatever media is "
+"connected to the thin client."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1767
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"#!/bin/bash\n"
+"home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\"; shared_folder=\"Media\"; permissions=\"775\"; created_dir=0;\n"
+"for home in $(ls $home_path); do\n"
+" if [ ! -d \"$home_path/$home/$shared_folder\" ]; then\n"
+" ln -s /media/$home $home_path/$home/$shared_folder ((created_dir+=1))\n"
+" else\n"
+" echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already exists.\\n\"\n"
+" fi\n"
+"done\n"
+"echo \"$created_dir folders has been created\"\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1782 release-manual.xml:2482 release-manual.xml:2590
+msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1784 release-manual.xml:2484 release-manual.xml:2592
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"The HowTos from <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+"\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> are either user- or "
+"developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and "
+"delete them over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of "
+"those pages to find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting "
+"it under the GPL.)"
+msgstr ""
+"Los <ulink url='/HowTos'>HowTos </ulink> de <ulink url='http://wiki.debian."
+"org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> son "
+"específicos tanto de los usuarios como de los desarrolladores. Deberíamos "
+"mover los de los usuarios <ulink url='/HowTos'>HowTos </ulink>aquí."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1812
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "HowTos for the desktop"
+msgstr "Administración de Usuarios"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1818
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "KDE Kiosk mode"
+msgstr "modificar el modo Kiosk"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1820
+msgid "Two default profiles are included:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1822
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">debian_edu_pupils </emphasis> (enabled for members "
+"of the students file group)"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#: release-manual.xml:1824
+msgid "customized set of icons appears on student desktops"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#: release-manual.xml:1825
+msgid ""
+"makes sure that the programs behind the desktop icons also show up in the "
+"kde panel"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1826
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "adept is not started"
+msgstr "Para empezar"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#: release-manual.xml:1827
+msgid "makes sure that students cannot start another kde session"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#: release-manual.xml:1828
+msgid "disables possibility to gain root access for students"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1831
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">debian_edu_root </emphasis> (enabled for the root "
+"user and members of the admins file group)"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#: release-manual.xml:1833
+msgid ""
+"adds a desktop icon to connect to the local webserver on tjener to provide "
+"easy access to all the administration programs"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1836
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Note: </emphasis>: modifications to the profiles "
+"can be done using <computeroutput>kiosktool </computeroutput>. However, "
+"unless you follow the step below, your changes will be overwritten by "
+"upgrades. [FIXME: doesn't work. Upgrade restores default desktop icons]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1840
+msgid ""
+"If you want to modify the kiosk profiles, you can either copy the existing "
+"ones and modify them, or create new kiosk profiles in (for example) "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/kde3/kioskprofiles/ </computeroutput> and enable them "
+"in <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile </computeroutput>. The kiosk tool "
+"will do this for you if you click \"profile properties\" and browse to a new "
+"folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1847
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Changing kioskmode on diskless workstations"
+msgstr "Clientes ligeros vs Puestos sin disco"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1849
+msgid ""
+"After you have made changes to the kioskmode settings with kiosktool like "
+"described above, you will have to copy some files inside the chroot used by "
+"the diskless workstation."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1851
+msgid ""
+"Assuming the diskless workstations are running <computeroutput>i386 </"
+"computeroutput>, the following commands must be executed on the workstation "
+"server(s):"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1855
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"export LTSPCHROOT=/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/\n"
+"cp -rv /etc/kde-profile/ $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
+"cp -v /etc/kderc $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
+"cp -v /etc/kde-user-profile $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
+"unset LTSPCHROOT\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1862
+msgid ""
+"Else replace <computeroutput>i386 </computeroutput> with "
+"<computeroutput>amd64 </computeroutput> or <computeroutput>powerpc </"
"computeroutput> as applicable."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1790
+#: release-manual.xml:1869
#, fuzzy
msgid "Disabling kioskmode"
msgstr "modificar el modo Kiosk"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1792
+#: release-manual.xml:1871
msgid ""
"If you don't want to use kioskmode, either just remove the file "
"<computeroutput>/etc/kderc </computeroutput>. Or, if you just want to "
@@ -4264,12 +4557,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1799
+#: release-manual.xml:1878
msgid "Modifying the kdm login screen"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1801
+#: release-manual.xml:1880
msgid ""
"In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. Now, "
"it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/ </"
@@ -4277,14 +4570,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1804
+#: release-manual.xml:1883
msgid ""
"Here is one example used to activate the theme in the "
"<computeroutput>desktop-base </computeroutput> package:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1808
+#: release-manual.xml:1887
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
@@ -4293,19 +4586,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1812
+#: release-manual.xml:1891
msgid ""
"See the code in <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm </computeroutput> for "
"information on how these variables are used."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1818
+#: release-manual.xml:1897
msgid "Flash"
msgstr "Flash"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1820
+#: release-manual.xml:1899
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To install the Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin, install the "
@@ -4316,12 +4609,12 @@ msgstr ""
"binario precompilado de Adobe para convertirlo antes en un paquete Debian."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1823
+#: release-manual.xml:1902
msgid "There are three requirements to do so:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1825
+#: release-manual.xml:1904
msgid ""
"add backports.org to <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </computeroutput> "
"as decribed in the <link linkend=\"Administration\">general adminstration "
@@ -4329,7 +4622,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1829
+#: release-manual.xml:1908
msgid ""
"add the following lines to <computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences </"
"computeroutput> (the file probably does not exist, so you might have to "
@@ -4337,7 +4630,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1835
+#: release-manual.xml:1914
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Package: flashplugin-nonfree\n"
@@ -4347,7 +4640,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1840
+#: release-manual.xml:1919
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"as the <computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> package is only "
@@ -4359,22 +4652,22 @@ msgstr ""
"binario precompilado de Adobe para convertirlo antes en un paquete Debian."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1847
+#: release-manual.xml:1926
msgid "Sound with Flash in thin clients"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1849
+#: release-manual.xml:1928
msgid "You need to install this as root:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1851
+#: release-manual.xml:1930
msgid "and make one change in /etc/apt/sources.list"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1854
+#: release-manual.xml:1933
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux/ etch-test local\n"
@@ -4382,7 +4675,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1857
+#: release-manual.xml:1936
msgid ""
"And that followed by <computeroutput>aptitude update </computeroutput> and "
"<computeroutput>aptitude install flashplayer-nonfree-extrasound </"
@@ -4390,7 +4683,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1861
+#: release-manual.xml:1940
msgid ""
"remeber to remove <computeroutput>deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux/ "
"etch-test local </computeroutput> from source list after that and run "
@@ -4398,25 +4691,25 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1865
+#: release-manual.xml:1944
msgid ""
"To get the sound working, you also need the latest flashplugin-nonfree "
"package installed (23st of Jan: 9.0.115.0.1~etch1)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1871
+#: release-manual.xml:1950
#, fuzzy
msgid "Other useful plugins"
msgstr "Otros temas"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1873
+#: release-manual.xml:1952
msgid "After adding the multimedia repository (see below):"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1876
+#: release-manual.xml:1955
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install mozilla-mplayer mozilla-acroread acroread-plugins\n"
@@ -4424,12 +4717,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1882
+#: release-manual.xml:1961
msgid "Playing DVDs"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1884
+#: release-manual.xml:1963
msgid ""
"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial! DVDs. For legal reasons "
"it's not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, "
@@ -4438,7 +4731,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1887
+#: release-manual.xml:1966
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install libdvdcss2 w32codecs\n"
@@ -4446,137 +4739,253 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1893
+#: release-manual.xml:1972
msgid "Using the multimedia repository"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1895
+#: release-manual.xml:1974
msgid "To use www.debian-multimedia.org do the following:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1898
+#: release-manual.xml:1977
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# install the debian-keyring securily:\n"
"aptitude install debian-keyring\n"
"# fetch the debian-multimedia key insecurily:\n"
"gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 1F41B907\n"
-"# check securily if the key is correct and add it to root's keyring if it is:\n"
+"# check securily if the key is correct and add it to the keyring used by apt if it is:\n"
"gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs 1F41B907 && gpg --export 1F41B907 | apt-key add -\n"
"# add repository to sources.list - please check the homepages for mirrors!\n"
"echo \"deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
"# update the list of available packages:\n"
"aptitude update\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section id=\"NetworkClients\">\n"
-"<title>HowTos for networked clients\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para> \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation\n"
-"</ulink> \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>LTSP in detail\n"
-"</title><para/>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>lts.conf\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you can edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf\n"
-"</computeroutput>. Have a look at <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/usr/share/doc/ltsp-client/examples/lts.conf\n"
-"</computeroutput> to see examples and what parameters you can specify. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default]\n"
-"</computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using the client mac adress or ipadress like this <computeroutput>[192.168.0.10]\n"
-"</computeroutput>. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add something like this: \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[[192.168.0.10]\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1993
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "HowTos for networked clients"
+msgstr "Requisitos"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1999
+msgid "Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations"
+msgstr "Clientes ligeros vs Puestos sin disco"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2001
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless "
+"workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink "
+"url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation"
+"\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation </ulink>"
+msgstr ""
+"Están disponibles las instrucciones para habilitar puestos sin disco / "
+"clientes lowfat /clientes semigruesos en <ulink url= 'http://wiki.debian.org/"
+"DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
+"HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation </ulink>"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:2007
+msgid "LTSP in detail"
+msgstr "LTSP en detalle"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:2011
+msgid "lts.conf"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2013
+msgid ""
+"To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you "
+"can edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf </"
+"computeroutput>. Have a look at <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/usr/share/doc/"
+"ltsp-client/examples/lts.conf </computeroutput> to see examples and what "
+"parameters you can specify."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2017
+msgid ""
+"The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default] </"
+"computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using the "
+"client mac adress or ipadress like this <computeroutput>[192.168.0.10] </"
+"computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2021
+msgid ""
+"Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add "
+"something like this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:2024
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"[192.168.0.10]\n"
"X_MODE_0 = 1280x1024\n"
"X_HORZSYNC = \"60-70\"\n"
"X_VERTREFRESH = \"59-62\"\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen>\n"
-"<para>somewhere below the default settings. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf\n"
-"</computeroutput> you should add the client mac-address to your dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the client mac-address directly in you <computeroutput>lts.conf\n"
-"</computeroutput> file. \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Load balancing LTSP servers\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"./images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
-"</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\\\n"
-"</phrase>\n"
-"</textobject>\n"
-"</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version 0.99debian12+0.0.edu.etch.8 and is included in Skolelinux 3.0r1. \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Part 1\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers for load balancing. This is done by providing /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/get_hosts as a script printing one or more servers for LDM to connect to. In addition to this, each ltsp chroot need to include the ssh host key for each of the servers. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>First of all, you must choose one LTSP server to be the loadbalancing server. All the clients will PXE-boot from this server and load the Skolelinux image. After the image is loaded, LDM chooses which server to connect to by using the \"get_hosts\" script. How this is done you decide later on. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>Now you have to move your clients from the 192.168.1.0 network to the 10.0.2.0 network. This is because when you use loadbalancing, the clients should have direct access to the server LDM chooses. If you leave your clients on the 192.168.1.0 network, all of the clients traffic will go through that server before it reaches the chosen LDM server. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>To get the clients working on the 10.0.2.0 network, you have to edit /etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf on the main-server (tjener). Where it says: \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[subnet 10.0.2.0 netmask 255.255.254.0 {\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2030
+msgid "somewhere below the default settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2032
+msgid ""
+"Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the "
+"client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2034
+msgid ""
+"To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf </computeroutput> you should "
+"add the client mac-address to your dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the "
+"client mac-address directly in you <computeroutput>lts.conf </"
+"computeroutput> file."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:2041
+msgid "Load balancing LTSP servers"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2047
+msgid ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version 0.99debian12+0.0."
+"edu.etch.8 and is included in Skolelinux 3.0r1."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:2051
+msgid "Part 1"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2053
+msgid ""
+"It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers "
+"for load balancing. This is done by providing /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/"
+"get_hosts as a script printing one or more servers for LDM to connect to. In "
+"addition to this, each ltsp chroot need to include the ssh host key for each "
+"of the servers."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2055
+msgid ""
+"First of all, you must choose one LTSP server to be the loadbalancing "
+"server. All the clients will PXE-boot from this server and load the "
+"Skolelinux image. After the image is loaded, LDM chooses which server to "
+"connect to by using the \"get_hosts\" script. How this is done you decide "
+"later on."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2057
+msgid ""
+"Now you have to move your clients from the 192.168.1.0 network to the "
+"10.0.2.0 network. This is because when you use loadbalancing, the clients "
+"should have direct access to the server LDM chooses. If you leave your "
+"clients on the 192.168.1.0 network, all of the clients traffic will go "
+"through that server before it reaches the chosen LDM server."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2059
+msgid ""
+"To get the clients working on the 10.0.2.0 network, you have to edit /etc/"
+"dhcp3/dhcpd.conf on the main-server (tjener). Where it says:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:2062
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"subnet 10.0.2.0 netmask 255.255.254.0 {\n"
" range 10.0.2.100 10.0.3.242;\n"
" }\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen>\n"
-"<para>you have to add this under \"range\": \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[filename \"/var/lib/tftpboot/ltsp/i386/pxelinux.0\";\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2067
+msgid "you have to add this under \"range\":"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:2070
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"filename \"/var/lib/tftpboot/ltsp/i386/pxelinux.0\";\n"
"next-server xxx;\n"
"option root-path \"/opt/ltsp/i386\";\n"
"option log-servers ltspserver01;\n"
"use-host-decl-names on;\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen>\n"
-"<para>Next-server should be the IP-address or hostname of the server you chose to be the loadbalancing server. If you use hostname you must have a working DNS. Remember to restart the dhcp service. \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Part 2\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>Now you have to make a \"get_hosts\" script that prints a server for LDM to connect to. The parameter LDM_SERVER overrides this script. In consequence, this parameter must not be defined if the get_hosts is going to be used. The get_hosts script writes on the standard output each server IP address or host names, in the random order. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>Edit \"/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf\" and add something like this: \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[MY_SERVER_LIST = \"xxxx xxxx xxxx\"]]>\n"
-"</screen>\n"
-"<para>Replace xxxx with either the IP or hostname of the servers, list must be space separated. Then, put the following script in /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/get_hosts on the server you chose to be the loadbalancing server. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[#!/bin/bash\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2077
+msgid ""
+"Next-server should be the IP-address or hostname of the server you chose to "
+"be the loadbalancing server. If you use hostname you must have a working "
+"DNS. Remember to restart the dhcp service."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:2082
+msgid "Part 2"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2084
+msgid ""
+"Now you have to make a \"get_hosts\" script that prints a server for LDM to "
+"connect to. The parameter LDM_SERVER overrides this script. In consequence, "
+"this parameter must not be defined if the get_hosts is going to be used. The "
+"get_hosts script writes on the standard output each server IP address or "
+"host names, in the random order."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2086
+msgid "Edit \"/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf\" and add something like this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:2089
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "MY_SERVER_LIST = \"xxxx xxxx xxxx\"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2091
+msgid ""
+"Replace xxxx with either the IP or hostname of the servers, list must be "
+"space separated. Then, put the following script in /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/"
+"ltsp/get_hosts on the server you chose to be the loadbalancing server."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:2094
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"#!/bin/bash\n"
"# Randomize the server list contained in MY_SERVER_LIST parameter\n"
"TMP_LIST=\"\"\n"
"SHUFFLED_LIST=\"\"\n"
@@ -4590,73 +4999,156 @@ msgid ""
"SHUFFLED_LIST=\"$SHUFFLED_LIST $(echo $i | cut -d_ -f2)\"\n"
"done\n"
"echo $SHUFFLED_LIST\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Part 3\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>Now that you've made the \"get_hosts\" script, it's time to make the ssh host key for the ltsp chroots. This can be done by making a file containing the content of /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts from all the ltsp servers that will be loadbalanced. Save this file as /etc/ltsp/ssh_known_hosts.extra on all loadbalance servers. The last step is very important because ltsp-update-sshkeys runs every time a server is booted, and /etc/ltsp/ssh_known_hosts.extra is included if it exists. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"./images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
-"</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\\\n"
-"</phrase>\n"
-"</textobject>\n"
-"</inlinemediaobject> If you save your new host file as /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts, it will be erased when you reboot the server. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>There is some obvious weaknesses with this setup. All clients get their image from the same server, this causes high loads on the server if many clients are booted at the same time. Also the clients require that server to always be available, without it they cannot boot or get a LDM server. Therefore this setup is very dependent on one server, which isn't very good. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>Your clients should now be loadbalanced! \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Sound with LTSP clients\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used (currently, this is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-oss should be loaded by the client hardware to assure esd can find /dev/dsp. If it's not done automatically, this line: \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\" \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf file. \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Replacing LDM with KDM\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>Skolelinux 3.0 is running LDM as a login manager. It uses a secure ssh tunnel to log in. When using KDM a switch to XDMCP is neccesary. XDMCP uses less CPU ressources on the clients and on the server. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"./images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
-"</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\\\n"
-"</phrase>\n"
-"</textobject>\n"
-"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning\n"
-"</emphasis>: XDMCP does not use encryption. Passwords will travel in cleartext over the network, as well as anything else. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"./images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
-"</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\\\n"
-"</phrase>\n"
-"</textobject>\n"
-"</inlinemediaobject> Note: local devices with <computeroutput>ltspfs\n"
-"</computeroutput> will stop working without LDM. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>To check if XDMCP is running, run this command from a workstation: \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[ X -query ltspserverXX\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:2113
+msgid "Part 3"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2115
+msgid ""
+"Now that you've made the \"get_hosts\" script, it's time to make the ssh "
+"host key for the ltsp chroots. This can be done by making a file containing "
+"the content of /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts from all the ltsp "
+"servers that will be loadbalanced. Save this file as /etc/ltsp/"
+"ssh_known_hosts.extra on all loadbalance servers. The last step is very "
+"important because ltsp-update-sshkeys runs every time a server is booted, "
+"and /etc/ltsp/ssh_known_hosts.extra is included if it exists."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2121
+msgid ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> If you save your new host file as /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/"
+"ssh/ssh_known_hosts, it will be erased when you reboot the server."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2123
+msgid ""
+"There is some obvious weaknesses with this setup. All clients get their "
+"image from the same server, this causes high loads on the server if many "
+"clients are booted at the same time. Also the clients require that server to "
+"always be available, without it they cannot boot or get a LDM server. "
+"Therefore this setup is very dependent on one server, which isn't very good."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2125
+msgid "Your clients should now be loadbalanced!"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:2131
+msgid "Sound with LTSP clients"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2133
+msgid ""
+"If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used (currently, this "
+"is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-oss should be loaded "
+"by the client hardware to assure esd can find /dev/dsp. If it's not done "
+"automatically, this line:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2135
+msgid "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2137
+msgid "should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf file."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:2142
+msgid "Upgrading the LTSP environment"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2144
+msgid ""
+"It is useful to upgrade the LTSP environment with new packages fairly often, "
+"to make sure security fixes and improvements are made available. To "
+"upgrade, run these commands as user root on each LTSP server:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:2147
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"chroot /opt/ltsp/i386\n"
+"aptitude update\n"
+"aptitude upgrade\n"
+"aptitude dist-upgrade\n"
+"exit\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+"apt-get update \n"
+"apt-get dist-upgrade ]]"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2158
+msgid ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> Note that this is a slightly risky operation, if one of "
+"the upgraded packages break. To reduce the risk, it is a good idea to copy "
+"the content of /opt/ltsp/i386 to be able to revert to the original "
+"environment if the new one fail to work."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:2164
+msgid "Replacing LDM with KDM"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2166
+msgid ""
+"Skolelinux 3.0 is running LDM as a login manager. It uses a secure ssh "
+"tunnel to log in. When using KDM a switch to XDMCP is neccesary. XDMCP uses "
+"less CPU ressources on the clients and on the server."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2172
+msgid ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning </emphasis>: XDMCP "
+"does not use encryption. Passwords will travel in cleartext over the "
+"network, as well as anything else."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2179
+msgid ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> Note: local devices with <computeroutput>ltspfs </"
+"computeroutput> will stop working without LDM."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2182
+msgid "To check if XDMCP is running, run this command from a workstation:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:2185
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"X -query ltspserverXX\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2088
+#: release-manual.xml:2188
msgid "If you are on the thin client network, please run this command:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2091
+#: release-manual.xml:2191
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"X -query 192.168.0.254\n"
@@ -4664,21 +5156,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2094
+#: release-manual.xml:2194
msgid ""
"The goal is to let your \"real\" thin client to contact the xdmcp-server on "
"the 192.168.0.254 net (given a standard Skolelinux configuration)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2096
+#: release-manual.xml:2196
msgid ""
"If by some reason xdmcp is accessible on your server which runs KDM , please "
"add the following to /etc/kde3/kdm/Xaccess"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2099
+#: release-manual.xml:2199
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"* # any host can get a login window\n"
@@ -4686,19 +5178,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2102
+#: release-manual.xml:2202
msgid ""
"The star before the comment '#' is important, rest is a comment of course "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2108
+#: release-manual.xml:2208
msgid "Then turn on xdmcp in kdm with the command:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2111
+#: release-manual.xml:2211
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"sudo update-ini-file /etc/kde3/kdm/kdmrc Xdmcp Enable true\n"
@@ -4706,12 +5198,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2114
+#: release-manual.xml:2214
msgid "At the end please restart kdm by running:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2117
+#: release-manual.xml:2217
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"sudo invoke-rc.d kdm restart\n"
@@ -4719,23 +5211,23 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2120
-msgid "(in courtasy of Finn-Arne Johansen)"
+#: release-manual.xml:2220
+msgid "(in courtesy of Finn-Arne Johansen)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2125
+#: release-manual.xml:2225
#, fuzzy
msgid "Connecting Windows machines to the network / Windows integration"
msgstr "Conectar máquinas windows a la red / integración con windows"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2129
+#: release-manual.xml:2229
msgid "Joining the domain"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2131
+#: release-manual.xml:2231
msgid ""
"For Windows clients the Windows domain \"SKOLELINUX\" is available to be "
"joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main-server tjener, "
@@ -4748,7 +5240,7 @@ msgstr ""
"de autentificar a los usuarios."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2133
+#: release-manual.xml:2233
msgid ""
"In order to make Windows clients join the domain some (few) steps are "
"required:"
@@ -4757,14 +5249,14 @@ msgstr ""
"(pocos) pasos:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2135
+#: release-manual.xml:2235
msgid ""
"1. Create a user with membership in the \"admins\" group (if not already "
"existing)"
msgstr "1. Crear un usuario en el grupo \"admins\" (si no existiera ya)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2137
+#: release-manual.xml:2237
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"In order to be able to join the \"SKOLELINUX\" domain a member of the admins "
@@ -4780,12 +5272,12 @@ msgstr ""
"contraseña para root en Samba."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2142
+#: release-manual.xml:2242
msgid "2. Configure the Windows client as static host"
msgstr "2. Concigurar el cliente Windows como un puesto estático"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2144
+#: release-manual.xml:2244
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"When joining a samba domain some special data is stored on the domain "
@@ -4807,7 +5299,7 @@ msgstr ""
"unirse al dominio."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2148
+#: release-manual.xml:2248
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"3. On the Windows client: Make sure the network and system configuration "
@@ -4818,20 +5310,20 @@ msgstr ""
"configuración de ip)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2149
+#: release-manual.xml:2249
msgid ""
"It's really important, that the Windows hosts have the same data, otherwise "
"Samba will not find the host added in step 2."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2152
+#: release-manual.xml:2252
msgid "4. Join the domain as usual using the user added in step 1."
msgstr ""
"4. Unirse al dominio como de costumbre con el usuario añadido en el paso 1."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2153
+#: release-manual.xml:2253
msgid ""
"Depending on the version and language of you Windows installation, you "
"should find the configuration about the domain or workgroup of your system "
@@ -4845,7 +5337,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2156
+#: release-manual.xml:2256
msgid ""
"Windows will sync the profile of domain users on every login and logout. "
"Depending on how much data stored in the profile this could take some time. "
@@ -4861,12 +5353,12 @@ msgstr ""
"\"Mis Documentos\"."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2160
+#: release-manual.xml:2260
msgid "User groups in Windows"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2162
+#: release-manual.xml:2262
msgid ""
"Groupmaps must also be added for any other user groups you add through "
"<computeroutput>lwat </computeroutput>. If you want your user groups to be "
@@ -4877,7 +5369,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2166
+#: release-manual.xml:2266
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/usr/bin/net groupmap add unixgroup=students \\\n"
@@ -4886,13 +5378,29 @@ msgid ""
"]]"
msgstr ""
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2271
+msgid ""
+"FIXME: isnt that better be explained with lwat first, and then with an "
+"example for the command line?"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2273
+msgid ""
+"If you want to check user groups on Windows, you need to download the tool "
+"<computeroutput>IFMEMBER.EXE </computeroutput> from Microsoft. Then you can "
+"use this for example in the logon script which resides on tjener in "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/samba/netlogon/LOGON.BAT </computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2175
+#: release-manual.xml:2281
msgid "XP home"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2177
+#: release-manual.xml:2283
msgid ""
"Users bringing in their XP home laptop can still connect to Tjener using "
"their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to SKOLELINUX. "
@@ -4901,12 +5409,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2182
+#: release-manual.xml:2288
msgid "Managing roaming profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2184
+#: release-manual.xml:2290
msgid ""
"Roaming profiles contain user work environments, which include the desktop "
"items and settings. Some examples of these environments are personal files, "
@@ -4917,7 +5425,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2186
+#: release-manual.xml:2292
msgid ""
"Since the profile is copied from the server to the machine during logon, and "
"copied back to the server during logout, a large profile can make windows "
@@ -4928,7 +5436,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2188
+#: release-manual.xml:2294
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">The educational approach </emphasis>: One way to "
"deal with to large profiles is to explain the situation for the users. Tell "
@@ -4937,7 +5445,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2191
+#: release-manual.xml:2297
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Tweaking the profile </emphasis>: A different way "
"to deal with the problem is to remove parts of the profile, and redirect "
@@ -4948,22 +5456,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2196 release-manual.xml:2279
+#: release-manual.xml:2302 release-manual.xml:2399
msgid "Using machine policies"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2198
+#: release-manual.xml:2304
msgid "Machine policies can be edited and copied to all the other computers."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2199
+#: release-manual.xml:2305
msgid "Pick a freshly installed Windows computer, and run gpedit.msc"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2201
+#: release-manual.xml:2307
msgid ""
"Under the selection User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> "
"System -> User Profiles -> Exclude directories in roaming profile, you "
@@ -4974,110 +5482,147 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2202
+#: release-manual.xml:2308
msgid "log"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2203
+#: release-manual.xml:2309
msgid "Locale settings"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2204 release-manual.xml:2207
+#: release-manual.xml:2310 release-manual.xml:2313
msgid "Temporary Internet Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2205
+#: release-manual.xml:2311
msgid "My Documents"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2206
+#: release-manual.xml:2312
msgid "Application Data"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2210
+#: release-manual.xml:2316
msgid "Save your changes, and exit the editor."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2212
+#: release-manual.xml:2318
msgid ""
"Copy <computeroutput>c:\\windows\\system32\\GroupPolicy </computeroutput> to "
"all other windows machines."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2214
+#: release-manual.xml:2320
msgid ""
"It's a good idea to copy it to your windows os deployment system to have it "
"included at install time."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2222 release-manual.xml:2295 release-manual.xml:2320
+#: release-manual.xml:2328 release-manual.xml:2415 release-manual.xml:2440
msgid "Using global policies"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2224
+#: release-manual.xml:2330
+msgid ""
+"By using the legacy windows policy editor (<computeroutput>poledit.exe </"
+"computeroutput>), you can can create a Policy file (NTConfig.pol) file and "
+"put it in your netlogon share on tjener. This has the advantage of working "
+"almost instantly on all windows machines."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2333
+msgid ""
+"Since some time the policy editor standalone download has been removed from "
+"the Microsoft website, but it's still available as part of the ORK Tools."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2335
+msgid ""
+"With poledit.exe you can create .pol files. If you put such a file on tjener "
+"as <computeroutput>/etc/samba/netlogon/NTLOGON.POL </computeroutput> it will "
+"be read by the windows machine automatically and temporarily overwrite the "
+"registry, thus applying the changes."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2338
+msgid ""
+"To make sensible use of poledit.exe you also need to download appriate .adm "
+"files for your operating system and applications, otherwise you cannot "
+"define many settings in poledit.exe."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2340
+msgid ""
+"Be aware that the new group policy tools, {{gpedit.msc}}} and "
+"<computeroutput>gpmc.msc </computeroutput> cannot create .pol files, they "
+"either only work for the local machine or need an active directory server."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2343
msgid ""
-"By using the windows policy editor (poledit.exe), you can can create a "
-"Policy file (NTConfig.pol) file and put it in your netlogon share on tjener. "
-"This would have the advantage of working almost instantly on all machines. "
-"But is unfortunatly not as easy as it sounds. And you can quite easily lock "
-"yourself out of your windows machines. If you have experience with this "
-"please elaborate here..."
+"If you understand german, <ulink url=\"http://gruppenrichtlinien.de\">http://"
+"gruppenrichtlinien.de </ulink> is a very good website on this topic."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2229
+#: release-manual.xml:2349
msgid "Editing Windows registry"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2231
+#: release-manual.xml:2351
msgid ""
"You can edit the registry of the local computer, and copy this registry key "
"to other computers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2232
+#: release-manual.xml:2352
msgid "Start the Registry Editor."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2234
+#: release-manual.xml:2354
msgid ""
"Navigate to <computeroutput>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\Microsoft\\Windows "
"NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2238
+#: release-manual.xml:2358
msgid ""
"Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </"
"computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2242
+#: release-manual.xml:2362
msgid "Call it <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2245
+#: release-manual.xml:2365
msgid ""
"Enter a semicolon sepatated string of paths to exclude. (same way as machine "
"policy)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2248
+#: release-manual.xml:2368
msgid ""
"Now you can choose to export this registry key as a .reg file, Mark a "
"selection, right click and select export. Save the file and you can double "
@@ -5085,18 +5630,18 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2250
+#: release-manual.xml:2370
#, fuzzy
msgid "Sources:"
msgstr "Recursos"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2273
+#: release-manual.xml:2393
msgid "Redirecting parts of profile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2275
+#: release-manual.xml:2395
msgid ""
"Sometimes just removing the directory from the profile is not enough. You "
"may experience that users loose files because they mistakenly save things "
@@ -5106,7 +5651,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2281
+#: release-manual.xml:2401
msgid ""
"Everything under Using machine policies above applies. You edit using gpedit."
"msc and copy the Policy to all machines The redirection should be available "
@@ -5115,7 +5660,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2283
+#: release-manual.xml:2403
msgid ""
"One thing to remember is that if you enable folder redirection, those "
"folders are automatically added to the syncroniced folders list. If you do "
@@ -5123,37 +5668,37 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2285
+#: release-manual.xml:2405
msgid ""
"User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> "
"Offline Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2288
+#: release-manual.xml:2408
msgid ""
"Computer Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> "
"Offline Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2297
+#: release-manual.xml:2417
#, fuzzy
msgid "FIXME"
msgstr "POR CORREGIR"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2303
+#: release-manual.xml:2423
msgid "Avoiding roaming profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2307
+#: release-manual.xml:2427
msgid "Using a local policy"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2309
+#: release-manual.xml:2429
msgid ""
"Using local policies you can disable roaming profile on individual machines. "
"This is often wanted on special machines, for instance on dedicated "
@@ -5161,29 +5706,29 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2311
+#: release-manual.xml:2431
msgid "You can use the machine policy method describe above, the key is in"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2313
+#: release-manual.xml:2433
msgid ""
"Administrative Templates -> system -> User Profiles -> Only allow "
"local profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2322
+#: release-manual.xml:2442
msgid "FIXME: what is the roaming profile key for the global policy editor"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2327
+#: release-manual.xml:2447
msgid "altering samba config"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2329
+#: release-manual.xml:2449
msgid ""
"By editing the samba config you can disable roaming profiles for the entire "
"network. Perhaps everyone have their own dedicated machine? and nobody else "
@@ -5193,7 +5738,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2332
+#: release-manual.xml:2452
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"logon path = \"\"\n"
@@ -5202,12 +5747,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2341
+#: release-manual.xml:2461
msgid "Remote Desktops with RDP, VNC, NX or Citrix"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2343
+#: release-manual.xml:2463
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Some municipalities provide a remote desktop solution so that students and "
@@ -5219,21 +5764,21 @@ msgstr ""
"a Skolelinux desde su casa usando Windows, Mac o Linux."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2345
+#: release-manual.xml:2465
msgid ""
"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. Just install the "
"<computeroutput>rdesktop </computeroutput> package."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2349
+#: release-manual.xml:2469
msgid ""
"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. "
"Just install the <computeroutput>xvncviewer </computeroutput> package."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2352
+#: release-manual.xml:2472
msgid ""
"NX graphical client gives students and teachers access to Skolelinux "
"remotely on Windows, Mac or Linux PC. One municipality in Norway has "
@@ -5242,35 +5787,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2354
+#: release-manual.xml:2474
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps\">Citrix ICA "
"client HowTo </ulink> to access Windows terminal server from Skolelinux."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2362 release-manual.xml:2470
-msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2364 release-manual.xml:2472
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"The HowTos from <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
-"\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> are either user- or "
-"developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and "
-"delete them over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of "
-"those pages to find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting "
-"it under the GPL.)"
-msgstr ""
-"Los <ulink url='/HowTos'>HowTos </ulink> de <ulink url='http://wiki.debian."
-"org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> son "
-"específicos tanto de los usuarios como de los desarrolladores. Deberíamos "
-"mover los de los usuarios <ulink url='/HowTos'>HowTos </ulink>aquí."
-
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2380
+#: release-manual.xml:2500
#, fuzzy
msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning"
msgstr ""
@@ -5278,19 +5802,19 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> de este documento"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2386
+#: release-manual.xml:2506
msgid "Moodle"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2388
+#: release-manual.xml:2508
msgid ""
"Run <computeroutput>aptitude install moodle </computeroutput> as root to "
"install moodle."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2391
+#: release-manual.xml:2511
msgid ""
"Moodle is a course management system (CMS) - a free, Open Source software "
"package designed using sound pedagogical principles, to help educators "
@@ -5301,31 +5825,31 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2393
+#: release-manual.xml:2513
msgid "FIXME: more examples, etc."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2395
+#: release-manual.xml:2515
msgid ""
"See <ulink url=\"http://moodle.org\">http://moodle.org </ulink> for more "
"information on Moodle."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2401
+#: release-manual.xml:2521
msgid "Monitoring pupils"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2403
+#: release-manual.xml:2523
msgid ""
"Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their "
"students."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2405
+#: release-manual.xml:2525
msgid ""
"Take a look at their wiki: <ulink url=\"http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/"
"index.php?title=Main_Page\">http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php?"
@@ -5333,12 +5857,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2408
+#: release-manual.xml:2528
msgid "FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2411
+#: release-manual.xml:2531
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install italc-client italc-master\n"
@@ -5346,26 +5870,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "apt-get -f install]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2418
+#: release-manual.xml:2538
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning </emphasis>: "
"monitoring humans might be unethical and illegal in your jurisdiction."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2424
+#: release-manual.xml:2544
msgid "Restricting pupils network access"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2426
+#: release-manual.xml:2546
msgid ""
"Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access. "
"FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2432
+#: release-manual.xml:2552
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning </emphasis>: "
"restricting access to information or freedom of speech might be unethical "
@@ -5373,12 +5897,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2438
+#: release-manual.xml:2558
msgid "Installing swi-prolog on etch"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2440
+#: release-manual.xml:2560
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog </computeroutput> was available in sarge, but was "
"not part of etch. But you can just install the version from sarge on a etch "
@@ -5386,7 +5910,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2447
+#: release-manual.xml:2567
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning </emphasis>: The "
"software you install has no trust path. Software installed with "
@@ -5395,7 +5919,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2452
+#: release-manual.xml:2572
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# swi-prolog depends on libreadline4, also not in etch\n"
@@ -5408,14 +5932,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2460
+#: release-manual.xml:2580
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog-doc </computeroutput> is part of etch "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2475
+#: release-manual.xml:2595
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep"
@@ -5427,23 +5951,23 @@ msgstr ""
"interesante"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2484
+#: release-manual.xml:2604
msgid "Contribute"
msgstr "Contribuir"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2490
+#: release-manual.xml:2610
msgid "Let us know you exist"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2493
+#: release-manual.xml:2613
#, fuzzy
msgid "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2498
+#: release-manual.xml:2618
msgid ""
"There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of "
"contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates "
@@ -5452,7 +5976,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2504
+#: release-manual.xml:2624
msgid ""
"The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the "
"system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about "
@@ -5463,13 +5987,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2510
+#: release-manual.xml:2630
#, fuzzy
msgid "Contribute locally"
msgstr "Contribuir"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2512
+#: release-manual.xml:2632
msgid ""
"Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, France and in the region "
"of Extremadura in Spain. \"Isolated\" contributors and users exist in "
@@ -5477,7 +6001,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2514
+#: release-manual.xml:2634
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> explains and links to "
"localized ressources, as <emphasis>contribute </emphasis> and "
@@ -5485,20 +6009,20 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2521
+#: release-manual.xml:2641
#, fuzzy
msgid "Contribute globally"
msgstr "Contribuir"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2523
+#: release-manual.xml:2643
msgid ""
"Internationally we are organized in <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/"
"DebianEdu/Teams/\">different teams </ulink> working on different subjects."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2526
+#: release-manual.xml:2646
msgid ""
"The <ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\">developer mailing list "
"</ulink> is most of the time our main medium for communication, though we "
@@ -5507,7 +6031,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2529
+#: release-manual.xml:2649
msgid ""
"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to "
"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"http://lists.alioth.debian.org/mailman/"
@@ -5515,13 +6039,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2535
+#: release-manual.xml:2655
#, fuzzy
msgid "Documentation writers and translators"
msgstr "== Escritores de la Documentación =="
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2537
+#: release-manual.xml:2657
msgid ""
"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: "
"If you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you "
@@ -5530,7 +6054,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2539
+#: release-manual.xml:2659
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. "
@@ -5546,7 +6070,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Translations'>Las traducciones </ulink> son parte del"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2543
+#: release-manual.xml:2663
msgid ""
"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating "
"software and documentation. Information how to translate this document can "
@@ -5555,23 +6079,23 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2549
+#: release-manual.xml:2669
msgid "Support"
msgstr "Soporte"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2555
+#: release-manual.xml:2675
msgid "Volunteer based support"
msgstr "Soporte basado en voluntarios"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2559
+#: release-manual.xml:2679
#, fuzzy
msgid "in English"
msgstr "en inglés"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2565
+#: release-manual.xml:2685
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
@@ -5583,7 +6107,7 @@ msgstr ""
"</ulink> - lista de correo para soporte en habla inglesa"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2569
+#: release-manual.xml:2689
msgid ""
"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related, do "
"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens "
@@ -5591,13 +6115,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2580
+#: release-manual.xml:2700
#, fuzzy
msgid "in Norwegian"
msgstr "en noruego"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2582
+#: release-manual.xml:2702
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker"
@@ -5609,7 +6133,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> - lista de correo de soporte para usuarios en habla noruega"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2586
+#: release-manual.xml:2706
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
@@ -5622,18 +6146,18 @@ msgstr ""
"linuxiskolen </ulink> - POR CORREGIR"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2589
+#: release-manual.xml:2709
msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support norwegian users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2595
+#: release-manual.xml:2715
#, fuzzy
msgid "in German"
msgstr "en alemán"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2597
+#: release-manual.xml:2717
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user\">http://www."
@@ -5644,7 +6168,7 @@ msgstr ""
"para usuarios en habla alemana"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2601
+#: release-manual.xml:2721
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.skolelinux.de\">http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> "
@@ -5654,18 +6178,18 @@ msgstr ""
"wiki alemán con muchos <ulink url='/HowTos'>Tutoriales </ulink> etc."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2604
+#: release-manual.xml:2724
msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support german users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2610
+#: release-manual.xml:2730
#, fuzzy
msgid "in French"
msgstr "en francés"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2612
+#: release-manual.xml:2732
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\">http://lists.debian."
@@ -5675,13 +6199,13 @@ msgstr ""
"org/debian-edu-french </ulink> lista de correo de soporte en francés"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2620
+#: release-manual.xml:2740
#, fuzzy
msgid "in Spanish"
msgstr "en inglés"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2622
+#: release-manual.xml:2742
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://www.skolelinux.es\">http://www.skolelinux.es </ulink> - "
@@ -5691,12 +6215,12 @@ msgstr ""
"wiki alemán con muchos <ulink url='/HowTos'>Tutoriales </ulink> etc."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2631
+#: release-manual.xml:2751
msgid "Professional support"
msgstr "Soporte profesional"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2633
+#: release-manual.xml:2753
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink "
@@ -5708,12 +6232,12 @@ msgstr ""
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2640
+#: release-manual.xml:2760
msgid "Copyright and authors"
msgstr "Copyright y authores"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2644
+#: release-manual.xml:2764
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007, 2008), "
@@ -5728,7 +6252,7 @@ msgstr ""
"licencia GPL2 o cualquier versión posterior. ¡Disfrútalo!"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2646
+#: release-manual.xml:2766
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If you add content to it, <emphasis role=\"strong\">please only do so if you "
@@ -5741,12 +6265,12 @@ msgstr ""
"tu nombre aquí y libéralo bajo la GPL2 o posterior."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2652
+#: release-manual.xml:2772
msgid "Translation copyright and authors"
msgstr "Copyright de la traducción y Autores"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2654
+#: release-manual.xml:2774
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The Spanish translation is copyrighted by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007) "
@@ -5756,7 +6280,7 @@ msgstr ""
"está bajo la licencia GPL2 o versiones posteriores."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2656
+#: release-manual.xml:2776
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The Bokmål translation is copyrighted by Petter Reinholdtsen (2007) and "
@@ -5767,7 +6291,7 @@ msgstr ""
"la licencia GPL2 o versiones posteriores."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2658
+#: release-manual.xml:2778
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The German translation is copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007), Patrick "
@@ -5779,7 +6303,7 @@ msgstr ""
"licencia GPL2 o versiones posteriores."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2660
+#: release-manual.xml:2780
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The Italian translation is copyrighted by Claudio Carboncini (2007, 2008) "
@@ -5789,7 +6313,7 @@ msgstr ""
"está bajo la licencia GPL2 o versiones posteriores."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2662
+#: release-manual.xml:2782
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The French translation is copyrighted by Christophe Masson (2008) and is "
@@ -5799,12 +6323,12 @@ msgstr ""
"está bajo la licencia GPL2 o versiones posteriores."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2667
+#: release-manual.xml:2787
msgid "Translations of this document"
msgstr "Traducciones de este documento"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2669
+#: release-manual.xml:2789
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. Incomplete "
@@ -5815,13 +6339,13 @@ msgstr ""
"y español."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2673
+#: release-manual.xml:2793
#, fuzzy
msgid "HowTo translate this document"
msgstr "Como traducir este documento"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2675
+#: release-manual.xml:2795
msgid ""
"Translations of this document are kept in .po files like in many free "
"software projects, read <computeroutput>usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README."
@@ -5831,7 +6355,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2678
+#: release-manual.xml:2798
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To commit your translations you need to be a member of the alioth project "
@@ -5845,7 +6369,7 @@ msgstr ""
"edu at l.d.o </ulink> o ponga un bug al paquete debian-edu-doc."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2682
+#: release-manual.xml:2802
msgid ""
"You can checkout the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source "
"anonymously with the following command (you need to have the "
@@ -5854,14 +6378,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2686
+#: release-manual.xml:2806
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>svn co svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-"
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2691
+#: release-manual.xml:2811
msgid ""
"Then edit the <computeroutput>documentation/release-manual/release-manual."
"$CC.po </computeroutput> (where you replace $CC with your language code). "
@@ -5870,26 +6394,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2695
+#: release-manual.xml:2815
msgid ""
"Then you either commit the file directly to svn (if you have the rights to "
"do so) or send the file to the mailinglist."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2697
+#: release-manual.xml:2817
msgid ""
"To update your local copy of the repository use the following command inside "
"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> directory:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2700
+#: release-manual.xml:2820
msgid "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2705
+#: release-manual.xml:2825
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations to "
@@ -5906,31 +6430,31 @@ msgstr ""
"mimetype=xml/docbook'>los fuentes </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2709
+#: release-manual.xml:2829
#, fuzzy
msgid "Please report any problems."
msgstr "Por favor, informa de otros posibles fallos importantes."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2715
+#: release-manual.xml:2835
#, fuzzy
msgid "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
msgstr "Apéndice A - La Licencia Pública GNU (GPL)"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2718
+#: release-manual.xml:2838
#, no-wrap
msgid "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2722
+#: release-manual.xml:2842
#, fuzzy
msgid "Release manual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
msgstr "Manual para Debian-Edu etch 3.0 también llamado \"Terra\""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2724
+#: release-manual.xml:2844
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger at layer-acht."
@@ -5943,7 +6467,7 @@ msgstr ""
"DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/ </ulink> <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2727
+#: release-manual.xml:2847
msgid ""
"This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
"under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
@@ -5952,7 +6476,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2729
+#: release-manual.xml:2849
msgid ""
"This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
"ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
@@ -5961,7 +6485,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2731
+#: release-manual.xml:2851
msgid ""
"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
"this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
@@ -5969,17 +6493,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2736
+#: release-manual.xml:2856
msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2738
+#: release-manual.xml:2858
msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2740
+#: release-manual.xml:2860
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
"Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
@@ -5988,12 +6512,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2745
+#: release-manual.xml:2865
msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2747
+#: release-manual.xml:2867
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">0. </emphasis> This License applies to any "
"program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder "
@@ -6007,7 +6531,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2750
+#: release-manual.xml:2870
msgid ""
"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
"by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program "
@@ -6018,7 +6542,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2752
+#: release-manual.xml:2872
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute "
"verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any "
@@ -6030,14 +6554,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2755
+#: release-manual.xml:2875
msgid ""
"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2757
+#: release-manual.xml:2877
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">2. </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
"of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
@@ -6046,7 +6570,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2760
+#: release-manual.xml:2880
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files "
"to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date "
@@ -6054,7 +6578,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2763
+#: release-manual.xml:2883
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">b) </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
"distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
@@ -6063,7 +6587,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2766
+#: release-manual.xml:2886
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">c) </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
"reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
@@ -6078,7 +6602,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2771
+#: release-manual.xml:2891
msgid ""
"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable "
"sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
@@ -6092,7 +6616,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2773
+#: release-manual.xml:2893
msgid ""
"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
"rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
@@ -6101,7 +6625,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2775
+#: release-manual.xml:2895
msgid ""
"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
"the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
@@ -6110,7 +6634,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2777
+#: release-manual.xml:2897
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">3. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
"Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
@@ -6119,7 +6643,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2780
+#: release-manual.xml:2900
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">a) </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
"corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
@@ -6128,7 +6652,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2783
+#: release-manual.xml:2903
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">b) </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
"valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
@@ -6139,7 +6663,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2786
+#: release-manual.xml:2906
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">c) </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
"you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This "
@@ -6149,7 +6673,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2791
+#: release-manual.xml:2911
msgid ""
"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
"modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all "
@@ -6163,7 +6687,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2793
+#: release-manual.xml:2913
msgid ""
"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
"copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
@@ -6173,7 +6697,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2795
+#: release-manual.xml:2915
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">4. </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
"sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
@@ -6185,7 +6709,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2798
+#: release-manual.xml:2918
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept "
"this License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants "
@@ -6198,7 +6722,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2801
+#: release-manual.xml:2921
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">6. </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
"Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
@@ -6210,7 +6734,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2804
+#: release-manual.xml:2924
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">7. </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
"judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
@@ -6227,7 +6751,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2807
+#: release-manual.xml:2927
msgid ""
"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
"particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
@@ -6235,7 +6759,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2809
+#: release-manual.xml:2929
msgid ""
"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
"or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
@@ -6249,14 +6773,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2811
+#: release-manual.xml:2931
msgid ""
"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
"consequence of the rest of this License."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2813
+#: release-manual.xml:2933
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">8. </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
"the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
@@ -6268,7 +6792,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2816
+#: release-manual.xml:2936
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">9. </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
"publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
@@ -6277,7 +6801,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2819
+#: release-manual.xml:2939
msgid ""
"Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program "
"specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
@@ -6289,7 +6813,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2821
+#: release-manual.xml:2941
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts "
"of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
@@ -6302,7 +6826,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2824
+#: release-manual.xml:2944
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
@@ -6310,7 +6834,7 @@ msgstr ""
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2827
+#: release-manual.xml:2947
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">11. </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
"FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
@@ -6324,7 +6848,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2830
+#: release-manual.xml:2950
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">12. </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
"APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
@@ -6338,42 +6862,42 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2836
+#: release-manual.xml:2956
msgid "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2842
+#: release-manual.xml:2962
msgid "Appendix B - about Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2848
+#: release-manual.xml:2968
msgid "Features of the Standalone image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2849
+#: release-manual.xml:2969
msgid "Almost all packages from the Standalone profile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2850
+#: release-manual.xml:2970
msgid "All packages from the laptop task"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2851
+#: release-manual.xml:2971
msgid "The KDE desktop profile for students/pupils."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2857
+#: release-manual.xml:2977
msgid "Activating translations and regional support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2859
+#: release-manual.xml:2979
msgid ""
"To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC."
"UTF-8 </computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale "
@@ -6385,7 +6909,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2864
+#: release-manual.xml:2984
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Language (Region) </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
@@ -6393,7 +6917,7 @@ msgstr ""
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2868
+#: release-manual.xml:2988
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Locale value </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
@@ -6401,7 +6925,7 @@ msgstr ""
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2872
+#: release-manual.xml:2992
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Keyboard layout </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
@@ -6409,108 +6933,108 @@ msgstr ""
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2877
+#: release-manual.xml:2997
msgid "Norwegian Bokmål"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2880
+#: release-manual.xml:3000
msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2883 release-manual.xml:2893
+#: release-manual.xml:3003 release-manual.xml:3013
msgid "no"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2887
+#: release-manual.xml:3007
msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2890
+#: release-manual.xml:3010
msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2897
+#: release-manual.xml:3017
#, fuzzy
msgid "German"
msgstr "en alemán"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2900
+#: release-manual.xml:3020
msgid "de_DE.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2903
+#: release-manual.xml:3023
msgid "de"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2907
+#: release-manual.xml:3027
msgid "French (France)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2910
+#: release-manual.xml:3030
msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2913
+#: release-manual.xml:3033
msgid "fr"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2917
+#: release-manual.xml:3037
msgid "Greek (Greece)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2920
+#: release-manual.xml:3040
msgid "el_GR.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2923
+#: release-manual.xml:3043
msgid "el"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2927
+#: release-manual.xml:3047
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2930
+#: release-manual.xml:3050
msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2933
+#: release-manual.xml:3053
msgid "jp"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2937
+#: release-manual.xml:3057
msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2940
+#: release-manual.xml:3060
msgid "se_NO"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2943
+#: release-manual.xml:3063
msgid "no(smi)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2950
+#: release-manual.xml:3070
msgid ""
"A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"i18n/SUPPORTED </computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported "
@@ -6519,32 +7043,32 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2956
+#: release-manual.xml:3076
msgid "Stuff to know"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2957
+#: release-manual.xml:3077
msgid "the password for the user is \"user\", root has no passwd set."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2963
+#: release-manual.xml:3083
msgid "Known issues with the image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2964
+#: release-manual.xml:3084
msgid "none known yet."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2970
+#: release-manual.xml:3090
msgid "Download"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2972
+#: release-manual.xml:3092
msgid ""
"The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink url=\"ftp://ftp.skolelinux."
"org/cd-etch-live/\">FTP </ulink>, <ulink url=\"http://ftp.skolelinux.org/cd-"
@@ -6554,6 +7078,57 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn"
+#~ "\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn </ulink>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "TeacherFirstStep'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep "
+#~ "</ulink> - incompleo pero interesante"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC\">http://"
+#~ "wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC </ulink>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu'>http://wiki.debian.org/"
+#~ "DebianEdu </ulink> - wiki orientado a desarrolladores"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet"
+#~ "\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet </ulink>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "TeacherFirstStep'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep "
+#~ "</ulink> - incompleo pero interesante"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\">http://"
+#~ "wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary </ulink>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu'>http://wiki.debian.org/"
+#~ "DebianEdu </ulink> - wiki orientado a desarrolladores"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "Squid_LDAP_Authentication\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "Squid_LDAP_Authentication </ulink>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "LtspDisklessWorkstation'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "LtspDisklessWorkstation </ulink> - si esto se modifica, también debe "
+#~ "cambiarse el apunte a $svn/trunk/src/debian-edu-config/sbin/ltsp-make-"
+#~ "client "
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LocalDeviceLtspfs"
#~ "\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LocalDeviceLtspfs </ulink>"
#~ msgstr ""
@@ -6583,47 +7158,6 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu'>http://wiki.debian.org/"
#~ "DebianEdu </ulink> - wiki orientado a desarrolladores"
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "HowTos for the desktop"
-#~ msgstr "Administración de Usuarios"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "KDE Kiosk mode"
-#~ msgstr "modificar el modo Kiosk"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "adept is not started"
-#~ msgstr "Para empezar"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Changing kioskmode on diskless workstations"
-#~ msgstr "Clientes ligeros vs Puestos sin disco"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#~ msgid "Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations"
-#~ msgstr "Clientes ligeros vs Puestos sin disco"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless "
-#~ "workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from "
-#~ "<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
-#~ "LtspDisklessWorkstation'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
-#~ "LtspDisklessWorkstation </ulink>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Están disponibles las instrucciones para habilitar puestos sin disco / "
-#~ "clientes lowfat /clientes semigruesos en <ulink url= 'http://wiki.debian."
-#~ "org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation'>http://wiki.debian.org/"
-#~ "DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation </ulink>"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#~ msgid "LTSP in detail"
-#~ msgstr "LTSP en detalle"
-
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
@@ -6706,10 +7240,6 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "de actualización empieza a reemplazar los paquetes."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#~ msgid "Java"
-#~ msgstr "Java"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Read this, if you want to start/help translating this document:"
#~ msgstr "Como traducir este documento"
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.fr.po b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.fr.po
index 9efd24e..81ff94d 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.fr.po
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.fr.po
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: 0.9.20071124\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-07-15 12:30+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-11-08 17:24+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-06-17 22:13+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Christophe Masson <chrs.masson at free.fr>\n"
"Language-Team: French <debian-l10n-french at lists.debian.org>\n"
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ msgstr ""
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
-"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-07-15</computeroutput>."
+"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-11-08</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
"Ce document fait partie du paquet <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</"
"computeroutput> du <computeroutput>2007-11-24</computeroutput>."
@@ -1310,7 +1310,7 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
#: release-manual.xml:334 release-manual.xml:478 release-manual.xml:562
-#: release-manual.xml:1506 release-manual.xml:2103
+#: release-manual.xml:1566 release-manual.xml:2203
msgid "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:)</phrase>"
@@ -1436,8 +1436,8 @@ msgstr ""
"Skolelinux, cela devrait fonctionner tout seul. <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:386 release-manual.xml:2462 release-manual.xml:2499
-#: release-manual.xml:2570
+#: release-manual.xml:386 release-manual.xml:2582 release-manual.xml:2619
+#: release-manual.xml:2690
msgid "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:-)</phrase>"
@@ -2558,7 +2558,8 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:851
-msgid "Search and delete Users"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Search and delete users"
msgstr "Rechercher et supprimer des utilisateurs"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
@@ -2603,13 +2604,59 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-edituser.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-edituser.png </phrase>"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:872
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Advanced user management"
+msgstr "Gestion des sauvegardes"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:874
+msgid ""
+"It possible to mass-create users with <computeroutput>lwat </computeroutput> "
+"by using a .csv file, which can be created with any good spreadsheet "
+"software (for example <computeroutput>oocalc </computeroutput>)."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:878
+msgid ""
+"The import script expects a file formated with all data for one user on one "
+"row, with each field separated with a semicolon. The minimum information "
+"needed is the full name of the user. If fullname is not given, the script "
+"expects to have both Firstname and lastname. The maximum information it "
+"expects is \"User template; Fullname; Username; Password; Additional group "
+"membership\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:880
+msgid ""
+"If a password column is missing, an easy to remember, pronounceble password "
+"will be created."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:882
+msgid ""
+"If users are put into groups, these groups have to exist, so you need to "
+"create them manually (with lwat, see below) before importing the users."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:884
+msgid ""
+"It's a good idea to do some tests first, best with a .csv file with a few "
+"fictional users, which can be deleted later."
+msgstr ""
+
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:873
+#: release-manual.xml:890
msgid "Group Management with lwat"
msgstr "Administration des groupes avec lwat"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:875
+#: release-manual.xml:892
msgid ""
"The mangement of groups is very similarly to the management of users. You "
"can enter a name and a description per group. When be searching for groups "
@@ -2623,7 +2670,7 @@ msgstr ""
"tous les utilisateurs d'un groupe."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:877
+#: release-manual.xml:894
msgid ""
"The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so "
"you can use them for file permissions too."
@@ -2632,13 +2679,62 @@ msgstr ""
"groupes Unix classiques, si bien que vous pouvez vous appuyer sur eux pour "
"créer les permissions d'accès aux fichiers."
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:898
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Advanced group management"
+msgstr "Gestion des sauvegardes"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:900
+msgid ""
+"Using lwat it's easy to put users in a specifig group (for example named "
+"after the year they enter or finish school) and to create all their home "
+"directories in a dedicated directory."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:902
+msgid ""
+"To achieve that, add a stanza like the following to the file "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/lwat/admin.ini </computeroutput>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:906
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"[2009]\n"
+"ou = \"ou=People,%base%\"\n"
+"objectClass = top posixAccount shadowAccount imapUser sambaSamAccount\n"
+"homeDirectory = /skole/tjener/home0/2009/%username%\n"
+"groups = none students 2009\n"
+"loginShell = /bin/bash\n"
+"mailMessageStore = /var/lib/maildirs/%username%\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:915
+msgid ""
+"To make this work the 2009 group has to be created before adding these users."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:917
+msgid ""
+"The above stanza simply adds then on top off home0, if you want them "
+"somewhere else, using another automount, then you use lwat to add that "
+"automount, and change the homeDirectory string in admini.ini corespondingly."
+msgstr ""
+
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:882
+#: release-manual.xml:923
msgid "Machine Management with lwat"
msgstr "Gestion de machines avec lwat"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:884
+#: release-manual.xml:925
msgid ""
"With the machine management you can basically manage all IP based devices in "
"your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using "
@@ -2656,7 +2752,7 @@ msgstr ""
"\"Architecture\">Architecture</link> de ce manuel."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:886
+#: release-manual.xml:927
msgid ""
"If you add a machine, you can use an ip/hostname from the preconfigured "
"address space. The following ip ranges are predefined:"
@@ -2666,74 +2762,74 @@ msgstr ""
"suivantes sont pré-définies :"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:888
+#: release-manual.xml:929
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">First address </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Première adresse </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:892
+#: release-manual.xml:933
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Last address </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Dernière adresse </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:896
+#: release-manual.xml:937
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">hostname </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>nom d'hôte</emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:901
+#: release-manual.xml:942
msgid "10.0.2.10"
msgstr "10.0.2.10"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:904
+#: release-manual.xml:945
msgid "10.0.2.29"
msgstr "10.0.2.29"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:907
+#: release-manual.xml:948
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"ltspserver<emphasis><emphasis role=\"strong\">xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr "ltspserver<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:913
+#: release-manual.xml:954
msgid "10.0.2.30"
msgstr "10.0.2.30"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:916
+#: release-manual.xml:957
msgid "10.0.2.49"
msgstr "10.0.2.49"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:919
+#: release-manual.xml:960
#, fuzzy
msgid "printer<emphasis><emphasis role=\"strong\">xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr "printer<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:925
+#: release-manual.xml:966
msgid "10.0.2.50"
msgstr "10.0.2.50"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:928
+#: release-manual.xml:969
msgid "10.0.2.99"
msgstr "10.0.2.99"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:931
+#: release-manual.xml:972
#, fuzzy
msgid "static<emphasis><emphasis role=\"strong\">xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr "static<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:940
+#: release-manual.xml:981
msgid ""
"The addresses from 10.0.2.100 till 10.0.2.255 and 10.0.3.0 till 10.0.3.243 "
"are reserved for dhcp and are assigned dynamically."
@@ -2742,7 +2838,7 @@ msgstr ""
"10.0.3.243 sont réservées à DHCP et sont assignées dynamiquement."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:942
+#: release-manual.xml:983
msgid ""
"To assign a host with the MAC-address 00:40:05:AF:4E:C6 a static IP-address "
"you only have to enter the MAC-address and the hostname static00, the "
@@ -2755,19 +2851,20 @@ msgstr ""
"configuration pré-définie."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:945
+#: release-manual.xml:986
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:951 release-manual.xml:984 release-manual.xml:1020
-#: release-manual.xml:1117 release-manual.xml:2415 release-manual.xml:2429
-#: release-manual.xml:2444
+#: release-manual.xml:992 release-manual.xml:1025 release-manual.xml:1061
+#: release-manual.xml:1158 release-manual.xml:2044 release-manual.xml:2118
+#: release-manual.xml:2155 release-manual.xml:2169 release-manual.xml:2176
+#: release-manual.xml:2535 release-manual.xml:2549 release-manual.xml:2564
msgid "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:954
+#: release-manual.xml:995
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> This will not configure the dhcp server. You need to "
"configure the host statically or edit the configuration of the dhcp server "
@@ -2778,12 +2875,12 @@ msgstr ""
"serveur DHCP comme indiqué ci-dessous."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:958
+#: release-manual.xml:999
msgid "Assign static ip addresses with dhcp"
msgstr "Assigner une adresse IP statique avec DHCP"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:960
+#: release-manual.xml:1001
msgid ""
"To assign a static ip address to a host which you added to the ldap tree via "
"lwat, you need to edit <computeroutput>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf </"
@@ -2796,7 +2893,7 @@ msgstr ""
"server restart </computeroutput> en tant que root."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:964
+#: release-manual.xml:1005
msgid ""
"For our example above you would, after open /etc/dhcpd3/dhcpd.conf in your "
"favourite editor, search for the configuration section of the host "
@@ -2808,7 +2905,7 @@ msgstr ""
"à ceci :"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:968
+#: release-manual.xml:1009
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"host static00 {\n"
@@ -2824,7 +2921,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:974
+#: release-manual.xml:1015
msgid ""
"You need to replace the all-zero MAC-address with the correct one of your "
"static host. For our example host it will look like this:"
@@ -2833,7 +2930,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Dans notre exemple, cela ressemblerait à :"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:977
+#: release-manual.xml:1018
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"host static00 {\n"
@@ -2849,7 +2946,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:987
+#: release-manual.xml:1028
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Don't forget to restart the dhcpd as described above "
"whenever you have changed the configuration."
@@ -2858,25 +2955,25 @@ msgstr ""
"haut à chaque fois que vous changez la configuration."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:992
+#: release-manual.xml:1033
#, fuzzy
msgid "Search and delete machines"
msgstr "Rechercher et supprimer des utilisateurs"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:994
+#: release-manual.xml:1035
msgid ""
"Searching for and deleting machines is quite similar to searching and "
"deleting users, so that information is not repeated here."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:999
+#: release-manual.xml:1040
msgid "Modify existing machines / Netgroup management"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1001
+#: release-manual.xml:1042
msgid ""
"After adding a machine to the ldap tree using lwat, you can modify its "
"properties using the search functionality and clicking on the right entry "
@@ -2884,13 +2981,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1004
+#: release-manual.xml:1045
#, fuzzy
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-editmachine.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1009
+#: release-manual.xml:1050
msgid ""
"The form that is behind this machine links is in one way similar to the one "
"you already know from modifying user entries, but in an other way the "
@@ -2898,7 +2995,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1011
+#: release-manual.xml:1052
msgid ""
"For example, adding a machine to a <computeroutput>NetGroup </"
"computeroutput> does not modify the permissions one machine (or the users "
@@ -2908,7 +3005,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1014
+#: release-manual.xml:1055
msgid ""
"The default installation provides the four <computeroutput>NetGroups </"
"computeroutput> printer-hosts, workstation-hosts, ltsp-server-hosts and "
@@ -2923,14 +3020,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1023
+#: release-manual.xml:1064
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Remember to configure workstations and ldap-servers "
"properly with lwat, or you users can't access their homedirs."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1025
+#: release-manual.xml:1066
msgid ""
"Another important part of the machine configuration is the 'Samba host' flag "
"(in the 'Host information' area). If you plan to add existing Windows "
@@ -2941,12 +3038,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1030
+#: release-manual.xml:1071
msgid "More lwat documentation"
msgstr "Davantage de documentation sur lwat"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1032
+#: release-manual.xml:1073
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The full documentation for lwat can be found at <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
@@ -2958,12 +3055,12 @@ msgstr ""
"url='http://bzz.no/lwat/download/doc/'>en ligne </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1040
+#: release-manual.xml:1081
msgid "Printer Managment"
msgstr "Gestion des imprimantes"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1042
+#: release-manual.xml:1083
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"For Printer Management point your webbrowser to <ulink url=\"https://www:631"
@@ -2980,7 +3077,7 @@ msgstr ""
"devrez utiliser le chiffrement SSL."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1045
+#: release-manual.xml:1086
msgid ""
"If you connect the printer for the first time, we suggest to run "
"<computeroutput>printconf </computeroutput> as root. FIXME: explain what to "
@@ -2991,12 +3088,12 @@ msgstr ""
"do when this does not accomplish anything."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1051
+#: release-manual.xml:1092
msgid "Clock synchronization"
msgstr "Synchronisation de l'horloge"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1053
+#: release-manual.xml:1094
msgid ""
"The default configuraiton in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all "
"machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the "
@@ -3016,7 +3113,7 @@ msgstr ""
"téléphone élevée."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1055
+#: release-manual.xml:1096
msgid ""
"To enable synchronization with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on "
"the main-server need to be modified. The comments in front of the "
@@ -3035,12 +3132,12 @@ msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1063
+#: release-manual.xml:1104
msgid "Extend full partitions"
msgstr "Étendre les partitions pleines"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1065
+#: release-manual.xml:1106
msgid ""
"Because of a bug in the automatic partition, some partitions might be too "
"full after installation. To extend the full partitions, run "
@@ -3056,17 +3153,17 @@ msgstr ""
"pour plus d'informations."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1072
+#: release-manual.xml:1113
msgid "Maintainance"
msgstr "Maintenance"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1078
+#: release-manual.xml:1119
msgid "Updating the software"
msgstr "Mis-à-jour du logiciel"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1080
+#: release-manual.xml:1121
msgid ""
"This section explains how to use <computeroutput>aptitude upgrade </"
"computeroutput> and kde-update-notifier."
@@ -3075,7 +3172,7 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput> et kde-update-notifier."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1083
+#: release-manual.xml:1124
msgid ""
"Using <computeroutput>aptitude </computeroutput> is really simply. To update "
"a system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: "
@@ -3091,7 +3188,7 @@ msgstr ""
"disponible)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1088
+#: release-manual.xml:1129
msgid ""
"Instead of using the command line you can also use kde-update-notifier. "
"FIXME: Explain how, maybe with a screenshot."
@@ -3100,7 +3197,7 @@ msgstr ""
"FIXME: Explain how, maybe with a screenshot."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1090
+#: release-manual.xml:1131
msgid ""
"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> "
"and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> and configure them to "
@@ -3111,7 +3208,7 @@ msgstr ""
"les configurer pour envoyer des courriels à une adresse que vous consulterez."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1094
+#: release-manual.xml:1135
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> will notify you once a day via "
"email, which packages need an update. It does not install these updates, but "
@@ -3125,7 +3222,7 @@ msgstr ""
"quand vous lancerez <computeroutput>aptitude upgrade</computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1098
+#: release-manual.xml:1139
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> can send new changelog "
"entries to you."
@@ -3134,12 +3231,12 @@ msgstr ""
"entrées de changelog."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1104
+#: release-manual.xml:1145
msgid "Backup Management"
msgstr "Gestion des sauvegardes"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1106
+#: release-manual.xml:1147
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"For the backup management point your browser to <ulink url=\"https://www/"
@@ -3154,7 +3251,7 @@ msgstr ""
"échouera."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1109
+#: release-manual.xml:1150
msgid ""
"Per default the tjener will backup <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0 </"
"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/ </computeroutput> and the ldap to /"
@@ -3167,7 +3264,7 @@ msgstr ""
"des copies (en cas d'effacement), cette configuration devrait suffire."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1113
+#: release-manual.xml:1154
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>/root/.svk </computeroutput> will also be backed up if you "
"install from etch-test today. (FIXME this, once it's in etch.)"
@@ -3176,7 +3273,7 @@ msgstr ""
"install from etch-test today. (FIXME this, once it's in etch.)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1120
+#: release-manual.xml:1161
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Be aware that this backup doesn't protect you from "
"failing harddrives."
@@ -3185,7 +3282,7 @@ msgstr ""
"d'une panne de disque dur."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1122
+#: release-manual.xml:1163
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If you want to backup your data to an external server, a tape device or "
@@ -3196,25 +3293,61 @@ msgstr ""
"FIXME: I have to have a look on the webpage of slbackup-php to describe this "
"further"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1165
+msgid ""
+"If you want to restore a complete folder, your best option is to use the "
+"command-line:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1166
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"sudo rdiff-backup -r <date> \\ \n"
+" /skole/backup/tjener/skole/tjener/home0/user \\\n"
+" /skole/tjener/home0/user_<date>\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1171
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"this will leave the content from <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user </"
+"computeroutput> from <computeroutput><date> </computeroutput> in the "
+"folder <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date> </"
+"computeroutput>"
+msgstr ""
+"Ce document fait partie du paquet <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</"
+"computeroutput> du <computeroutput>2007-11-24</computeroutput>."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1176
+msgid ""
+"If you want to restore a single file, then you should be able to select the "
+"file (and the version) from the web-interface, and download only that file."
+msgstr ""
+
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1123
+#: release-manual.xml:1177
msgid ""
"FIXME: I have to have a look on the webpage of slbackup-php to describe this "
"further"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1129
+#: release-manual.xml:1183
msgid "Server Monitoring"
msgstr "Surveillance des serveurs"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1133
+#: release-manual.xml:1187
msgid "Munin"
msgstr "Munin"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1135
+#: release-manual.xml:1189
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Munin trend reporting system is available from <ulink url=\"https://www/"
@@ -3230,7 +3363,7 @@ msgstr ""
"de problèmes."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1138
+#: release-manual.xml:1192
msgid ""
"The list of machines being monitored using munin is generated automatically "
"based on the list of hosts reporting to sitesummary. All hosts with the "
@@ -3255,7 +3388,7 @@ msgstr ""
"serveur principal)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1142
+#: release-manual.xml:1196
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Information about the munin system is available from <ulink url=\"http://"
@@ -3266,12 +3399,12 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink>. "
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1148
+#: release-manual.xml:1202
msgid "Nagios"
msgstr "Nagios"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1150
+#: release-manual.xml:1204
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Nagios system and service monitoring is available from <ulink url=\"https://"
@@ -3281,7 +3414,7 @@ msgstr ""
"depuis <ulink url='https://www/nagios2/'>https://www/nagios2/ </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1153
+#: release-manual.xml:1207
msgid ""
"The username is nagiosadmin and the password is undefined, you must set your "
"own password before you can login and use nagios. For security reasons, "
@@ -3295,7 +3428,7 @@ msgstr ""
"commande suivante en tant que root :"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1156
+#: release-manual.xml:1210
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"htpasswd /etc/nagios2/htpasswd.users nagiosadmin\n"
@@ -3305,7 +3438,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1159
+#: release-manual.xml:1213
msgid ""
"By default from Debian-Edu 3.0r1 Nagios does not send email. This can be "
"changed by replacing <computeroutput>notify-by-nothing </computeroutput> "
@@ -3321,7 +3454,7 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1165
+#: release-manual.xml:1219
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Information about the nagios system is available from <ulink url=\"http://"
@@ -3333,12 +3466,12 @@ msgstr ""
"paquet <computeroutput>nagios2-doc </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1172
+#: release-manual.xml:1226
msgid "Sitesummary"
msgstr "Sitesummary"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1174
+#: release-manual.xml:1228
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"A simple report from sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"https://www/"
@@ -3348,7 +3481,7 @@ msgstr ""
"url='https://www/sitesummary/'>https://www/sitesummary/ </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1177
+#: release-manual.xml:1231
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Some documentation on sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"http://wiki."
@@ -3360,12 +3493,12 @@ msgstr ""
"org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1185
+#: release-manual.xml:1239
msgid "Upgrades"
msgstr "Mises à jour"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1189
+#: release-manual.xml:1243
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Before explaining how to upgrade, please note, that you do this update on "
@@ -3381,7 +3514,7 @@ msgstr ""
"applicables.</emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1192
+#: release-manual.xml:1246
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"More <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/installmanual"
@@ -3393,7 +3526,7 @@ msgstr ""
"sont disponibles dans son manuel d'installation."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1195
+#: release-manual.xml:1249
msgid ""
"If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works like before , "
"you should test the upgrade on a test server, which is configured the same "
@@ -3406,7 +3539,7 @@ msgstr ""
"vous assurez sans risque que tout fonctionne correctement. "
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1197
+#: release-manual.xml:1251
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Also it might be wise to wait a bit and keep running sarge for some more "
@@ -3425,19 +3558,19 @@ msgstr ""
"arriver en avril 2008."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1202
+#: release-manual.xml:1256
msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu sarge"
msgstr "Mise à jour depuis Debian Edu Sarge"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1204
+#: release-manual.xml:1258
msgid ""
"Please read this chapter completly before you start upgrading your systems."
msgstr ""
"Veuillez lire ce chapitre avant de débuter la mise à jour de vos systèmes."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1206
+#: release-manual.xml:1260
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"In case of problems you could also read the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian."
@@ -3457,12 +3590,12 @@ msgstr ""
"d'un noyau 2.4 vers un noyau 2.6</ulink> avant de commencer la mise à jour !)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1213
+#: release-manual.xml:1267
msgid "Partioning scheme changed"
msgstr "Changement du schéma de partitionnement"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1215
+#: release-manual.xml:1269
msgid ""
"The main problem upgrading from the sarge-based Release to Terra is that the "
"Partition Scheme changed completly. The sarge-based Release has two volume "
@@ -3473,20 +3606,20 @@ msgstr ""
"changé. La version basée sur Sarge possède deux Groupes de Volumes :"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1216
+#: release-manual.xml:1270
msgid "vg_data which holds the Data Partition as /skole/tjener/home0, ..."
msgstr ""
"vg_data, qui contient la partition des données sous /skole/tjner/home0..."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1217
+#: release-manual.xml:1271
msgid "vg_system contains System Partitions as /var, /usr /var/spool/squid"
msgstr ""
"vg_system, qui contient les partitions système comme /var, /usr /var/spool/"
"squid"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1220
+#: release-manual.xml:1274
msgid ""
"But the etch based release has only 1 Volume Group due to internal changes "
"of the Installer."
@@ -3495,7 +3628,7 @@ msgstr ""
"changements au sein de l'installateur."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1222
+#: release-manual.xml:1276
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The main problem is that the vg_system volumegroup is quite small since the "
@@ -3515,13 +3648,13 @@ msgstr ""
"place sur le disque."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1227
+#: release-manual.xml:1281
#, fuzzy
msgid "Prepare the system"
msgstr "Préparation du système"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1229
+#: release-manual.xml:1283
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If you have enough space in the vg_system volumegroup but not in the lv_var "
@@ -3531,7 +3664,7 @@ msgstr ""
"mais pas sur la partition lv_var, vous devez redimensionner celle-ci."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1231
+#: release-manual.xml:1285
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"1.) Umount the <computeroutput>/var </computeroutput> partition, you 'll "
@@ -3544,7 +3677,7 @@ msgstr ""
"cela) :"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1234
+#: release-manual.xml:1288
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/etc/init.d/squid stop \n"
@@ -3556,46 +3689,46 @@ msgstr ""
"umount -fl /var ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1239
+#: release-manual.xml:1293
#, fuzzy
msgid "2.) fsck the partition:"
msgstr "2.) Éxécutez fsck sur la partition :"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1239
+#: release-manual.xml:1293
#, no-wrap
msgid "e2fsck -f /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
msgstr "e2fsck -f /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1242
+#: release-manual.xml:1296
msgid "3.) resize the partition:"
msgstr "3.) redimensionnez la partition :"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1242
+#: release-manual.xml:1296
#, no-wrap
msgid "lvextend -L +1GB /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
msgstr "lvextend -L +1GB /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1245
+#: release-manual.xml:1299
msgid "4.) resize the filesystem:"
msgstr "4.) redimensionnez le système de fichier :"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1245
+#: release-manual.xml:1299
#, no-wrap
msgid "resize2fs /dev/vg_system/lv_data]]"
msgstr "resize2fs /dev/vg_system/lv_data]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1248
+#: release-manual.xml:1302
msgid "5.) mount the partitions again:"
msgstr "5.) remontez les partitions :"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1248
+#: release-manual.xml:1302
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"mount /var \n"
@@ -3607,7 +3740,7 @@ msgstr ""
"/etc/init.d/squid start ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1256
+#: release-manual.xml:1310
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Now modify <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </computeroutput> to "
@@ -3617,7 +3750,7 @@ msgstr ""
"des informations concernant l'utilisation de ces variables."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1258
+#: release-manual.xml:1312
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian etch main \n"
@@ -3628,13 +3761,13 @@ msgstr ""
"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux etch local]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1264
+#: release-manual.xml:1318
#, fuzzy
msgid "And start the upgrade with:"
msgstr "Maintenant, commencez la mise à jour avec :"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1265
+#: release-manual.xml:1319
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"aptitude update \n"
@@ -3644,13 +3777,13 @@ msgstr ""
"aptitude dist-upgrade ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1273
+#: release-manual.xml:1327
#, fuzzy
msgid "Answers to debconf questions raising during upgrade"
msgstr "Réponses aux questions de Debconf apparaissant durant la mise à jour"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1275
+#: release-manual.xml:1329
msgid ""
"Here we can give you some hints, what you should answer to the debconf "
"question during the upgrade. But please note: This upgrade HowTo is based on "
@@ -3658,7 +3791,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1277
+#: release-manual.xml:1331
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Which questions exactly raise up in addition to the ones described here "
@@ -3681,12 +3814,12 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink>) ou sur IRC (irc.oftc.net): #debian-edu.\""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1280
+#: release-manual.xml:1334
msgid "* Configure nagios-common."
msgstr "* Configuration de nagios-common."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1282
+#: release-manual.xml:1336
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Here you have to enter a password for the <emphasis>nagiosadmin </emphasis> "
@@ -3696,44 +3829,44 @@ msgstr ""
"emphasis>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1287
+#: release-manual.xml:1341
msgid "* Configure console-data"
msgstr "* Configuration de console-data"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1288
+#: release-manual.xml:1342
#, fuzzy
msgid "Choose \"Don't change keyboard layout\""
msgstr "Choisissez « Ne pas modifier la disposition du clavier »"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1291
+#: release-manual.xml:1345
msgid "* Configure openssh-server"
msgstr "Configuration de openssh-server"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1292
+#: release-manual.xml:1346
#, fuzzy
msgid "Don't deactivate challenge-response Auth."
msgstr "Ne désactivez pas l'authentification par défi-réponse."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1295
+#: release-manual.xml:1349
msgid "* Configure systat"
msgstr "* Configuration de systat"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1296
+#: release-manual.xml:1350
msgid "Choose the default (yes) here."
msgstr "Choisissez la réponse par défaut (yes)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1299
+#: release-manual.xml:1353
msgid "* Configure popularity-contest"
msgstr "* Configuration de popularity-contest"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1300
+#: release-manual.xml:1354
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If you choose \"yes\", this will help us improve Debian Edu. (We'll get an "
@@ -3745,64 +3878,64 @@ msgstr ""
"sûr de manière anonyme."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1303
+#: release-manual.xml:1357
msgid "* Configure libnss-ldap"
msgstr "* Configuration de libnss-ldap"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1305
+#: release-manual.xml:1359
msgid "Change the prompt to: <emphasis>ldaps://ldap/ </emphasis>"
msgstr "Changez l'invite en : <emphasis>ldaps://ldap/</emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1309
+#: release-manual.xml:1363
msgid ""
"Change the prompt to: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"Changez l'invite en : <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1312
+#: release-manual.xml:1366
msgid "Use ldapversion 3 here"
msgstr "Utilisez ldapversion 3"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1313
+#: release-manual.xml:1367
#, fuzzy
msgid "Which account should root use for ldap lookups FIXME"
msgstr "Which Account should root use for ldap lookups FIXME"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1314
+#: release-manual.xml:1368
msgid "Which password should root use here FIXME"
msgstr "Which password should root use here FIXME"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1317
+#: release-manual.xml:1371
#, fuzzy
msgid "* Upgrade glibc now. Answer \"yes\"."
msgstr "* Mise à jour de glibc. Répondez Oui."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1319
+#: release-manual.xml:1373
#, fuzzy
msgid "* Restart Services. Answer \"yes\"."
msgstr "* Redémarrage des services. Répondez Oui."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1321
+#: release-manual.xml:1375
msgid ""
"These are the debconf questions you will see if you have no additional "
"packages installed."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1323
+#: release-manual.xml:1377
msgid "Now the upgrade process will start to upgrade the packages."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1325
+#: release-manual.xml:1379
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Please note: You will be asked several times if you want to keep your old "
@@ -3817,12 +3950,12 @@ msgstr ""
"dernière version."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1327
+#: release-manual.xml:1381
msgid "The upgrade will fail with this error message:"
msgstr "La mise à jour échouera avec ce message d'erreur :"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1328
+#: release-manual.xml:1382
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -3838,7 +3971,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1334
+#: release-manual.xml:1388
msgid ""
"To fix this you have to edit these two files: <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/info/"
"mozilla-firefox-locale-it.postrm </emphasis> and <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/"
@@ -3853,37 +3986,37 @@ msgstr ""
"chrome </emphasis>. Ensuite, redémarrez la procédure de mise à jour avec :"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1338
+#: release-manual.xml:1392
#, no-wrap
msgid "apt-get -f install]]"
msgstr "apt-get -f install]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1340
+#: release-manual.xml:1394
#, fuzzy
msgid "Now the upgrade continues:"
msgstr "Maintenant, la mise à jour se déroule à nouveau :"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1342
+#: release-manual.xml:1396
msgid "* Several Modified configuration files (nagios)"
msgstr "* Plusieurs fichiers de configuration modifiés (nagios)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1343
+#: release-manual.xml:1397
msgid "You should always keep your installed one (default) and hit enter"
msgstr ""
"Vous devriez toujours conserver votre version installée (choix par défaut) "
"et presser la touche Entrée"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1346
+#: release-manual.xml:1400
#, fuzzy
msgid "Then the installation failes another time:"
msgstr "Alors, l'installation échouera une nouvelle fois :"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1347
+#: release-manual.xml:1401
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -3897,7 +4030,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1352
+#: release-manual.xml:1406
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"In order to fix this, rename this directory: <emphasis>/var/backups/dc=skole,"
@@ -3913,7 +4046,7 @@ msgstr ""
"doivent être modifiées :"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1355
+#: release-manual.xml:1409
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"chown -R openldap:openldap /etc/ldap/ \n"
@@ -3923,7 +4056,7 @@ msgstr ""
"apt-get -f install]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1358
+#: release-manual.xml:1412
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Then the installation should finish <emphasis role=\"strong\">without </"
@@ -3935,18 +4068,18 @@ msgstr ""
"pas des mises à jour, veuillez redémarrer le processus dist-upgrade avec :"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1360
+#: release-manual.xml:1414
#, no-wrap
msgid "aptitude dist-upgrade]]"
msgstr "aptitude dist-upgrade]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1362
+#: release-manual.xml:1416
msgid "The next error raising up is this one:"
msgstr "L'erreur suivante est celle-ci :"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1363
+#: release-manual.xml:1417
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -3958,25 +4091,25 @@ msgstr ""
"E: le sous-processus /usr/bin/dpkg a retourné un code d'erreur (1)]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1367
+#: release-manual.xml:1421
msgid "Please remove the package: <emphasis>courier-ldap </emphasis> with"
msgstr "Veuillez supprimer le paquet <emphasis>courier-ldap</emphasis> avec : "
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1369
+#: release-manual.xml:1423
#, no-wrap
msgid "aptitude remove courier-ldap]]"
msgstr "aptitude remove courier-ldap]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1371
+#: release-manual.xml:1425
msgid ""
"and wait until it is finished.Then restart the dist-upgrade process again."
msgstr ""
"et attendez jusqu'à la fin. Ensuite, redémarrez le processus dist-upgrade."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1373
+#: release-manual.xml:1427
msgid ""
"If you have only the default packages installed the upgrade process should "
"now finish without raising more errors."
@@ -3985,12 +4118,12 @@ msgstr ""
"jour devrait maintenant se terminer sans erreur."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1378
+#: release-manual.xml:1432
msgid "Problem upgrading bind"
msgstr "Problème durant la mise à jour de bind"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1380
+#: release-manual.xml:1434
msgid ""
"The only remaining upgrade issue is that the user of bind9 has changed, so "
"you'll have to chown all bind-configuration files."
@@ -4000,13 +4133,13 @@ msgstr ""
"fichiers de configuration de bind."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1381
+#: release-manual.xml:1435
#, no-wrap
msgid "chown bind:root -R /etc/bind ]]"
msgstr "chown bind:root -R /etc/bind ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1383
+#: release-manual.xml:1437
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"See <ulink url=\"http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=386791"
@@ -4016,12 +4149,12 @@ msgstr ""
"debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=386791'>#386791</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1389
+#: release-manual.xml:1443
msgid "Samba groupmaps handeling changed"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1391
+#: release-manual.xml:1445
msgid ""
"There has been a change in how samba handles groupmaps between sarge and "
"etch. Samba in sarge handled groupmaps internally, so a unix group was also "
@@ -4031,7 +4164,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1393
+#: release-manual.xml:1447
msgid ""
"When you upgrade your LDAP from a sarge installation, you must make sure to "
"create the Domain Admins account, neccessary for correct samba domain "
@@ -4039,7 +4172,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1394
+#: release-manual.xml:1448
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/usr/bin/net groupmap add rid=512 unixgroup=admins \\\n"
@@ -4049,7 +4182,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1399
+#: release-manual.xml:1453
msgid ""
"If you want your Windows computers to be aware of what groups users are in, "
"you must create the groupmaps in LDAP manually, this is explained in more "
@@ -4058,13 +4191,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1405
+#: release-manual.xml:1459
msgid "Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations"
msgstr ""
"Mises-à-jour depuis des installations antérieures de Debian Edu / Skolelinux"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1407
+#: release-manual.xml:1461
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Upgrades from the woody based Debian Edu / Skolelinux installation are not "
@@ -4081,12 +4214,12 @@ msgstr ""
"(version basée sur Etch)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1414
+#: release-manual.xml:1468
msgid "HowTo"
msgstr "Manuels (HowTo)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1416
+#: release-manual.xml:1470
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administration</link>"
@@ -4094,29 +4227,29 @@ msgstr ""
"Manuels d'<link linkend=\"Administration\">administration générale</link>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1419
+#: release-manual.xml:1473
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">the desktop</link>"
msgstr "Manuels pour <link linkend=\"Desktop\">le bureau</link>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1422
+#: release-manual.xml:1476
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link>"
msgstr ""
"Manuels sur <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">les clients en réseau</link>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1425
+#: release-manual.xml:1479
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">teaching and learning</link>"
msgstr ""
"Manuels pour <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">enseigner et apprendre</link>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1432
+#: release-manual.xml:1486
msgid "HowTos for general administration"
msgstr "Manuels d'administration générale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1434
+#: release-manual.xml:1488
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> and <link "
@@ -4131,7 +4264,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Les manuels de ce chapitre décrivent des astuces avancées."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1440
+#: release-manual.xml:1494
msgid ""
"Installing single service machines for spreading the load from main-server"
msgstr ""
@@ -4139,37 +4272,37 @@ msgstr ""
"principal"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1441
+#: release-manual.xml:1495
msgid "barebone install using debian-edu-expert"
msgstr "effectuer une installation minimale à l'aide du mode debian-edu-expert"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1442
+#: release-manual.xml:1496
msgid "install the packages for the service"
msgstr "installer les paquets requis pour le service"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1443
+#: release-manual.xml:1497
msgid "configure the service"
msgstr "configurer le service"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1444
+#: release-manual.xml:1498
msgid "disable the service on main-server"
msgstr "désactiver le service sur le serveur principal"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1445
+#: release-manual.xml:1499
msgid "update dns on main-server"
msgstr "mettre à jour le DNS sur le serveur principal"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1451
+#: release-manual.xml:1505
msgid "Tracking /etc/ using the svk version control system"
msgstr "Suivre /etc/ en utilisant le système de contrôle de version svk"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1453
+#: release-manual.xml:1507
msgid ""
"With the introduction of the <computeroutput>debian-edu-etc-svk </"
"computeroutput> script in Debian Edu, all files in <computeroutput>/etc/ </"
@@ -4187,7 +4320,7 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1458
+#: release-manual.xml:1512
msgid ""
"This feature is activated automatically in the Etch based version of Debian "
"Edu, and all changes done during installation are registered. Changes in "
@@ -4199,12 +4332,12 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput>sont livrés sur le dépôt svk toutes les heures."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1461
+#: release-manual.xml:1515
msgid "List of useful commands:"
msgstr "Liste de commandes utiles"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1464
+#: release-manual.xml:1518
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff\n"
@@ -4222,12 +4355,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1473
+#: release-manual.xml:1527
msgid "Usage examples"
msgstr "Exemple pratiques"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1475
+#: release-manual.xml:1529
msgid ""
"In a freshly installed system try this to see all changes done since the "
"system was installed:"
@@ -4236,7 +4369,7 @@ msgstr ""
"tous les changements effectués depuis l'installation."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1478
+#: release-manual.xml:1532
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 | less\n"
@@ -4246,14 +4379,14 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1481
+#: release-manual.xml:1535
msgid "To see the list of changes done in /etc/, use this command:"
msgstr ""
"Pour visualiser la liste des changements effectués dans /etc/, utilisez la "
"commande :"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1484
+#: release-manual.xml:1538
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk log | less\n"
@@ -4263,24 +4396,44 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1487
-msgid "To see the changes done to a specific file, specify the file:"
+#: release-manual.xml:1541
+msgid ""
+"Here check revision numbers by date and time, Then to see all changes done "
+"since revision N say:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1544
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -rN | less\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 | less \n"
+"]]"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1547
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"To see the changes done to a specific file between specific revisions, "
+"specify the file and both revisions:"
msgstr ""
"Pour voir les changements effectués sur un fichier donné, indiquez ce "
"dernier :"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1490
+#: release-manual.xml:1550
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | less\n"
+"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r46 -r64 /etc/resolv.conf | less\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | less \n"
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1493
+#: release-manual.xml:1553
msgid ""
"To revert a change, use the diff command to look at the change, and edit the "
"file to undo the change, or use a command like this to do it automatically:"
@@ -4289,7 +4442,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ou utilisez un autre outil pour le faire automatiquement."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1496
+#: release-manual.xml:1556
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"( cd /etc && debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | patch -p1 -R )\n"
@@ -4299,7 +4452,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1499
+#: release-manual.xml:1559
msgid ""
"To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:"
msgstr ""
@@ -4307,7 +4460,7 @@ msgstr ""
"heure :"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1502
+#: release-manual.xml:1562
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk commit /etc/resolv.conf\n"
@@ -4317,7 +4470,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1505
+#: release-manual.xml:1565
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If you don't want a specific file to be tracked in svk, you can tell to "
@@ -4328,7 +4481,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<inlinemediaobject>"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1512
+#: release-manual.xml:1572
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk ignore /etc/path/to/file/to/be/ignored\n"
@@ -4338,12 +4491,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1518
+#: release-manual.xml:1578
msgid "For those who upgraded from sarge/woody"
msgstr "Pour ceux qui ont mis à jour depuis Sarge/Woody"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1520
+#: release-manual.xml:1580
msgid ""
"/etc in svk was introduced with the etch based release of Debian Edu. If you "
"installed your system prior to this, you need to initialize svk once with "
@@ -4354,7 +4507,7 @@ msgstr ""
"initialiser svk en lançant la commande suivante en tant que root :"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1523
+#: release-manual.xml:1583
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk init\n"
@@ -4364,7 +4517,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1526
+#: release-manual.xml:1586
msgid ""
"This adds all files in /etc to svk and also activates the hourly commit "
"cronjob."
@@ -4373,12 +4526,12 @@ msgstr ""
"planifiée de livraison dans le dépôt (commit) toutes les heures."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1532
+#: release-manual.xml:1592
msgid "Resize Partitions"
msgstr "Redimensionner les partitions"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1534
+#: release-manual.xml:1594
msgid ""
"Most partitions in Debian Edu are logical LVM volumes. Only the /boot/ "
"partition is not. With the Debian/Etch release of Debian Edu, it is possible "
@@ -4394,7 +4547,7 @@ msgstr ""
"lorsque celle-ci est démontée."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1536
+#: release-manual.xml:1596
msgid ""
"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions, as large "
"partitions will take a long time to restore from backup if the need should "
@@ -4409,7 +4562,7 @@ msgstr ""
"partitions plutôt qu'une seule très grande. "
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1538
+#: release-manual.xml:1598
msgid ""
"To make it easier to extend full partitions, the <computeroutput>debian-edu-"
"fsautoresize </computeroutput> script is provided. When invoked, it reads "
@@ -4434,12 +4587,12 @@ msgstr ""
"pour effectuer réellement l'opération."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1547
+#: release-manual.xml:1607
msgid "Logical Volumne Management"
msgstr "Gestion d'un volume logique"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1549
+#: release-manual.xml:1609
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Logical Volumne Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they "
@@ -4452,7 +4605,7 @@ msgstr ""
"HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/'>Manuel LVM</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1552
+#: release-manual.xml:1612
msgid ""
"To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the "
"<computeroutput>lvextend </computeroutput> command how large you want it to "
@@ -4460,12 +4613,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1555
+#: release-manual.xml:1615
msgid "For example, to extend home0 to 30GB you use the following commands:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1558
+#: release-manual.xml:1618
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"lvextend -L30G /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0\n"
@@ -4473,12 +4626,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1565
+#: release-manual.xml:1625
msgid "Using volatile.debian.org"
msgstr "Utilisation de volatile.debian.org"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1567
+#: release-manual.xml:1627
msgid ""
"Since <ulink url=\"http://volatile.debian.org\">volatile.debian.org </ulink> "
"is a relativly new service, introduced with Debian Etch, it's not enabled on "
@@ -4486,18 +4639,18 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1572
+#: release-manual.xml:1632
msgid "What is debian-volatile?"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1574
+#: release-manual.xml:1634
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis>Quoting from the webpage: </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>rôle </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1576
+#: release-manual.xml:1636
msgid ""
"Some packages aim at fast moving targets, such as spam filtering and virus "
"scanning, and even when using updated data patterns, they do not really work "
@@ -4509,12 +4662,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1582
+#: release-manual.xml:1642
msgid "How to use volatile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1584
+#: release-manual.xml:1644
msgid ""
"Since the volatile archive key is included in the <computeroutput>debian-"
"archive-keyring </computeroutput> package, which is installed by default, "
@@ -4524,7 +4677,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1589
+#: release-manual.xml:1649
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://volatile.debian.org/debian-volatile etch/volatile main\n"
@@ -4534,19 +4687,19 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1592
+#: release-manual.xml:1652
msgid ""
"And run <computeroutput>aptitude update && aptitude upgrade </"
"computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1599
+#: release-manual.xml:1659
msgid "Using backports.org"
msgstr "Utilisation de backport.org"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1601
+#: release-manual.xml:1661
msgid ""
"You are running Debian Edu, because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. "
"It runs great, there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit "
@@ -4554,7 +4707,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1603
+#: release-manual.xml:1663
msgid ""
"Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian "
"unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run "
@@ -4567,7 +4720,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1607
+#: release-manual.xml:1667
msgid ""
"You will need to add the backports.org archive key to root's "
"<computeroutput>gpg </computeroutput> keyring, so that <computeroutput>apt </"
@@ -4577,182 +4730,335 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1613
+#: release-manual.xml:1673
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# install the debian-keyring securily:\n"
"aptitude install debian-keyring\n"
"# fetch the backports.org key insecurily:\n"
"gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 16BA136C\n"
-"# check securily if the key is correct and add it to root's keyring if it is:\n"
+"# check securily if the key is correct and add it the keyring used by apt if it is:\n"
"gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs 16BA136C && gpg --export 16BA136C | apt-key add -\n"
"# add backports.org repo to /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
"echo \"deb http://www.backports.org/debian etch-backports main contrib non-free\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
"# update the list of available packages:\n"
"aptitude update\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen>\n"
-"<para>Then you can either use <computeroutput>aptitude -t etch-backports install <packagename>\n"
-"</computeroutput> to install or update packages once, or you can configure a package to be always installed from backports.org though <computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences\n"
-"</computeroutput> which is described in the <ulink url=\"http://www.backports.org/dokuwiki/doku.php?id=instructions\">instructions on backports.org\n"
-"</ulink>. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>The second variant has the advantage, that updates to backports are installed automatically when they are available. With the first variant you need to update manually. \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Java\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre sun-java5-fonts\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Access to skolelinux server from outside a firewall\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>A boot script <computeroutput>open-backdoor\n"
-"</computeroutput> is provided in the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config\n"
-"</computeroutput> package to \"break out\" from behind a firewall. It is useful for system administrators responsible for several Debian Edu installations. It set up an SSH tunnel to another machine, allowing ssh login from the outside of the firewall. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>To enable it, create a ssh key without a password, create a user on a remote host to use for ssh login, copy the public key into ~/.ssh/authorized_keys for the remote user used for and specify the login information in <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor\n"
-"</computeroutput>. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>Content of <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor\n"
-"</computeroutput> should be similar to this: \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[RHOST=admin.example.net\n"
-"RPORT=1234\n"
-"RUSER=backdoor\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen>\n"
-"<para>FIXME: This need to be completed and tested. \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Creating a folder in all users home directory\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>With this script the administrator can create a folder in each users home directory and set access permissions and Ownership. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=770 a user can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder \"assignments\" where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[#!/bin/bash\n"
-"\n"
-"home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\";\n"
-" shared_folder=\"assignments\";\n"
-" permissions=\"770\";\n"
-" created_dir=0;\n"
-"\n"
-"for home in $(ls $home_path);do\n"
-"\n"
-" . if [ ! -d \"$home_path/$home/$shared_folder\" ]; then\n"
-" . mkdir $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
-" chmod $permissions $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
-" . #set the right owner and group\n"
-" #\"username\" = \"group name\" = \"folder name\"\n"
-" user=$home\n"
-" group=teachers\n"
-" chown $user:$group $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
-" ((created_dir+=1))\n"
-" else\n"
-" . echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already exists.\\n\"\n"
-" . fi\n"
-"done\n"
-"\n"
-"echo \"$created_dir folders has been created\"\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>HowTos from wiki.debian.org\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>The HowTos from <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/\n"
-"</ulink> are either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and delete them over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of those pages to find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting it under the GPL.) \n"
-"</para><itemizedlist><listitem>\n"
-"<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn\n"
-"</ulink> \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"</listitem><listitem>\n"
-"<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC\n"
-"</ulink> \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"</listitem><listitem>\n"
-"<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\n"
-"</ulink> \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"</listitem><listitem>\n"
-"<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\n"
-"</ulink> \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"</listitem><listitem>\n"
-"<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/Squid_LDAP_Authentication\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/Squid_LDAP_Authentication\n"
-"</ulink> \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"</listitem>\n"
-"</itemizedlist>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section id=\"Desktop\">\n"
-"<title>HowTos for the desktop\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para> \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>KDE Kiosk mode\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>Two default profiles are included: \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para><emphasis role=\"strong\">debian_edu_pupils\n"
-"</emphasis> (enabled for members of the students file group) \n"
-"</para><itemizedlist><listitem>customized set of icons appears on student desktops \n"
-"</listitem><listitem>makes sure that the programs behind the desktop icons also show up in the kde panel \n"
-"</listitem><listitem>adept is not started \n"
-"</listitem><listitem>makes sure that students cannot start another kde session \n"
-"</listitem><listitem>disables possibility to gain root access for students \n"
-"</listitem>\n"
-"</itemizedlist>\n"
-"<para><emphasis role=\"strong\">debian_edu_root\n"
-"</emphasis> (enabled for the root user and members of the admins file group) \n"
-"</para><itemizedlist><listitem>adds a desktop icon to connect to the local webserver on tjener to provide easy access to all the administration programs \n"
-"</listitem>\n"
-"</itemizedlist>\n"
-"<para><emphasis role=\"strong\">Note:\n"
-"</emphasis>: modifications to the profiles can be done using <computeroutput>kiosktool\n"
-"</computeroutput>. However, unless you follow the step below, your changes will be overwritten by upgrades. [FIXME: doesn't work. Upgrade restores default desktop icons] \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>If you want to modify the kiosk profiles, you can either copy the existing ones and modify them, or create new kiosk profiles in (for example) <computeroutput>/etc/kde3/kioskprofiles/\n"
-"</computeroutput> and enable them in <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile\n"
-"</computeroutput>. The kiosk tool will do this for you if you click \"profile properties\" and browse to a new folder. \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Changing kioskmode on diskless workstations\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>After you have made changes to the kioskmode settings with kiosktool like described above, you will have to copy some files inside the chroot used by the diskless workstation. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>Assuming the diskless workstations are running <computeroutput>i386\n"
-"</computeroutput>, the following commands must be executed on the workstation server(s): \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[export LTSPCHROOT=/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/\n"
-"cp -rv /etc/kde-profile/ $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
-"cp -v /etc/kderc $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
-"cp -v /etc/kde-user-profile $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1685
+msgid ""
+"Then you can either use <computeroutput>aptitude -t etch-backports install "
+"<packagename> </computeroutput> to install or update packages once, or "
+"you can configure a package to be always installed from backports.org though "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences </computeroutput> which is described in "
+"the <ulink url=\"http://www.backports.org/dokuwiki/doku.php?id=instructions"
+"\">instructions on backports.org </ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1690
+msgid ""
+"The second variant has the advantage, that updates to backports are "
+"installed automatically when they are available. With the first variant you "
+"need to update manually."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1695
+msgid "Java"
+msgstr "Java"
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1698
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre sun-java5-fonts\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+"apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre sun-java5-fonts\n"
+"]]"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1704
+msgid "Access to skolelinux server from outside a firewall"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1706
+msgid ""
+"A boot script <computeroutput>open-backdoor </computeroutput> is provided in "
+"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config </computeroutput> package to \"break "
+"out\" from behind a firewall. It is useful for system administrators "
+"responsible for several Debian Edu installations. It set up an SSH tunnel "
+"to another machine, allowing ssh login from the outside of the firewall."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1710
+msgid ""
+"To enable it, create a ssh key without a password, create a user on a remote "
+"host to use for ssh login, copy the public key into ~/.ssh/authorized_keys "
+"for the remote user used for and specify the login information in "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor </computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1713
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Content of <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor </computeroutput> should be "
+"similar to this:"
+msgstr ""
+"Consulter le code de <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm </computeroutput> pour "
+"des informations concernant l'utilisation de ces variables."
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1717
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"RHOST=admin.example.net\n"
+"RPORT=1234\n"
+"RUSER=backdoor\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1722
+msgid "FIXME: This need to be completed and tested."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1727
+msgid "Creating a folder in all users home directory"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1729
+msgid ""
+"With this script the administrator can create a folder in each users home "
+"directory and set access permissions and Ownership."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1731
+msgid ""
+"In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=2770 a user "
+"can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder \"assignments\" "
+"where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1734
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"#!/bin/bash\n"
+"home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\";\n"
+" shared_folder=\"assignments\";\n"
+" permissions=\"2770\";\n"
+" created_dir=0;\n"
+" for home in $(ls $home_path);do\n"
+" . if [ ! -d \"$home_path/$home/$shared_folder\" ]; then\n"
+" . mkdir $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
+" chmod $permissions $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
+". #set the right owner and group\n"
+" #\"username\" = \"group name\" = \"folder name\"\n"
+" user=$home\n"
+" group=teachers\n"
+" chown $user:$group $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
+" ((created_dir+=1))\n"
+" else\n"
+" . echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already exists.\\n\"\n"
+" . fi\n"
+"done\n"
+"echo \"$created_dir folders has been created\"\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1759
+msgid "Easy acces to USB and CDROM"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1761
+msgid ""
+"When users insert a usb or cdrom into a <ulink url=\"/ThinClient"
+"\">ThinClient </ulink> there is no popup window like they are used to from "
+"their usual Desktop. Instead they have to browse to the /media/$user "
+"folder. This is too difficult for non experienced users."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1764
+msgid ""
+"With the following script the symlink \"Media\" is created for all users in "
+"the home folder for easy access to USB-keys, CDROM or whatever media is "
+"connected to the thin client."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1767
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"#!/bin/bash\n"
+"home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\"; shared_folder=\"Media\"; permissions=\"775\"; created_dir=0;\n"
+"for home in $(ls $home_path); do\n"
+" if [ ! -d \"$home_path/$home/$shared_folder\" ]; then\n"
+" ln -s /media/$home $home_path/$home/$shared_folder ((created_dir+=1))\n"
+" else\n"
+" echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already exists.\\n\"\n"
+" fi\n"
+"done\n"
+"echo \"$created_dir folders has been created\"\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1782 release-manual.xml:2482 release-manual.xml:2590
+msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
+msgstr "Manuels de wiki.debian.org"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1784 release-manual.xml:2484 release-manual.xml:2592
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"The HowTos from <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+"\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> are either user- or "
+"developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and "
+"delete them over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of "
+"those pages to find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting "
+"it under the GPL.)"
+msgstr ""
+"Les manuels de <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://"
+"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/</ulink> sont destinés soit aux "
+"utilisateurs, soit aux développeurs. Déplaçons les manuels utilisateur ici ! "
+"(Mais, demandons avant aux auteurs (consulter l'historique de ces pages pour "
+"les trouver) s'ils sont d'accord pour déplacer les manuels et les placer "
+"sous GPL.)"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1812
+msgid "HowTos for the desktop"
+msgstr "Manuels pour le bureau"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1818
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "KDE Kiosk mode"
+msgstr "Le mode kiosque de KDE"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1820
+msgid "Two default profiles are included:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1822
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">debian_edu_pupils </emphasis> (enabled for members "
+"of the students file group)"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#: release-manual.xml:1824
+msgid "customized set of icons appears on student desktops"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#: release-manual.xml:1825
+msgid ""
+"makes sure that the programs behind the desktop icons also show up in the "
+"kde panel"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1826
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "adept is not started"
+msgstr "Démarrage rapide"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#: release-manual.xml:1827
+msgid "makes sure that students cannot start another kde session"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#: release-manual.xml:1828
+msgid "disables possibility to gain root access for students"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1831
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">debian_edu_root </emphasis> (enabled for the root "
+"user and members of the admins file group)"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#: release-manual.xml:1833
+msgid ""
+"adds a desktop icon to connect to the local webserver on tjener to provide "
+"easy access to all the administration programs"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1836
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Note: </emphasis>: modifications to the profiles "
+"can be done using <computeroutput>kiosktool </computeroutput>. However, "
+"unless you follow the step below, your changes will be overwritten by "
+"upgrades. [FIXME: doesn't work. Upgrade restores default desktop icons]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1840
+msgid ""
+"If you want to modify the kiosk profiles, you can either copy the existing "
+"ones and modify them, or create new kiosk profiles in (for example) "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/kde3/kioskprofiles/ </computeroutput> and enable them "
+"in <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile </computeroutput>. The kiosk tool "
+"will do this for you if you click \"profile properties\" and browse to a new "
+"folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1847
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Changing kioskmode on diskless workstations"
+msgstr "Clients légers contre stations de travail sans disque dur"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1849
+msgid ""
+"After you have made changes to the kioskmode settings with kiosktool like "
+"described above, you will have to copy some files inside the chroot used by "
+"the diskless workstation."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1851
+msgid ""
+"Assuming the diskless workstations are running <computeroutput>i386 </"
+"computeroutput>, the following commands must be executed on the workstation "
+"server(s):"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1855
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"export LTSPCHROOT=/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/\n"
+"cp -rv /etc/kde-profile/ $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
+"cp -v /etc/kderc $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
+"cp -v /etc/kde-user-profile $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
"unset LTSPCHROOT\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1783
+#: release-manual.xml:1862
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Else replace <computeroutput>i386 </computeroutput> with "
@@ -4763,13 +5069,13 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput> du <computeroutput>2007-11-24</computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1790
+#: release-manual.xml:1869
#, fuzzy
msgid "Disabling kioskmode"
msgstr "Le mode kiosque de KDE"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1792
+#: release-manual.xml:1871
msgid ""
"If you don't want to use kioskmode, either just remove the file "
"<computeroutput>/etc/kderc </computeroutput>. Or, if you just want to "
@@ -4777,12 +5083,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1799
+#: release-manual.xml:1878
msgid "Modifying the kdm login screen"
msgstr "Modification de l'écran de connexion de kdm"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1801
+#: release-manual.xml:1880
msgid ""
"In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. Now, "
"it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/ </"
@@ -4794,7 +5100,7 @@ msgstr ""
"variables surchargeant les valeurs par défaut."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1804
+#: release-manual.xml:1883
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Here is one example used to activate the theme in the "
@@ -4803,7 +5109,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Voici un exemple utilisé pour activer le thème du paquet {{desktop-base}}} :"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1808
+#: release-manual.xml:1887
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
@@ -4815,7 +5121,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1812
+#: release-manual.xml:1891
msgid ""
"See the code in <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm </computeroutput> for "
"information on how these variables are used."
@@ -4824,12 +5130,12 @@ msgstr ""
"des informations concernant l'utilisation de ces variables."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1818
+#: release-manual.xml:1897
msgid "Flash"
msgstr "Flash"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1820
+#: release-manual.xml:1899
msgid ""
"To install the Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin, install the "
"<computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> debian package from "
@@ -4837,12 +5143,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1823
+#: release-manual.xml:1902
msgid "There are three requirements to do so:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1825
+#: release-manual.xml:1904
msgid ""
"add backports.org to <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </computeroutput> "
"as decribed in the <link linkend=\"Administration\">general adminstration "
@@ -4850,7 +5156,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1829
+#: release-manual.xml:1908
msgid ""
"add the following lines to <computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences </"
"computeroutput> (the file probably does not exist, so you might have to "
@@ -4858,7 +5164,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1835
+#: release-manual.xml:1914
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Package: flashplugin-nonfree\n"
@@ -4868,7 +5174,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1840
+#: release-manual.xml:1919
msgid ""
"as the <computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> package is only "
"an installer-package (and does not contain the flashplugin itself, for legal "
@@ -4877,23 +5183,23 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1847
+#: release-manual.xml:1926
#, fuzzy
msgid "Sound with Flash in thin clients"
msgstr "Le son avec les clients LTSP"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1849
+#: release-manual.xml:1928
msgid "You need to install this as root:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1851
+#: release-manual.xml:1930
msgid "and make one change in /etc/apt/sources.list"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1854
+#: release-manual.xml:1933
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux/ etch-test local\n"
@@ -4903,7 +5209,7 @@ msgstr ""
"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux etch local]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1857
+#: release-manual.xml:1936
msgid ""
"And that followed by <computeroutput>aptitude update </computeroutput> and "
"<computeroutput>aptitude install flashplayer-nonfree-extrasound </"
@@ -4911,7 +5217,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1861
+#: release-manual.xml:1940
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"remeber to remove <computeroutput>deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux/ "
@@ -4922,25 +5228,25 @@ msgstr ""
"cette image sous forme de fichier <computeroutput>dia</computeroutput>.)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1865
+#: release-manual.xml:1944
msgid ""
"To get the sound working, you also need the latest flashplugin-nonfree "
"package installed (23st of Jan: 9.0.115.0.1~etch1)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1871
+#: release-manual.xml:1950
msgid "Other useful plugins"
msgstr "Autres greffons utiles"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1873
+#: release-manual.xml:1952
#, fuzzy
msgid "After adding the multimedia repository (see below):"
msgstr "Après avoir ajouté le dépôt multimedia :"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1876
+#: release-manual.xml:1955
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install mozilla-mplayer mozilla-acroread acroread-plugins\n"
@@ -4950,12 +5256,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1882
+#: release-manual.xml:1961
msgid "Playing DVDs"
msgstr "Lire des DVD"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1884
+#: release-manual.xml:1963
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial! DVDs. For legal reasons "
@@ -4969,7 +5275,7 @@ msgstr ""
"multimedia.org."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1887
+#: release-manual.xml:1966
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install libdvdcss2 w32codecs\n"
@@ -4979,13 +5285,13 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1893
+#: release-manual.xml:1972
#, fuzzy
msgid "Using the multimedia repository"
msgstr "Après avoir ajouté le dépôt multimedia :"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1895
+#: release-manual.xml:1974
#, fuzzy
msgid "To use www.debian-multimedia.org do the following:"
msgstr ""
@@ -4993,127 +5299,279 @@ msgstr ""
"et trouvez un miroir, ou ajoutez simplement"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1898
+#: release-manual.xml:1977
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# install the debian-keyring securily:\n"
"aptitude install debian-keyring\n"
"# fetch the debian-multimedia key insecurily:\n"
"gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 1F41B907\n"
-"# check securily if the key is correct and add it to root's keyring if it is:\n"
+"# check securily if the key is correct and add it to the keyring used by apt if it is:\n"
"gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs 1F41B907 && gpg --export 1F41B907 | apt-key add -\n"
"# add repository to sources.list - please check the homepages for mirrors!\n"
"echo \"deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
"# update the list of available packages:\n"
"aptitude update\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section id=\"NetworkClients\">\n"
-"<title>HowTos for networked clients\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para> \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation\n"
-"</ulink> \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>LTSP in detail\n"
-"</title><para/>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>lts.conf\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you can edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf\n"
-"</computeroutput>. Have a look at <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/usr/share/doc/ltsp-client/examples/lts.conf\n"
-"</computeroutput> to see examples and what parameters you can specify. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default]\n"
-"</computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using the client mac adress or ipadress like this <computeroutput>[192.168.0.10]\n"
-"</computeroutput>. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add something like this: \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[[192.168.0.10]\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1993
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "HowTos for networked clients"
+msgstr "Manuels pour les clients en réseau"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1999
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations"
+msgstr "Clients légers contre stations de travail sans disque dur"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2001
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless "
+"workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink "
+"url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation"
+"\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation </ulink>"
+msgstr ""
+"Les instructions pour activer les stations de travail sans disque (ou "
+"stations stateless, clients lowfat, clients half-thick) sont disponibles "
+"depuis <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+"LtspDisklessWorkstation'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+"LtspDisklessWorkstation</ulink>"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:2007
+msgid "LTSP in detail"
+msgstr "LTSP en détail"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:2011
+msgid "lts.conf"
+msgstr "lts.conf"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2013
+msgid ""
+"To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you "
+"can edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf </"
+"computeroutput>. Have a look at <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/usr/share/doc/"
+"ltsp-client/examples/lts.conf </computeroutput> to see examples and what "
+"parameters you can specify."
+msgstr ""
+"Afin d'effectuer des adpatations particulières et de configurer des clients "
+"légers spécifiques, veuillez éditer le fichier <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/"
+"i386/etc/lts.conf </computeroutput>. Consultez <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/"
+"i386/usr/share/doc/ltsp-client/examples/lts.conf </computeroutput> pour "
+"consulter des exemples et connaître les paramètres que vous pouvez spécifier."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2017
+msgid ""
+"The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default] </"
+"computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using the "
+"client mac adress or ipadress like this <computeroutput>[192.168.0.10] </"
+"computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+"Les valeurs par défaut son définies sous <computeroutput>[default] </"
+"computeroutput>, pour configurer un client, spécifiez son adresse MAC ou son "
+"adresse IP de cette manière <computeroutput>[192.168.0.10]</computeroutput>."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2021
+msgid ""
+"Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add "
+"something like this:"
+msgstr ""
+"Exemple : pour régler la résolution du client léger ltsp010 sur 1280x1024, "
+"ajoutez quelque chose comme :"
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:2024
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"[192.168.0.10]\n"
"X_MODE_0 = 1280x1024\n"
"X_HORZSYNC = \"60-70\"\n"
"X_VERTREFRESH = \"59-62\"\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen>\n"
-"<para>somewhere below the default settings. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf\n"
-"</computeroutput> you should add the client mac-address to your dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the client mac-address directly in you <computeroutput>lts.conf\n"
-"</computeroutput> file. \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Load balancing LTSP servers\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"./images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
-"</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\\\n"
-"</phrase>\n"
-"</textobject>\n"
-"</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version 0.99debian12+0.0.edu.etch.8 and is included in Skolelinux 3.0r1. \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Part 1\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers for load balancing. This is done by providing /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/get_hosts as a script printing one or more servers for LDM to connect to. In addition to this, each ltsp chroot need to include the ssh host key for each of the servers. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>First of all, you must choose one LTSP server to be the loadbalancing server. All the clients will PXE-boot from this server and load the Skolelinux image. After the image is loaded, LDM chooses which server to connect to by using the \"get_hosts\" script. How this is done you decide later on. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>Now you have to move your clients from the 192.168.1.0 network to the 10.0.2.0 network. This is because when you use loadbalancing, the clients should have direct access to the server LDM chooses. If you leave your clients on the 192.168.1.0 network, all of the clients traffic will go through that server before it reaches the chosen LDM server. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>To get the clients working on the 10.0.2.0 network, you have to edit /etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf on the main-server (tjener). Where it says: \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[subnet 10.0.2.0 netmask 255.255.254.0 {\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+"[192.168.0.10]\n"
+"X_MODE_0 = 1280x1024\n"
+"X_HORZSYNC = \"60-70\"\n"
+"X_VERTREFRESH = \"59-62\"\n"
+"]]"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2030
+msgid "somewhere below the default settings."
+msgstr "quelque part sous les réglages par défaut."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2032
+msgid ""
+"Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the "
+"client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client."
+msgstr ""
+"Selon les modifications effectuées, il peut être nécessaire de redémarrer X "
+"sur le client (en pressant alt+ctrl+backspace) ou de redémarrer le client."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2034
+msgid ""
+"To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf </computeroutput> you should "
+"add the client mac-address to your dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the "
+"client mac-address directly in you <computeroutput>lts.conf </"
+"computeroutput> file."
+msgstr ""
+"Pour utiliser les adresses IP de <computeroutput>lts.conf </computeroutput>, "
+"vous devrez ajouter l'adresse MAC du client à votre serveur DHCP. Sinon, "
+"vous devrez utiliser l'adresse MAC du client directement dans le fichier "
+"<computeroutput>lts.conf </computeroutput>."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:2041
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Load balancing LTSP servers"
+msgstr "Équilibre de charge des serveurs LTSP"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2047
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version 0.99debian12+0.0."
+"edu.etch.8 and is included in Skolelinux 3.0r1."
+msgstr ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> Cette fonctionnalité est apparue avec ltsp 0.99debian12"
+"+0.0.edu.etch.8 devant être inclus dans la version 3.0r1."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:2051
+msgid "Part 1"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2053
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers "
+"for load balancing. This is done by providing /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/"
+"get_hosts as a script printing one or more servers for LDM to connect to. In "
+"addition to this, each ltsp chroot need to include the ssh host key for each "
+"of the servers."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est possible de configurer les clients afin qu'ils se connectent à un des "
+"serveurs afin d'équilibrer leur charge. Une des manières de faire consiste à "
+"énumérer plusieurs serveurs à l'aide de <computeroutput>LDM_SERVER</"
+"computeroutput> dans <computeroutput>lts.conf</computeroutput>. Une autre "
+"consiste à fournir <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/get_hosts</"
+"computeroutput> en tant que script indiquant un ou plusieurs serveurs "
+"auxquels se connecter. De plus, chaque chroot ltsp doit inclure la clé SSH "
+"hôte de chaque serveur."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2055
+msgid ""
+"First of all, you must choose one LTSP server to be the loadbalancing "
+"server. All the clients will PXE-boot from this server and load the "
+"Skolelinux image. After the image is loaded, LDM chooses which server to "
+"connect to by using the \"get_hosts\" script. How this is done you decide "
+"later on."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2057
+msgid ""
+"Now you have to move your clients from the 192.168.1.0 network to the "
+"10.0.2.0 network. This is because when you use loadbalancing, the clients "
+"should have direct access to the server LDM chooses. If you leave your "
+"clients on the 192.168.1.0 network, all of the clients traffic will go "
+"through that server before it reaches the chosen LDM server."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2059
+msgid ""
+"To get the clients working on the 10.0.2.0 network, you have to edit /etc/"
+"dhcp3/dhcpd.conf on the main-server (tjener). Where it says:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:2062
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"subnet 10.0.2.0 netmask 255.255.254.0 {\n"
" range 10.0.2.100 10.0.3.242;\n"
" }\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen>\n"
-"<para>you have to add this under \"range\": \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[filename \"/var/lib/tftpboot/ltsp/i386/pxelinux.0\";\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2067
+msgid "you have to add this under \"range\":"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:2070
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"filename \"/var/lib/tftpboot/ltsp/i386/pxelinux.0\";\n"
"next-server xxx;\n"
"option root-path \"/opt/ltsp/i386\";\n"
"option log-servers ltspserver01;\n"
"use-host-decl-names on;\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen>\n"
-"<para>Next-server should be the IP-address or hostname of the server you chose to be the loadbalancing server. If you use hostname you must have a working DNS. Remember to restart the dhcp service. \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Part 2\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>Now you have to make a \"get_hosts\" script that prints a server for LDM to connect to. The parameter LDM_SERVER overrides this script. In consequence, this parameter must not be defined if the get_hosts is going to be used. The get_hosts script writes on the standard output each server IP address or host names, in the random order. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>Edit \"/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf\" and add something like this: \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[MY_SERVER_LIST = \"xxxx xxxx xxxx\"]]>\n"
-"</screen>\n"
-"<para>Replace xxxx with either the IP or hostname of the servers, list must be space separated. Then, put the following script in /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/get_hosts on the server you chose to be the loadbalancing server. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[#!/bin/bash\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2077
+msgid ""
+"Next-server should be the IP-address or hostname of the server you chose to "
+"be the loadbalancing server. If you use hostname you must have a working "
+"DNS. Remember to restart the dhcp service."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:2082
+msgid "Part 2"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2084
+msgid ""
+"Now you have to make a \"get_hosts\" script that prints a server for LDM to "
+"connect to. The parameter LDM_SERVER overrides this script. In consequence, "
+"this parameter must not be defined if the get_hosts is going to be used. The "
+"get_hosts script writes on the standard output each server IP address or "
+"host names, in the random order."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2086
+msgid "Edit \"/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf\" and add something like this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:2089
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "MY_SERVER_LIST = \"xxxx xxxx xxxx\"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2091
+msgid ""
+"Replace xxxx with either the IP or hostname of the servers, list must be "
+"space separated. Then, put the following script in /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/"
+"ltsp/get_hosts on the server you chose to be the loadbalancing server."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:2094
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"#!/bin/bash\n"
"# Randomize the server list contained in MY_SERVER_LIST parameter\n"
"TMP_LIST=\"\"\n"
"SHUFFLED_LIST=\"\"\n"
@@ -5127,73 +5585,166 @@ msgid ""
"SHUFFLED_LIST=\"$SHUFFLED_LIST $(echo $i | cut -d_ -f2)\"\n"
"done\n"
"echo $SHUFFLED_LIST\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Part 3\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>Now that you've made the \"get_hosts\" script, it's time to make the ssh host key for the ltsp chroots. This can be done by making a file containing the content of /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts from all the ltsp servers that will be loadbalanced. Save this file as /etc/ltsp/ssh_known_hosts.extra on all loadbalance servers. The last step is very important because ltsp-update-sshkeys runs every time a server is booted, and /etc/ltsp/ssh_known_hosts.extra is included if it exists. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"./images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
-"</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\\\n"
-"</phrase>\n"
-"</textobject>\n"
-"</inlinemediaobject> If you save your new host file as /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts, it will be erased when you reboot the server. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>There is some obvious weaknesses with this setup. All clients get their image from the same server, this causes high loads on the server if many clients are booted at the same time. Also the clients require that server to always be available, without it they cannot boot or get a LDM server. Therefore this setup is very dependent on one server, which isn't very good. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>Your clients should now be loadbalanced! \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Sound with LTSP clients\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used (currently, this is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-oss should be loaded by the client hardware to assure esd can find /dev/dsp. If it's not done automatically, this line: \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\" \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf file. \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Replacing LDM with KDM\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>Skolelinux 3.0 is running LDM as a login manager. It uses a secure ssh tunnel to log in. When using KDM a switch to XDMCP is neccesary. XDMCP uses less CPU ressources on the clients and on the server. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"./images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
-"</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\\\n"
-"</phrase>\n"
-"</textobject>\n"
-"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning\n"
-"</emphasis>: XDMCP does not use encryption. Passwords will travel in cleartext over the network, as well as anything else. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"./images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
-"</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\\\n"
-"</phrase>\n"
-"</textobject>\n"
-"</inlinemediaobject> Note: local devices with <computeroutput>ltspfs\n"
-"</computeroutput> will stop working without LDM. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>To check if XDMCP is running, run this command from a workstation: \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[ X -query ltspserverXX\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:2113
+msgid "Part 3"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2115
+msgid ""
+"Now that you've made the \"get_hosts\" script, it's time to make the ssh "
+"host key for the ltsp chroots. This can be done by making a file containing "
+"the content of /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts from all the ltsp "
+"servers that will be loadbalanced. Save this file as /etc/ltsp/"
+"ssh_known_hosts.extra on all loadbalance servers. The last step is very "
+"important because ltsp-update-sshkeys runs every time a server is booted, "
+"and /etc/ltsp/ssh_known_hosts.extra is included if it exists."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2121
+msgid ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> If you save your new host file as /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/"
+"ssh/ssh_known_hosts, it will be erased when you reboot the server."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2123
+msgid ""
+"There is some obvious weaknesses with this setup. All clients get their "
+"image from the same server, this causes high loads on the server if many "
+"clients are booted at the same time. Also the clients require that server to "
+"always be available, without it they cannot boot or get a LDM server. "
+"Therefore this setup is very dependent on one server, which isn't very good."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2125
+msgid "Your clients should now be loadbalanced!"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:2131
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Sound with LTSP clients"
+msgstr "Le son avec les clients LTSP"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2133
+msgid ""
+"If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used (currently, this "
+"is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-oss should be loaded "
+"by the client hardware to assure esd can find /dev/dsp. If it's not done "
+"automatically, this line:"
+msgstr ""
+"Si le client possède un dispositif de restitution du son et si ALSA est "
+"utilisé (c'est actuellement le système de son par défaut sous Debian), le "
+"module snd-pcm-oss doit être chargé par le client afin qu'esd puisse "
+"trouver /dev/dsp. Si ce n'est pas fait automatiquement, la ligne suivante :"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2135
+msgid "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
+msgstr "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2137
+msgid "should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf file."
+msgstr ""
+"doit être ajoutée dans le fichier /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf du serveur."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:2142
+msgid "Upgrading the LTSP environment"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2144
+msgid ""
+"It is useful to upgrade the LTSP environment with new packages fairly often, "
+"to make sure security fixes and improvements are made available. To "
+"upgrade, run these commands as user root on each LTSP server:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:2147
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"chroot /opt/ltsp/i386\n"
+"aptitude update\n"
+"aptitude upgrade\n"
+"aptitude dist-upgrade\n"
+"exit\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+"aptitude update \n"
+"aptitude dist-upgrade ]]"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2158
+msgid ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> Note that this is a slightly risky operation, if one of "
+"the upgraded packages break. To reduce the risk, it is a good idea to copy "
+"the content of /opt/ltsp/i386 to be able to revert to the original "
+"environment if the new one fail to work."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:2164
+msgid "Replacing LDM with KDM"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2166
+msgid ""
+"Skolelinux 3.0 is running LDM as a login manager. It uses a secure ssh "
+"tunnel to log in. When using KDM a switch to XDMCP is neccesary. XDMCP uses "
+"less CPU ressources on the clients and on the server."
+msgstr ""
+
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2088
+#: release-manual.xml:2172
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning </emphasis>: XDMCP "
+"does not use encryption. Passwords will travel in cleartext over the "
+"network, as well as anything else."
+msgstr ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Attention </emphasis>: la "
+"surveillance d'êtres humains peut être contraire à l'éthique et illégal dans "
+"votre juridiction."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2179
+msgid ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> Note: local devices with <computeroutput>ltspfs </"
+"computeroutput> will stop working without LDM."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2182
+msgid "To check if XDMCP is running, run this command from a workstation:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:2185
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"X -query ltspserverXX\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2188
msgid "If you are on the thin client network, please run this command:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2091
+#: release-manual.xml:2191
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"X -query 192.168.0.254\n"
@@ -5201,21 +5752,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2094
+#: release-manual.xml:2194
msgid ""
"The goal is to let your \"real\" thin client to contact the xdmcp-server on "
"the 192.168.0.254 net (given a standard Skolelinux configuration)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2096
+#: release-manual.xml:2196
msgid ""
"If by some reason xdmcp is accessible on your server which runs KDM , please "
"add the following to /etc/kde3/kdm/Xaccess"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2099
+#: release-manual.xml:2199
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"* # any host can get a login window\n"
@@ -5223,19 +5774,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2102
+#: release-manual.xml:2202
msgid ""
"The star before the comment '#' is important, rest is a comment of course "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2108
+#: release-manual.xml:2208
msgid "Then turn on xdmcp in kdm with the command:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2111
+#: release-manual.xml:2211
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"sudo update-ini-file /etc/kde3/kdm/kdmrc Xdmcp Enable true\n"
@@ -5243,12 +5794,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2114
+#: release-manual.xml:2214
msgid "At the end please restart kdm by running:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2117
+#: release-manual.xml:2217
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"sudo invoke-rc.d kdm restart\n"
@@ -5256,23 +5807,23 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2120
-msgid "(in courtasy of Finn-Arne Johansen)"
+#: release-manual.xml:2220
+msgid "(in courtesy of Finn-Arne Johansen)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2125
+#: release-manual.xml:2225
#, fuzzy
msgid "Connecting Windows machines to the network / Windows integration"
msgstr "Connexion de machines Windows au réseau / intégration de Windows"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2129
+#: release-manual.xml:2229
msgid "Joining the domain"
msgstr "Rejoindre le domaine"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2131
+#: release-manual.xml:2231
msgid ""
"For Windows clients the Windows domain \"SKOLELINUX\" is available to be "
"joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main-server tjener, "
@@ -5285,7 +5836,7 @@ msgstr ""
"utilisateurs et authentifie les utilisateurs durant la phase de connexion."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2133
+#: release-manual.xml:2233
msgid ""
"In order to make Windows clients join the domain some (few) steps are "
"required:"
@@ -5294,7 +5845,7 @@ msgstr ""
"nécessaires :"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2135
+#: release-manual.xml:2235
msgid ""
"1. Create a user with membership in the \"admins\" group (if not already "
"existing)"
@@ -5303,7 +5854,7 @@ msgstr ""
"pas déjà un)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2137
+#: release-manual.xml:2237
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"In order to be able to join the \"SKOLELINUX\" domain a member of the admins "
@@ -5320,12 +5871,12 @@ msgstr ""
"sous Samba."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2142
+#: release-manual.xml:2242
msgid "2. Configure the Windows client as static host"
msgstr "2. Configurez les clients Windows en hôtes statiques"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2144
+#: release-manual.xml:2244
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"When joining a samba domain some special data is stored on the domain "
@@ -5348,7 +5899,7 @@ msgstr ""
"nécessaires pour rejoindre le domaine feront défaut."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2148
+#: release-manual.xml:2248
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"3. On the Windows client: Make sure the network and system configuration "
@@ -5359,7 +5910,7 @@ msgstr ""
"configuration IP)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2149
+#: release-manual.xml:2249
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"It's really important, that the Windows hosts have the same data, otherwise "
@@ -5369,14 +5920,14 @@ msgstr ""
"sinon Samba ne trouvera pas l'hôte ajouté à l'étape 2."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2152
+#: release-manual.xml:2252
msgid "4. Join the domain as usual using the user added in step 1."
msgstr ""
"4. Rejoignez le domaine comme d'habitude en utilisant l'utilisateur ajouté à "
"l'étape 1."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2153
+#: release-manual.xml:2253
msgid ""
"Depending on the version and language of you Windows installation, you "
"should find the configuration about the domain or workgroup of your system "
@@ -5401,7 +5952,7 @@ msgstr ""
"possibilité de se connecter au domaine."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2156
+#: release-manual.xml:2256
msgid ""
"Windows will sync the profile of domain users on every login and logout. "
"Depending on how much data stored in the profile this could take some time. "
@@ -5418,12 +5969,12 @@ msgstr ""
"sauvegarder les fichiers dans le volume H: à la place de « Own files »."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2160
+#: release-manual.xml:2260
msgid "User groups in Windows"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2162
+#: release-manual.xml:2262
msgid ""
"Groupmaps must also be added for any other user groups you add through "
"<computeroutput>lwat </computeroutput>. If you want your user groups to be "
@@ -5434,7 +5985,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2166
+#: release-manual.xml:2266
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/usr/bin/net groupmap add unixgroup=students \\\n"
@@ -5443,13 +5994,29 @@ msgid ""
"]]"
msgstr ""
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2271
+msgid ""
+"FIXME: isnt that better be explained with lwat first, and then with an "
+"example for the command line?"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2273
+msgid ""
+"If you want to check user groups on Windows, you need to download the tool "
+"<computeroutput>IFMEMBER.EXE </computeroutput> from Microsoft. Then you can "
+"use this for example in the logon script which resides on tjener in "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/samba/netlogon/LOGON.BAT </computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2175
+#: release-manual.xml:2281
msgid "XP home"
msgstr "XP home"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2177
+#: release-manual.xml:2283
msgid ""
"Users bringing in their XP home laptop can still connect to Tjener using "
"their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to SKOLELINUX. "
@@ -5463,12 +6030,12 @@ msgstr ""
"voisinage réseau (ou quel que soit son nom)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2182
+#: release-manual.xml:2288
msgid "Managing roaming profiles"
msgstr "Gérer les profils itinérants"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2184
+#: release-manual.xml:2290
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Roaming profiles contain user work environments, which include the desktop "
@@ -5488,7 +6055,7 @@ msgstr ""
"serveur soit accessible."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2186
+#: release-manual.xml:2292
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Since the profile is copied from the server to the machine during logon, and "
@@ -5509,7 +6076,7 @@ msgstr ""
"enregistrer d'autres données."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2188
+#: release-manual.xml:2294
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">The educational approach </emphasis>: One way to "
@@ -5524,7 +6091,7 @@ msgstr ""
"connexion."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2191
+#: release-manual.xml:2297
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Tweaking the profile </emphasis>: A different way "
@@ -5543,12 +6110,12 @@ msgstr ""
"itinérant."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2196 release-manual.xml:2279
+#: release-manual.xml:2302 release-manual.xml:2399
msgid "Using machine policies"
msgstr "Utilisation des stratégies machine"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2198
+#: release-manual.xml:2304
#, fuzzy
msgid "Machine policies can be edited and copied to all the other computers."
msgstr ""
@@ -5556,7 +6123,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ordinateurs."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2199
+#: release-manual.xml:2305
#, fuzzy
msgid "Pick a freshly installed Windows computer, and run gpedit.msc"
msgstr ""
@@ -5564,7 +6131,7 @@ msgstr ""
"msc"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2201
+#: release-manual.xml:2307
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Under the selection User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> "
@@ -5582,37 +6149,37 @@ msgstr ""
"profil. Exemples de répertoires à exclure :"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2202
+#: release-manual.xml:2308
msgid "log"
msgstr "log"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2203
+#: release-manual.xml:2309
msgid "Locale settings"
msgstr "Local settings"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2204 release-manual.xml:2207
+#: release-manual.xml:2310 release-manual.xml:2313
msgid "Temporary Internet Files"
msgstr "Temporary Internet Files"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2205
+#: release-manual.xml:2311
msgid "My Documents"
msgstr "Mes Documents"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2206
+#: release-manual.xml:2312
msgid "Application Data"
msgstr "Application Data"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2210
+#: release-manual.xml:2316
msgid "Save your changes, and exit the editor."
msgstr "Sauvegardez vos modifications et fermez l'éditeur."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2212
+#: release-manual.xml:2318
msgid ""
"Copy <computeroutput>c:\\windows\\system32\\GroupPolicy </computeroutput> to "
"all other windows machines."
@@ -5621,7 +6188,7 @@ msgstr ""
"sur toutes les autres machines Windows."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2214
+#: release-manual.xml:2320
msgid ""
"It's a good idea to copy it to your windows os deployment system to have it "
"included at install time."
@@ -5629,36 +6196,73 @@ msgstr ""
"Copier ce profil sur votre système de déploiement de Windows est une bonne "
"idée afin d'en disposer au moment de l'installation."
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2222 release-manual.xml:2295 release-manual.xml:2320
-msgid "Using global policies"
-msgstr "Utilisation de stratégies globales"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:2328 release-manual.xml:2415 release-manual.xml:2440
+msgid "Using global policies"
+msgstr "Utilisation de stratégies globales"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2330
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"By using the legacy windows policy editor (<computeroutput>poledit.exe </"
+"computeroutput>), you can can create a Policy file (NTConfig.pol) file and "
+"put it in your netlogon share on tjener. This has the advantage of working "
+"almost instantly on all windows machines."
+msgstr ""
+"By using the windows policy editor (poledit.exe), you can can create a "
+"Policy file (NTConfig.pol) file and put it in your netlogon share on tjener. "
+"This would have the advantage of working almost instantly on all machines. "
+"But is unfortunatly not as easy as it sounds. And you can quite easily lock "
+"yourself out of your windows machines. If you have experience with this "
+"please elaborate here... FIXME"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2333
+msgid ""
+"Since some time the policy editor standalone download has been removed from "
+"the Microsoft website, but it's still available as part of the ORK Tools."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2335
+msgid ""
+"With poledit.exe you can create .pol files. If you put such a file on tjener "
+"as <computeroutput>/etc/samba/netlogon/NTLOGON.POL </computeroutput> it will "
+"be read by the windows machine automatically and temporarily overwrite the "
+"registry, thus applying the changes."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2338
+msgid ""
+"To make sensible use of poledit.exe you also need to download appriate .adm "
+"files for your operating system and applications, otherwise you cannot "
+"define many settings in poledit.exe."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2340
+msgid ""
+"Be aware that the new group policy tools, {{gpedit.msc}}} and "
+"<computeroutput>gpmc.msc </computeroutput> cannot create .pol files, they "
+"either only work for the local machine or need an active directory server."
+msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2224
-#, fuzzy
+#: release-manual.xml:2343
msgid ""
-"By using the windows policy editor (poledit.exe), you can can create a "
-"Policy file (NTConfig.pol) file and put it in your netlogon share on tjener. "
-"This would have the advantage of working almost instantly on all machines. "
-"But is unfortunatly not as easy as it sounds. And you can quite easily lock "
-"yourself out of your windows machines. If you have experience with this "
-"please elaborate here..."
+"If you understand german, <ulink url=\"http://gruppenrichtlinien.de\">http://"
+"gruppenrichtlinien.de </ulink> is a very good website on this topic."
msgstr ""
-"By using the windows policy editor (poledit.exe), you can can create a "
-"Policy file (NTConfig.pol) file and put it in your netlogon share on tjener. "
-"This would have the advantage of working almost instantly on all machines. "
-"But is unfortunatly not as easy as it sounds. And you can quite easily lock "
-"yourself out of your windows machines. If you have experience with this "
-"please elaborate here... FIXME"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2229
+#: release-manual.xml:2349
msgid "Editing Windows registry"
msgstr "Édition du registre Windows"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2231
+#: release-manual.xml:2351
msgid ""
"You can edit the registry of the local computer, and copy this registry key "
"to other computers"
@@ -5667,12 +6271,12 @@ msgstr ""
"registre sur les autres ordinateurs"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2232
+#: release-manual.xml:2352
msgid "Start the Registry Editor."
msgstr "Lancez l'éditeur de registre."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2234
+#: release-manual.xml:2354
msgid ""
"Navigate to <computeroutput>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\Microsoft\\Windows "
"NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
@@ -5681,7 +6285,7 @@ msgstr ""
"\\Windows NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2238
+#: release-manual.xml:2358
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </"
@@ -5691,12 +6295,12 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2242
+#: release-manual.xml:2362
msgid "Call it <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
msgstr "Nommez le <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2245
+#: release-manual.xml:2365
msgid ""
"Enter a semicolon sepatated string of paths to exclude. (same way as machine "
"policy)"
@@ -5705,7 +6309,7 @@ msgstr ""
"manière identique à la stratégie machine)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2248
+#: release-manual.xml:2368
msgid ""
"Now you can choose to export this registry key as a .reg file, Mark a "
"selection, right click and select export. Save the file and you can double "
@@ -5718,17 +6322,17 @@ msgstr ""
"autres machines."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2250
+#: release-manual.xml:2370
msgid "Sources:"
msgstr "Sources :"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2273
+#: release-manual.xml:2393
msgid "Redirecting parts of profile"
msgstr "Redirection de parties du profil"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2275
+#: release-manual.xml:2395
msgid ""
"Sometimes just removing the directory from the profile is not enough. You "
"may experience that users loose files because they mistakenly save things "
@@ -5744,7 +6348,7 @@ msgstr ""
"répertoires partagés sur le réseau."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2281
+#: release-manual.xml:2401
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Everything under Using machine policies above applies. You edit using gpedit."
@@ -5759,7 +6363,7 @@ msgstr ""
"être intéressant de rediriger Bureau et Mes Documents."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2283
+#: release-manual.xml:2403
msgid ""
"One thing to remember is that if you enable folder redirection, those "
"folders are automatically added to the syncroniced folders list. If you do "
@@ -5770,7 +6374,7 @@ msgstr ""
"vous ne le souhaitez pas, désactivez ce comportement dans"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2285
+#: release-manual.xml:2405
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> "
@@ -5780,7 +6384,7 @@ msgstr ""
"hors connexion"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2288
+#: release-manual.xml:2408
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Computer Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> "
@@ -5790,22 +6394,22 @@ msgstr ""
"hors connexion"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2297
+#: release-manual.xml:2417
msgid "FIXME"
msgstr "FIXME"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2303
+#: release-manual.xml:2423
msgid "Avoiding roaming profiles"
msgstr "Éviter les profils itinérants"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2307
+#: release-manual.xml:2427
msgid "Using a local policy"
msgstr "Utilisation d'une stratégie locale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2309
+#: release-manual.xml:2429
msgid ""
"Using local policies you can disable roaming profile on individual machines. "
"This is often wanted on special machines, for instance on dedicated "
@@ -5817,14 +6421,14 @@ msgstr ""
"bande passante est faible."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2311
+#: release-manual.xml:2431
msgid "You can use the machine policy method describe above, the key is in"
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez utiliser la méthode de la stratégie machine décrite plus haut, "
"la clé se situe dans"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2313
+#: release-manual.xml:2433
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Administrative Templates -> system -> User Profiles -> Only allow "
@@ -5834,17 +6438,17 @@ msgstr ""
"local profiles"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2322
+#: release-manual.xml:2442
msgid "FIXME: what is the roaming profile key for the global policy editor"
msgstr "FIXME: what is the roaming profile key for the global policy editor"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2327
+#: release-manual.xml:2447
msgid "altering samba config"
msgstr "modifier la configuration de samba"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2329
+#: release-manual.xml:2449
msgid ""
"By editing the samba config you can disable roaming profiles for the entire "
"network. Perhaps everyone have their own dedicated machine? and nobody else "
@@ -5860,7 +6464,7 @@ msgstr ""
"connexion et de répertoire personnel, et redémarrer samba."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2332
+#: release-manual.xml:2452
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"logon path = \"\"\n"
@@ -5872,12 +6476,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2341
+#: release-manual.xml:2461
msgid "Remote Desktops with RDP, VNC, NX or Citrix"
msgstr "Bureaux distants avec RDP, VNC, NX ou Citrix"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2343
+#: release-manual.xml:2463
msgid ""
"Some municipalities provide a remote desktop solution so that students and "
"teachers can access Skolelinux from their home computer running Windows, Mac "
@@ -5888,7 +6492,7 @@ msgstr ""
"depuis leur ordinateur domestique fonctionnant sous Windows, Mac ou Linux. "
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2345
+#: release-manual.xml:2465
msgid ""
"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. Just install the "
"<computeroutput>rdesktop </computeroutput> package."
@@ -5897,7 +6501,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Installer simplement le paquet <computeroutput>rdesktop </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2349
+#: release-manual.xml:2469
msgid ""
"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. "
"Just install the <computeroutput>xvncviewer </computeroutput> package."
@@ -5907,7 +6511,7 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2352
+#: release-manual.xml:2472
msgid ""
"NX graphical client gives students and teachers access to Skolelinux "
"remotely on Windows, Mac or Linux PC. One municipality in Norway has "
@@ -5920,7 +6524,7 @@ msgstr ""
"2005. Elle rapporte que cette solution est stable."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2354
+#: release-manual.xml:2474
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps\">Citrix ICA "
@@ -5930,42 +6534,19 @@ msgstr ""
"client Citrix ICA</ulink> pour accéder à un serveur de terminal Windows "
"depuis Skolelinux."
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2362 release-manual.xml:2470
-msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
-msgstr "Manuels de wiki.debian.org"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2364 release-manual.xml:2472
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"The HowTos from <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
-"\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> are either user- or "
-"developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and "
-"delete them over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of "
-"those pages to find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting "
-"it under the GPL.)"
-msgstr ""
-"Les manuels de <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://"
-"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/</ulink> sont destinés soit aux "
-"utilisateurs, soit aux développeurs. Déplaçons les manuels utilisateur ici ! "
-"(Mais, demandons avant aux auteurs (consulter l'historique de ces pages pour "
-"les trouver) s'ils sont d'accord pour déplacer les manuels et les placer "
-"sous GPL.)"
-
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2380
+#: release-manual.xml:2500
msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning"
msgstr "Manuels pour enseigner et apprendre"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2386
+#: release-manual.xml:2506
#, fuzzy
msgid "Moodle"
msgstr "moodle"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2388
+#: release-manual.xml:2508
msgid ""
"Run <computeroutput>aptitude install moodle </computeroutput> as root to "
"install moodle."
@@ -5974,7 +6555,7 @@ msgstr ""
"root pour installer moodle."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2391
+#: release-manual.xml:2511
msgid ""
"Moodle is a course management system (CMS) - a free, Open Source software "
"package designed using sound pedagogical principles, to help educators "
@@ -5985,12 +6566,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2393
+#: release-manual.xml:2513
msgid "FIXME: more examples, etc."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2395
+#: release-manual.xml:2515
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"See <ulink url=\"http://moodle.org\">http://moodle.org </ulink> for more "
@@ -6000,12 +6581,12 @@ msgstr ""
"debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=386791'>#386791</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2401
+#: release-manual.xml:2521
msgid "Monitoring pupils"
msgstr "Surveillance des élèves"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2403
+#: release-manual.xml:2523
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their "
@@ -6015,7 +6596,7 @@ msgstr ""
"students. FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2405
+#: release-manual.xml:2525
msgid ""
"Take a look at their wiki: <ulink url=\"http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/"
"index.php?title=Main_Page\">http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php?"
@@ -6023,12 +6604,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2408
+#: release-manual.xml:2528
msgid "FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2411
+#: release-manual.xml:2531
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install italc-client italc-master\n"
@@ -6038,7 +6619,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2418
+#: release-manual.xml:2538
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning </emphasis>: "
@@ -6049,12 +6630,12 @@ msgstr ""
"votre juridiction."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2424
+#: release-manual.xml:2544
msgid "Restricting pupils network access"
msgstr "Restreindre l'accès des élèves au réseau"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2426
+#: release-manual.xml:2546
msgid ""
"Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access. "
"FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
@@ -6063,7 +6644,7 @@ msgstr ""
"FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2432
+#: release-manual.xml:2552
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning </emphasis>: "
@@ -6075,12 +6656,12 @@ msgstr ""
"contraire à l'étique et illégal dans votre juridiction."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2438
+#: release-manual.xml:2558
msgid "Installing swi-prolog on etch"
msgstr "Installation de swi-prolog sur Etch"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2440
+#: release-manual.xml:2560
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog </computeroutput> was available in sarge, but was "
"not part of etch. But you can just install the version from sarge on a etch "
@@ -6091,7 +6672,7 @@ msgstr ""
"version de Sarge sur un système Etch."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2447
+#: release-manual.xml:2567
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning </emphasis>: The "
@@ -6105,7 +6686,7 @@ msgstr ""
"d'être authentifié."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2452
+#: release-manual.xml:2572
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# swi-prolog depends on libreadline4, also not in etch\n"
@@ -6125,7 +6706,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2460
+#: release-manual.xml:2580
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog-doc </computeroutput> is part of etch "
@@ -6135,7 +6716,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2475
+#: release-manual.xml:2595
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep"
@@ -6147,22 +6728,22 @@ msgstr ""
"intéressant"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2484
+#: release-manual.xml:2604
msgid "Contribute"
msgstr "Contribuer"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2490
+#: release-manual.xml:2610
msgid "Let us know you exist"
msgstr "Faites-vous connaître auprès de nous."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2493
+#: release-manual.xml:2613
msgid "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2498
+#: release-manual.xml:2618
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of "
@@ -6176,7 +6757,7 @@ msgstr ""
"conséquent une contribution importante. <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2504
+#: release-manual.xml:2624
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the "
@@ -6194,12 +6775,12 @@ msgstr ""
"DebianEdu/ReferenceSchools'>utilisez ce formulaire web</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2510
+#: release-manual.xml:2630
msgid "Contribute locally"
msgstr "Contribuer localement"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2512
+#: release-manual.xml:2632
msgid ""
"Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, France and in the region "
"of Extremadura in Spain. \"Isolated\" contributors and users exist in "
@@ -6210,7 +6791,7 @@ msgstr ""
"isolés » sont présents en Grèce, aux Pays-Bas, au Japon et ailleurs."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2514
+#: release-manual.xml:2634
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> explains and links to "
"localized ressources, as <emphasis>contribute </emphasis> and "
@@ -6222,12 +6803,12 @@ msgstr ""
"deux faces d'une même médaille."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2521
+#: release-manual.xml:2641
msgid "Contribute globally"
msgstr "Contribuer globalement"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2523
+#: release-manual.xml:2643
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Internationally we are organized in <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/"
@@ -6238,7 +6819,7 @@ msgstr ""
"différents sujets."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2526
+#: release-manual.xml:2646
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The <ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\">developer mailing list "
@@ -6253,7 +6834,7 @@ msgstr ""
"réelles, durant lesquelles nous nous rencontrons en personne."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2529
+#: release-manual.xml:2649
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to "
@@ -6266,12 +6847,12 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2535
+#: release-manual.xml:2655
msgid "Documentation writers and translators"
msgstr "Auteurs de la documentation et traducteurs"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2537
+#: release-manual.xml:2657
msgid ""
"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: "
"If you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you "
@@ -6284,7 +6865,7 @@ msgstr ""
"pensez à nous faire partager vos connaissances."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2539
+#: release-manual.xml:2659
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. "
@@ -6302,7 +6883,7 @@ msgstr ""
"wiki.skolelinux.no/UserPreferences'>créer un utilisateur sur le wiki</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2543
+#: release-manual.xml:2663
msgid ""
"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating "
"software and documentation. Information how to translate this document can "
@@ -6316,23 +6897,23 @@ msgstr ""
"à l'effort de traduction de ce livre !"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2549
+#: release-manual.xml:2669
msgid "Support"
msgstr "Support"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2555
+#: release-manual.xml:2675
msgid "Volunteer based support"
msgstr "Support fourni par des bénévoles"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2559
+#: release-manual.xml:2679
#, fuzzy
msgid "in English"
msgstr "en anglais"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2565
+#: release-manual.xml:2685
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
@@ -6344,7 +6925,7 @@ msgstr ""
"</ulink> - support par liste de diffusion"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2569
+#: release-manual.xml:2689
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related, do "
@@ -6356,13 +6937,13 @@ msgstr ""
"souvent <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2580
+#: release-manual.xml:2700
#, fuzzy
msgid "in Norwegian"
msgstr "en norvégien"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2582
+#: release-manual.xml:2702
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker"
@@ -6374,7 +6955,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> - support par liste de diffusion"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2586
+#: release-manual.xml:2706
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
@@ -6388,20 +6969,20 @@ msgstr ""
"du développement en Norvège (FRISK)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2589
+#: release-manual.xml:2709
msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support norwegian users"
msgstr ""
"#skolelinux sur irc.debian.org - canal IRC pour le support des utilisateurs "
"norvégiens"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2595
+#: release-manual.xml:2715
#, fuzzy
msgid "in German"
msgstr "en allemand"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2597
+#: release-manual.xml:2717
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user\">http://www."
@@ -6411,7 +6992,7 @@ msgstr ""
"skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user </ulink> - support par liste de diffusion"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2601
+#: release-manual.xml:2721
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.skolelinux.de\">http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> "
@@ -6421,20 +7002,20 @@ msgstr ""
"wiki avec de nombreux manuels, etc."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2604
+#: release-manual.xml:2724
msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support german users"
msgstr ""
"#skolelinux.de sur irc.debian.org - canal IRC pour le support des "
"utilisateurs allemands"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2610
+#: release-manual.xml:2730
#, fuzzy
msgid "in French"
msgstr "en français"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2612
+#: release-manual.xml:2732
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\">http://lists.debian."
@@ -6444,13 +7025,13 @@ msgstr ""
"org/debian-edu-french </ulink> - support par liste de diffusion"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2620
+#: release-manual.xml:2740
#, fuzzy
msgid "in Spanish"
msgstr "en anglais"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2622
+#: release-manual.xml:2742
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://www.skolelinux.es\">http://www.skolelinux.es </ulink> - "
@@ -6460,12 +7041,12 @@ msgstr ""
"wiki avec de nombreux manuels, etc."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2631
+#: release-manual.xml:2751
msgid "Professional support"
msgstr "Support professionnel"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2633
+#: release-manual.xml:2753
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink "
@@ -6478,12 +7059,12 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2640
+#: release-manual.xml:2760
msgid "Copyright and authors"
msgstr "Droits de reproduction et auteurs"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2644
+#: release-manual.xml:2764
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007, 2008), "
@@ -6500,7 +7081,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ultérieure. Profitez-en !"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2646
+#: release-manual.xml:2766
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If you add content to it, <emphasis role=\"strong\">please only do so if you "
@@ -6514,12 +7095,12 @@ msgstr ""
"ici et distribuez le sous GPL2 ou toute version ultérieure."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2652
+#: release-manual.xml:2772
msgid "Translation copyright and authors"
msgstr "Droit de reproduction et auteurs des traductions"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2654
+#: release-manual.xml:2774
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The Spanish translation is copyrighted by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007) "
@@ -6529,7 +7110,7 @@ msgstr ""
"L. Redrejo Rodríguez, est distribuée sous GPL2 ou toute version ultérieure."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2656
+#: release-manual.xml:2776
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The Bokmål translation is copyrighted by Petter Reinholdtsen (2007) and "
@@ -6541,7 +7122,7 @@ msgstr ""
"GPL2 ou toute version ultérieure."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2658
+#: release-manual.xml:2778
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The German translation is copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007), Patrick "
@@ -6554,7 +7135,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Jürgen Leibner, est distribuée sous GPL2 ou toute version ultérieure."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2660
+#: release-manual.xml:2780
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The Italian translation is copyrighted by Claudio Carboncini (2007, 2008) "
@@ -6564,7 +7145,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Claudio Carboncini, est distribuée sous GPL2 ou toute version ultérieure."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2662
+#: release-manual.xml:2782
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The French translation is copyrighted by Christophe Masson (2008) and is "
@@ -6574,12 +7155,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Claudio Carboncini, est distribuée sous GPL2 ou toute version ultérieure."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2667
+#: release-manual.xml:2787
msgid "Translations of this document"
msgstr "Traductions de ce document"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2669
+#: release-manual.xml:2789
msgid ""
"Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. Incomplete "
"translations for Norwegian Bokmål, Spanish and German exist."
@@ -6589,12 +7170,12 @@ msgstr ""
"existent. "
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2673
+#: release-manual.xml:2793
msgid "HowTo translate this document"
msgstr "Comment traduire ce document"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2675
+#: release-manual.xml:2795
msgid ""
"Translations of this document are kept in .po files like in many free "
"software projects, read <computeroutput>usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README."
@@ -6609,7 +7190,7 @@ msgstr ""
"commencer/aider à traduire ce document."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2678
+#: release-manual.xml:2798
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To commit your translations you need to be a member of the alioth project "
@@ -6625,7 +7206,7 @@ msgstr ""
"debian-edu at lists.debian.org'>debian-edu at lists.debian.org\"</ulink>]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2682
+#: release-manual.xml:2802
msgid ""
"You can checkout the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source "
"anonymously with the following command (you need to have the "
@@ -6638,7 +7219,7 @@ msgstr ""
"cela) :"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2686
+#: release-manual.xml:2806
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>svn co svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-"
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
@@ -6647,7 +7228,7 @@ msgstr ""
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2691
+#: release-manual.xml:2811
msgid ""
"Then edit the <computeroutput>documentation/release-manual/release-manual."
"$CC.po </computeroutput> (where you replace $CC with your language code). "
@@ -6660,7 +7241,7 @@ msgstr ""
"nous vous suggerons d'utiliser <computeroutput>kbabel</computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2695
+#: release-manual.xml:2815
msgid ""
"Then you either commit the file directly to svn (if you have the rights to "
"do so) or send the file to the mailinglist."
@@ -6670,20 +7251,20 @@ msgstr ""
"diffusion."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2697
+#: release-manual.xml:2817
msgid ""
"To update your local copy of the repository use the following command inside "
"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> directory:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2700
+#: release-manual.xml:2820
#, fuzzy
msgid "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
msgstr "Nommez le <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2705
+#: release-manual.xml:2825
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations to "
@@ -6698,28 +7279,28 @@ msgstr ""
"existe pas déjà un et comment mettre à jour les traductions."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2709
+#: release-manual.xml:2829
msgid "Please report any problems."
msgstr "Veuillez signaler tout problème."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2715
+#: release-manual.xml:2835
msgid "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
msgstr "Annexe A - La Licence Publique GNU"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2718
+#: release-manual.xml:2838
#, no-wrap
msgid "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
msgstr "Note aux traducteurs : il n'est pas nécessaire de traduire le texte de la license GPL. ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2722
+#: release-manual.xml:2842
msgid "Release manual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
msgstr "Manuel de Debian Edu Etch 3.0, nom de code « Terra »"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2724
+#: release-manual.xml:2844
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger at layer-acht."
@@ -6733,7 +7314,7 @@ msgstr ""
"owners."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2727
+#: release-manual.xml:2847
msgid ""
"This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
"under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
@@ -6746,7 +7327,7 @@ msgstr ""
"any later version."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2729
+#: release-manual.xml:2849
msgid ""
"This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
"ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
@@ -6759,7 +7340,7 @@ msgstr ""
"more details."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2731
+#: release-manual.xml:2851
msgid ""
"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
"this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
@@ -6770,17 +7351,17 @@ msgstr ""
"Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2736
+#: release-manual.xml:2856
msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
msgstr "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2738
+#: release-manual.xml:2858
msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
msgstr "Version 2, June 1991"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2740
+#: release-manual.xml:2860
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
"Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
@@ -6793,12 +7374,12 @@ msgstr ""
"allowed."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2745
+#: release-manual.xml:2865
msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
msgstr "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2747
+#: release-manual.xml:2867
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">0. </emphasis> This License applies to any "
@@ -6822,7 +7403,7 @@ msgstr ""
"term \"modification\".) Each licensee is addressed as \"you\"."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2750
+#: release-manual.xml:2870
msgid ""
"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
"by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program "
@@ -6839,7 +7420,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Program does."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2752
+#: release-manual.xml:2872
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute "
@@ -6859,7 +7440,7 @@ msgstr ""
"the Program."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2755
+#: release-manual.xml:2875
msgid ""
"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
@@ -6868,7 +7449,7 @@ msgstr ""
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2757
+#: release-manual.xml:2877
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">2. </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
@@ -6882,7 +7463,7 @@ msgstr ""
"of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2760
+#: release-manual.xml:2880
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files "
@@ -6894,7 +7475,7 @@ msgstr ""
"any change."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2763
+#: release-manual.xml:2883
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">b) </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
@@ -6908,7 +7489,7 @@ msgstr ""
"all third parties under the terms of this License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2766
+#: release-manual.xml:2886
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">c) </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
@@ -6934,7 +7515,7 @@ msgstr ""
"print an announcement.)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2771
+#: release-manual.xml:2891
msgid ""
"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable "
"sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
@@ -6957,7 +7538,7 @@ msgstr ""
"and every part regardless of who wrote it."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2773
+#: release-manual.xml:2893
msgid ""
"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
"rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
@@ -6970,7 +7551,7 @@ msgstr ""
"based on the Program."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2775
+#: release-manual.xml:2895
msgid ""
"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
"the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
@@ -6983,7 +7564,7 @@ msgstr ""
"License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2777
+#: release-manual.xml:2897
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">3. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
@@ -6997,7 +7578,7 @@ msgstr ""
"also do one of the following:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2780
+#: release-manual.xml:2900
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">a) </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
@@ -7011,7 +7592,7 @@ msgstr ""
"software interchange; or,"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2783
+#: release-manual.xml:2903
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">b) </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
@@ -7029,7 +7610,7 @@ msgstr ""
"software interchange; or,"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2786
+#: release-manual.xml:2906
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">c) </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
@@ -7045,7 +7626,7 @@ msgstr ""
"in accord with Subsection b above.)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2791
+#: release-manual.xml:2911
msgid ""
"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
"modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all "
@@ -7068,7 +7649,7 @@ msgstr ""
"component itself accompanies the executable."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2793
+#: release-manual.xml:2913
msgid ""
"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
"copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
@@ -7083,7 +7664,7 @@ msgstr ""
"the object code."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2795
+#: release-manual.xml:2915
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">4. </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
@@ -7103,7 +7684,7 @@ msgstr ""
"as such parties remain in full compliance."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2798
+#: release-manual.xml:2918
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept "
@@ -7125,7 +7706,7 @@ msgstr ""
"or works based on it."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2801
+#: release-manual.xml:2921
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">6. </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
@@ -7145,7 +7726,7 @@ msgstr ""
"this License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2804
+#: release-manual.xml:2924
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">7. </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
@@ -7175,7 +7756,7 @@ msgstr ""
"distribution of the Program."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2807
+#: release-manual.xml:2927
msgid ""
"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
"particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
@@ -7186,7 +7767,7 @@ msgstr ""
"the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2809
+#: release-manual.xml:2929
msgid ""
"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
"or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
@@ -7209,7 +7790,7 @@ msgstr ""
"licensee cannot impose that choice."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2811
+#: release-manual.xml:2931
msgid ""
"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
"consequence of the rest of this License."
@@ -7218,7 +7799,7 @@ msgstr ""
"consequence of the rest of this License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2813
+#: release-manual.xml:2933
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">8. </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
@@ -7238,7 +7819,7 @@ msgstr ""
"the limitation as if written in the body of this License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2816
+#: release-manual.xml:2936
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">9. </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
@@ -7252,7 +7833,7 @@ msgstr ""
"version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2819
+#: release-manual.xml:2939
msgid ""
"Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program "
"specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
@@ -7271,7 +7852,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Foundation."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2821
+#: release-manual.xml:2941
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts "
@@ -7293,13 +7874,13 @@ msgstr ""
"generally."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2824
+#: release-manual.xml:2944
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2827
+#: release-manual.xml:2947
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">11. </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
@@ -7323,7 +7904,7 @@ msgstr ""
"COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2830
+#: release-manual.xml:2950
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">12. </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
@@ -7347,42 +7928,42 @@ msgstr ""
"OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2836
+#: release-manual.xml:2956
msgid "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
msgstr "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2842
+#: release-manual.xml:2962
msgid "Appendix B - about Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs"
msgstr "Annexe B - À propos du live CD/DVD Debian Edu"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2848
+#: release-manual.xml:2968
msgid "Features of the Standalone image"
msgstr "Fonctionnalités de l'image autonome"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2849
+#: release-manual.xml:2969
msgid "Almost all packages from the Standalone profile"
msgstr "Presque tous les paquets du profil Autonome"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2850
+#: release-manual.xml:2970
msgid "All packages from the laptop task"
msgstr "Tous les paquets de la tâche portable"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2851
+#: release-manual.xml:2971
msgid "The KDE desktop profile for students/pupils."
msgstr "Le profil de bureau KDE pour étudiants/élèves."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2857
+#: release-manual.xml:2977
msgid "Activating translations and regional support"
msgstr "Activation des traductions et du support géographique"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2859
+#: release-manual.xml:2979
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC."
@@ -7404,125 +7985,125 @@ msgstr ""
"régionaux couramment utilisés :"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2864
+#: release-manual.xml:2984
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Language (Region) </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Langue (Région) </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2868
+#: release-manual.xml:2988
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Locale value </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Code de paramètres régionaux</emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2872
+#: release-manual.xml:2992
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Keyboard layout </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Disposition de clavier </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2877
+#: release-manual.xml:2997
msgid "Norwegian Bokmål"
msgstr "Bokmal"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2880
+#: release-manual.xml:3000
msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr "nb_NO.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2883 release-manual.xml:2893
+#: release-manual.xml:3003 release-manual.xml:3013
msgid "no"
msgstr "no"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2887
+#: release-manual.xml:3007
msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk"
msgstr "Néo-norvégien"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2890
+#: release-manual.xml:3010
msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr "nn_NO.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2897
+#: release-manual.xml:3017
msgid "German"
msgstr "Allemand"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2900
+#: release-manual.xml:3020
msgid "de_DE.UTF-8"
msgstr "de_DE.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2903
+#: release-manual.xml:3023
msgid "de"
msgstr "de"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2907
+#: release-manual.xml:3027
msgid "French (France)"
msgstr "Français (France)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2910
+#: release-manual.xml:3030
msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8"
msgstr "fr_FR.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2913
+#: release-manual.xml:3033
msgid "fr"
msgstr "fr"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2917
+#: release-manual.xml:3037
msgid "Greek (Greece)"
msgstr "Grec (Grèce)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2920
+#: release-manual.xml:3040
msgid "el_GR.UTF-8"
msgstr "el_GR.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2923
+#: release-manual.xml:3043
msgid "el"
msgstr "el"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2927
+#: release-manual.xml:3047
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr "Japonais"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2930
+#: release-manual.xml:3050
msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8"
msgstr "ja_JP.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2933
+#: release-manual.xml:3053
msgid "jp"
msgstr "jp"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2937
+#: release-manual.xml:3057
msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)"
msgstr "Sami (Norvège)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2940
+#: release-manual.xml:3060
msgid "se_NO"
msgstr "se_NO"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2943
+#: release-manual.xml:3063
msgid "no(smi)"
msgstr "no(smi)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2950
+#: release-manual.xml:3070
msgid ""
"A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"i18n/SUPPORTED </computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported "
@@ -7536,34 +8117,34 @@ msgstr ""
"dispositions de clavier peuvent être trouvés dans /usr/share/keymaps/i386/."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2956
+#: release-manual.xml:3076
msgid "Stuff to know"
msgstr "Choses à savoir"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2957
+#: release-manual.xml:3077
msgid "the password for the user is \"user\", root has no passwd set."
msgstr ""
"Le mot de passe pour l'utilisateur est « user », root n'a pas de mot de "
"passe défini."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2963
+#: release-manual.xml:3083
msgid "Known issues with the image"
msgstr "Problèmes connus avec l'image"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2964
+#: release-manual.xml:3084
msgid "none known yet."
msgstr "aucun"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2970
+#: release-manual.xml:3090
msgid "Download"
msgstr "Téléchargement"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2972
+#: release-manual.xml:3092
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink url=\"ftp://ftp.skolelinux."
@@ -7578,6 +8159,57 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn"
+#~ "\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn </ulink>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "TeacherFirstStep'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep "
+#~ "</ulink> - inachevé mais intéressant"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC\">http://"
+#~ "wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC </ulink>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Une liste du matériel testé est fourni sur <ulink url='http://wiki.debian."
+#~ "org/DebianEdu/Hardware/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/</"
+#~ "ulink>."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet"
+#~ "\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet </ulink>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "TeacherFirstStep'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep "
+#~ "</ulink> - inachevé mais intéressant"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\">http://"
+#~ "wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary </ulink>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Une liste du matériel testé est fourni sur <ulink url='http://wiki.debian."
+#~ "org/DebianEdu/Hardware/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/</"
+#~ "ulink>."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "Squid_LDAP_Authentication\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "Squid_LDAP_Authentication </ulink>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "TeacherFirstStep'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep "
+#~ "</ulink> - inachevé mais intéressant"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LocalDeviceLtspfs"
#~ "\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LocalDeviceLtspfs </ulink>"
#~ msgstr ""
@@ -7680,22 +8312,6 @@ msgstr ""
#~ msgid "FIXME: describe how to..."
#~ msgstr "FIXME: describe how to..."
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#~ msgid "Java"
-#~ msgstr "Java"
-
-# type: CDATA
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre sun-java5-fonts\n"
-#~ "]]"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre sun-java5-fonts\n"
-#~ "]]"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#~ msgid "HowTos for the desktop"
-#~ msgstr "Manuels pour le bureau"
-
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#~ msgid ""
#~ "FIXME: see <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
@@ -7812,156 +8428,6 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless "
-#~ "workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from "
-#~ "<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
-#~ "LtspDisklessWorkstation'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
-#~ "LtspDisklessWorkstation </ulink>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Les instructions pour activer les stations de travail sans disque (ou "
-#~ "stations stateless, clients lowfat, clients half-thick) sont disponibles "
-#~ "depuis <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
-#~ "LtspDisklessWorkstation'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
-#~ "LtspDisklessWorkstation</ulink>"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#~ msgid "LTSP in detail"
-#~ msgstr "LTSP en détail"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#~ msgid "lts.conf"
-#~ msgstr "lts.conf"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, "
-#~ "you can edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf </"
-#~ "computeroutput>. Have a look at <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/usr/share/"
-#~ "doc/ltsp-client/examples/lts.conf </computeroutput> to see examples and "
-#~ "what parameters you can specify."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Afin d'effectuer des adpatations particulières et de configurer des "
-#~ "clients légers spécifiques, veuillez éditer le fichier <computeroutput>/"
-#~ "opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf </computeroutput>. Consultez <computeroutput>/"
-#~ "opt/ltsp/i386/usr/share/doc/ltsp-client/examples/lts.conf </"
-#~ "computeroutput> pour consulter des exemples et connaître les paramètres "
-#~ "que vous pouvez spécifier."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default] </"
-#~ "computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using the "
-#~ "client mac adress or ipadress like this <computeroutput>[192.168.0.10] </"
-#~ "computeroutput>."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Les valeurs par défaut son définies sous <computeroutput>[default] </"
-#~ "computeroutput>, pour configurer un client, spécifiez son adresse MAC ou "
-#~ "son adresse IP de cette manière <computeroutput>[192.168.0.10]</"
-#~ "computeroutput>."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add "
-#~ "something like this:"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Exemple : pour régler la résolution du client léger ltsp010 sur "
-#~ "1280x1024, ajoutez quelque chose comme :"
-
-# type: CDATA
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "[192.168.0.10]\n"
-#~ "X_MODE_0 = 1280x1024\n"
-#~ "X_HORZSYNC = \"60-70\"\n"
-#~ "X_VERTREFRESH = \"59-62\"\n"
-#~ "]]"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "[192.168.0.10]\n"
-#~ "X_MODE_0 = 1280x1024\n"
-#~ "X_HORZSYNC = \"60-70\"\n"
-#~ "X_VERTREFRESH = \"59-62\"\n"
-#~ "]]"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#~ msgid "somewhere below the default settings."
-#~ msgstr "quelque part sous les réglages par défaut."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on "
-#~ "the client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Selon les modifications effectuées, il peut être nécessaire de redémarrer "
-#~ "X sur le client (en pressant alt+ctrl+backspace) ou de redémarrer le "
-#~ "client."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf </computeroutput> you "
-#~ "should add the client mac-address to your dhcp-server. Otherwise you "
-#~ "should use the client mac-address directly in you <computeroutput>lts."
-#~ "conf </computeroutput> file."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Pour utiliser les adresses IP de <computeroutput>lts.conf </"
-#~ "computeroutput>, vous devrez ajouter l'adresse MAC du client à votre "
-#~ "serveur DHCP. Sinon, vous devrez utiliser l'adresse MAC du client "
-#~ "directement dans le fichier <computeroutput>lts.conf </computeroutput>."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#~ msgid "load balancing LTSP servers"
-#~ msgstr "Équilibre de charge des serveurs LTSP"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers "
-#~ "for load balancing. One way is listing several servers using "
-#~ "<computeroutput>LDM_SERVER </computeroutput> in <computeroutput>lts.conf "
-#~ "</computeroutput>. Another is by providing <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/"
-#~ "i386/usr/lib/ltsp/get_hosts </computeroutput> as a script printing one or "
-#~ "more servers to connect to. In addition to this, each ltsp chroot need "
-#~ "to include the ssh host key for each of the servers."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Il est possible de configurer les clients afin qu'ils se connectent à un "
-#~ "des serveurs afin d'équilibrer leur charge. Une des manières de faire "
-#~ "consiste à énumérer plusieurs serveurs à l'aide de "
-#~ "<computeroutput>LDM_SERVER</computeroutput> dans <computeroutput>lts."
-#~ "conf</computeroutput>. Une autre consiste à fournir <computeroutput>/opt/"
-#~ "ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/get_hosts</computeroutput> en tant que script "
-#~ "indiquant un ou plusieurs serveurs auxquels se connecter. De plus, chaque "
-#~ "chroot ltsp doit inclure la clé SSH hôte de chaque serveur."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version 0.99debian12"
-#~ "+0.0.edu.etch.8 to be included in 3.0r1."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "</inlinemediaobject> Cette fonctionnalité est apparue avec ltsp "
-#~ "0.99debian12+0.0.edu.etch.8 devant être inclus dans la version 3.0r1."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used (currently, "
-#~ "this is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-oss should be "
-#~ "loaded by the client hardware to assure esd can find /dev/dsp. If it's "
-#~ "not done automatically, this line:"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Si le client possède un dispositif de restitution du son et si ALSA est "
-#~ "utilisé (c'est actuellement le système de son par défaut sous Debian), le "
-#~ "module snd-pcm-oss doit être chargé par le client afin qu'esd puisse "
-#~ "trouver /dev/dsp. Si ce n'est pas fait automatiquement, la ligne "
-#~ "suivante :"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#~ msgid "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
-#~ msgstr "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf file."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "doit être ajoutée dans le fichier /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf du serveur."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#~ msgid ""
#~ "Some schools in France use moodle to keep track of students' facilities "
#~ "and credit points. FIXME: more examples, etc."
#~ msgstr ""
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.it.po b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.it.po
index c46934e..f755096 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.it.po
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.it.po
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: release-manual\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-07-15 12:30+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-11-08 17:24+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-07-26 19:10+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Claudio Carboncini <claudio.carboncini at gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: italian <debian-edu at lists.debian.org>\n"
@@ -37,9 +37,10 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:10
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
-"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-07-15</computeroutput>."
+"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-11-08</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
"Questo documento è stato inserito nel pacchetto <computeroutput>debian-edu-"
"doc </computeroutput> il <computeroutput>2008-07-12</computeroutput>."
@@ -849,8 +850,10 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:193
-msgid "- access to home directories (*~/.)? - home directories - shared directories?"
-msgstr "- accesso alle home directory (*~/.)? - home directory - directory condivise?"
+msgid ""
+"- access to home directories (*~/.)? - home directories - shared directories?"
+msgstr ""
+"- accesso alle home directory (*~/.)? - home directory - directory condivise?"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:199
@@ -862,7 +865,8 @@ msgstr "note a caso"
msgid ""
"These are random notes concerning things which should be included in this "
"document."
-msgstr "Queste sono note a caso che dovrebbero essere incluse in questo documento."
+msgstr ""
+"Queste sono note a caso che dovrebbero essere incluse in questo documento."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:202
@@ -1275,6 +1279,7 @@ msgstr "Hardware conosciuto che funziona"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:332
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"A list of tested hardware is provided from <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian."
"org/DebianEdu/Hardware/\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/ </"
@@ -1286,7 +1291,7 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
#: release-manual.xml:334 release-manual.xml:478 release-manual.xml:562
-#: release-manual.xml:1506 release-manual.xml:2103
+#: release-manual.xml:1566 release-manual.xml:2203
msgid "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
@@ -1405,6 +1410,7 @@ msgstr "Dove trovare maggiori informazioni"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
#: release-manual.xml:384
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"We recommend to read or at least take a look at the <ulink url=\"http://www."
"debian.org/releases/stable/releasenotes\">release notes for Debian Etch </"
@@ -1419,8 +1425,8 @@ msgstr ""
"funzionare<inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:386 release-manual.xml:2462 release-manual.xml:2499
-#: release-manual.xml:2570
+#: release-manual.xml:386 release-manual.xml:2582 release-manual.xml:2619
+#: release-manual.xml:2690
msgid "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
@@ -1629,6 +1635,7 @@ msgstr "Richiesta di un CD/DVD con mail"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
#: release-manual.xml:476
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"For those without a fast internet connection, we offer to send you a CD or "
"DVD for the cost of the CD or DVD and shipping. Just send an email to <ulink "
@@ -1810,7 +1817,8 @@ msgstr "Scegliere un time-zone"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:533
msgid "Choose a keyboard keymap (usually the countrys default is fine)"
-msgstr "Scegliere una mappa di tastiera (in genere la tastiera di default va bene)"
+msgstr ""
+"Scegliere una mappa di tastiera (in genere la tastiera di default va bene)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: release-manual.xml:535
@@ -1925,7 +1933,8 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:557
-msgid "say yes to automatic partioning, it will destroy the data on the harddrives!"
+msgid ""
+"say yes to automatic partioning, it will destroy the data on the harddrives!"
msgstr ""
"rispondi yes al partizionamento automatico, questo distruggerà tutti i dati "
"negli hard disk!"
@@ -1937,6 +1946,7 @@ msgstr "rispondere yes a partman"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
#: release-manual.xml:560
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"please say yes to submit information to <ulink url=\"http://popcon."
"skolelinux.org/\">http://popcon.skolelinux.org/ </ulink> - though you dont "
@@ -2084,7 +2094,8 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:617
-msgid "Screenshot tour through an i386 main-server + thin-client-server installation"
+msgid ""
+"Screenshot tour through an i386 main-server + thin-client-server installation"
msgstr ""
"Schermi di esempio per una installazione i386 server principale+ thin-client-"
"server"
@@ -2534,7 +2545,8 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:851
-msgid "Search and delete Users"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Search and delete users"
msgstr "Cercare e cancellare utenti"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
@@ -2578,13 +2590,59 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-edituser.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-edituser.png </phrase>"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:872
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Advanced user management"
+msgstr "Gestione del Backup"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:874
+msgid ""
+"It possible to mass-create users with <computeroutput>lwat </computeroutput> "
+"by using a .csv file, which can be created with any good spreadsheet "
+"software (for example <computeroutput>oocalc </computeroutput>)."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:878
+msgid ""
+"The import script expects a file formated with all data for one user on one "
+"row, with each field separated with a semicolon. The minimum information "
+"needed is the full name of the user. If fullname is not given, the script "
+"expects to have both Firstname and lastname. The maximum information it "
+"expects is \"User template; Fullname; Username; Password; Additional group "
+"membership\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:880
+msgid ""
+"If a password column is missing, an easy to remember, pronounceble password "
+"will be created."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:882
+msgid ""
+"If users are put into groups, these groups have to exist, so you need to "
+"create them manually (with lwat, see below) before importing the users."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:884
+msgid ""
+"It's a good idea to do some tests first, best with a .csv file with a few "
+"fictional users, which can be deleted later."
+msgstr ""
+
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:873
+#: release-manual.xml:890
msgid "Group Management with lwat"
msgstr "Gestione dei gruppi con lwat"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:875
+#: release-manual.xml:892
msgid ""
"The mangement of groups is very similarly to the management of users. You "
"can enter a name and a description per group. When be searching for groups "
@@ -2597,7 +2655,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Nella pagina di modifica si può avere accesso a tutti gli utenti del gruppo."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:877
+#: release-manual.xml:894
msgid ""
"The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so "
"you can use them for file permissions too."
@@ -2605,13 +2663,62 @@ msgstr ""
"I gruppi inseriti attraverso lwat sono gruppi regolari unix, in modo da "
"usare questo strumento anche per i permessi dei file."
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:898
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Advanced group management"
+msgstr "Gestione del Backup"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:900
+msgid ""
+"Using lwat it's easy to put users in a specifig group (for example named "
+"after the year they enter or finish school) and to create all their home "
+"directories in a dedicated directory."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:902
+msgid ""
+"To achieve that, add a stanza like the following to the file "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/lwat/admin.ini </computeroutput>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:906
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"[2009]\n"
+"ou = \"ou=People,%base%\"\n"
+"objectClass = top posixAccount shadowAccount imapUser sambaSamAccount\n"
+"homeDirectory = /skole/tjener/home0/2009/%username%\n"
+"groups = none students 2009\n"
+"loginShell = /bin/bash\n"
+"mailMessageStore = /var/lib/maildirs/%username%\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:915
+msgid ""
+"To make this work the 2009 group has to be created before adding these users."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:917
+msgid ""
+"The above stanza simply adds then on top off home0, if you want them "
+"somewhere else, using another automount, then you use lwat to add that "
+"automount, and change the homeDirectory string in admini.ini corespondingly."
+msgstr ""
+
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:882
+#: release-manual.xml:923
msgid "Machine Management with lwat"
msgstr "Gestione delle macchine con lwat"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:884
+#: release-manual.xml:925
msgid ""
"With the machine management you can basically manage all IP based devices in "
"your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using "
@@ -2628,7 +2735,7 @@ msgstr ""
"\"Architecture\">architettura</link> di questo manuale."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:886
+#: release-manual.xml:927
msgid ""
"If you add a machine, you can use an ip/hostname from the preconfigured "
"address space. The following ip ranges are predefined:"
@@ -2637,67 +2744,69 @@ msgstr ""
"indirizzi prefigurato. I seguenti intervalli di ip sono predefiniti:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:888
+#: release-manual.xml:929
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">First address </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Primo indirizzo </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:892
+#: release-manual.xml:933
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Last address </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Ultimo indirizzo </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:896
+#: release-manual.xml:937
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">hostname </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">nome dell'host </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:901
+#: release-manual.xml:942
msgid "10.0.2.10"
msgstr "10.0.2.10"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:904
+#: release-manual.xml:945
msgid "10.0.2.29"
msgstr "10.0.2.29"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:907
-msgid "ltspserver<emphasis><emphasis role=\"strong\">xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
-msgstr "ltspserver<emphasis><emphasis role=\"strong\">xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
+#: release-manual.xml:948
+msgid ""
+"ltspserver<emphasis><emphasis role=\"strong\">xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"ltspserver<emphasis><emphasis role=\"strong\">xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:913
+#: release-manual.xml:954
msgid "10.0.2.30"
msgstr "10.0.2.30"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:916
+#: release-manual.xml:957
msgid "10.0.2.49"
msgstr "10.0.2.49"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:919
+#: release-manual.xml:960
msgid "printer<emphasis><emphasis role=\"strong\">xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr "printer<emphasis><emphasis role=\"strong\">xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:925
+#: release-manual.xml:966
msgid "10.0.2.50"
msgstr "10.0.2.50"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:928
+#: release-manual.xml:969
msgid "10.0.2.99"
msgstr "10.0.2.99"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:931
+#: release-manual.xml:972
msgid "static<emphasis><emphasis role=\"strong\">xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr "static<emphasis><emphasis role=\"strong\">xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:940
+#: release-manual.xml:981
msgid ""
"The addresses from 10.0.2.100 till 10.0.2.255 and 10.0.3.0 till 10.0.3.243 "
"are reserved for dhcp and are assigned dynamically."
@@ -2706,7 +2815,7 @@ msgstr ""
"riservati per il dhcp e sono assegnati dinamicamente."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:942
+#: release-manual.xml:983
msgid ""
"To assign a host with the MAC-address 00:40:05:AF:4E:C6 a static IP-address "
"you only have to enter the MAC-address and the hostname static00, the "
@@ -2719,19 +2828,20 @@ msgstr ""
"automaticamente secondo la configurazione predefinita."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:945
+#: release-manual.xml:986
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:951 release-manual.xml:984 release-manual.xml:1020
-#: release-manual.xml:1117 release-manual.xml:2415 release-manual.xml:2429
-#: release-manual.xml:2444
+#: release-manual.xml:992 release-manual.xml:1025 release-manual.xml:1061
+#: release-manual.xml:1158 release-manual.xml:2044 release-manual.xml:2118
+#: release-manual.xml:2155 release-manual.xml:2169 release-manual.xml:2176
+#: release-manual.xml:2535 release-manual.xml:2549 release-manual.xml:2564
msgid "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:954
+#: release-manual.xml:995
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> This will not configure the dhcp server. You need to "
"configure the host statically or edit the configuration of the dhcp server "
@@ -2742,12 +2852,12 @@ msgstr ""
"dhcp a mano come mostrato sotto."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:958
+#: release-manual.xml:999
msgid "Assign static ip addresses with dhcp"
msgstr "Assegnare un ip statico con dhcp"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:960
+#: release-manual.xml:1001
msgid ""
"To assign a static ip address to a host which you added to the ldap tree via "
"lwat, you need to edit <computeroutput>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf </"
@@ -2760,7 +2870,7 @@ msgstr ""
"come root."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:964
+#: release-manual.xml:1005
msgid ""
"For our example above you would, after open /etc/dhcpd3/dhcpd.conf in your "
"favourite editor, search for the configuration section of the host "
@@ -2771,7 +2881,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dovrebbe vedere una cosa simile a questa:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:968
+#: release-manual.xml:1009
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"host static00 {\n"
@@ -2787,7 +2897,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:974
+#: release-manual.xml:1015
msgid ""
"You need to replace the all-zero MAC-address with the correct one of your "
"static host. For our example host it will look like this:"
@@ -2796,7 +2906,7 @@ msgstr ""
"statico. Ecco come dovrebbe essere nel nostro esempio:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:977
+#: release-manual.xml:1018
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"host static00 {\n"
@@ -2812,7 +2922,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:987
+#: release-manual.xml:1028
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Don't forget to restart the dhcpd as described above "
"whenever you have changed the configuration."
@@ -2821,12 +2931,12 @@ msgstr ""
"descritto sopra tutte le volte che si cambia la configurazione."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:992
+#: release-manual.xml:1033
msgid "Search and delete machines"
msgstr "Cercare e cancellare macchine"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:994
+#: release-manual.xml:1035
msgid ""
"Searching for and deleting machines is quite similar to searching and "
"deleting users, so that information is not repeated here."
@@ -2835,12 +2945,12 @@ msgstr ""
"procedura qui, non viene indicatata."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:999
+#: release-manual.xml:1040
msgid "Modify existing machines / Netgroup management"
msgstr "Modificare macchine esistenti / Gestione del Netgroup"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1001
+#: release-manual.xml:1042
msgid ""
"After adding a machine to the ldap tree using lwat, you can modify its "
"properties using the search functionality and clicking on the right entry "
@@ -2851,12 +2961,12 @@ msgstr ""
"(come per gli utenti)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1004
+#: release-manual.xml:1045
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-editmachine.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1009
+#: release-manual.xml:1050
msgid ""
"The form that is behind this machine links is in one way similar to the one "
"you already know from modifying user entries, but in an other way the "
@@ -2867,7 +2977,7 @@ msgstr ""
"altro significato in questo contesto."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1011
+#: release-manual.xml:1052
msgid ""
"For example, adding a machine to a <computeroutput>NetGroup </"
"computeroutput> does not modify the permissions one machine (or the users "
@@ -2882,7 +2992,7 @@ msgstr ""
"più che limitare i servizi che una macchina può usare sul server principale."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1014
+#: release-manual.xml:1055
msgid ""
"The default installation provides the four <computeroutput>NetGroups </"
"computeroutput> printer-hosts, workstation-hosts, ltsp-server-hosts and "
@@ -2908,7 +3018,7 @@ msgstr ""
"statico da ldap."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1023
+#: release-manual.xml:1064
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Remember to configure workstations and ldap-servers "
"properly with lwat, or you users can't access their homedirs."
@@ -2918,7 +3028,7 @@ msgstr ""
"directory."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1025
+#: release-manual.xml:1066
msgid ""
"Another important part of the machine configuration is the 'Samba host' flag "
"(in the 'Host information' area). If you plan to add existing Windows "
@@ -2936,12 +3046,12 @@ msgstr ""
"collegamento."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1030
+#: release-manual.xml:1071
msgid "More lwat documentation"
msgstr "Altra documentazione lwat"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1032
+#: release-manual.xml:1073
msgid ""
"The full documentation for lwat can be found at <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"doc/lwat/ </computeroutput> on the main server or <ulink url=\"http://bzz.no/"
@@ -2952,12 +3062,12 @@ msgstr ""
"\"http://bzz.no/lwat/download/doc/\">online </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1040
+#: release-manual.xml:1081
msgid "Printer Managment"
msgstr "Amministrazione delle stampanti"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1042
+#: release-manual.xml:1083
msgid ""
"For Printer Management point your webbrowser to <ulink url=\"https://www:631"
"\">https://www:631 </ulink> This is the normal cups management site where "
@@ -2972,7 +3082,7 @@ msgstr ""
"protocollo che usa la criptazione ssl."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1045
+#: release-manual.xml:1086
msgid ""
"If you connect the printer for the first time, we suggest to run "
"<computeroutput>printconf </computeroutput> as root. FIXME: explain what to "
@@ -2983,12 +3093,12 @@ msgstr ""
"cosa fare quando questo non funziona."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1051
+#: release-manual.xml:1092
msgid "Clock synchronization"
msgstr "Sincronizzazione dell'orologio"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1053
+#: release-manual.xml:1094
msgid ""
"The default configuraiton in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all "
"machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the "
@@ -3007,7 +3117,7 @@ msgstr ""
"sua rete ISDN occupata tutto il tempo, per telefonate extra."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1055
+#: release-manual.xml:1096
msgid ""
"To enable synchronization with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on "
"the main-server need to be modified. The comments in front of the "
@@ -3026,12 +3136,12 @@ msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1063
+#: release-manual.xml:1104
msgid "Extend full partitions"
msgstr "Partizioni estese piene"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1065
+#: release-manual.xml:1106
msgid ""
"Because of a bug in the automatic partition, some partitions might be too "
"full after installation. To extend the full partitions, run "
@@ -3046,17 +3156,17 @@ msgstr ""
"\"Administration\">nella sezione amministrazione</link>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1072
+#: release-manual.xml:1113
msgid "Maintainance"
msgstr "Manutenzione"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1078
+#: release-manual.xml:1119
msgid "Updating the software"
msgstr "Aggiornare il software"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1080
+#: release-manual.xml:1121
msgid ""
"This section explains how to use <computeroutput>aptitude upgrade </"
"computeroutput> and kde-update-notifier."
@@ -3065,7 +3175,7 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput> e kde-update-notifier."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1083
+#: release-manual.xml:1124
msgid ""
"Using <computeroutput>aptitude </computeroutput> is really simply. To update "
"a system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: "
@@ -3081,7 +3191,7 @@ msgstr ""
"disponibile)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1088
+#: release-manual.xml:1129
msgid ""
"Instead of using the command line you can also use kde-update-notifier. "
"FIXME: Explain how, maybe with a screenshot."
@@ -3090,7 +3200,7 @@ msgstr ""
"notifier. FIXME: Occorre spiegare, forse con uno screenshot."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1090
+#: release-manual.xml:1131
msgid ""
"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> "
"and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> and configure them to "
@@ -3101,7 +3211,7 @@ msgstr ""
"configurarli mandando una mail all'indirizzo che stai leggendo."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1094
+#: release-manual.xml:1135
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> will notify you once a day via "
"email, which packages need an update. It does not install these updates, but "
@@ -3115,7 +3225,7 @@ msgstr ""
"upgrade </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1098
+#: release-manual.xml:1139
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> can send new changelog "
"entries to you."
@@ -3124,12 +3234,12 @@ msgstr ""
"cambiamenti effettuati."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1104
+#: release-manual.xml:1145
msgid "Backup Management"
msgstr "Gestione del Backup"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1106
+#: release-manual.xml:1147
msgid ""
"For the backup management point your browser to <ulink url=\"https://www/"
"slbackup-php\">https://www/slbackup-php </ulink>. Please note that you have "
@@ -3143,7 +3253,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ssl si ottiene un errore."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1109
+#: release-manual.xml:1150
msgid ""
"Per default the tjener will backup <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0 </"
"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/ </computeroutput> and the ldap to /"
@@ -3156,7 +3266,7 @@ msgstr ""
"fosse cancellato qualcosa) questo strumento è molto utile."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1113
+#: release-manual.xml:1154
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>/root/.svk </computeroutput> will also be backed up if you "
"install from etch-test today. (FIXME this, once it's in etch.)"
@@ -3165,7 +3275,7 @@ msgstr ""
"installa da etch-test today. (FIXME this, once it's in etch.)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1120
+#: release-manual.xml:1161
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Be aware that this backup doesn't protect you from "
"failing harddrives."
@@ -3174,7 +3284,7 @@ msgstr ""
"degli hard disk."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1122
+#: release-manual.xml:1163
msgid ""
"If you want to backup your data to an external server, a tape device or "
"another harddrive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit."
@@ -3183,8 +3293,45 @@ msgstr ""
"nastro o su un altro hard disk occorre modificare un poco la configurazione "
"esistente."
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1165
+msgid ""
+"If you want to restore a complete folder, your best option is to use the "
+"command-line:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1166
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"sudo rdiff-backup -r <date> \\ \n"
+" /skole/backup/tjener/skole/tjener/home0/user \\\n"
+" /skole/tjener/home0/user_<date>\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1171
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"this will leave the content from <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user </"
+"computeroutput> from <computeroutput><date> </computeroutput> in the "
+"folder <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date> </"
+"computeroutput>"
+msgstr ""
+"Occorre cambiare <computeroutput>i386 </computeroutput> con "
+"<computeroutput>amd64 </computeroutput> o <computeroutput>powerpc </"
+"computeroutput> se si ha un'architettura diversa."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1176
+msgid ""
+"If you want to restore a single file, then you should be able to select the "
+"file (and the version) from the web-interface, and download only that file."
+msgstr ""
+
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1123
+#: release-manual.xml:1177
msgid ""
"FIXME: I have to have a look on the webpage of slbackup-php to describe this "
"further"
@@ -3193,17 +3340,17 @@ msgstr ""
"descrivere come fare"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1129
+#: release-manual.xml:1183
msgid "Server Monitoring"
msgstr "Monitorare il Server"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1133
+#: release-manual.xml:1187
msgid "Munin"
msgstr "Munin"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1135
+#: release-manual.xml:1189
msgid ""
"Munin trend reporting system is available from <ulink url=\"https://www/"
"munin/\">https://www/munin/ </ulink>. It provides system status measurement "
@@ -3218,7 +3365,7 @@ msgstr ""
"i colli di bottiglia e per l'origine dei problemi del sistema."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1138
+#: release-manual.xml:1192
msgid ""
"The list of machines being monitored using munin is generated automatically "
"based on the list of hosts reporting to sitesummary. All hosts with the "
@@ -3241,7 +3388,7 @@ msgstr ""
"server che contiene (normalmente il server-principale)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1142
+#: release-manual.xml:1196
msgid ""
"Information about the munin system is available from <ulink url=\"http://"
"munin.projects.linpro.no/\">http://munin.projects.linpro.no/ </ulink> ."
@@ -3251,12 +3398,12 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> ."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1148
+#: release-manual.xml:1202
msgid "Nagios"
msgstr "Nagios"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1150
+#: release-manual.xml:1204
msgid ""
"Nagios system and service monitoring is available from <ulink url=\"https://"
"www/nagios2/\">https://www/nagios2/ </ulink>."
@@ -3265,7 +3412,7 @@ msgstr ""
"url=\"https://www/nagios2/\">https://www/nagios2/ </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1153
+#: release-manual.xml:1207
msgid ""
"The username is nagiosadmin and the password is undefined, you must set your "
"own password before you can login and use nagios. For security reasons, "
@@ -3278,7 +3425,7 @@ msgstr ""
"la password occorre eseguire il seguente comando come root:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1156
+#: release-manual.xml:1210
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"htpasswd /etc/nagios2/htpasswd.users nagiosadmin\n"
@@ -3288,7 +3435,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1159
+#: release-manual.xml:1213
msgid ""
"By default from Debian-Edu 3.0r1 Nagios does not send email. This can be "
"changed by replacing <computeroutput>notify-by-nothing </computeroutput> "
@@ -3303,7 +3450,7 @@ msgstr ""
"etc/nagios2/debian-edu/contacts.cfg </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1165
+#: release-manual.xml:1219
msgid ""
"Information about the nagios system is available from <ulink url=\"http://"
"www.nagios.org/\">http://www.nagios.org/ </ulink> or in the "
@@ -3314,12 +3461,12 @@ msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>nagios2-doc </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1172
+#: release-manual.xml:1226
msgid "Sitesummary"
msgstr "Sitesummary"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1174
+#: release-manual.xml:1228
msgid ""
"A simple report from sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"https://www/"
"sitesummary/\">https://www/sitesummary/ </ulink>."
@@ -3328,7 +3475,7 @@ msgstr ""
"url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\">https://www/sitesummary/ </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1177
+#: release-manual.xml:1231
msgid ""
"Some documentation on sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"http://wiki."
"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
@@ -3339,12 +3486,12 @@ msgstr ""
"org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary </ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1185
+#: release-manual.xml:1239
msgid "Upgrades"
msgstr "Aggiornamenti"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1189
+#: release-manual.xml:1243
msgid ""
"Before explaining how to upgrade, please note, that you do this update on "
"your productive server on your own risk. <emphasis role=\"strong\">Debian "
@@ -3360,7 +3507,7 @@ msgstr ""
"aggiornare."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1192
+#: release-manual.xml:1246
msgid ""
"More <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/installmanual"
"\">information about the Debian etch release </ulink> is available in its "
@@ -3371,7 +3518,7 @@ msgstr ""
"relativo manuale."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1195
+#: release-manual.xml:1249
msgid ""
"If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works like before , "
"you should test the upgrade on a test server, which is configured the same "
@@ -3383,7 +3530,7 @@ msgstr ""
"configurato nello stesso modo del server effettivo."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1197
+#: release-manual.xml:1251
msgid ""
"Also it might be wise to wait a bit and keep running sarge for some more "
"weeks, so that others can test the upgrade, experience problems and document "
@@ -3401,19 +3548,20 @@ msgstr ""
"accada nel'Aprile 2008."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1202
+#: release-manual.xml:1256
msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu sarge"
msgstr "Aggiornamento da Debian Edu sarge"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1204
-msgid "Please read this chapter completly before you start upgrading your systems."
+#: release-manual.xml:1258
+msgid ""
+"Please read this chapter completly before you start upgrading your systems."
msgstr ""
"Occorre leggere completamente questo capitolo prima di cominciare a fare "
"l'aggiornamento del sistema."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1206
+#: release-manual.xml:1260
msgid ""
"In case of problems you could also read the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian."
"org/releases/stable/releasenotes\">releasenotes for Debian etch </ulink>. "
@@ -3432,12 +3580,12 @@ msgstr ""
"sull'aggiornamento dal kernel 2.4 a 2.6 </ulink> prima di installare!)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1213
+#: release-manual.xml:1267
msgid "Partioning scheme changed"
msgstr "Schema di partizionamento cambiato"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1215
+#: release-manual.xml:1269
msgid ""
"The main problem upgrading from the sarge-based Release to Terra is that the "
"Partition Scheme changed completly. The sarge-based Release has two volume "
@@ -3448,17 +3596,19 @@ msgstr ""
"volume:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1216
+#: release-manual.xml:1270
msgid "vg_data which holds the Data Partition as /skole/tjener/home0, ..."
-msgstr "vg_data che contiene i dati della partizione come /skole/tjener/home0, ..."
+msgstr ""
+"vg_data che contiene i dati della partizione come /skole/tjener/home0, ..."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1217
+#: release-manual.xml:1271
msgid "vg_system contains System Partitions as /var, /usr /var/spool/squid"
-msgstr "vg_system contiene la partizione del Sistema come /var, /usr /var/spool/squid"
+msgstr ""
+"vg_system contiene la partizione del Sistema come /var, /usr /var/spool/squid"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1220
+#: release-manual.xml:1274
msgid ""
"But the etch based release has only 1 Volume Group due to internal changes "
"of the Installer."
@@ -3467,7 +3617,7 @@ msgstr ""
"interno dell'Installer."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1222
+#: release-manual.xml:1276
msgid ""
"The main problem is that the vg_system volumegroup is quite small since the "
"data in this partition is mostly static. When trying the upgrade on a "
@@ -3486,12 +3636,12 @@ msgstr ""
"fallisce per il poco spazio sul disco."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1227
+#: release-manual.xml:1281
msgid "Prepare the system"
msgstr "Preparazione del sistema"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1229
+#: release-manual.xml:1283
msgid ""
"If you have enough space in the vg_system volumegroup but not in the lv_var "
"partition, you have to resize this partition:"
@@ -3500,7 +3650,7 @@ msgstr ""
"lv_var- occorre ridimensionare questa partizione:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1231
+#: release-manual.xml:1285
msgid ""
"1.) Umount the <computeroutput>/var </computeroutput> partition, you 'll "
"have to umount the <computeroutput>/var/spool/squid </computeroutput> "
@@ -3511,7 +3661,7 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput> per questo lavoro:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1234
+#: release-manual.xml:1288
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/etc/init.d/squid stop \n"
@@ -3523,45 +3673,45 @@ msgstr ""
"umount -fl /var ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1239
+#: release-manual.xml:1293
msgid "2.) fsck the partition:"
msgstr "2.) fsck della partizione:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1239
+#: release-manual.xml:1293
#, no-wrap
msgid "e2fsck -f /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
msgstr "e2fsck -f /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1242
+#: release-manual.xml:1296
msgid "3.) resize the partition:"
msgstr "3.) ridimensionare la partizione:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1242
+#: release-manual.xml:1296
#, no-wrap
msgid "lvextend -L +1GB /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
msgstr "lvextend -L +1GB /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1245
+#: release-manual.xml:1299
msgid "4.) resize the filesystem:"
msgstr "4.) ridimensionare il filesystem:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1245
+#: release-manual.xml:1299
#, no-wrap
msgid "resize2fs /dev/vg_system/lv_data]]"
msgstr "resize2fs /dev/vg_system/lv_data]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1248
+#: release-manual.xml:1302
msgid "5.) mount the partitions again:"
msgstr "5.) montare le partizioni di nuovo:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1248
+#: release-manual.xml:1302
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"mount /var \n"
@@ -3573,7 +3723,7 @@ msgstr ""
"/etc/init.d/squid start ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1256
+#: release-manual.xml:1310
msgid ""
"Now modify <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </computeroutput> to "
"contain these lines"
@@ -3582,7 +3732,7 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput> in modo che contenga queste linee"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1258
+#: release-manual.xml:1312
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian etch main \n"
@@ -3594,12 +3744,12 @@ msgstr ""
"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux etch local]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1264
+#: release-manual.xml:1318
msgid "And start the upgrade with:"
msgstr "Ora incominciamo ad aggiornare con:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1265
+#: release-manual.xml:1319
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"aptitude update \n"
@@ -3609,12 +3759,12 @@ msgstr ""
"aptitude dist-upgrade ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1273
+#: release-manual.xml:1327
msgid "Answers to debconf questions raising during upgrade"
msgstr "Risposte alle domande di Debconf che appaiono durante l'aggiornamento"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1275
+#: release-manual.xml:1329
msgid ""
"Here we can give you some hints, what you should answer to the debconf "
"question during the upgrade. But please note: This upgrade HowTo is based on "
@@ -3626,7 +3776,7 @@ msgstr ""
"terminalserver."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1277
+#: release-manual.xml:1331
msgid ""
"Which questions exactly raise up in addition to the ones described here "
"depends on what is additionally installed on your system. (Additionally to "
@@ -3644,54 +3794,55 @@ msgstr ""
"org </ulink>) o IRC (irc.oftc.net): #debian-edu."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1280
+#: release-manual.xml:1334
msgid "* Configure nagios-common."
msgstr "* Configurare nagios-common."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1282
+#: release-manual.xml:1336
msgid ""
"Here you have to enter a password for the <emphasis>nagiosadmin </emphasis> "
"user."
-msgstr "Occorre inserire una password per l'utente <emphasis>nagiosadmin </emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Occorre inserire una password per l'utente <emphasis>nagiosadmin </emphasis>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1287
+#: release-manual.xml:1341
msgid "* Configure console-data"
msgstr "* Configurare console-data"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1288
+#: release-manual.xml:1342
msgid "Choose \"Don't change keyboard layout\""
msgstr "Scegliere \"Don't change keyboard layout\""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1291
+#: release-manual.xml:1345
msgid "* Configure openssh-server"
msgstr "* Configurare openssh-server"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1292
+#: release-manual.xml:1346
msgid "Don't deactivate challenge-response Auth."
msgstr "Non disattivare la challenge-response Auth."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1295
+#: release-manual.xml:1349
msgid "* Configure systat"
msgstr "* Configurare systat"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1296
+#: release-manual.xml:1350
msgid "Choose the default (yes) here."
msgstr "Scegliere qui il default (yes)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1299
+#: release-manual.xml:1353
msgid "* Configure popularity-contest"
msgstr "* Configurare popularity-contest"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1300
+#: release-manual.xml:1354
msgid ""
"If you choose \"yes\", this will help us improve Debian Edu. (We'll get an "
"weekly report which programs are how often used). The data is gathered "
@@ -3703,47 +3854,48 @@ msgstr ""
"\"."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1303
+#: release-manual.xml:1357
msgid "* Configure libnss-ldap"
msgstr "* Configure libnss-ldap"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1305
+#: release-manual.xml:1359
msgid "Change the prompt to: <emphasis>ldaps://ldap/ </emphasis>"
msgstr "Al prompt inserire: <emphasis>ldaps://ldap/ </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1309
-msgid "Change the prompt to: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
+#: release-manual.xml:1363
+msgid ""
+"Change the prompt to: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
msgstr "Al prompt inserire: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1312
+#: release-manual.xml:1366
msgid "Use ldapversion 3 here"
msgstr "Usare qui ldapversion 3"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1313
+#: release-manual.xml:1367
msgid "Which account should root use for ldap lookups FIXME"
msgstr "Quale acconto dovrebbe usare root per ldap lookups FIXME"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1314
+#: release-manual.xml:1368
msgid "Which password should root use here FIXME"
msgstr "Quale password dovrebbe usare root qui FIXME"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1317
+#: release-manual.xml:1371
msgid "* Upgrade glibc now. Answer \"yes\"."
msgstr "* Aggiornare ora glibc. Rispondere qui \"yes\"."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1319
+#: release-manual.xml:1373
msgid "* Restart Services. Answer \"yes\"."
msgstr "* Lanciare di nuovo i Servizi. Risponder qui \"yes\"."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1321
+#: release-manual.xml:1375
msgid ""
"These are the debconf questions you will see if you have no additional "
"packages installed."
@@ -3752,12 +3904,12 @@ msgstr ""
"installati."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1323
+#: release-manual.xml:1377
msgid "Now the upgrade process will start to upgrade the packages."
msgstr "Ora il processo di aggiornamento dei pacchetti partirà."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1325
+#: release-manual.xml:1379
msgid ""
"Please note: You will be asked several times if you want to keep your old "
"modified version of a configfile or if you want to get the latest. The "
@@ -3770,12 +3922,12 @@ msgstr ""
"modificata, occorre scegliere sempre: \"Installare l'ultima\"."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1327
+#: release-manual.xml:1381
msgid "The upgrade will fail with this error message:"
msgstr "L'aggiornamento si interrompe con questo messaggio:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1328
+#: release-manual.xml:1382
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -3791,7 +3943,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1334
+#: release-manual.xml:1388
msgid ""
"To fix this you have to edit these two files: <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/info/"
"mozilla-firefox-locale-it.postrm </emphasis> and <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/"
@@ -3806,33 +3958,33 @@ msgstr ""
"</emphasis>. Poi occorre riavviare il processo di aggiornamento con:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1338
+#: release-manual.xml:1392
#, no-wrap
msgid "apt-get -f install]]"
msgstr "apt-get -f install]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1340
+#: release-manual.xml:1394
msgid "Now the upgrade continues:"
msgstr "Ora l'aggiornamento continua:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1342
+#: release-manual.xml:1396
msgid "* Several Modified configuration files (nagios)"
msgstr "* Alcuni file di configurazione modificati (nagios)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1343
+#: release-manual.xml:1397
msgid "You should always keep your installed one (default) and hit enter"
msgstr "Dovresti sempre lasciare quello installato (default) e premere enter"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1346
+#: release-manual.xml:1400
msgid "Then the installation failes another time:"
msgstr "Quando l'installazione si interrompe più tardi:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1347
+#: release-manual.xml:1401
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -3846,7 +3998,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1352
+#: release-manual.xml:1406
msgid ""
"In order to fix this, rename this directory: <emphasis>/var/backups/dc=skole,"
"dc=skolelinux,dc=no-2.2.23-8.ldapdb </emphasis> and since openldap now runs "
@@ -3859,7 +4011,7 @@ msgstr ""
"</emphasis> i permessi dei file di configurazione devono essere cambiati:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1355
+#: release-manual.xml:1409
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"chown -R openldap:openldap /etc/ldap/ \n"
@@ -3869,7 +4021,7 @@ msgstr ""
"apt-get -f install]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1358
+#: release-manual.xml:1412
msgid ""
"Then the installation should finish <emphasis role=\"strong\">without </"
"emphasis> an error. Since now many packages are not upgrades please restart "
@@ -3880,18 +4032,18 @@ msgstr ""
"riavviare dist-upgrade di nuovo con:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1360
+#: release-manual.xml:1414
#, no-wrap
msgid "aptitude dist-upgrade]]"
msgstr "aptitude dist-upgrade]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1362
+#: release-manual.xml:1416
msgid "The next error raising up is this one:"
msgstr "Il prossimo errore è questo:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1363
+#: release-manual.xml:1417
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -3903,23 +4055,24 @@ msgstr ""
"E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1)]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1367
+#: release-manual.xml:1421
msgid "Please remove the package: <emphasis>courier-ldap </emphasis> with"
msgstr "Occorre rimuovere il pacchetto: <emphasis>courier-ldap </emphasis> con"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1369
+#: release-manual.xml:1423
#, no-wrap
msgid "aptitude remove courier-ldap]]"
msgstr "aptitude remove courier-ldap]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1371
-msgid "and wait until it is finished.Then restart the dist-upgrade process again."
+#: release-manual.xml:1425
+msgid ""
+"and wait until it is finished.Then restart the dist-upgrade process again."
msgstr "e aspettare fino alla fine. Poi riavviare di nuovo dist-upgrade."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1373
+#: release-manual.xml:1427
msgid ""
"If you have only the default packages installed the upgrade process should "
"now finish without raising more errors."
@@ -3928,12 +4081,12 @@ msgstr ""
"aggiornamento dovrebbe ora finire senza altri errori."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1378
+#: release-manual.xml:1432
msgid "Problem upgrading bind"
msgstr "Problemi nell'aggiornamento di bind"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1380
+#: release-manual.xml:1434
msgid ""
"The only remaining upgrade issue is that the user of bind9 has changed, so "
"you'll have to chown all bind-configuration files."
@@ -3942,13 +4095,13 @@ msgstr ""
"cambiare il proprietario di tutti i file di configurazione di bind."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1381
+#: release-manual.xml:1435
#, no-wrap
msgid "chown bind:root -R /etc/bind ]]"
msgstr "chown bind:root -R /etc/bind ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1383
+#: release-manual.xml:1437
msgid ""
"See <ulink url=\"http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=386791"
"\">#386791 </ulink> for more information."
@@ -3957,12 +4110,12 @@ msgstr ""
"bugreport.cgi?bug=386791\">#386791 </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1389
+#: release-manual.xml:1443
msgid "Samba groupmaps handeling changed"
msgstr "I gruppi di Samba sono cambiati"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1391
+#: release-manual.xml:1445
msgid ""
"There has been a change in how samba handles groupmaps between sarge and "
"etch. Samba in sarge handled groupmaps internally, so a unix group was also "
@@ -3977,7 +4130,7 @@ msgstr ""
"strumento di amministrazione di LDAP \"lwat\" per rimediare alla situazione."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1393
+#: release-manual.xml:1447
msgid ""
"When you upgrade your LDAP from a sarge installation, you must make sure to "
"create the Domain Admins account, neccessary for correct samba domain "
@@ -3988,7 +4141,7 @@ msgstr ""
"samba. Creare l'acconto di Domain Admins con il comando:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1394
+#: release-manual.xml:1448
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/usr/bin/net groupmap add rid=512 unixgroup=admins \\\n"
@@ -4002,7 +4155,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1399
+#: release-manual.xml:1453
msgid ""
"If you want your Windows computers to be aware of what groups users are in, "
"you must create the groupmaps in LDAP manually, this is explained in more "
@@ -4015,12 +4168,12 @@ msgstr ""
"di questo manuale."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1405
+#: release-manual.xml:1459
msgid "Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations"
msgstr "Aggiornamenti da installazioni Debian Edu / Skolelinux più vecchie"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1407
+#: release-manual.xml:1461
msgid ""
"Upgrades from the woody based Debian Edu / Skolelinux installation are not "
"supported. Upgrade to the sarge based version first, a howto can be found at "
@@ -4035,37 +4188,39 @@ msgstr ""
"</ulink>. Poi occorre fare l'aggiornamento a Terrra (versione etch)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1414
+#: release-manual.xml:1468
msgid "HowTo"
msgstr "HowTo"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1416
-msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administration</link>"
-msgstr "HowTo per <link linkend=\"Administration\">amministrazione generale</link>"
+#: release-manual.xml:1470
+msgid ""
+"HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administration</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"HowTo per <link linkend=\"Administration\">amministrazione generale</link>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1419
+#: release-manual.xml:1473
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">the desktop</link>"
msgstr "HowTo per <link linkend=\"Desktop\">il desktop</link>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1422
+#: release-manual.xml:1476
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link>"
msgstr "HowTo per <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">client della rete</link>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1425
+#: release-manual.xml:1479
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">teaching and learning</link>"
msgstr "HowTo per <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">insegnare e imparare</link>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1432
+#: release-manual.xml:1486
msgid "HowTos for general administration"
msgstr "HowTo per l'amministrazione generale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1434
+#: release-manual.xml:1488
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> and <link "
"linkend=\"Maintainance\">DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Maintainance</link> "
@@ -4080,46 +4235,47 @@ msgstr ""
"\"avanzati\"."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1440
-msgid "Installing single service machines for spreading the load from main-server"
+#: release-manual.xml:1494
+msgid ""
+"Installing single service machines for spreading the load from main-server"
msgstr ""
"Installare singoli servizi sulle macchine per distribuire il carico del "
"server principale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1441
+#: release-manual.xml:1495
msgid "barebone install using debian-edu-expert"
msgstr "installazione di barebone con l'uso di debian-edu-expert"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1442
+#: release-manual.xml:1496
msgid "install the packages for the service"
msgstr "installare il pacchetto per il servizio"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1443
+#: release-manual.xml:1497
msgid "configure the service"
msgstr "configurare il servizio"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1444
+#: release-manual.xml:1498
msgid "disable the service on main-server"
msgstr "disattivare il servizio nel server principale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1445
+#: release-manual.xml:1499
msgid "update dns on main-server"
msgstr "aggiornare il dns sul server principale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1451
+#: release-manual.xml:1505
msgid "Tracking /etc/ using the svk version control system"
msgstr ""
"Tenere traccia della directory /etc/ con la versione svk per il controllo "
"del sistema "
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1453
+#: release-manual.xml:1507
msgid ""
"With the introduction of the <computeroutput>debian-edu-etc-svk </"
"computeroutput> script in Debian Edu, all files in <computeroutput>/etc/ </"
@@ -4137,7 +4293,7 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1458
+#: release-manual.xml:1512
msgid ""
"This feature is activated automatically in the Etch based version of Debian "
"Edu, and all changes done during installation are registered. Changes in "
@@ -4148,12 +4304,12 @@ msgstr ""
"fatti in <computeroutput>/etc/ </computeroutput> sono registrati ogni ora."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1461
+#: release-manual.xml:1515
msgid "List of useful commands:"
msgstr "Elenco di comandi utili:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1464
+#: release-manual.xml:1518
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff\n"
@@ -4171,12 +4327,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1473
+#: release-manual.xml:1527
msgid "Usage examples"
msgstr "Esempi di uso"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1475
+#: release-manual.xml:1529
msgid ""
"In a freshly installed system try this to see all changes done since the "
"system was installed:"
@@ -4185,7 +4341,7 @@ msgstr ""
"sono stati fatti dall'installazione iniziale:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1478
+#: release-manual.xml:1532
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 | less\n"
@@ -4195,12 +4351,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1481
+#: release-manual.xml:1535
msgid "To see the list of changes done in /etc/, use this command:"
msgstr "Per vedere i cambiamenti fatti in /etc/, usare questo comando:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1484
+#: release-manual.xml:1538
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk log | less\n"
@@ -4210,24 +4366,44 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1487
-msgid "To see the changes done to a specific file, specify the file:"
+#: release-manual.xml:1541
+msgid ""
+"Here check revision numbers by date and time, Then to see all changes done "
+"since revision N say:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1544
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -rN | less\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 | less\n"
+"]]"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1547
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"To see the changes done to a specific file between specific revisions, "
+"specify the file and both revisions:"
msgstr ""
"Per vedere i cambiamenti effettuati su un determinato file occorre "
"specificarlo:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1490
-#, no-wrap
+#: release-manual.xml:1550
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | less\n"
+"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r46 -r64 /etc/resolv.conf | less\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | less\n"
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1493
+#: release-manual.xml:1553
msgid ""
"To revert a change, use the diff command to look at the change, and edit the "
"file to undo the change, or use a command like this to do it automatically:"
@@ -4237,7 +4413,7 @@ msgstr ""
"automaticamente:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1496
+#: release-manual.xml:1556
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"( cd /etc && debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | patch -p1 -R )\n"
@@ -4247,12 +4423,14 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1499
-msgid "To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:"
-msgstr "Per registrare i manualmente cambiamenti di un file senza aspettare un'ora:"
+#: release-manual.xml:1559
+msgid ""
+"To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:"
+msgstr ""
+"Per registrare i manualmente cambiamenti di un file senza aspettare un'ora:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1502
+#: release-manual.xml:1562
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk commit /etc/resolv.conf\n"
@@ -4262,7 +4440,8 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1505
+#: release-manual.xml:1565
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If you don't want a specific file to be tracked in svk, you can tell to "
"ignore it. But this is rarely useful <inlinemediaobject>"
@@ -4271,7 +4450,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ignorarlo. Questa operazione è raramente utile<inlinemediaobject>"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1512
+#: release-manual.xml:1572
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk ignore /etc/path/to/file/to/be/ignored\n"
@@ -4281,12 +4460,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1518
+#: release-manual.xml:1578
msgid "For those who upgraded from sarge/woody"
msgstr "Per coloro che aggiornano da sarge/woody"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1520
+#: release-manual.xml:1580
msgid ""
"/etc in svk was introduced with the etch based release of Debian Edu. If you "
"installed your system prior to this, you need to initialize svk once with "
@@ -4297,7 +4476,7 @@ msgstr ""
"svk una volta con il seguente comando come root:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1523
+#: release-manual.xml:1583
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk init\n"
@@ -4307,19 +4486,20 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1526
+#: release-manual.xml:1586
msgid ""
"This adds all files in /etc to svk and also activates the hourly commit "
"cronjob."
-msgstr "Il comando aggiunge in /etc tutti i file a svk e attiva il commit cronjob."
+msgstr ""
+"Il comando aggiunge in /etc tutti i file a svk e attiva il commit cronjob."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1532
+#: release-manual.xml:1592
msgid "Resize Partitions"
msgstr "Ridimensionare partizioni"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1534
+#: release-manual.xml:1594
msgid ""
"Most partitions in Debian Edu are logical LVM volumes. Only the /boot/ "
"partition is not. With the Debian/Etch release of Debian Edu, it is possible "
@@ -4334,7 +4514,7 @@ msgstr ""
"queste non siano montate."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1536
+#: release-manual.xml:1596
msgid ""
"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions, as large "
"partitions will take a long time to restore from backup if the need should "
@@ -4348,7 +4528,7 @@ msgstr ""
"creare più partizioni piccole che una molto ampia."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1538
+#: release-manual.xml:1598
msgid ""
"To make it easier to extend full partitions, the <computeroutput>debian-edu-"
"fsautoresize </computeroutput> script is provided. When invoked, it reads "
@@ -4373,12 +4553,12 @@ msgstr ""
"effettivamente il file system."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1547
+#: release-manual.xml:1607
msgid "Logical Volumne Management"
msgstr "Gestione dei volumi logici"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1549
+#: release-manual.xml:1609
msgid ""
"Logical Volumne Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they "
"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM in the <ulink url="
@@ -4389,7 +4569,7 @@ msgstr ""
"www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/\">LVM HowTo </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1552
+#: release-manual.xml:1612
msgid ""
"To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the "
"<computeroutput>lvextend </computeroutput> command how large you want it to "
@@ -4400,12 +4580,13 @@ msgstr ""
"aumentare."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1555
+#: release-manual.xml:1615
msgid "For example, to extend home0 to 30GB you use the following commands:"
-msgstr "Per esempio per aumentare home0 a 30GB si può usare i seguenti comandi:"
+msgstr ""
+"Per esempio per aumentare home0 a 30GB si può usare i seguenti comandi:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1558
+#: release-manual.xml:1618
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"lvextend -L30G /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0\n"
@@ -4415,12 +4596,12 @@ msgstr ""
"resize2fs /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1565
+#: release-manual.xml:1625
msgid "Using volatile.debian.org"
msgstr "Usare volatile.debian.org"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1567
+#: release-manual.xml:1627
msgid ""
"Since <ulink url=\"http://volatile.debian.org\">volatile.debian.org </ulink> "
"is a relativly new service, introduced with Debian Etch, it's not enabled on "
@@ -4431,17 +4612,17 @@ msgstr ""
"con l'installazione di default."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1572
+#: release-manual.xml:1632
msgid "What is debian-volatile?"
msgstr "Cos'è debian-volatile?"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1574
+#: release-manual.xml:1634
msgid "<emphasis>Quoting from the webpage: </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>Citando dalla pagina web</emphasis>:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1576
+#: release-manual.xml:1636
msgid ""
"Some packages aim at fast moving targets, such as spam filtering and virus "
"scanning, and even when using updated data patterns, they do not really work "
@@ -4460,12 +4641,12 @@ msgstr ""
"rendere funzionale il programma."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1582
+#: release-manual.xml:1642
msgid "How to use volatile"
msgstr "Come usare volatile"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1584
+#: release-manual.xml:1644
msgid ""
"Since the volatile archive key is included in the <computeroutput>debian-"
"archive-keyring </computeroutput> package, which is installed by default, "
@@ -4480,7 +4661,7 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput>:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1589
+#: release-manual.xml:1649
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://volatile.debian.org/debian-volatile etch/volatile main\n"
@@ -4490,7 +4671,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1592
+#: release-manual.xml:1652
msgid ""
"And run <computeroutput>aptitude update && aptitude upgrade </"
"computeroutput>."
@@ -4499,12 +4680,12 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1599
+#: release-manual.xml:1659
msgid "Using backports.org"
msgstr "Usare backports.org"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1601
+#: release-manual.xml:1661
msgid ""
"You are running Debian Edu, because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. "
"It runs great, there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit "
@@ -4515,7 +4696,7 @@ msgstr ""
"vorresti. Backports.org serve per risolvere questo problema."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1603
+#: release-manual.xml:1663
msgid ""
"Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian "
"unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run "
@@ -4536,7 +4717,7 @@ msgstr ""
"url=\"http://www.backports.org\">http://www.backports.org</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1607
+#: release-manual.xml:1667
msgid ""
"You will need to add the backports.org archive key to root's "
"<computeroutput>gpg </computeroutput> keyring, so that <computeroutput>apt </"
@@ -4551,351 +4732,333 @@ msgstr ""
"dare il seguente comando come root:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1613
+#: release-manual.xml:1673
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# install the debian-keyring securily:\n"
"aptitude install debian-keyring\n"
"# fetch the backports.org key insecurily:\n"
"gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 16BA136C\n"
-"# check securily if the key is correct and add it to root's keyring if it is:\n"
+"# check securily if the key is correct and add it the keyring used by apt if it is:\n"
"gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs 16BA136C && gpg --export 16BA136C | apt-key add -\n"
"# add backports.org repo to /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
"echo \"deb http://www.backports.org/debian etch-backports main contrib non-free\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
"# update the list of available packages:\n"
"aptitude update\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen>\n"
-"<para>Then you can either use <computeroutput>aptitude -t etch-backports install <packagename>\n"
-"</computeroutput> to install or update packages once, or you can configure a package to be always installed from backports.org though <computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences\n"
-"</computeroutput> which is described in the <ulink url=\"http://www.backports.org/dokuwiki/doku.php?id=instructions\">instructions on backports.org\n"
-"</ulink>. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>The second variant has the advantage, that updates to backports are installed automatically when they are available. With the first variant you need to update manually. \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Java\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre sun-java5-fonts\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Access to skolelinux server from outside a firewall\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>A boot script <computeroutput>open-backdoor\n"
-"</computeroutput> is provided in the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config\n"
-"</computeroutput> package to \"break out\" from behind a firewall. It is useful for system administrators responsible for several Debian Edu installations. It set up an SSH tunnel to another machine, allowing ssh login from the outside of the firewall. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>To enable it, create a ssh key without a password, create a user on a remote host to use for ssh login, copy the public key into ~/.ssh/authorized_keys for the remote user used for and specify the login information in <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor\n"
-"</computeroutput>. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>Content of <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor\n"
-"</computeroutput> should be similar to this: \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[RHOST=admin.example.net\n"
-"RPORT=1234\n"
-"RUSER=backdoor\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen>\n"
-"<para>FIXME: This need to be completed and tested. \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Creating a folder in all users home directory\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>With this script the administrator can create a folder in each users home directory and set access permissions and Ownership. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=770 a user can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder \"assignments\" where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[#!/bin/bash\n"
-"\n"
-"home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\";\n"
-" shared_folder=\"assignments\";\n"
-" permissions=\"770\";\n"
-" created_dir=0;\n"
-"\n"
-"for home in $(ls $home_path);do\n"
-"\n"
-" . if [ ! -d \"$home_path/$home/$shared_folder\" ]; then\n"
-" . mkdir $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
-" chmod $permissions $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
-" . #set the right owner and group\n"
-" #\"username\" = \"group name\" = \"folder name\"\n"
-" user=$home\n"
-" group=teachers\n"
-" chown $user:$group $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
-" ((created_dir+=1))\n"
-" else\n"
-" . echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already exists.\\n\"\n"
-" . fi\n"
-"done\n"
-"\n"
-"echo \"$created_dir folders has been created\"\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>HowTos from wiki.debian.org\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>The HowTos from <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/\n"
-"</ulink> are either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and delete them over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of those pages to find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting it under the GPL.) \n"
-"</para><itemizedlist><listitem>\n"
-"<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn\n"
-"</ulink> \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"</listitem><listitem>\n"
-"<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC\n"
-"</ulink> \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"</listitem><listitem>\n"
-"<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\n"
-"</ulink> \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"</listitem><listitem>\n"
-"<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\n"
-"</ulink> \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"</listitem><listitem>\n"
-"<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/Squid_LDAP_Authentication\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/Squid_LDAP_Authentication\n"
-"</ulink> \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"</listitem>\n"
-"</itemizedlist>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section id=\"Desktop\">\n"
-"<title>HowTos for the desktop\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para> \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>KDE Kiosk mode\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>Two default profiles are included: \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para><emphasis role=\"strong\">debian_edu_pupils\n"
-"</emphasis> (enabled for members of the students file group) \n"
-"</para><itemizedlist><listitem>customized set of icons appears on student desktops \n"
-"</listitem><listitem>makes sure that the programs behind the desktop icons also show up in the kde panel \n"
-"</listitem><listitem>adept is not started \n"
-"</listitem><listitem>makes sure that students cannot start another kde session \n"
-"</listitem><listitem>disables possibility to gain root access for students \n"
-"</listitem>\n"
-"</itemizedlist>\n"
-"<para><emphasis role=\"strong\">debian_edu_root\n"
-"</emphasis> (enabled for the root user and members of the admins file group) \n"
-"</para><itemizedlist><listitem>adds a desktop icon to connect to the local webserver on tjener to provide easy access to all the administration programs \n"
-"</listitem>\n"
-"</itemizedlist>\n"
-"<para><emphasis role=\"strong\">Note:\n"
-"</emphasis>: modifications to the profiles can be done using <computeroutput>kiosktool\n"
-"</computeroutput>. However, unless you follow the step below, your changes will be overwritten by upgrades. [FIXME: doesn't work. Upgrade restores default desktop icons] \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>If you want to modify the kiosk profiles, you can either copy the existing ones and modify them, or create new kiosk profiles in (for example) <computeroutput>/etc/kde3/kioskprofiles/\n"
-"</computeroutput> and enable them in <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile\n"
-"</computeroutput>. The kiosk tool will do this for you if you click \"profile properties\" and browse to a new folder. \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Changing kioskmode on diskless workstations\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>After you have made changes to the kioskmode settings with kiosktool like described above, you will have to copy some files inside the chroot used by the diskless workstation. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>Assuming the diskless workstations are running <computeroutput>i386\n"
-"</computeroutput>, the following commands must be executed on the workstation server(s): \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[export LTSPCHROOT=/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/\n"
-"cp -rv /etc/kde-profile/ $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
-"cp -v /etc/kderc $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
-"cp -v /etc/kde-user-profile $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
-"unset LTSPCHROOT\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
-"# install the debian-keyring securily:\n"
-"aptitude install debian-keyring\n"
-"# fetch the backports.org key insecurily:\n"
-"gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 16BA136C\n"
-"# check securily if the key is correct and add it to root's keyring if it is:\n"
-"gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs 16BA136C && gpg --export 16BA136C | apt-key add -\n"
-"# add backports.org repo to /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
-"echo \"deb http://www.backports.org/debian etch-backports main contrib non-free\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
-"# update the list of available packages:\n"
-"aptitude update\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen>\n"
-"<para>Then you can either use <computeroutput>aptitude -t etch-backports install <packagename>\n"
-"</computeroutput> to install or update packages once, or you can configure a package to be always installed from backports.org though <computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences\n"
-"</computeroutput> which is described in the <ulink url=\"http://www.backports.org/dokuwiki/doku.php?id=instructions\">instructions on backports.org\n"
-"</ulink>. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>The second variant has the advantage, that updates to backports are installed automatically when they are available. With the first variant you need to update manually. \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Java\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre sun-java5-fonts\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Access to skolelinux server from outside a firewall\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>A boot script <computeroutput>open-backdoor\n"
-"</computeroutput> is provided in the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config\n"
-"</computeroutput> package to \"break out\" from behind a firewall. It is useful for system administrators responsible for several Debian Edu installations. It set up an SSH tunnel to another machine, allowing ssh login from the outside of the firewall. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>To enable it, create a ssh key without a password, create a user on a remote host to use for ssh login, copy the public key into ~/.ssh/authorized_keys for the remote user used for and specify the login information in <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor\n"
-"</computeroutput>. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>Content of <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor\n"
-"</computeroutput> should be similar to this: \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[RHOST=admin.example.net\n"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1685
+msgid ""
+"Then you can either use <computeroutput>aptitude -t etch-backports install "
+"<packagename> </computeroutput> to install or update packages once, or "
+"you can configure a package to be always installed from backports.org though "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences </computeroutput> which is described in "
+"the <ulink url=\"http://www.backports.org/dokuwiki/doku.php?id=instructions"
+"\">instructions on backports.org </ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1690
+msgid ""
+"The second variant has the advantage, that updates to backports are "
+"installed automatically when they are available. With the first variant you "
+"need to update manually."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1695
+msgid "Java"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1698
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre sun-java5-fonts\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1704
+msgid "Access to skolelinux server from outside a firewall"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1706
+msgid ""
+"A boot script <computeroutput>open-backdoor </computeroutput> is provided in "
+"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config </computeroutput> package to \"break "
+"out\" from behind a firewall. It is useful for system administrators "
+"responsible for several Debian Edu installations. It set up an SSH tunnel "
+"to another machine, allowing ssh login from the outside of the firewall."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1710
+msgid ""
+"To enable it, create a ssh key without a password, create a user on a remote "
+"host to use for ssh login, copy the public key into ~/.ssh/authorized_keys "
+"for the remote user used for and specify the login information in "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor </computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1713
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Content of <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor </computeroutput> should be "
+"similar to this:"
+msgstr ""
+"Ora modificare il file <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </"
+"computeroutput> in modo che contenga queste linee"
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1717
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"RHOST=admin.example.net\n"
"RPORT=1234\n"
"RUSER=backdoor\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen>\n"
-"<para>FIXME: This need to be completed and tested. \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Creating a folder in all users home directory\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>With this script the administrator can create a folder in each users home directory and set access permissions and Ownership. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=770 a user can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder \"assignments\" where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[#!/bin/bash\n"
-"\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1722
+msgid "FIXME: This need to be completed and tested."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1727
+msgid "Creating a folder in all users home directory"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1729
+msgid ""
+"With this script the administrator can create a folder in each users home "
+"directory and set access permissions and Ownership."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1731
+msgid ""
+"In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=2770 a user "
+"can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder \"assignments\" "
+"where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1734
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"#!/bin/bash\n"
"home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\";\n"
" shared_folder=\"assignments\";\n"
-" permissions=\"770\";\n"
+" permissions=\"2770\";\n"
" created_dir=0;\n"
-"\n"
-"for home in $(ls $home_path);do\n"
-"\n"
-" . if [ ! -d \"$home_path/$home/$shared_folder\" ]; then\n"
-" . mkdir $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
-" chmod $permissions $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
-" . #set the right owner and group\n"
-" #\"username\" = \"group name\" = \"folder name\"\n"
-" user=$home\n"
-" group=teachers\n"
-" chown $user:$group $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
-" ((created_dir+=1))\n"
+" for home in $(ls $home_path);do\n"
+" . if [ ! -d \"$home_path/$home/$shared_folder\" ]; then\n"
+" . mkdir $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
+" chmod $permissions $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
+". #set the right owner and group\n"
+" #\"username\" = \"group name\" = \"folder name\"\n"
+" user=$home\n"
+" group=teachers\n"
+" chown $user:$group $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
+" ((created_dir+=1))\n"
" else\n"
" . echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already exists.\\n\"\n"
" . fi\n"
"done\n"
-"\n"
"echo \"$created_dir folders has been created\"\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>HowTos from wiki.debian.org\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>The HowTos from <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/\n"
-"</ulink> are either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and delete them over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of those pages to find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting it under the GPL.) \n"
-"</para><itemizedlist><listitem>\n"
-"<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn\n"
-"</ulink> \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"</listitem><listitem>\n"
-"<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC\n"
-"</ulink> \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"</listitem><listitem>\n"
-"<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\n"
-"</ulink> \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"</listitem><listitem>\n"
-"<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\n"
-"</ulink> \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"</listitem><listitem>\n"
-"<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/Squid_LDAP_Authentication\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/Squid_LDAP_Authentication\n"
-"</ulink> \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"</listitem>\n"
-"</itemizedlist>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section id=\"Desktop\">\n"
-"<title>HowTos for the desktop\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para> \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>KDE Kiosk mode\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>Two default profiles are included: \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para><emphasis role=\"strong\">debian_edu_pupils\n"
-"</emphasis> (enabled for members of the students file group) \n"
-"</para><itemizedlist><listitem>customized set of icons appears on student desktops \n"
-"</listitem><listitem>makes sure that the programs behind the desktop icons also show up in the kde panel \n"
-"</listitem><listitem>adept is not started \n"
-"</listitem><listitem>makes sure that students cannot start another kde session \n"
-"</listitem><listitem>disables possibility to gain root access for students \n"
-"</listitem>\n"
-"</itemizedlist>\n"
-"<para><emphasis role=\"strong\">debian_edu_root\n"
-"</emphasis> (enabled for the root user and members of the admins file group) \n"
-"</para><itemizedlist><listitem>adds a desktop icon to connect to the local webserver on tjener to provide easy access to all the administration programs \n"
-"</listitem>\n"
-"</itemizedlist>\n"
-"<para><emphasis role=\"strong\">Note:\n"
-"</emphasis>: modifications to the profiles can be done using <computeroutput>kiosktool\n"
-"</computeroutput>. However, unless you follow the step below, your changes will be overwritten by upgrades. [FIXME: doesn't work. Upgrade restores default desktop icons] \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>If you want to modify the kiosk profiles, you can either copy the existing ones and modify them, or create new kiosk profiles in (for example) <computeroutput>/etc/kde3/kioskprofiles/\n"
-"</computeroutput> and enable them in <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile\n"
-"</computeroutput>. The kiosk tool will do this for you if you click \"profile properties\" and browse to a new folder. \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Changing kioskmode on diskless workstations\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>After you have made changes to the kioskmode settings with kiosktool like described above, you will have to copy some files inside the chroot used by the diskless workstation. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>Assuming the diskless workstations are running <computeroutput>i386\n"
-"</computeroutput>, the following commands must be executed on the workstation server(s): \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[export LTSPCHROOT=/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1759
+msgid "Easy acces to USB and CDROM"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1761
+msgid ""
+"When users insert a usb or cdrom into a <ulink url=\"/ThinClient"
+"\">ThinClient </ulink> there is no popup window like they are used to from "
+"their usual Desktop. Instead they have to browse to the /media/$user "
+"folder. This is too difficult for non experienced users."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1764
+msgid ""
+"With the following script the symlink \"Media\" is created for all users in "
+"the home folder for easy access to USB-keys, CDROM or whatever media is "
+"connected to the thin client."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1767
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"#!/bin/bash\n"
+"home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\"; shared_folder=\"Media\"; permissions=\"775\"; created_dir=0;\n"
+"for home in $(ls $home_path); do\n"
+" if [ ! -d \"$home_path/$home/$shared_folder\" ]; then\n"
+" ln -s /media/$home $home_path/$home/$shared_folder ((created_dir+=1))\n"
+" else\n"
+" echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already exists.\\n\"\n"
+" fi\n"
+"done\n"
+"echo \"$created_dir folders has been created\"\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1782 release-manual.xml:2482 release-manual.xml:2590
+msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
+msgstr "HowTo da wiki.debian.org"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1784 release-manual.xml:2484 release-manual.xml:2592
+msgid ""
+"The HowTos from <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+"\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> are either user- or "
+"developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and "
+"delete them over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of "
+"those pages to find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting "
+"it under the GPL.)"
+msgstr ""
+"Gli HowTo a <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/\">http://"
+"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> sono specifici per utenti o "
+"sviluppatori. Spostiamo in questa sezione gli HowTos specifici per gli "
+"utenti (e li cancelliamo dove erano)! (Prima occorre chiedere agli autori se "
+"sono d'accordo con lo spostamento (vedere la storia di quelle pagine per "
+"rintracciarli) e di metterli sotto licenza GPL.)"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1812
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "HowTos for the desktop"
+msgstr "HowTo per l'amministrazione generale"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1818
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "KDE Kiosk mode"
+msgstr "Disattivare il kiosk mode"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1820
+msgid "Two default profiles are included:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1822
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">debian_edu_pupils </emphasis> (enabled for members "
+"of the students file group)"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#: release-manual.xml:1824
+msgid "customized set of icons appears on student desktops"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#: release-manual.xml:1825
+msgid ""
+"makes sure that the programs behind the desktop icons also show up in the "
+"kde panel"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1826
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "adept is not started"
+msgstr "Partiamo"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#: release-manual.xml:1827
+msgid "makes sure that students cannot start another kde session"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#: release-manual.xml:1828
+msgid "disables possibility to gain root access for students"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1831
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">debian_edu_root </emphasis> (enabled for the root "
+"user and members of the admins file group)"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#: release-manual.xml:1833
+msgid ""
+"adds a desktop icon to connect to the local webserver on tjener to provide "
+"easy access to all the administration programs"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1836
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Note: </emphasis>: modifications to the profiles "
+"can be done using <computeroutput>kiosktool </computeroutput>. However, "
+"unless you follow the step below, your changes will be overwritten by "
+"upgrades. [FIXME: doesn't work. Upgrade restores default desktop icons]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1840
+msgid ""
+"If you want to modify the kiosk profiles, you can either copy the existing "
+"ones and modify them, or create new kiosk profiles in (for example) "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/kde3/kioskprofiles/ </computeroutput> and enable them "
+"in <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile </computeroutput>. The kiosk tool "
+"will do this for you if you click \"profile properties\" and browse to a new "
+"folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1847
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Changing kioskmode on diskless workstations"
+msgstr "Workstation diskless (senza disco)"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1849
+msgid ""
+"After you have made changes to the kioskmode settings with kiosktool like "
+"described above, you will have to copy some files inside the chroot used by "
+"the diskless workstation."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1851
+msgid ""
+"Assuming the diskless workstations are running <computeroutput>i386 </"
+"computeroutput>, the following commands must be executed on the workstation "
+"server(s):"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1855
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"export LTSPCHROOT=/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/\n"
"cp -rv /etc/kde-profile/ $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
"cp -v /etc/kderc $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
"cp -v /etc/kde-user-profile $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
"unset LTSPCHROOT\n"
"]]"
+msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1783
+#: release-manual.xml:1862
msgid ""
"Else replace <computeroutput>i386 </computeroutput> with "
"<computeroutput>amd64 </computeroutput> or <computeroutput>powerpc </"
@@ -4906,12 +5069,12 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput> se si ha un'architettura diversa."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1790
+#: release-manual.xml:1869
msgid "Disabling kioskmode"
msgstr "Disattivare il kiosk mode"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1792
+#: release-manual.xml:1871
msgid ""
"If you don't want to use kioskmode, either just remove the file "
"<computeroutput>/etc/kderc </computeroutput>. Or, if you just want to "
@@ -4922,12 +5085,12 @@ msgstr ""
"temporaneamente occorre commentare tutte le linee del file."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1799
+#: release-manual.xml:1878
msgid "Modifying the kdm login screen"
msgstr "Modificare il login screen di kde"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1801
+#: release-manual.xml:1880
msgid ""
"In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. Now, "
"it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/ </"
@@ -4939,7 +5102,7 @@ msgstr ""
"quelle di default."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1804
+#: release-manual.xml:1883
msgid ""
"Here is one example used to activate the theme in the "
"<computeroutput>desktop-base </computeroutput> package:"
@@ -4948,7 +5111,7 @@ msgstr ""
"pacchetto<computeroutput>desktop-base </computeroutput>:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1808
+#: release-manual.xml:1887
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
@@ -4960,7 +5123,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1812
+#: release-manual.xml:1891
msgid ""
"See the code in <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm </computeroutput> for "
"information on how these variables are used."
@@ -4969,12 +5132,12 @@ msgstr ""
"avere informazioni su come queste variabili vanno usate."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1818
+#: release-manual.xml:1897
msgid "Flash"
msgstr "Flash"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1820
+#: release-manual.xml:1899
msgid ""
"To install the Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin, install the "
"<computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> debian package from "
@@ -4985,12 +5148,12 @@ msgstr ""
"backports.org."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1823
+#: release-manual.xml:1902
msgid "There are three requirements to do so:"
msgstr "Sono richiesti tre requisiti per fare questo:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1825
+#: release-manual.xml:1904
msgid ""
"add backports.org to <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </computeroutput> "
"as decribed in the <link linkend=\"Administration\">general adminstration "
@@ -5001,7 +5164,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dell'amministrazione generale</link>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1829
+#: release-manual.xml:1908
msgid ""
"add the following lines to <computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences </"
"computeroutput> (the file probably does not exist, so you might have to "
@@ -5012,7 +5175,7 @@ msgstr ""
"crearlo):"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1835
+#: release-manual.xml:1914
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Package: flashplugin-nonfree\n"
@@ -5026,7 +5189,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1840
+#: release-manual.xml:1919
msgid ""
"as the <computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> package is only "
"an installer-package (and does not contain the flashplugin itself, for legal "
@@ -5039,22 +5202,22 @@ msgstr ""
"scaricherà il file precompilato da Adobe."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1847
+#: release-manual.xml:1926
msgid "Sound with Flash in thin clients"
msgstr "Suono con Flash nei thin clients"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1849
+#: release-manual.xml:1928
msgid "You need to install this as root:"
msgstr "Occorre installare come root:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1851
+#: release-manual.xml:1930
msgid "and make one change in /etc/apt/sources.list"
msgstr "e fare un cambiamento in /etc/apt/sources.list"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1854
+#: release-manual.xml:1933
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux/ etch-test local\n"
@@ -5064,7 +5227,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1857
+#: release-manual.xml:1936
msgid ""
"And that followed by <computeroutput>aptitude update </computeroutput> and "
"<computeroutput>aptitude install flashplayer-nonfree-extrasound </"
@@ -5075,7 +5238,7 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1861
+#: release-manual.xml:1940
msgid ""
"remeber to remove <computeroutput>deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux/ "
"etch-test local </computeroutput> from source list after that and run "
@@ -5086,7 +5249,7 @@ msgstr ""
"nuovo <computeroutput>aptitude update </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1865
+#: release-manual.xml:1944
msgid ""
"To get the sound working, you also need the latest flashplugin-nonfree "
"package installed (23st of Jan: 9.0.115.0.1~etch1)."
@@ -5095,17 +5258,17 @@ msgstr ""
"pacchetto flashplugin-nonfree (23st of Jan: 9.0.115.0.1~etch1)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1871
+#: release-manual.xml:1950
msgid "Other useful plugins"
msgstr "Altri plugin utili"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1873
+#: release-manual.xml:1952
msgid "After adding the multimedia repository (see below):"
msgstr "Dopo aver aggiunto il repository per il multimedia (vedi sotto):"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1876
+#: release-manual.xml:1955
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install mozilla-mplayer mozilla-acroread acroread-plugins\n"
@@ -5115,12 +5278,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1882
+#: release-manual.xml:1961
msgid "Playing DVDs"
msgstr "Far funzionare DVD"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1884
+#: release-manual.xml:1963
msgid ""
"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial! DVDs. For legal reasons "
"it's not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, "
@@ -5134,7 +5297,7 @@ msgstr ""
"librerie dei dvd."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1887
+#: release-manual.xml:1966
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install libdvdcss2 w32codecs\n"
@@ -5144,327 +5307,253 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1893
+#: release-manual.xml:1972
msgid "Using the multimedia repository"
msgstr "Usare il repository multimedia:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1895
+#: release-manual.xml:1974
msgid "To use www.debian-multimedia.org do the following:"
msgstr "Se si usa www.debian-multimedia.org occorre dare il seguente script:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1898
+#: release-manual.xml:1977
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# install the debian-keyring securily:\n"
"aptitude install debian-keyring\n"
"# fetch the debian-multimedia key insecurily:\n"
"gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 1F41B907\n"
-"# check securily if the key is correct and add it to root's keyring if it is:\n"
+"# check securily if the key is correct and add it to the keyring used by apt if it is:\n"
"gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs 1F41B907 && gpg --export 1F41B907 | apt-key add -\n"
"# add repository to sources.list - please check the homepages for mirrors!\n"
"echo \"deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
"# update the list of available packages:\n"
"aptitude update\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section id=\"NetworkClients\">\n"
-"<title>HowTos for networked clients\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para> \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation\n"
-"</ulink> \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>LTSP in detail\n"
-"</title><para/>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>lts.conf\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you can edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf\n"
-"</computeroutput>. Have a look at <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/usr/share/doc/ltsp-client/examples/lts.conf\n"
-"</computeroutput> to see examples and what parameters you can specify. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default]\n"
-"</computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using the client mac adress or ipadress like this <computeroutput>[192.168.0.10]\n"
-"</computeroutput>. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add something like this: \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[[192.168.0.10]\n"
-"X_MODE_0 = 1280x1024\n"
-"X_HORZSYNC = \"60-70\"\n"
-"X_VERTREFRESH = \"59-62\"\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen>\n"
-"<para>somewhere below the default settings. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf\n"
-"</computeroutput> you should add the client mac-address to your dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the client mac-address directly in you <computeroutput>lts.conf\n"
-"</computeroutput> file. \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Load balancing LTSP servers\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"./images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
-"</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\\\n"
-"</phrase>\n"
-"</textobject>\n"
-"</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version 0.99debian12+0.0.edu.etch.8 and is included in Skolelinux 3.0r1. \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Part 1\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers for load balancing. This is done by providing /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/get_hosts as a script printing one or more servers for LDM to connect to. In addition to this, each ltsp chroot need to include the ssh host key for each of the servers. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>First of all, you must choose one LTSP server to be the loadbalancing server. All the clients will PXE-boot from this server and load the Skolelinux image. After the image is loaded, LDM chooses which server to connect to by using the \"get_hosts\" script. How this is done you decide later on. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>Now you have to move your clients from the 192.168.1.0 network to the 10.0.2.0 network. This is because when you use loadbalancing, the clients should have direct access to the server LDM chooses. If you leave your clients on the 192.168.1.0 network, all of the clients traffic will go through that server before it reaches the chosen LDM server. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>To get the clients working on the 10.0.2.0 network, you have to edit /etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf on the main-server (tjener). Where it says: \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[subnet 10.0.2.0 netmask 255.255.254.0 {\n"
-" range 10.0.2.100 10.0.3.242;\n"
-" }\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen>\n"
-"<para>you have to add this under \"range\": \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[filename \"/var/lib/tftpboot/ltsp/i386/pxelinux.0\";\n"
-"next-server xxx;\n"
-"option root-path \"/opt/ltsp/i386\";\n"
-"option log-servers ltspserver01;\n"
-"use-host-decl-names on;\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen>\n"
-"<para>Next-server should be the IP-address or hostname of the server you chose to be the loadbalancing server. If you use hostname you must have a working DNS. Remember to restart the dhcp service. \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Part 2\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>Now you have to make a \"get_hosts\" script that prints a server for LDM to connect to. The parameter LDM_SERVER overrides this script. In consequence, this parameter must not be defined if the get_hosts is going to be used. The get_hosts script writes on the standard output each server IP address or host names, in the random order. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>Edit \"/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf\" and add something like this: \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[MY_SERVER_LIST = \"xxxx xxxx xxxx\"]]>\n"
-"</screen>\n"
-"<para>Replace xxxx with either the IP or hostname of the servers, list must be space separated. Then, put the following script in /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/get_hosts on the server you chose to be the loadbalancing server. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[#!/bin/bash\n"
-"# Randomize the server list contained in MY_SERVER_LIST parameter\n"
-"TMP_LIST=\"\"\n"
-"SHUFFLED_LIST=\"\"\n"
-"for i in $MY_SERVER_LIST; do\n"
-"rank=$RANDOM\n"
-"let \"rank %= 100\"\n"
-"TMP_LIST=\"$TMP_LIST\\n${rank}_$i\"\n"
-"done\n"
-"TMP_LIST=$(echo -e $TMP_LIST | sort)\n"
-"for i in $TMP_LIST; do\n"
-"SHUFFLED_LIST=\"$SHUFFLED_LIST $(echo $i | cut -d_ -f2)\"\n"
-"done\n"
-"echo $SHUFFLED_LIST\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Part 3\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>Now that you've made the \"get_hosts\" script, it's time to make the ssh host key for the ltsp chroots. This can be done by making a file containing the content of /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts from all the ltsp servers that will be loadbalanced. Save this file as /etc/ltsp/ssh_known_hosts.extra on all loadbalance servers. The last step is very important because ltsp-update-sshkeys runs every time a server is booted, and /etc/ltsp/ssh_known_hosts.extra is included if it exists. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"./images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
-"</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\\\n"
-"</phrase>\n"
-"</textobject>\n"
-"</inlinemediaobject> If you save your new host file as /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts, it will be erased when you reboot the server. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>There is some obvious weaknesses with this setup. All clients get their image from the same server, this causes high loads on the server if many clients are booted at the same time. Also the clients require that server to always be available, without it they cannot boot or get a LDM server. Therefore this setup is very dependent on one server, which isn't very good. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>Your clients should now be loadbalanced! \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Sound with LTSP clients\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used (currently, this is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-oss should be loaded by the client hardware to assure esd can find /dev/dsp. If it's not done automatically, this line: \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\" \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf file. \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Replacing LDM with KDM\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>Skolelinux 3.0 is running LDM as a login manager. It uses a secure ssh tunnel to log in. When using KDM a switch to XDMCP is neccesary. XDMCP uses less CPU ressources on the clients and on the server. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"./images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
-"</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\\\n"
-"</phrase>\n"
-"</textobject>\n"
-"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning\n"
-"</emphasis>: XDMCP does not use encryption. Passwords will travel in cleartext over the network, as well as anything else. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"./images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
-"</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\\\n"
-"</phrase>\n"
-"</textobject>\n"
-"</inlinemediaobject> Note: local devices with <computeroutput>ltspfs\n"
-"</computeroutput> will stop working without LDM. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>To check if XDMCP is running, run this command from a workstation: \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[ X -query ltspserverXX\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
-"# install the debian-keyring securily:\n"
-"aptitude install debian-keyring\n"
-"# fetch the debian-multimedia key insecurily:\n"
-"gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 1F41B907\n"
-"# check securily if the key is correct and add it to root's keyring if it is:\n"
-"gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs 1F41B907 && gpg --export 1F41B907 | apt-key add -\n"
-"# add repository to sources.list - please check the homepages for mirrors!\n"
-"echo \"deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
-"# update the list of available packages:\n"
-"aptitude update\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section id=\"NetworkClients\">\n"
-"<title>HowTos for networked clients\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para> \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation\n"
-"</ulink> \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>LTSP in detail\n"
-"</title><para/>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>lts.conf\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you can edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf\n"
-"</computeroutput>. Have a look at <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/usr/share/doc/ltsp-client/examples/lts.conf\n"
-"</computeroutput> to see examples and what parameters you can specify. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default]\n"
-"</computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using the client mac adress or ipadress like this <computeroutput>[192.168.0.10]\n"
-"</computeroutput>. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add something like this: \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[[192.168.0.10]\n"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1993
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "HowTos for networked clients"
+msgstr "Networked client"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1999
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations"
+msgstr "Workstation diskless (senza disco)"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2001
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless "
+"workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink "
+"url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation"
+"\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation </ulink>"
+msgstr ""
+"Altra documentazione su sitesummary è disponibile all'indirizzo <ulink url="
+"\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\">http://wiki.debian."
+"org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary </ulink>"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:2007
+msgid "LTSP in detail"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:2011
+msgid "lts.conf"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2013
+msgid ""
+"To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you "
+"can edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf </"
+"computeroutput>. Have a look at <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/usr/share/doc/"
+"ltsp-client/examples/lts.conf </computeroutput> to see examples and what "
+"parameters you can specify."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2017
+msgid ""
+"The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default] </"
+"computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using the "
+"client mac adress or ipadress like this <computeroutput>[192.168.0.10] </"
+"computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2021
+msgid ""
+"Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add "
+"something like this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:2024
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"[192.168.0.10]\n"
"X_MODE_0 = 1280x1024\n"
"X_HORZSYNC = \"60-70\"\n"
"X_VERTREFRESH = \"59-62\"\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen>\n"
-"<para>somewhere below the default settings. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf\n"
-"</computeroutput> you should add the client mac-address to your dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the client mac-address directly in you <computeroutput>lts.conf\n"
-"</computeroutput> file. \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Load balancing LTSP servers\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"./images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
-"</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\\\n"
-"</phrase>\n"
-"</textobject>\n"
-"</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version 0.99debian12+0.0.edu.etch.8 and is included in Skolelinux 3.0r1. \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Part 1\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers for load balancing. This is done by providing /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/get_hosts as a script printing one or more servers for LDM to connect to. In addition to this, each ltsp chroot need to include the ssh host key for each of the servers. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>First of all, you must choose one LTSP server to be the loadbalancing server. All the clients will PXE-boot from this server and load the Skolelinux image. After the image is loaded, LDM chooses which server to connect to by using the \"get_hosts\" script. How this is done you decide later on. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>Now you have to move your clients from the 192.168.1.0 network to the 10.0.2.0 network. This is because when you use loadbalancing, the clients should have direct access to the server LDM chooses. If you leave your clients on the 192.168.1.0 network, all of the clients traffic will go through that server before it reaches the chosen LDM server. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>To get the clients working on the 10.0.2.0 network, you have to edit /etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf on the main-server (tjener). Where it says: \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[subnet 10.0.2.0 netmask 255.255.254.0 {\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2030
+msgid "somewhere below the default settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2032
+msgid ""
+"Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the "
+"client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2034
+msgid ""
+"To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf </computeroutput> you should "
+"add the client mac-address to your dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the "
+"client mac-address directly in you <computeroutput>lts.conf </"
+"computeroutput> file."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:2041
+msgid "Load balancing LTSP servers"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2047
+msgid ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version 0.99debian12+0.0."
+"edu.etch.8 and is included in Skolelinux 3.0r1."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:2051
+msgid "Part 1"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2053
+msgid ""
+"It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers "
+"for load balancing. This is done by providing /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/"
+"get_hosts as a script printing one or more servers for LDM to connect to. In "
+"addition to this, each ltsp chroot need to include the ssh host key for each "
+"of the servers."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2055
+msgid ""
+"First of all, you must choose one LTSP server to be the loadbalancing "
+"server. All the clients will PXE-boot from this server and load the "
+"Skolelinux image. After the image is loaded, LDM chooses which server to "
+"connect to by using the \"get_hosts\" script. How this is done you decide "
+"later on."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2057
+msgid ""
+"Now you have to move your clients from the 192.168.1.0 network to the "
+"10.0.2.0 network. This is because when you use loadbalancing, the clients "
+"should have direct access to the server LDM chooses. If you leave your "
+"clients on the 192.168.1.0 network, all of the clients traffic will go "
+"through that server before it reaches the chosen LDM server."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2059
+msgid ""
+"To get the clients working on the 10.0.2.0 network, you have to edit /etc/"
+"dhcp3/dhcpd.conf on the main-server (tjener). Where it says:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:2062
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"subnet 10.0.2.0 netmask 255.255.254.0 {\n"
" range 10.0.2.100 10.0.3.242;\n"
" }\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen>\n"
-"<para>you have to add this under \"range\": \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[filename \"/var/lib/tftpboot/ltsp/i386/pxelinux.0\";\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2067
+msgid "you have to add this under \"range\":"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:2070
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"filename \"/var/lib/tftpboot/ltsp/i386/pxelinux.0\";\n"
"next-server xxx;\n"
"option root-path \"/opt/ltsp/i386\";\n"
"option log-servers ltspserver01;\n"
"use-host-decl-names on;\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen>\n"
-"<para>Next-server should be the IP-address or hostname of the server you chose to be the loadbalancing server. If you use hostname you must have a working DNS. Remember to restart the dhcp service. \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Part 2\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>Now you have to make a \"get_hosts\" script that prints a server for LDM to connect to. The parameter LDM_SERVER overrides this script. In consequence, this parameter must not be defined if the get_hosts is going to be used. The get_hosts script writes on the standard output each server IP address or host names, in the random order. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>Edit \"/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf\" and add something like this: \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[MY_SERVER_LIST = \"xxxx xxxx xxxx\"]]>\n"
-"</screen>\n"
-"<para>Replace xxxx with either the IP or hostname of the servers, list must be space separated. Then, put the following script in /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/get_hosts on the server you chose to be the loadbalancing server. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[#!/bin/bash\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2077
+msgid ""
+"Next-server should be the IP-address or hostname of the server you chose to "
+"be the loadbalancing server. If you use hostname you must have a working "
+"DNS. Remember to restart the dhcp service."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:2082
+msgid "Part 2"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2084
+msgid ""
+"Now you have to make a \"get_hosts\" script that prints a server for LDM to "
+"connect to. The parameter LDM_SERVER overrides this script. In consequence, "
+"this parameter must not be defined if the get_hosts is going to be used. The "
+"get_hosts script writes on the standard output each server IP address or "
+"host names, in the random order."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2086
+msgid "Edit \"/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf\" and add something like this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:2089
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "MY_SERVER_LIST = \"xxxx xxxx xxxx\"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2091
+msgid ""
+"Replace xxxx with either the IP or hostname of the servers, list must be "
+"space separated. Then, put the following script in /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/"
+"ltsp/get_hosts on the server you chose to be the loadbalancing server."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:2094
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"#!/bin/bash\n"
"# Randomize the server list contained in MY_SERVER_LIST parameter\n"
"TMP_LIST=\"\"\n"
"SHUFFLED_LIST=\"\"\n"
@@ -5478,74 +5567,163 @@ msgstr ""
"SHUFFLED_LIST=\"$SHUFFLED_LIST $(echo $i | cut -d_ -f2)\"\n"
"done\n"
"echo $SHUFFLED_LIST\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Part 3\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>Now that you've made the \"get_hosts\" script, it's time to make the ssh host key for the ltsp chroots. This can be done by making a file containing the content of /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts from all the ltsp servers that will be loadbalanced. Save this file as /etc/ltsp/ssh_known_hosts.extra on all loadbalance servers. The last step is very important because ltsp-update-sshkeys runs every time a server is booted, and /etc/ltsp/ssh_known_hosts.extra is included if it exists. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"./images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
-"</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\\\n"
-"</phrase>\n"
-"</textobject>\n"
-"</inlinemediaobject> If you save your new host file as /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts, it will be erased when you reboot the server. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>There is some obvious weaknesses with this setup. All clients get their image from the same server, this causes high loads on the server if many clients are booted at the same time. Also the clients require that server to always be available, without it they cannot boot or get a LDM server. Therefore this setup is very dependent on one server, which isn't very good. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>Your clients should now be loadbalanced! \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Sound with LTSP clients\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used (currently, this is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-oss should be loaded by the client hardware to assure esd can find /dev/dsp. If it's not done automatically, this line: \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\" \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf file. \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Replacing LDM with KDM\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>Skolelinux 3.0 is running LDM as a login manager. It uses a secure ssh tunnel to log in. When using KDM a switch to XDMCP is neccesary. XDMCP uses less CPU ressources on the clients and on the server. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"./images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
-"</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\\\n"
-"</phrase>\n"
-"</textobject>\n"
-"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning\n"
-"</emphasis>: XDMCP does not use encryption. Passwords will travel in cleartext over the network, as well as anything else. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"./images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
-"</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\\\n"
-"</phrase>\n"
-"</textobject>\n"
-"</inlinemediaobject> Note: local devices with <computeroutput>ltspfs\n"
-"</computeroutput> will stop working without LDM. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>To check if XDMCP is running, run this command from a workstation: \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[ X -query ltspserverXX\n"
"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:2113
+msgid "Part 3"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2115
+msgid ""
+"Now that you've made the \"get_hosts\" script, it's time to make the ssh "
+"host key for the ltsp chroots. This can be done by making a file containing "
+"the content of /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts from all the ltsp "
+"servers that will be loadbalanced. Save this file as /etc/ltsp/"
+"ssh_known_hosts.extra on all loadbalance servers. The last step is very "
+"important because ltsp-update-sshkeys runs every time a server is booted, "
+"and /etc/ltsp/ssh_known_hosts.extra is included if it exists."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2121
+msgid ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> If you save your new host file as /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/"
+"ssh/ssh_known_hosts, it will be erased when you reboot the server."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2123
+msgid ""
+"There is some obvious weaknesses with this setup. All clients get their "
+"image from the same server, this causes high loads on the server if many "
+"clients are booted at the same time. Also the clients require that server to "
+"always be available, without it they cannot boot or get a LDM server. "
+"Therefore this setup is very dependent on one server, which isn't very good."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2125
+msgid "Your clients should now be loadbalanced!"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:2131
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Sound with LTSP clients"
+msgstr "Suono con Flash nei thin clients"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2133
+msgid ""
+"If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used (currently, this "
+"is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-oss should be loaded "
+"by the client hardware to assure esd can find /dev/dsp. If it's not done "
+"automatically, this line:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2135
+msgid "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2137
+msgid "should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf file."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:2142
+msgid "Upgrading the LTSP environment"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2144
+msgid ""
+"It is useful to upgrade the LTSP environment with new packages fairly often, "
+"to make sure security fixes and improvements are made available. To "
+"upgrade, run these commands as user root on each LTSP server:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:2147
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"chroot /opt/ltsp/i386\n"
+"aptitude update\n"
+"aptitude upgrade\n"
+"aptitude dist-upgrade\n"
+"exit\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+"aptitude update \n"
+"aptitude dist-upgrade ]]"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2158
+msgid ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> Note that this is a slightly risky operation, if one of "
+"the upgraded packages break. To reduce the risk, it is a good idea to copy "
+"the content of /opt/ltsp/i386 to be able to revert to the original "
+"environment if the new one fail to work."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:2164
+msgid "Replacing LDM with KDM"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2166
+msgid ""
+"Skolelinux 3.0 is running LDM as a login manager. It uses a secure ssh "
+"tunnel to log in. When using KDM a switch to XDMCP is neccesary. XDMCP uses "
+"less CPU ressources on the clients and on the server."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2172
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning </emphasis>: XDMCP "
+"does not use encryption. Passwords will travel in cleartext over the "
+"network, as well as anything else."
+msgstr ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role=\"strong\">Attenzione </emphasis>: "
+"controllare le persone può essere non etico contrario alle norme della "
+"giurisdizione corrente."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2179
+msgid ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> Note: local devices with <computeroutput>ltspfs </"
+"computeroutput> will stop working without LDM."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2182
+msgid "To check if XDMCP is running, run this command from a workstation:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:2185
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"X -query ltspserverXX\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2088
+#: release-manual.xml:2188
msgid "If you are on the thin client network, please run this command:"
msgstr ""
"Se siamo su un thin client nella retenetwork, occorre eseguire questo "
"comando:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2091
+#: release-manual.xml:2191
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"X -query 192.168.0.254\n"
@@ -5555,7 +5733,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2094
+#: release-manual.xml:2194
msgid ""
"The goal is to let your \"real\" thin client to contact the xdmcp-server on "
"the 192.168.0.254 net (given a standard Skolelinux configuration)."
@@ -5565,7 +5743,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Skolelinux)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2096
+#: release-manual.xml:2196
msgid ""
"If by some reason xdmcp is accessible on your server which runs KDM , please "
"add the following to /etc/kde3/kdm/Xaccess"
@@ -5574,7 +5752,7 @@ msgstr ""
"aggiungere a /etc/kde3/kdm/Xaccess"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2099
+#: release-manual.xml:2199
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"* # any host can get a login window\n"
@@ -5584,7 +5762,8 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2102
+#: release-manual.xml:2202
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The star before the comment '#' is important, rest is a comment of course "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
@@ -5593,12 +5772,12 @@ msgstr ""
"è un commento <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2108
+#: release-manual.xml:2208
msgid "Then turn on xdmcp in kdm with the command:"
msgstr "Quindi avvia xdmcp in kdm con il comando:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2111
+#: release-manual.xml:2211
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"sudo update-ini-file /etc/kde3/kdm/kdmrc Xdmcp Enable true\n"
@@ -5608,12 +5787,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2114
+#: release-manual.xml:2214
msgid "At the end please restart kdm by running:"
msgstr "Alla fine riavvia kdm eseguendo:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2117
+#: release-manual.xml:2217
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"sudo invoke-rc.d kdm restart\n"
@@ -5623,22 +5802,23 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2120
-msgid "(in courtasy of Finn-Arne Johansen)"
+#: release-manual.xml:2220
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "(in courtesy of Finn-Arne Johansen)"
msgstr "(per la cortesia di Finn-Arne Johansen)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2125
+#: release-manual.xml:2225
msgid "Connecting Windows machines to the network / Windows integration"
msgstr "Connettere macchine windows alla rete / integrazione con Windows"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2129
+#: release-manual.xml:2229
msgid "Joining the domain"
msgstr "Collegarsi al dominio"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2131
+#: release-manual.xml:2231
msgid ""
"For Windows clients the Windows domain \"SKOLELINUX\" is available to be "
"joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main-server tjener, "
@@ -5651,7 +5831,7 @@ msgstr ""
"degli utenti e autenticare gli utenti attraverso il login."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2133
+#: release-manual.xml:2233
msgid ""
"In order to make Windows clients join the domain some (few) steps are "
"required:"
@@ -5660,14 +5840,15 @@ msgstr ""
"necessari:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2135
+#: release-manual.xml:2235
msgid ""
"1. Create a user with membership in the \"admins\" group (if not already "
"existing)"
-msgstr "1. Creare un utente (se già non esiste) come membro del gruppo \"admins\""
+msgstr ""
+"1. Creare un utente (se già non esiste) come membro del gruppo \"admins\""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2137
+#: release-manual.xml:2237
msgid ""
"In order to be able to join the \"SKOLELINUX\" domain a member of the admins "
"group needs to authorize the process. If not yet existing, a user with that "
@@ -5682,12 +5863,12 @@ msgstr ""
"riuscirà a collegarsi in quanto non c'è la password di root per Samba."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2142
+#: release-manual.xml:2242
msgid "2. Configure the Windows client as static host"
msgstr "2. Configurare i client Windows come host statici"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2144
+#: release-manual.xml:2244
msgid ""
"When joining a samba domain some special data is stored on the domain "
"controller (tjener). This data is needed to recognize the Windows client "
@@ -5709,7 +5890,7 @@ msgstr ""
"i dati per l'autenticazione al dominio."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2148
+#: release-manual.xml:2248
msgid ""
"3. On the Windows client: Make sure the network and system configuration "
"matches the data stored on tjener (hostname and ip configuration)."
@@ -5719,7 +5900,7 @@ msgstr ""
"configurazione ip)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2149
+#: release-manual.xml:2249
msgid ""
"It's really important, that the Windows hosts have the same data, otherwise "
"Samba will not find the host added in step 2."
@@ -5728,12 +5909,13 @@ msgstr ""
"non troverà l'host aggiunto nel passo 2."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2152
+#: release-manual.xml:2252
msgid "4. Join the domain as usual using the user added in step 1."
-msgstr "4. Collegarsi al dominio normalmente usando l'utente definito al passo 1."
+msgstr ""
+"4. Collegarsi al dominio normalmente usando l'utente definito al passo 1."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2153
+#: release-manual.xml:2253
msgid ""
"Depending on the version and language of you Windows installation, you "
"should find the configuration about the domain or workgroup of your system "
@@ -5757,7 +5939,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dominio."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2156
+#: release-manual.xml:2256
msgid ""
"Windows will sync the profile of domain users on every login and logout. "
"Depending on how much data stored in the profile this could take some time. "
@@ -5773,12 +5955,12 @@ msgstr ""
"di \"Own files\"."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2160
+#: release-manual.xml:2260
msgid "User groups in Windows"
msgstr "Gruppi di utenti in Windows"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2162
+#: release-manual.xml:2262
msgid ""
"Groupmaps must also be added for any other user groups you add through "
"<computeroutput>lwat </computeroutput>. If you want your user groups to be "
@@ -5795,7 +5977,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Windows non saranno a conoscenza del gruppo."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2166
+#: release-manual.xml:2266
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/usr/bin/net groupmap add unixgroup=students \\\n"
@@ -5808,13 +5990,29 @@ msgstr ""
" comment=\"All students in the school\"\n"
"]]"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2271
+msgid ""
+"FIXME: isnt that better be explained with lwat first, and then with an "
+"example for the command line?"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2273
+msgid ""
+"If you want to check user groups on Windows, you need to download the tool "
+"<computeroutput>IFMEMBER.EXE </computeroutput> from Microsoft. Then you can "
+"use this for example in the logon script which resides on tjener in "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/samba/netlogon/LOGON.BAT </computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2175
+#: release-manual.xml:2281
msgid "XP home"
msgstr "XP home"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2177
+#: release-manual.xml:2283
msgid ""
"Users bringing in their XP home laptop can still connect to Tjener using "
"their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to SKOLELINUX. "
@@ -5828,12 +6026,12 @@ msgstr ""
"rete."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2182
+#: release-manual.xml:2288
msgid "Managing roaming profiles"
msgstr "Gestire i profili roaming"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2184
+#: release-manual.xml:2290
msgid ""
"Roaming profiles contain user work environments, which include the desktop "
"items and settings. Some examples of these environments are personal files, "
@@ -5851,7 +6049,7 @@ msgstr ""
"attraverso il server."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2186
+#: release-manual.xml:2292
msgid ""
"Since the profile is copied from the server to the machine during logon, and "
"copied back to the server during logout, a large profile can make windows "
@@ -5869,7 +6067,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dati."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2188
+#: release-manual.xml:2294
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">The educational approach </emphasis>: One way to "
"deal with to large profiles is to explain the situation for the users. Tell "
@@ -5882,7 +6080,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ascoltare dire loro di non lamentarsi se il loro login è molto lento."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2191
+#: release-manual.xml:2297
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Tweaking the profile </emphasis>: A different way "
"to deal with the problem is to remove parts of the profile, and redirect "
@@ -5899,22 +6097,24 @@ msgstr ""
"rimuovere dal profilo dell'utente."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2196 release-manual.xml:2279
+#: release-manual.xml:2302 release-manual.xml:2399
msgid "Using machine policies"
msgstr "Usare una politica per le macchine"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2198
+#: release-manual.xml:2304
msgid "Machine policies can be edited and copied to all the other computers."
-msgstr "Si può modificare la policy della macchina e copiarla in altri computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Si può modificare la policy della macchina e copiarla in altri computer."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2199
+#: release-manual.xml:2305
msgid "Pick a freshly installed Windows computer, and run gpedit.msc"
-msgstr "Scegliere un computer con windows appena installato e eseguire gpedit.msc"
+msgstr ""
+"Scegliere un computer con windows appena installato e eseguire gpedit.msc"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2201
+#: release-manual.xml:2307
msgid ""
"Under the selection User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> "
"System -> User Profiles -> Exclude directories in roaming profile, you "
@@ -5930,37 +6130,37 @@ msgstr ""
"scritte nel linguaggio utilizzato. Esempi di directory da escludere sono"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2202
+#: release-manual.xml:2308
msgid "log"
msgstr "log"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2203
+#: release-manual.xml:2309
msgid "Locale settings"
msgstr "Setting locale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2204 release-manual.xml:2207
+#: release-manual.xml:2310 release-manual.xml:2313
msgid "Temporary Internet Files"
msgstr "File temporanei internet"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2205
+#: release-manual.xml:2311
msgid "My Documents"
msgstr "Documenti"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2206
+#: release-manual.xml:2312
msgid "Application Data"
msgstr "Application Data"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2210
+#: release-manual.xml:2316
msgid "Save your changes, and exit the editor."
msgstr "Salvare i cambiamenti e uscire dall'editor dei testi."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2212
+#: release-manual.xml:2318
msgid ""
"Copy <computeroutput>c:\\windows\\system32\\GroupPolicy </computeroutput> to "
"all other windows machines."
@@ -5969,7 +6169,7 @@ msgstr ""
"in tutte le altre macchine windows."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2214
+#: release-manual.xml:2320
msgid ""
"It's a good idea to copy it to your windows os deployment system to have it "
"included at install time."
@@ -5978,19 +6178,18 @@ msgstr ""
"disposizione durante l'installazione."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2222 release-manual.xml:2295 release-manual.xml:2320
+#: release-manual.xml:2328 release-manual.xml:2415 release-manual.xml:2440
msgid "Using global policies"
msgstr "Usare una politica globale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2224
+#: release-manual.xml:2330
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"By using the windows policy editor (poledit.exe), you can can create a "
-"Policy file (NTConfig.pol) file and put it in your netlogon share on tjener. "
-"This would have the advantage of working almost instantly on all machines. "
-"But is unfortunatly not as easy as it sounds. And you can quite easily lock "
-"yourself out of your windows machines. If you have experience with this "
-"please elaborate here..."
+"By using the legacy windows policy editor (<computeroutput>poledit.exe </"
+"computeroutput>), you can can create a Policy file (NTConfig.pol) file and "
+"put it in your netlogon share on tjener. This has the advantage of working "
+"almost instantly on all windows machines."
msgstr ""
"Se si usa il windows policy editor (poledit.exe), si può creare un file di "
"policy (NTConfig.pol) e metterlo nella directory condivisa su tjener. Questo "
@@ -5999,13 +6198,52 @@ msgstr ""
"login della macchina windows. Se hai esperienza di questo scrivi qualcosa "
"qui..."
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2333
+msgid ""
+"Since some time the policy editor standalone download has been removed from "
+"the Microsoft website, but it's still available as part of the ORK Tools."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2335
+msgid ""
+"With poledit.exe you can create .pol files. If you put such a file on tjener "
+"as <computeroutput>/etc/samba/netlogon/NTLOGON.POL </computeroutput> it will "
+"be read by the windows machine automatically and temporarily overwrite the "
+"registry, thus applying the changes."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2338
+msgid ""
+"To make sensible use of poledit.exe you also need to download appriate .adm "
+"files for your operating system and applications, otherwise you cannot "
+"define many settings in poledit.exe."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2340
+msgid ""
+"Be aware that the new group policy tools, {{gpedit.msc}}} and "
+"<computeroutput>gpmc.msc </computeroutput> cannot create .pol files, they "
+"either only work for the local machine or need an active directory server."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2343
+msgid ""
+"If you understand german, <ulink url=\"http://gruppenrichtlinien.de\">http://"
+"gruppenrichtlinien.de </ulink> is a very good website on this topic."
+msgstr ""
+
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2229
+#: release-manual.xml:2349
msgid "Editing Windows registry"
msgstr "Modificare il registro di Windows"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2231
+#: release-manual.xml:2351
msgid ""
"You can edit the registry of the local computer, and copy this registry key "
"to other computers"
@@ -6014,12 +6252,12 @@ msgstr ""
"chiave di registro sugli altri computer"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2232
+#: release-manual.xml:2352
msgid "Start the Registry Editor."
msgstr "Esegui Registry Editor."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2234
+#: release-manual.xml:2354
msgid ""
"Navigate to <computeroutput>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\Microsoft\\Windows "
"NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
@@ -6028,7 +6266,7 @@ msgstr ""
"\\Windows NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2238
+#: release-manual.xml:2358
msgid ""
"Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </"
"computeroutput>."
@@ -6037,12 +6275,12 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2242
+#: release-manual.xml:2362
msgid "Call it <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
msgstr "Scrivere <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2245
+#: release-manual.xml:2365
msgid ""
"Enter a semicolon sepatated string of paths to exclude. (same way as machine "
"policy)"
@@ -6051,7 +6289,7 @@ msgstr ""
"(lo stesso per la politica delle macchine)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2248
+#: release-manual.xml:2368
msgid ""
"Now you can choose to export this registry key as a .reg file, Mark a "
"selection, right click and select export. Save the file and you can double "
@@ -6062,17 +6300,17 @@ msgstr ""
"doppio click su questo per modificare il registro delle altre macchine."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2250
+#: release-manual.xml:2370
msgid "Sources:"
msgstr "Sorgenti:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2273
+#: release-manual.xml:2393
msgid "Redirecting parts of profile"
msgstr "Ridirigere parti di profilo"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2275
+#: release-manual.xml:2395
msgid ""
"Sometimes just removing the directory from the profile is not enough. You "
"may experience that users loose files because they mistakenly save things "
@@ -6086,7 +6324,7 @@ msgstr ""
"da software non ben programmati che usano directory condivise nella rete."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2281
+#: release-manual.xml:2401
msgid ""
"Everything under Using machine policies above applies. You edit using gpedit."
"msc and copy the Policy to all machines The redirection should be available "
@@ -6100,7 +6338,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Documenti."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2283
+#: release-manual.xml:2403
msgid ""
"One thing to remember is that if you enable folder redirection, those "
"folders are automatically added to the syncroniced folders list. If you do "
@@ -6111,7 +6349,7 @@ msgstr ""
"si vuole utilizzare questa caratteristica si dovrebbe disabilitare"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2285
+#: release-manual.xml:2405
msgid ""
"User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> "
"Offline Files"
@@ -6120,7 +6358,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Offline Files"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2288
+#: release-manual.xml:2408
msgid ""
"Computer Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> "
"Offline Files"
@@ -6129,22 +6367,22 @@ msgstr ""
"Offline Files"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2297
+#: release-manual.xml:2417
msgid "FIXME"
msgstr "FIXME"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2303
+#: release-manual.xml:2423
msgid "Avoiding roaming profiles"
msgstr "Evitare i profili roaming"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2307
+#: release-manual.xml:2427
msgid "Using a local policy"
msgstr "Usare una policy locale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2309
+#: release-manual.xml:2429
msgid ""
"Using local policies you can disable roaming profile on individual machines. "
"This is often wanted on special machines, for instance on dedicated "
@@ -6155,14 +6393,14 @@ msgstr ""
"esempio macchine dedicate, o macchine che dispongono di poca banda."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2311
+#: release-manual.xml:2431
msgid "You can use the machine policy method describe above, the key is in"
msgstr ""
"Si può usare il metodo della policy delle macchine descritta sopra, la "
"chiave si trova in"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2313
+#: release-manual.xml:2433
msgid ""
"Administrative Templates -> system -> User Profiles -> Only allow "
"local profiles"
@@ -6171,17 +6409,17 @@ msgstr ""
"local profiles"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2322
+#: release-manual.xml:2442
msgid "FIXME: what is the roaming profile key for the global policy editor"
msgstr "FIXME: quale la chiave dei profili roaming per la politica global"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2327
+#: release-manual.xml:2447
msgid "altering samba config"
msgstr "modificare la configurazione samba"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2329
+#: release-manual.xml:2449
msgid ""
"By editing the samba config you can disable roaming profiles for the entire "
"network. Perhaps everyone have their own dedicated machine? and nobody else "
@@ -6196,7 +6434,7 @@ msgstr ""
"path e logon home, poi riavviare samba."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2332
+#: release-manual.xml:2452
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"logon path = \"\"\n"
@@ -6208,12 +6446,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2341
+#: release-manual.xml:2461
msgid "Remote Desktops with RDP, VNC, NX or Citrix"
msgstr "Desktop remoti con RDP, VNC, NX o Citrix"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2343
+#: release-manual.xml:2463
msgid ""
"Some municipalities provide a remote desktop solution so that students and "
"teachers can access Skolelinux from their home computer running Windows, Mac "
@@ -6224,7 +6462,7 @@ msgstr ""
"che hanno Windows, Mac o Linux."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2345
+#: release-manual.xml:2465
msgid ""
"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. Just install the "
"<computeroutput>rdesktop </computeroutput> package."
@@ -6233,7 +6471,7 @@ msgstr ""
"installare il pacchetto <computeroutput>rdesktop </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2349
+#: release-manual.xml:2469
msgid ""
"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. "
"Just install the <computeroutput>xvncviewer </computeroutput> package."
@@ -6242,7 +6480,7 @@ msgstr ""
"occorre installare il pacchetto <computeroutput>xvncviewer </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2352
+#: release-manual.xml:2472
msgid ""
"NX graphical client gives students and teachers access to Skolelinux "
"remotely on Windows, Mac or Linux PC. One municipality in Norway has "
@@ -6255,7 +6493,7 @@ msgstr ""
"detto che questa soluzione è stabile."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2354
+#: release-manual.xml:2474
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps\">Citrix ICA "
"client HowTo </ulink> to access Windows terminal server from Skolelinux."
@@ -6263,40 +6501,18 @@ msgstr ""
"<ulink url=http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps\">Citrix ICA "
"client HowTo </ulink> per accedere a Windows terminal server da Skolelinux."
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2362 release-manual.xml:2470
-msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
-msgstr "HowTo da wiki.debian.org"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2364 release-manual.xml:2472
-msgid ""
-"The HowTos from <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
-"\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> are either user- or "
-"developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and "
-"delete them over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of "
-"those pages to find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting "
-"it under the GPL.)"
-msgstr ""
-"Gli HowTo a <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/\">http://"
-"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> sono specifici per utenti o "
-"sviluppatori. Spostiamo in questa sezione gli HowTos specifici per gli "
-"utenti (e li cancelliamo dove erano)! (Prima occorre chiedere agli autori se "
-"sono d'accordo con lo spostamento (vedere la storia di quelle pagine per "
-"rintracciarli) e di metterli sotto licenza GPL.)"
-
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2380
+#: release-manual.xml:2500
msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning"
msgstr "HowTo per insegnare e imparare"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2386
+#: release-manual.xml:2506
msgid "Moodle"
msgstr "Moodle"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2388
+#: release-manual.xml:2508
msgid ""
"Run <computeroutput>aptitude install moodle </computeroutput> as root to "
"install moodle."
@@ -6305,7 +6521,7 @@ msgstr ""
"per installare moodle."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2391
+#: release-manual.xml:2511
msgid ""
"Moodle is a course management system (CMS) - a free, Open Source software "
"package designed using sound pedagogical principles, to help educators "
@@ -6322,12 +6538,12 @@ msgstr ""
"in Francia usano moodle per monitorare abilità e crediti degli studenti."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2393
+#: release-manual.xml:2513
msgid "FIXME: more examples, etc."
msgstr "FIXME: alcuni esempi, etc."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2395
+#: release-manual.xml:2515
msgid ""
"See <ulink url=\"http://moodle.org\">http://moodle.org </ulink> for more "
"information on Moodle."
@@ -6336,12 +6552,12 @@ msgstr ""
"\">http://moodle.org </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2401
+#: release-manual.xml:2521
msgid "Monitoring pupils"
msgstr "Monitorare gli allievi"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2403
+#: release-manual.xml:2523
msgid ""
"Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their "
"students."
@@ -6350,7 +6566,7 @@ msgstr ""
"monitorare i loro studenti."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2405
+#: release-manual.xml:2525
msgid ""
"Take a look at their wiki: <ulink url=\"http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/"
"index.php?title=Main_Page\">http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php?"
@@ -6361,12 +6577,12 @@ msgstr ""
"title=Main_Page </ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2408
+#: release-manual.xml:2528
msgid "FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr "FIXME: spiegare come installarlo e usarlo."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2411
+#: release-manual.xml:2531
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install italc-client italc-master\n"
@@ -6376,7 +6592,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2418
+#: release-manual.xml:2538
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning </emphasis>: "
"monitoring humans might be unethical and illegal in your jurisdiction."
@@ -6386,12 +6602,12 @@ msgstr ""
"giurisdizione corrente."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2424
+#: release-manual.xml:2544
msgid "Restricting pupils network access"
msgstr "Limitare agli allievi l'accesso alla rete"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2426
+#: release-manual.xml:2546
msgid ""
"Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access. "
"FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
@@ -6400,7 +6616,7 @@ msgstr ""
"internet access. FIXME: spiegare come installarli e usarli."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2432
+#: release-manual.xml:2552
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning </emphasis>: "
"restricting access to information or freedom of speech might be unethical "
@@ -6411,12 +6627,12 @@ msgstr ""
"etico e illegale nella vostra giurisdizione."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2438
+#: release-manual.xml:2558
msgid "Installing swi-prolog on etch"
msgstr "Installare swi-prolog in etch"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2440
+#: release-manual.xml:2560
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog </computeroutput> was available in sarge, but was "
"not part of etch. But you can just install the version from sarge on a etch "
@@ -6427,7 +6643,7 @@ msgstr ""
"distribuzione etch."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2447
+#: release-manual.xml:2567
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning </emphasis>: The "
"software you install has no trust path. Software installed with "
@@ -6440,7 +6656,7 @@ msgstr ""
"cifratura."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2452
+#: release-manual.xml:2572
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# swi-prolog depends on libreadline4, also not in etch\n"
@@ -6460,7 +6676,8 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2460
+#: release-manual.xml:2580
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog-doc </computeroutput> is part of etch "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
@@ -6469,7 +6686,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2475
+#: release-manual.xml:2595
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep"
"\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - "
@@ -6480,22 +6697,23 @@ msgstr ""
"incompleto ma interessante"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2484
+#: release-manual.xml:2604
msgid "Contribute"
msgstr "Contribuire"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2490
+#: release-manual.xml:2610
msgid "Let us know you exist"
msgstr "Facci sapere che esisti"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2493
+#: release-manual.xml:2613
msgid "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2498
+#: release-manual.xml:2618
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of "
"contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates "
@@ -6507,7 +6725,7 @@ msgstr ""
"molto ed è già un modo concreto per contribuire. <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2504
+#: release-manual.xml:2624
msgid ""
"The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the "
"system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about "
@@ -6524,12 +6742,12 @@ msgstr ""
"questa scheda</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2510
+#: release-manual.xml:2630
msgid "Contribute locally"
msgstr "Contribuire localmente"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2512
+#: release-manual.xml:2632
msgid ""
"Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, France and in the region "
"of Extremadura in Spain. \"Isolated\" contributors and users exist in "
@@ -6540,7 +6758,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Grecia, Olanda, Giappone e nel resto del mondo."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2514
+#: release-manual.xml:2634
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> explains and links to "
"localized ressources, as <emphasis>contribute </emphasis> and "
@@ -6551,12 +6769,12 @@ msgstr ""
"<emphasis>supportare </emphasis> sono le due facce della stessa medaglia."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2521
+#: release-manual.xml:2641
msgid "Contribute globally"
msgstr "Contribuire globalmente"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2523
+#: release-manual.xml:2643
msgid ""
"Internationally we are organized in <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/"
"DebianEdu/Teams/\">different teams </ulink> working on different subjects."
@@ -6566,7 +6784,7 @@ msgstr ""
"diversi ambiti."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2526
+#: release-manual.xml:2646
msgid ""
"The <ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\">developer mailing list "
"</ulink> is most of the time our main medium for communication, though we "
@@ -6579,7 +6797,7 @@ msgstr ""
"frequentemente in incontri in presenza."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2529
+#: release-manual.xml:2649
msgid ""
"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to "
"subscribe to the <ulink url=\"http://lists.alioth.debian.org/mailman/"
@@ -6590,12 +6808,12 @@ msgstr ""
"mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits\">commit</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2535
+#: release-manual.xml:2655
msgid "Documentation writers and translators"
msgstr "Documentazione per autori e traduttori"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2537
+#: release-manual.xml:2657
msgid ""
"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: "
"If you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you "
@@ -6608,7 +6826,7 @@ msgstr ""
"condividere la tua conoscenza con noi."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2539
+#: release-manual.xml:2659
msgid ""
"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. "
"Just go to <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/"
@@ -6625,7 +6843,7 @@ msgstr ""
"UserPreferences\">crea un nuovo utente wiki </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2543
+#: release-manual.xml:2663
msgid ""
"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating "
"software and documentation. Information how to translate this document can "
@@ -6639,22 +6857,22 @@ msgstr ""
"questo libro!"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2549
+#: release-manual.xml:2669
msgid "Support"
msgstr "Supporto"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2555
+#: release-manual.xml:2675
msgid "Volunteer based support"
msgstr "Supporto basato sui volontari"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2559
+#: release-manual.xml:2679
msgid "in English"
msgstr "in Inglese"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2565
+#: release-manual.xml:2685
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
"discuss\">https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
@@ -6665,7 +6883,8 @@ msgstr ""
"discuss </ulink> - mailing list di supporto"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2569
+#: release-manual.xml:2689
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related, do "
"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens "
@@ -6676,12 +6895,12 @@ msgstr ""
"accade <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2580
+#: release-manual.xml:2700
msgid "in Norwegian"
msgstr "in Norvegese"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2582
+#: release-manual.xml:2702
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker"
"\">https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker </ulink> - "
@@ -6692,7 +6911,7 @@ msgstr ""
"mailing list di supporto"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2586
+#: release-manual.xml:2706
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
"linuxiskolen\">https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
@@ -6705,17 +6924,18 @@ msgstr ""
"in Norvegia (FRISK)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2589
+#: release-manual.xml:2709
msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support norwegian users"
-msgstr "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel per aiutare utenti norvegesi"
+msgstr ""
+"#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel per aiutare utenti norvegesi"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2595
+#: release-manual.xml:2715
msgid "in German"
msgstr "in Tedesco"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2597
+#: release-manual.xml:2717
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user\">http://www."
"skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user </ulink> - support mailing list"
@@ -6724,7 +6944,7 @@ msgstr ""
"skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user </ulink> - mailing list di supporto"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2601
+#: release-manual.xml:2721
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.skolelinux.de\">http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> "
"- wiki with lots of HowTos etc."
@@ -6733,19 +6953,19 @@ msgstr ""
"- wiki con molti HowTo, etc."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2604
+#: release-manual.xml:2724
msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support german users"
msgstr ""
"#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC canale per supportare gli utenti "
"tedeschi"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2610
+#: release-manual.xml:2730
msgid "in French"
msgstr "in Francese"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2612
+#: release-manual.xml:2732
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\">http://lists.debian."
"org/debian-edu-french </ulink> - support mailinglist"
@@ -6754,12 +6974,12 @@ msgstr ""
"org/debian-edu-french </ulink> - mailinglist di supporto"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2620
+#: release-manual.xml:2740
msgid "in Spanish"
msgstr "in Spagnolo"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2622
+#: release-manual.xml:2742
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://www.skolelinux.es\">http://www.skolelinux.es </ulink> - "
"spanish portal"
@@ -6768,12 +6988,12 @@ msgstr ""
"portale spagnolo"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2631
+#: release-manual.xml:2751
msgid "Professional support"
msgstr "Supporto professionale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2633
+#: release-manual.xml:2753
msgid ""
"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink "
"url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\">http://wiki."
@@ -6784,12 +7004,12 @@ msgstr ""
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2640
+#: release-manual.xml:2760
msgid "Copyright and authors"
msgstr "Copyright e autori"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2644
+#: release-manual.xml:2764
msgid ""
"This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007, 2008), "
"Petter Reinholdtsen (2007, 2008), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz "
@@ -6807,7 +7027,7 @@ msgstr ""
"divertimento!"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2646
+#: release-manual.xml:2766
msgid ""
"If you add content to it, <emphasis role=\"strong\">please only do so if you "
"are the author of it and plan to release it under the same conditions </"
@@ -6820,21 +7040,21 @@ msgstr ""
"successiva."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2652
+#: release-manual.xml:2772
msgid "Translation copyright and authors"
msgstr "Copyright di traduzione e autori"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2654
+#: release-manual.xml:2774
msgid ""
"The Spanish translation is copyrighted by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007) "
"and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
-"La traduzione spagnola è protetta da copyright di José L. Redrejo "
-"Rodríguez (2007) rilasciata sotto licenza GPL2 o successiva."
+"La traduzione spagnola è protetta da copyright di José L. Redrejo Rodríguez "
+"(2007) rilasciata sotto licenza GPL2 o successiva."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2656
+#: release-manual.xml:2776
msgid ""
"The Bokmål translation is copyrighted by Petter Reinholdtsen (2007) and "
"Håvard Korsvoll (2007, 2008) and is released under the GPL2 or any later "
@@ -6845,7 +7065,7 @@ msgstr ""
"GPL2 o successiva."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2658
+#: release-manual.xml:2778
msgid ""
"The German translation is copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007), Patrick "
"Winnertz (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Roland F. Teichert (2007, "
@@ -6858,28 +7078,30 @@ msgstr ""
"(2008) e rilasciata sotto licenza GPL2 o successiva."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2660
+#: release-manual.xml:2780
msgid ""
"The Italian translation is copyrighted by Claudio Carboncini (2007, 2008) "
"and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
-"La traduzione italiana è protetta da copyright di Claudio Carboncini "
-"(2007, 2008) rilasciata sotto licenza GPL2 o successiva."
+"La traduzione italiana è protetta da copyright di Claudio Carboncini (2007, "
+"2008) rilasciata sotto licenza GPL2 o successiva."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2662
+#: release-manual.xml:2782
msgid ""
"The French translation is copyrighted by Christophe Masson (2008) and is "
"released under the GPL2 or any later version."
-msgstr "La traduzione francese è protetta da copyright di Christophe Masson (2008) rilasciata sotto licenza GPL2 o successiva."
+msgstr ""
+"La traduzione francese è protetta da copyright di Christophe Masson (2008) "
+"rilasciata sotto licenza GPL2 o successiva."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2667
+#: release-manual.xml:2787
msgid "Translations of this document"
msgstr "Traduzioni di questo documento"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2669
+#: release-manual.xml:2789
msgid ""
"Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. Incomplete "
"translations for Norwegian Bokmål, Spanish and German exist."
@@ -6888,12 +7110,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Esistono traduzione incomplete di Norvegese Bokmål, Spagnolo e Tedesco."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2673
+#: release-manual.xml:2793
msgid "HowTo translate this document"
msgstr "Come tradurre questo documento"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2675
+#: release-manual.xml:2795
msgid ""
"Translations of this document are kept in .po files like in many free "
"software projects, read <computeroutput>usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README."
@@ -6908,7 +7130,7 @@ msgstr ""
"iniziare a tradurlo."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2678
+#: release-manual.xml:2798
msgid ""
"To commit your translations you need to be a member of the alioth project "
"<computeroutput>debian-edu </computeroutput>. To translate, you just need to "
@@ -6923,7 +7145,7 @@ msgstr ""
"debian-edu at lists.debian.org\">debian-edu at lists.debian.org </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2682
+#: release-manual.xml:2802
msgid ""
"You can checkout the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source "
"anonymously with the following command (you need to have the "
@@ -6935,7 +7157,7 @@ msgstr ""
"pacchetto <computeroutput>subversion </computeroutput> istallato):"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2686
+#: release-manual.xml:2806
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>svn co svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-"
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
@@ -6944,7 +7166,7 @@ msgstr ""
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2691
+#: release-manual.xml:2811
msgid ""
"Then edit the <computeroutput>documentation/release-manual/release-manual."
"$CC.po </computeroutput> (where you replace $CC with your language code). "
@@ -6957,7 +7179,7 @@ msgstr ""
"suggeriamo di usare <computeroutput>kbabel </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2695
+#: release-manual.xml:2815
msgid ""
"Then you either commit the file directly to svn (if you have the rights to "
"do so) or send the file to the mailinglist."
@@ -6966,7 +7188,7 @@ msgstr ""
"permessi per fare questo) o mandare il file alla mailinglist."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2697
+#: release-manual.xml:2817
msgid ""
"To update your local copy of the repository use the following command inside "
"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> directory:"
@@ -6975,12 +7197,12 @@ msgstr ""
"all'interno della directory <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput>:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2700
+#: release-manual.xml:2820
msgid "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
msgstr "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2705
+#: release-manual.xml:2825
msgid ""
"Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations to "
"find information how to create a new .po file for your language if there is "
@@ -6989,34 +7211,36 @@ msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://svnbook.red-bean.com/en/1.0/ch03s05.html\">basic "
"workflow with SVN </ulink>."
msgstr ""
-"Leggere /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations per trovare"
-"informazioni su come creare un nuovo file .po per il tuo linguaggio se non "
-"esiste ancora uno, o come aggiornare le traduzioni presenti. Se non sai usare SVN, dai uno sguardo a <ulink url=\"http://svnbook.org\">SVN book </ulink>, che ha un capitolo sui "
-"<ulink url=\"http://svnbook.red-bean.com/en/1.0/ch03s05.html\">comandi base con SVN </ulink>."
+"Leggere /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations per "
+"trovareinformazioni su come creare un nuovo file .po per il tuo linguaggio "
+"se non esiste ancora uno, o come aggiornare le traduzioni presenti. Se non "
+"sai usare SVN, dai uno sguardo a <ulink url=\"http://svnbook.org\">SVN book "
+"</ulink>, che ha un capitolo sui <ulink url=\"http://svnbook.red-bean.com/"
+"en/1.0/ch03s05.html\">comandi base con SVN </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2709
+#: release-manual.xml:2829
msgid "Please report any problems."
msgstr "Riporta qualsiasi tipo di problema."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2715
+#: release-manual.xml:2835
msgid "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
msgstr "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2718
+#: release-manual.xml:2838
#, no-wrap
msgid "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
msgstr "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2722
+#: release-manual.xml:2842
msgid "Release manual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
msgstr "Manuale Debian per la versione Edu etch 3.0 Nome codice \"Terra\""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2724
+#: release-manual.xml:2844
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger at layer-acht."
"org\">holger at layer-acht.org </ulink> > and others, see the <link linkend="
@@ -7029,7 +7253,7 @@ msgstr ""
"owners."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2727
+#: release-manual.xml:2847
msgid ""
"This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
"under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
@@ -7042,7 +7266,7 @@ msgstr ""
"any later version."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2729
+#: release-manual.xml:2849
msgid ""
"This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
"ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
@@ -7055,7 +7279,7 @@ msgstr ""
"more details."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2731
+#: release-manual.xml:2851
msgid ""
"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
"this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
@@ -7066,17 +7290,17 @@ msgstr ""
"Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2736
+#: release-manual.xml:2856
msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
msgstr "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2738
+#: release-manual.xml:2858
msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
msgstr "Version 2, June 1991"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2740
+#: release-manual.xml:2860
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
"Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
@@ -7089,12 +7313,12 @@ msgstr ""
"allowed."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2745
+#: release-manual.xml:2865
msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
msgstr "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2747
+#: release-manual.xml:2867
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">0. </emphasis> This License applies to any "
"program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder "
@@ -7117,7 +7341,7 @@ msgstr ""
"in the term \"modification\".) Each licensee is addressed as \"you\"."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2750
+#: release-manual.xml:2870
msgid ""
"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
"by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program "
@@ -7134,7 +7358,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Program does."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2752
+#: release-manual.xml:2872
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute "
"verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any "
@@ -7153,7 +7377,7 @@ msgstr ""
"License along with the Program."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2755
+#: release-manual.xml:2875
msgid ""
"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
@@ -7162,7 +7386,7 @@ msgstr ""
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2757
+#: release-manual.xml:2877
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">2. </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
"of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
@@ -7175,7 +7399,7 @@ msgstr ""
"of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2760
+#: release-manual.xml:2880
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files "
"to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date "
@@ -7186,7 +7410,7 @@ msgstr ""
"of any change."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2763
+#: release-manual.xml:2883
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">b) </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
"distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
@@ -7199,7 +7423,7 @@ msgstr ""
"all third parties under the terms of this License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2766
+#: release-manual.xml:2886
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">c) </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
"reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
@@ -7224,7 +7448,7 @@ msgstr ""
"print an announcement.)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2771
+#: release-manual.xml:2891
msgid ""
"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable "
"sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
@@ -7247,7 +7471,7 @@ msgstr ""
"and every part regardless of who wrote it."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2773
+#: release-manual.xml:2893
msgid ""
"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
"rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
@@ -7260,7 +7484,7 @@ msgstr ""
"based on the Program."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2775
+#: release-manual.xml:2895
msgid ""
"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
"the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
@@ -7273,7 +7497,7 @@ msgstr ""
"License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2777
+#: release-manual.xml:2897
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">3. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
"Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
@@ -7286,7 +7510,7 @@ msgstr ""
"also do one of the following:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2780
+#: release-manual.xml:2900
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">a) </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
"corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
@@ -7299,7 +7523,7 @@ msgstr ""
"software interchange; or,"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2783
+#: release-manual.xml:2903
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">b) </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
"valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
@@ -7316,7 +7540,7 @@ msgstr ""
"software interchange; or,"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2786
+#: release-manual.xml:2906
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">c) </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
"you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This "
@@ -7331,7 +7555,7 @@ msgstr ""
"in accord with Subsection b above.)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2791
+#: release-manual.xml:2911
msgid ""
"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
"modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all "
@@ -7354,7 +7578,7 @@ msgstr ""
"component itself accompanies the executable."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2793
+#: release-manual.xml:2913
msgid ""
"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
"copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
@@ -7369,7 +7593,7 @@ msgstr ""
"the object code."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2795
+#: release-manual.xml:2915
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">4. </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
"sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
@@ -7388,7 +7612,7 @@ msgstr ""
"as such parties remain in full compliance."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2798
+#: release-manual.xml:2918
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept "
"this License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants "
@@ -7409,7 +7633,7 @@ msgstr ""
"or works based on it."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2801
+#: release-manual.xml:2921
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">6. </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
"Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
@@ -7428,7 +7652,7 @@ msgstr ""
"this License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2804
+#: release-manual.xml:2924
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">7. </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
"judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
@@ -7457,7 +7681,7 @@ msgstr ""
"distribution of the Program."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2807
+#: release-manual.xml:2927
msgid ""
"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
"particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
@@ -7468,7 +7692,7 @@ msgstr ""
"the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2809
+#: release-manual.xml:2929
msgid ""
"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
"or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
@@ -7491,7 +7715,7 @@ msgstr ""
"licensee cannot impose that choice."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2811
+#: release-manual.xml:2931
msgid ""
"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
"consequence of the rest of this License."
@@ -7500,7 +7724,7 @@ msgstr ""
"consequence of the rest of this License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2813
+#: release-manual.xml:2933
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">8. </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
"the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
@@ -7519,7 +7743,7 @@ msgstr ""
"the limitation as if written in the body of this License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2816
+#: release-manual.xml:2936
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">9. </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
"publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
@@ -7532,7 +7756,7 @@ msgstr ""
"version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2819
+#: release-manual.xml:2939
msgid ""
"Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program "
"specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
@@ -7551,7 +7775,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Foundation."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2821
+#: release-manual.xml:2941
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts "
"of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
@@ -7572,12 +7796,12 @@ msgstr ""
"generally."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2824
+#: release-manual.xml:2944
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2827
+#: release-manual.xml:2947
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">11. </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
"FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
@@ -7600,7 +7824,7 @@ msgstr ""
"COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2830
+#: release-manual.xml:2950
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">12. </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
"APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
@@ -7623,42 +7847,42 @@ msgstr ""
"OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2836
+#: release-manual.xml:2956
msgid "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
msgstr "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2842
+#: release-manual.xml:2962
msgid "Appendix B - about Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs"
msgstr "Appendice B - Debian Edu Live CD/DVD"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2848
+#: release-manual.xml:2968
msgid "Features of the Standalone image"
msgstr "Caratteristiche dell'immagine Standalone"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2849
+#: release-manual.xml:2969
msgid "Almost all packages from the Standalone profile"
msgstr "Tutti i pacchetti del profilo Standalone"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2850
+#: release-manual.xml:2970
msgid "All packages from the laptop task"
msgstr "Tutti i pacchetti per il laptop"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2851
+#: release-manual.xml:2971
msgid "The KDE desktop profile for students/pupils."
msgstr "Il profilo desktop KDE per studenti/allievi."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2857
+#: release-manual.xml:2977
msgid "Activating translations and regional support"
msgstr "Attivare traduzioni e il supporto regionale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2859
+#: release-manual.xml:2979
msgid ""
"To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC."
"UTF-8 </computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale "
@@ -7678,122 +7902,122 @@ msgstr ""
"Segue l'elenco dei codici locali più usati:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2864
+#: release-manual.xml:2984
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Language (Region) </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Linguaggio (Regione)</emphasis>:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2868
+#: release-manual.xml:2988
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Locale value </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Valore locale </emphasis>:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2872
+#: release-manual.xml:2992
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Keyboard layout </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Layout di tastiera</emphasis>:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2877
+#: release-manual.xml:2997
msgid "Norwegian Bokmål"
msgstr "Norvegese Bokmål"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2880
+#: release-manual.xml:3000
msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr "nb_NO.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2883 release-manual.xml:2893
+#: release-manual.xml:3003 release-manual.xml:3013
msgid "no"
msgstr "no"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2887
+#: release-manual.xml:3007
msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk"
msgstr "Norvegese Nynorsk"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2890
+#: release-manual.xml:3010
msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr "nn_NO.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2897
+#: release-manual.xml:3017
msgid "German"
msgstr "Tedesco"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2900
+#: release-manual.xml:3020
msgid "de_DE.UTF-8"
msgstr "de_DE.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2903
+#: release-manual.xml:3023
msgid "de"
msgstr "de"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2907
+#: release-manual.xml:3027
msgid "French (France)"
msgstr "Francese (Francia)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2910
+#: release-manual.xml:3030
msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8"
msgstr "fr_FR.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2913
+#: release-manual.xml:3033
msgid "fr"
msgstr "fr"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2917
+#: release-manual.xml:3037
msgid "Greek (Greece)"
msgstr "Greco (Grecia)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2920
+#: release-manual.xml:3040
msgid "el_GR.UTF-8"
msgstr "el_GR.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2923
+#: release-manual.xml:3043
msgid "el"
msgstr "el"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2927
+#: release-manual.xml:3047
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr "Japanese"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2930
+#: release-manual.xml:3050
msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8"
msgstr "ja_JP.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2933
+#: release-manual.xml:3053
msgid "jp"
msgstr "jp"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2937
+#: release-manual.xml:3057
msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)"
msgstr "Northern Sami (Norvegia)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2940
+#: release-manual.xml:3060
msgid "se_NO"
msgstr "se_NO"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2943
+#: release-manual.xml:3063
msgid "no(smi)"
msgstr "no(smi)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2950
+#: release-manual.xml:3070
msgid ""
"A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"i18n/SUPPORTED </computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported "
@@ -7806,32 +8030,33 @@ msgstr ""
"tastiera si trova in /usr/share/keymaps/i386/."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2956
+#: release-manual.xml:3076
msgid "Stuff to know"
msgstr "Accorgimenti da conoscere"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2957
+#: release-manual.xml:3077
msgid "the password for the user is \"user\", root has no passwd set."
-msgstr "la password per gli utenti è \"user\", root non ha una password selezionata."
+msgstr ""
+"la password per gli utenti è \"user\", root non ha una password selezionata."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2963
+#: release-manual.xml:3083
msgid "Known issues with the image"
msgstr "Problemi noti con l'immagine"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2964
+#: release-manual.xml:3084
msgid "none known yet."
msgstr "ancora niente di conosciuto."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2970
+#: release-manual.xml:3090
msgid "Download"
msgstr "Download"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2972
+#: release-manual.xml:3092
msgid ""
"The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink url=\"ftp://ftp.skolelinux."
"org/cd-etch-live/\">FTP </ulink>, <ulink url=\"http://ftp.skolelinux.org/cd-"
@@ -7842,3 +8067,1037 @@ msgstr ""
"skolelinux.org/cd-etch-live/\">HTTP </ulink> o rsync da ftp.skolelinux.org "
"at cd-etch-live/."
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn"
+#~ "\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn </ulink>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep"
+#~ "\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - "
+#~ "incompleto ma interessante"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC\">http://"
+#~ "wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC </ulink>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep"
+#~ "\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - "
+#~ "incompleto ma interessante"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet"
+#~ "\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet </ulink>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep"
+#~ "\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - "
+#~ "incompleto ma interessante"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\">http://"
+#~ "wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary </ulink>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Altra documentazione su sitesummary è disponibile all'indirizzo <ulink "
+#~ "url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\">http://wiki."
+#~ "debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary </ulink>"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "Squid_LDAP_Authentication\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "Squid_LDAP_Authentication </ulink>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep"
+#~ "\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - "
+#~ "incompleto ma interessante"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LocalDeviceLtspfs"
+#~ "\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LocalDeviceLtspfs </ulink>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep"
+#~ "\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - "
+#~ "incompleto ma interessante"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "LtspDisklessWorkstation\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "LtspDisklessWorkstation </ulink>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep"
+#~ "\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - "
+#~ "incompleto ma interessante"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu\">http://wiki.debian.org/"
+#~ "DebianEdu </ulink>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\">http://lists."
+#~ "debian.org/debian-edu-french </ulink> - mailinglist di supporto"
+
+# type: CDATA
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "# install the debian-keyring securily:\n"
+#~ "aptitude install debian-keyring\n"
+#~ "# fetch the backports.org key insecurily:\n"
+#~ "gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 16BA136C\n"
+#~ "# check securily if the key is correct and add it to root's keyring if it "
+#~ "is:\n"
+#~ "gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs "
+#~ "16BA136C && gpg --export 16BA136C | apt-key add -\n"
+#~ "# add backports.org repo to /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
+#~ "echo \"deb http://www.backports.org/debian etch-backports main contrib "
+#~ "non-free\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
+#~ "# update the list of available packages:\n"
+#~ "aptitude update\n"
+#~ "]]>\n"
+#~ "</screen>\n"
+#~ "<para>Then you can either use <computeroutput>aptitude -t etch-backports "
+#~ "install <packagename>\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput> to install or update packages once, or you can "
+#~ "configure a package to be always installed from backports.org though "
+#~ "<computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput> which is described in the <ulink url=\"http://www."
+#~ "backports.org/dokuwiki/doku.php?id=instructions\">instructions on "
+#~ "backports.org\n"
+#~ "</ulink>. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>The second variant has the advantage, that updates to backports are "
+#~ "installed automatically when they are available. With the first variant "
+#~ "you need to update manually. \n"
+#~ "</para><para/>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section>\n"
+#~ "<title>Java\n"
+#~ "</title>\n"
+#~ "<para>\n"
+#~ "</para><screen><![CDATA[apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre "
+#~ "sun-java5-fonts\n"
+#~ "]]>\n"
+#~ "</screen><para/>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section>\n"
+#~ "<title>Access to skolelinux server from outside a firewall\n"
+#~ "</title>\n"
+#~ "<para>A boot script <computeroutput>open-backdoor\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput> is provided in the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput> package to \"break out\" from behind a firewall. It is "
+#~ "useful for system administrators responsible for several Debian Edu "
+#~ "installations. It set up an SSH tunnel to another machine, allowing ssh "
+#~ "login from the outside of the firewall. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>To enable it, create a ssh key without a password, create a user on "
+#~ "a remote host to use for ssh login, copy the public key into ~/.ssh/"
+#~ "authorized_keys for the remote user used for and specify the login "
+#~ "information in <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput>. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>Content of <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput> should be similar to this: \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>\n"
+#~ "</para><screen><![CDATA[RHOST=admin.example.net\n"
+#~ "RPORT=1234\n"
+#~ "RUSER=backdoor\n"
+#~ "]]>\n"
+#~ "</screen>\n"
+#~ "<para>FIXME: This need to be completed and tested. \n"
+#~ "</para><para/>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section>\n"
+#~ "<title>Creating a folder in all users home directory\n"
+#~ "</title>\n"
+#~ "<para>With this script the administrator can create a folder in each "
+#~ "users home directory and set access permissions and Ownership. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=770 "
+#~ "a user can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder "
+#~ "\"assignments\" where teachers are given write access to be able to make "
+#~ "comments. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>\n"
+#~ "</para><screen><![CDATA[#!/bin/bash\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\";\n"
+#~ " shared_folder=\"assignments\";\n"
+#~ " permissions=\"770\";\n"
+#~ " created_dir=0;\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "for home in $(ls $home_path);do\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ " . if [ ! -d \"$home_path/$home/$shared_folder\" ]; then\n"
+#~ " . mkdir $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
+#~ " chmod $permissions $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
+#~ " . #set the right owner and group\n"
+#~ " #\"username\" = \"group name\" = \"folder name\"\n"
+#~ " user=$home\n"
+#~ " group=teachers\n"
+#~ " chown $user:$group $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
+#~ " ((created_dir+=1))\n"
+#~ " else\n"
+#~ " . echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already exists."
+#~ "\\n\"\n"
+#~ " . fi\n"
+#~ "done\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "echo \"$created_dir folders has been created\"\n"
+#~ "]]>\n"
+#~ "</screen><para/>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section>\n"
+#~ "<title>HowTos from wiki.debian.org\n"
+#~ "</title>\n"
+#~ "<para>The HowTos from <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/\n"
+#~ "</ulink> are either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the user-"
+#~ "specific HowTos over here (and delete them over there)! (But first ask "
+#~ "the authors (see the history of those pages to find them) if they are "
+#~ "fine with moving the howto and putting it under the GPL.) \n"
+#~ "</para><itemizedlist><listitem>\n"
+#~ "<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn"
+#~ "\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn\n"
+#~ "</ulink> \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "</listitem><listitem>\n"
+#~ "<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC"
+#~ "\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC\n"
+#~ "</ulink> \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "</listitem><listitem>\n"
+#~ "<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet"
+#~ "\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\n"
+#~ "</ulink> \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "</listitem><listitem>\n"
+#~ "<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary"
+#~ "\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\n"
+#~ "</ulink> \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "</listitem><listitem>\n"
+#~ "<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "Squid_LDAP_Authentication\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "Squid_LDAP_Authentication\n"
+#~ "</ulink> \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "</listitem>\n"
+#~ "</itemizedlist>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section id=\"Desktop\">\n"
+#~ "<title>HowTos for the desktop\n"
+#~ "</title>\n"
+#~ "<para> \n"
+#~ "</para><para/>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section>\n"
+#~ "<title>KDE Kiosk mode\n"
+#~ "</title>\n"
+#~ "<para>Two default profiles are included: \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para><emphasis role=\"strong\">debian_edu_pupils\n"
+#~ "</emphasis> (enabled for members of the students file group) \n"
+#~ "</para><itemizedlist><listitem>customized set of icons appears on student "
+#~ "desktops \n"
+#~ "</listitem><listitem>makes sure that the programs behind the desktop "
+#~ "icons also show up in the kde panel \n"
+#~ "</listitem><listitem>adept is not started \n"
+#~ "</listitem><listitem>makes sure that students cannot start another kde "
+#~ "session \n"
+#~ "</listitem><listitem>disables possibility to gain root access for "
+#~ "students \n"
+#~ "</listitem>\n"
+#~ "</itemizedlist>\n"
+#~ "<para><emphasis role=\"strong\">debian_edu_root\n"
+#~ "</emphasis> (enabled for the root user and members of the admins file "
+#~ "group) \n"
+#~ "</para><itemizedlist><listitem>adds a desktop icon to connect to the "
+#~ "local webserver on tjener to provide easy access to all the "
+#~ "administration programs \n"
+#~ "</listitem>\n"
+#~ "</itemizedlist>\n"
+#~ "<para><emphasis role=\"strong\">Note:\n"
+#~ "</emphasis>: modifications to the profiles can be done using "
+#~ "<computeroutput>kiosktool\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput>. However, unless you follow the step below, your "
+#~ "changes will be overwritten by upgrades. [FIXME: doesn't work. Upgrade "
+#~ "restores default desktop icons] \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>If you want to modify the kiosk profiles, you can either copy the "
+#~ "existing ones and modify them, or create new kiosk profiles in (for "
+#~ "example) <computeroutput>/etc/kde3/kioskprofiles/\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput> and enable them in <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-"
+#~ "profile\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput>. The kiosk tool will do this for you if you click "
+#~ "\"profile properties\" and browse to a new folder. \n"
+#~ "</para><para/>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section>\n"
+#~ "<title>Changing kioskmode on diskless workstations\n"
+#~ "</title>\n"
+#~ "<para>After you have made changes to the kioskmode settings with "
+#~ "kiosktool like described above, you will have to copy some files inside "
+#~ "the chroot used by the diskless workstation. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>Assuming the diskless workstations are running "
+#~ "<computeroutput>i386\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput>, the following commands must be executed on the "
+#~ "workstation server(s): \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>\n"
+#~ "</para><screen><![CDATA[export LTSPCHROOT=/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/\n"
+#~ "cp -rv /etc/kde-profile/ $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
+#~ "cp -v /etc/kderc $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
+#~ "cp -v /etc/kde-user-profile $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
+#~ "unset LTSPCHROOT\n"
+#~ "]]"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "# install the debian-keyring securily:\n"
+#~ "aptitude install debian-keyring\n"
+#~ "# fetch the backports.org key insecurily:\n"
+#~ "gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 16BA136C\n"
+#~ "# check securily if the key is correct and add it to root's keyring if it "
+#~ "is:\n"
+#~ "gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs "
+#~ "16BA136C && gpg --export 16BA136C | apt-key add -\n"
+#~ "# add backports.org repo to /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
+#~ "echo \"deb http://www.backports.org/debian etch-backports main contrib "
+#~ "non-free\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
+#~ "# update the list of available packages:\n"
+#~ "aptitude update\n"
+#~ "]]>\n"
+#~ "</screen>\n"
+#~ "<para>Then you can either use <computeroutput>aptitude -t etch-backports "
+#~ "install <packagename>\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput> to install or update packages once, or you can "
+#~ "configure a package to be always installed from backports.org though "
+#~ "<computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput> which is described in the <ulink url=\"http://www."
+#~ "backports.org/dokuwiki/doku.php?id=instructions\">instructions on "
+#~ "backports.org\n"
+#~ "</ulink>. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>The second variant has the advantage, that updates to backports are "
+#~ "installed automatically when they are available. With the first variant "
+#~ "you need to update manually. \n"
+#~ "</para><para/>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section>\n"
+#~ "<title>Java\n"
+#~ "</title>\n"
+#~ "<para>\n"
+#~ "</para><screen><![CDATA[apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre "
+#~ "sun-java5-fonts\n"
+#~ "]]>\n"
+#~ "</screen><para/>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section>\n"
+#~ "<title>Access to skolelinux server from outside a firewall\n"
+#~ "</title>\n"
+#~ "<para>A boot script <computeroutput>open-backdoor\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput> is provided in the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput> package to \"break out\" from behind a firewall. It is "
+#~ "useful for system administrators responsible for several Debian Edu "
+#~ "installations. It set up an SSH tunnel to another machine, allowing ssh "
+#~ "login from the outside of the firewall. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>To enable it, create a ssh key without a password, create a user on "
+#~ "a remote host to use for ssh login, copy the public key into ~/.ssh/"
+#~ "authorized_keys for the remote user used for and specify the login "
+#~ "information in <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput>. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>Content of <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput> should be similar to this: \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>\n"
+#~ "</para><screen><![CDATA[RHOST=admin.example.net\n"
+#~ "RPORT=1234\n"
+#~ "RUSER=backdoor\n"
+#~ "]]>\n"
+#~ "</screen>\n"
+#~ "<para>FIXME: This need to be completed and tested. \n"
+#~ "</para><para/>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section>\n"
+#~ "<title>Creating a folder in all users home directory\n"
+#~ "</title>\n"
+#~ "<para>With this script the administrator can create a folder in each "
+#~ "users home directory and set access permissions and Ownership. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=770 "
+#~ "a user can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder "
+#~ "\"assignments\" where teachers are given write access to be able to make "
+#~ "comments. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>\n"
+#~ "</para><screen><![CDATA[#!/bin/bash\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\";\n"
+#~ " shared_folder=\"assignments\";\n"
+#~ " permissions=\"770\";\n"
+#~ " created_dir=0;\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "for home in $(ls $home_path);do\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ " . if [ ! -d \"$home_path/$home/$shared_folder\" ]; then\n"
+#~ " . mkdir $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
+#~ " chmod $permissions $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
+#~ " . #set the right owner and group\n"
+#~ " #\"username\" = \"group name\" = \"folder name\"\n"
+#~ " user=$home\n"
+#~ " group=teachers\n"
+#~ " chown $user:$group $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
+#~ " ((created_dir+=1))\n"
+#~ " else\n"
+#~ " . echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already exists."
+#~ "\\n\"\n"
+#~ " . fi\n"
+#~ "done\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "echo \"$created_dir folders has been created\"\n"
+#~ "]]>\n"
+#~ "</screen><para/>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section>\n"
+#~ "<title>HowTos from wiki.debian.org\n"
+#~ "</title>\n"
+#~ "<para>The HowTos from <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/\n"
+#~ "</ulink> are either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the user-"
+#~ "specific HowTos over here (and delete them over there)! (But first ask "
+#~ "the authors (see the history of those pages to find them) if they are "
+#~ "fine with moving the howto and putting it under the GPL.) \n"
+#~ "</para><itemizedlist><listitem>\n"
+#~ "<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn"
+#~ "\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn\n"
+#~ "</ulink> \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "</listitem><listitem>\n"
+#~ "<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC"
+#~ "\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC\n"
+#~ "</ulink> \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "</listitem><listitem>\n"
+#~ "<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet"
+#~ "\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\n"
+#~ "</ulink> \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "</listitem><listitem>\n"
+#~ "<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary"
+#~ "\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\n"
+#~ "</ulink> \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "</listitem><listitem>\n"
+#~ "<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "Squid_LDAP_Authentication\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "Squid_LDAP_Authentication\n"
+#~ "</ulink> \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "</listitem>\n"
+#~ "</itemizedlist>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section id=\"Desktop\">\n"
+#~ "<title>HowTos for the desktop\n"
+#~ "</title>\n"
+#~ "<para> \n"
+#~ "</para><para/>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section>\n"
+#~ "<title>KDE Kiosk mode\n"
+#~ "</title>\n"
+#~ "<para>Two default profiles are included: \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para><emphasis role=\"strong\">debian_edu_pupils\n"
+#~ "</emphasis> (enabled for members of the students file group) \n"
+#~ "</para><itemizedlist><listitem>customized set of icons appears on student "
+#~ "desktops \n"
+#~ "</listitem><listitem>makes sure that the programs behind the desktop "
+#~ "icons also show up in the kde panel \n"
+#~ "</listitem><listitem>adept is not started \n"
+#~ "</listitem><listitem>makes sure that students cannot start another kde "
+#~ "session \n"
+#~ "</listitem><listitem>disables possibility to gain root access for "
+#~ "students \n"
+#~ "</listitem>\n"
+#~ "</itemizedlist>\n"
+#~ "<para><emphasis role=\"strong\">debian_edu_root\n"
+#~ "</emphasis> (enabled for the root user and members of the admins file "
+#~ "group) \n"
+#~ "</para><itemizedlist><listitem>adds a desktop icon to connect to the "
+#~ "local webserver on tjener to provide easy access to all the "
+#~ "administration programs \n"
+#~ "</listitem>\n"
+#~ "</itemizedlist>\n"
+#~ "<para><emphasis role=\"strong\">Note:\n"
+#~ "</emphasis>: modifications to the profiles can be done using "
+#~ "<computeroutput>kiosktool\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput>. However, unless you follow the step below, your "
+#~ "changes will be overwritten by upgrades. [FIXME: doesn't work. Upgrade "
+#~ "restores default desktop icons] \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>If you want to modify the kiosk profiles, you can either copy the "
+#~ "existing ones and modify them, or create new kiosk profiles in (for "
+#~ "example) <computeroutput>/etc/kde3/kioskprofiles/\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput> and enable them in <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-"
+#~ "profile\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput>. The kiosk tool will do this for you if you click "
+#~ "\"profile properties\" and browse to a new folder. \n"
+#~ "</para><para/>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section>\n"
+#~ "<title>Changing kioskmode on diskless workstations\n"
+#~ "</title>\n"
+#~ "<para>After you have made changes to the kioskmode settings with "
+#~ "kiosktool like described above, you will have to copy some files inside "
+#~ "the chroot used by the diskless workstation. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>Assuming the diskless workstations are running "
+#~ "<computeroutput>i386\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput>, the following commands must be executed on the "
+#~ "workstation server(s): \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>\n"
+#~ "</para><screen><![CDATA[export LTSPCHROOT=/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/\n"
+#~ "cp -rv /etc/kde-profile/ $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
+#~ "cp -v /etc/kderc $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
+#~ "cp -v /etc/kde-user-profile $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
+#~ "unset LTSPCHROOT\n"
+#~ "]]"
+
+# type: CDATA
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "# install the debian-keyring securily:\n"
+#~ "aptitude install debian-keyring\n"
+#~ "# fetch the debian-multimedia key insecurily:\n"
+#~ "gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 1F41B907\n"
+#~ "# check securily if the key is correct and add it to root's keyring if it "
+#~ "is:\n"
+#~ "gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs "
+#~ "1F41B907 && gpg --export 1F41B907 | apt-key add -\n"
+#~ "# add repository to sources.list - please check the homepages for "
+#~ "mirrors!\n"
+#~ "echo \"deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\" >> /etc/apt/sources."
+#~ "list\n"
+#~ "# update the list of available packages:\n"
+#~ "aptitude update\n"
+#~ "]]>\n"
+#~ "</screen>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section id=\"NetworkClients\">\n"
+#~ "<title>HowTos for networked clients\n"
+#~ "</title>\n"
+#~ "<para> \n"
+#~ "</para><para/>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section>\n"
+#~ "<title>Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations\n"
+#~ "</title>\n"
+#~ "<para>Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless "
+#~ "workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from "
+#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "LtspDisklessWorkstation\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "LtspDisklessWorkstation\n"
+#~ "</ulink> \n"
+#~ "</para><para/>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section>\n"
+#~ "<title>LTSP in detail\n"
+#~ "</title><para/>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section>\n"
+#~ "<title>lts.conf\n"
+#~ "</title>\n"
+#~ "<para>To make special adaptations and configurations for specific "
+#~ "thinclients, you can edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts."
+#~ "conf\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput>. Have a look at <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/usr/"
+#~ "share/doc/ltsp-client/examples/lts.conf\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput> to see examples and what parameters you can specify. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default]\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using "
+#~ "the client mac adress or ipadress like this <computeroutput>"
+#~ "[192.168.0.10]\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput>. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, "
+#~ "add something like this: \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>\n"
+#~ "</para><screen><![CDATA[[192.168.0.10]\n"
+#~ "X_MODE_0 = 1280x1024\n"
+#~ "X_HORZSYNC = \"60-70\"\n"
+#~ "X_VERTREFRESH = \"59-62\"\n"
+#~ "]]>\n"
+#~ "</screen>\n"
+#~ "<para>somewhere below the default settings. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart "
+#~ "X on the client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput> you should add the client mac-address to your dhcp-"
+#~ "server. Otherwise you should use the client mac-address directly in you "
+#~ "<computeroutput>lts.conf\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput> file. \n"
+#~ "</para><para/>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section>\n"
+#~ "<title>Load balancing LTSP servers\n"
+#~ "</title>\n"
+#~ "<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"./"
+#~ "images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
+#~ "</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\\\n"
+#~ "</phrase>\n"
+#~ "</textobject>\n"
+#~ "</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version 0.99debian12"
+#~ "+0.0.edu.etch.8 and is included in Skolelinux 3.0r1. \n"
+#~ "</para><para/>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section>\n"
+#~ "<title>Part 1\n"
+#~ "</title>\n"
+#~ "<para>It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several "
+#~ "servers for load balancing. This is done by providing /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/"
+#~ "lib/ltsp/get_hosts as a script printing one or more servers for LDM to "
+#~ "connect to. In addition to this, each ltsp chroot need to include the ssh "
+#~ "host key for each of the servers. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>First of all, you must choose one LTSP server to be the "
+#~ "loadbalancing server. All the clients will PXE-boot from this server and "
+#~ "load the Skolelinux image. After the image is loaded, LDM chooses which "
+#~ "server to connect to by using the \"get_hosts\" script. How this is done "
+#~ "you decide later on. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>Now you have to move your clients from the 192.168.1.0 network to "
+#~ "the 10.0.2.0 network. This is because when you use loadbalancing, the "
+#~ "clients should have direct access to the server LDM chooses. If you leave "
+#~ "your clients on the 192.168.1.0 network, all of the clients traffic will "
+#~ "go through that server before it reaches the chosen LDM server. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>To get the clients working on the 10.0.2.0 network, you have to "
+#~ "edit /etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf on the main-server (tjener). Where it says: \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>\n"
+#~ "</para><screen><![CDATA[subnet 10.0.2.0 netmask 255.255.254.0 {\n"
+#~ " range 10.0.2.100 10.0.3.242;\n"
+#~ " }\n"
+#~ "]]>\n"
+#~ "</screen>\n"
+#~ "<para>you have to add this under \"range\": \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>\n"
+#~ "</para><screen><![CDATA[filename \"/var/lib/tftpboot/ltsp/i386/pxelinux.0"
+#~ "\";\n"
+#~ "next-server xxx;\n"
+#~ "option root-path \"/opt/ltsp/i386\";\n"
+#~ "option log-servers ltspserver01;\n"
+#~ "use-host-decl-names on;\n"
+#~ "]]>\n"
+#~ "</screen>\n"
+#~ "<para>Next-server should be the IP-address or hostname of the server you "
+#~ "chose to be the loadbalancing server. If you use hostname you must have a "
+#~ "working DNS. Remember to restart the dhcp service. \n"
+#~ "</para><para/>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section>\n"
+#~ "<title>Part 2\n"
+#~ "</title>\n"
+#~ "<para>Now you have to make a \"get_hosts\" script that prints a server "
+#~ "for LDM to connect to. The parameter LDM_SERVER overrides this script. In "
+#~ "consequence, this parameter must not be defined if the get_hosts is going "
+#~ "to be used. The get_hosts script writes on the standard output each "
+#~ "server IP address or host names, in the random order. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>Edit \"/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf\" and add something like this: \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>\n"
+#~ "</para><screen><![CDATA[MY_SERVER_LIST = \"xxxx xxxx xxxx\"]]>\n"
+#~ "</screen>\n"
+#~ "<para>Replace xxxx with either the IP or hostname of the servers, list "
+#~ "must be space separated. Then, put the following script in /opt/ltsp/i386/"
+#~ "usr/lib/ltsp/get_hosts on the server you chose to be the loadbalancing "
+#~ "server. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>\n"
+#~ "</para><screen><![CDATA[#!/bin/bash\n"
+#~ "# Randomize the server list contained in MY_SERVER_LIST parameter\n"
+#~ "TMP_LIST=\"\"\n"
+#~ "SHUFFLED_LIST=\"\"\n"
+#~ "for i in $MY_SERVER_LIST; do\n"
+#~ "rank=$RANDOM\n"
+#~ "let \"rank %= 100\"\n"
+#~ "TMP_LIST=\"$TMP_LIST\\n${rank}_$i\"\n"
+#~ "done\n"
+#~ "TMP_LIST=$(echo -e $TMP_LIST | sort)\n"
+#~ "for i in $TMP_LIST; do\n"
+#~ "SHUFFLED_LIST=\"$SHUFFLED_LIST $(echo $i | cut -d_ -f2)\"\n"
+#~ "done\n"
+#~ "echo $SHUFFLED_LIST\n"
+#~ "]]>\n"
+#~ "</screen><para/>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section>\n"
+#~ "<title>Part 3\n"
+#~ "</title>\n"
+#~ "<para>Now that you've made the \"get_hosts\" script, it's time to make "
+#~ "the ssh host key for the ltsp chroots. This can be done by making a file "
+#~ "containing the content of /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts from all "
+#~ "the ltsp servers that will be loadbalanced. Save this file as /etc/ltsp/"
+#~ "ssh_known_hosts.extra on all loadbalance servers. The last step is very "
+#~ "important because ltsp-update-sshkeys runs every time a server is booted, "
+#~ "and /etc/ltsp/ssh_known_hosts.extra is included if it exists. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"./"
+#~ "images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
+#~ "</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\\\n"
+#~ "</phrase>\n"
+#~ "</textobject>\n"
+#~ "</inlinemediaobject> If you save your new host file as /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/"
+#~ "ssh/ssh_known_hosts, it will be erased when you reboot the server. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>There is some obvious weaknesses with this setup. All clients get "
+#~ "their image from the same server, this causes high loads on the server if "
+#~ "many clients are booted at the same time. Also the clients require that "
+#~ "server to always be available, without it they cannot boot or get a LDM "
+#~ "server. Therefore this setup is very dependent on one server, which isn't "
+#~ "very good. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>Your clients should now be loadbalanced! \n"
+#~ "</para><para/>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section>\n"
+#~ "<title>Sound with LTSP clients\n"
+#~ "</title>\n"
+#~ "<para>If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used "
+#~ "(currently, this is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-"
+#~ "oss should be loaded by the client hardware to assure esd can find /dev/"
+#~ "dsp. If it's not done automatically, this line: \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\" \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf "
+#~ "file. \n"
+#~ "</para><para/>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section>\n"
+#~ "<title>Replacing LDM with KDM\n"
+#~ "</title>\n"
+#~ "<para>Skolelinux 3.0 is running LDM as a login manager. It uses a secure "
+#~ "ssh tunnel to log in. When using KDM a switch to XDMCP is neccesary. "
+#~ "XDMCP uses less CPU ressources on the clients and on the server. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"./"
+#~ "images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
+#~ "</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\\\n"
+#~ "</phrase>\n"
+#~ "</textobject>\n"
+#~ "</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning\n"
+#~ "</emphasis>: XDMCP does not use encryption. Passwords will travel in "
+#~ "cleartext over the network, as well as anything else. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"./"
+#~ "images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
+#~ "</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\\\n"
+#~ "</phrase>\n"
+#~ "</textobject>\n"
+#~ "</inlinemediaobject> Note: local devices with <computeroutput>ltspfs\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput> will stop working without LDM. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>To check if XDMCP is running, run this command from a "
+#~ "workstation: \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>\n"
+#~ "</para><screen><![CDATA[ X -query ltspserverXX\n"
+#~ "]]"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "# install the debian-keyring securily:\n"
+#~ "aptitude install debian-keyring\n"
+#~ "# fetch the debian-multimedia key insecurily:\n"
+#~ "gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 1F41B907\n"
+#~ "# check securily if the key is correct and add it to root's keyring if it "
+#~ "is:\n"
+#~ "gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs "
+#~ "1F41B907 && gpg --export 1F41B907 | apt-key add -\n"
+#~ "# add repository to sources.list - please check the homepages for "
+#~ "mirrors!\n"
+#~ "echo \"deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\" >> /etc/apt/sources."
+#~ "list\n"
+#~ "# update the list of available packages:\n"
+#~ "aptitude update\n"
+#~ "]]>\n"
+#~ "</screen>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section id=\"NetworkClients\">\n"
+#~ "<title>HowTos for networked clients\n"
+#~ "</title>\n"
+#~ "<para> \n"
+#~ "</para><para/>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section>\n"
+#~ "<title>Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations\n"
+#~ "</title>\n"
+#~ "<para>Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless "
+#~ "workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from "
+#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "LtspDisklessWorkstation\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "LtspDisklessWorkstation\n"
+#~ "</ulink> \n"
+#~ "</para><para/>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section>\n"
+#~ "<title>LTSP in detail\n"
+#~ "</title><para/>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section>\n"
+#~ "<title>lts.conf\n"
+#~ "</title>\n"
+#~ "<para>To make special adaptations and configurations for specific "
+#~ "thinclients, you can edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts."
+#~ "conf\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput>. Have a look at <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/usr/"
+#~ "share/doc/ltsp-client/examples/lts.conf\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput> to see examples and what parameters you can specify. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default]\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using "
+#~ "the client mac adress or ipadress like this <computeroutput>"
+#~ "[192.168.0.10]\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput>. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, "
+#~ "add something like this: \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>\n"
+#~ "</para><screen><![CDATA[[192.168.0.10]\n"
+#~ "X_MODE_0 = 1280x1024\n"
+#~ "X_HORZSYNC = \"60-70\"\n"
+#~ "X_VERTREFRESH = \"59-62\"\n"
+#~ "]]>\n"
+#~ "</screen>\n"
+#~ "<para>somewhere below the default settings. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart "
+#~ "X on the client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput> you should add the client mac-address to your dhcp-"
+#~ "server. Otherwise you should use the client mac-address directly in you "
+#~ "<computeroutput>lts.conf\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput> file. \n"
+#~ "</para><para/>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section>\n"
+#~ "<title>Load balancing LTSP servers\n"
+#~ "</title>\n"
+#~ "<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"./"
+#~ "images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
+#~ "</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\\\n"
+#~ "</phrase>\n"
+#~ "</textobject>\n"
+#~ "</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version 0.99debian12"
+#~ "+0.0.edu.etch.8 and is included in Skolelinux 3.0r1. \n"
+#~ "</para><para/>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section>\n"
+#~ "<title>Part 1\n"
+#~ "</title>\n"
+#~ "<para>It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several "
+#~ "servers for load balancing. This is done by providing /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/"
+#~ "lib/ltsp/get_hosts as a script printing one or more servers for LDM to "
+#~ "connect to. In addition to this, each ltsp chroot need to include the ssh "
+#~ "host key for each of the servers. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>First of all, you must choose one LTSP server to be the "
+#~ "loadbalancing server. All the clients will PXE-boot from this server and "
+#~ "load the Skolelinux image. After the image is loaded, LDM chooses which "
+#~ "server to connect to by using the \"get_hosts\" script. How this is done "
+#~ "you decide later on. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>Now you have to move your clients from the 192.168.1.0 network to "
+#~ "the 10.0.2.0 network. This is because when you use loadbalancing, the "
+#~ "clients should have direct access to the server LDM chooses. If you leave "
+#~ "your clients on the 192.168.1.0 network, all of the clients traffic will "
+#~ "go through that server before it reaches the chosen LDM server. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>To get the clients working on the 10.0.2.0 network, you have to "
+#~ "edit /etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf on the main-server (tjener). Where it says: \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>\n"
+#~ "</para><screen><![CDATA[subnet 10.0.2.0 netmask 255.255.254.0 {\n"
+#~ " range 10.0.2.100 10.0.3.242;\n"
+#~ " }\n"
+#~ "]]>\n"
+#~ "</screen>\n"
+#~ "<para>you have to add this under \"range\": \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>\n"
+#~ "</para><screen><![CDATA[filename \"/var/lib/tftpboot/ltsp/i386/pxelinux.0"
+#~ "\";\n"
+#~ "next-server xxx;\n"
+#~ "option root-path \"/opt/ltsp/i386\";\n"
+#~ "option log-servers ltspserver01;\n"
+#~ "use-host-decl-names on;\n"
+#~ "]]>\n"
+#~ "</screen>\n"
+#~ "<para>Next-server should be the IP-address or hostname of the server you "
+#~ "chose to be the loadbalancing server. If you use hostname you must have a "
+#~ "working DNS. Remember to restart the dhcp service. \n"
+#~ "</para><para/>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section>\n"
+#~ "<title>Part 2\n"
+#~ "</title>\n"
+#~ "<para>Now you have to make a \"get_hosts\" script that prints a server "
+#~ "for LDM to connect to. The parameter LDM_SERVER overrides this script. In "
+#~ "consequence, this parameter must not be defined if the get_hosts is going "
+#~ "to be used. The get_hosts script writes on the standard output each "
+#~ "server IP address or host names, in the random order. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>Edit \"/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf\" and add something like this: \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>\n"
+#~ "</para><screen><![CDATA[MY_SERVER_LIST = \"xxxx xxxx xxxx\"]]>\n"
+#~ "</screen>\n"
+#~ "<para>Replace xxxx with either the IP or hostname of the servers, list "
+#~ "must be space separated. Then, put the following script in /opt/ltsp/i386/"
+#~ "usr/lib/ltsp/get_hosts on the server you chose to be the loadbalancing "
+#~ "server. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>\n"
+#~ "</para><screen><![CDATA[#!/bin/bash\n"
+#~ "# Randomize the server list contained in MY_SERVER_LIST parameter\n"
+#~ "TMP_LIST=\"\"\n"
+#~ "SHUFFLED_LIST=\"\"\n"
+#~ "for i in $MY_SERVER_LIST; do\n"
+#~ "rank=$RANDOM\n"
+#~ "let \"rank %= 100\"\n"
+#~ "TMP_LIST=\"$TMP_LIST\\n${rank}_$i\"\n"
+#~ "done\n"
+#~ "TMP_LIST=$(echo -e $TMP_LIST | sort)\n"
+#~ "for i in $TMP_LIST; do\n"
+#~ "SHUFFLED_LIST=\"$SHUFFLED_LIST $(echo $i | cut -d_ -f2)\"\n"
+#~ "done\n"
+#~ "echo $SHUFFLED_LIST\n"
+#~ "]]>\n"
+#~ "</screen><para/>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section>\n"
+#~ "<title>Part 3\n"
+#~ "</title>\n"
+#~ "<para>Now that you've made the \"get_hosts\" script, it's time to make "
+#~ "the ssh host key for the ltsp chroots. This can be done by making a file "
+#~ "containing the content of /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts from all "
+#~ "the ltsp servers that will be loadbalanced. Save this file as /etc/ltsp/"
+#~ "ssh_known_hosts.extra on all loadbalance servers. The last step is very "
+#~ "important because ltsp-update-sshkeys runs every time a server is booted, "
+#~ "and /etc/ltsp/ssh_known_hosts.extra is included if it exists. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"./"
+#~ "images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
+#~ "</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\\\n"
+#~ "</phrase>\n"
+#~ "</textobject>\n"
+#~ "</inlinemediaobject> If you save your new host file as /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/"
+#~ "ssh/ssh_known_hosts, it will be erased when you reboot the server. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>There is some obvious weaknesses with this setup. All clients get "
+#~ "their image from the same server, this causes high loads on the server if "
+#~ "many clients are booted at the same time. Also the clients require that "
+#~ "server to always be available, without it they cannot boot or get a LDM "
+#~ "server. Therefore this setup is very dependent on one server, which isn't "
+#~ "very good. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>Your clients should now be loadbalanced! \n"
+#~ "</para><para/>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section>\n"
+#~ "<title>Sound with LTSP clients\n"
+#~ "</title>\n"
+#~ "<para>If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used "
+#~ "(currently, this is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-"
+#~ "oss should be loaded by the client hardware to assure esd can find /dev/"
+#~ "dsp. If it's not done automatically, this line: \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\" \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf "
+#~ "file. \n"
+#~ "</para><para/>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "</section>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "<section>\n"
+#~ "<title>Replacing LDM with KDM\n"
+#~ "</title>\n"
+#~ "<para>Skolelinux 3.0 is running LDM as a login manager. It uses a secure "
+#~ "ssh tunnel to log in. When using KDM a switch to XDMCP is neccesary. "
+#~ "XDMCP uses less CPU ressources on the clients and on the server. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"./"
+#~ "images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
+#~ "</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\\\n"
+#~ "</phrase>\n"
+#~ "</textobject>\n"
+#~ "</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning\n"
+#~ "</emphasis>: XDMCP does not use encryption. Passwords will travel in "
+#~ "cleartext over the network, as well as anything else. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"./"
+#~ "images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
+#~ "</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\\\n"
+#~ "</phrase>\n"
+#~ "</textobject>\n"
+#~ "</inlinemediaobject> Note: local devices with <computeroutput>ltspfs\n"
+#~ "</computeroutput> will stop working without LDM. \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>To check if XDMCP is running, run this command from a "
+#~ "workstation: \n"
+#~ "</para>\n"
+#~ "<para>\n"
+#~ "</para><screen><![CDATA[ X -query ltspserverXX\n"
+#~ "]]"
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.nb.po b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.nb.po
index 98d1845..07d952c 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.nb.po
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.nb.po
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: release-manual\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-07-15 12:30+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-11-08 17:25+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-02-24 21:09+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Håvard Korsvoll <korsvoll at skulelinux.no>\n"
"Language-Team: Norwegian Bokmål <i18n-no at lister.ping.uio.no>\n"
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ msgstr ""
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
-"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-07-15</computeroutput>."
+"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-11-08</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
"Dette dokumentet ble plassert i pakken <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</"
"computeroutput> på tidspunktet <computeroutput>2008-01-19</computeroutput>."
@@ -1277,7 +1277,7 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
#: release-manual.xml:334 release-manual.xml:478 release-manual.xml:562
-#: release-manual.xml:1506 release-manual.xml:2103
+#: release-manual.xml:1566 release-manual.xml:2203
msgid "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
@@ -1403,8 +1403,8 @@ msgstr ""
"fungere <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:386 release-manual.xml:2462 release-manual.xml:2499
-#: release-manual.xml:2570
+#: release-manual.xml:386 release-manual.xml:2582 release-manual.xml:2619
+#: release-manual.xml:2690
msgid "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
@@ -2513,7 +2513,8 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:851
-msgid "Search and delete Users"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Search and delete users"
msgstr "Søk etter og slett brukere"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
@@ -2557,13 +2558,59 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-edituser.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-edituser.png </phrase>"
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:872
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Advanced user management"
+msgstr "Håndtering av sikkerhetskopier"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:874
+msgid ""
+"It possible to mass-create users with <computeroutput>lwat </computeroutput> "
+"by using a .csv file, which can be created with any good spreadsheet "
+"software (for example <computeroutput>oocalc </computeroutput>)."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:878
+msgid ""
+"The import script expects a file formated with all data for one user on one "
+"row, with each field separated with a semicolon. The minimum information "
+"needed is the full name of the user. If fullname is not given, the script "
+"expects to have both Firstname and lastname. The maximum information it "
+"expects is \"User template; Fullname; Username; Password; Additional group "
+"membership\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:880
+msgid ""
+"If a password column is missing, an easy to remember, pronounceble password "
+"will be created."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:882
+msgid ""
+"If users are put into groups, these groups have to exist, so you need to "
+"create them manually (with lwat, see below) before importing the users."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:884
+msgid ""
+"It's a good idea to do some tests first, best with a .csv file with a few "
+"fictional users, which can be deleted later."
+msgstr ""
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:873
+#: release-manual.xml:890
msgid "Group Management with lwat"
msgstr "Gruppehåndtering med lwat"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:875
+#: release-manual.xml:892
msgid ""
"The mangement of groups is very similarly to the management of users. You "
"can enter a name and a description per group. When be searching for groups "
@@ -2576,7 +2623,7 @@ msgstr ""
"endringsiden har du tilgang til alle brukerne i denne gruppen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:877
+#: release-manual.xml:894
msgid ""
"The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so "
"you can use them for file permissions too."
@@ -2584,13 +2631,62 @@ msgstr ""
"Gruppene du legger til i gruppehåndteringen er også vanlige unix-grupper, så "
"du kan bruke dem til filrettigheter også."
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:898
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Advanced group management"
+msgstr "Håndtering av sikkerhetskopier"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:900
+msgid ""
+"Using lwat it's easy to put users in a specifig group (for example named "
+"after the year they enter or finish school) and to create all their home "
+"directories in a dedicated directory."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:902
+msgid ""
+"To achieve that, add a stanza like the following to the file "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/lwat/admin.ini </computeroutput>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:906
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"[2009]\n"
+"ou = \"ou=People,%base%\"\n"
+"objectClass = top posixAccount shadowAccount imapUser sambaSamAccount\n"
+"homeDirectory = /skole/tjener/home0/2009/%username%\n"
+"groups = none students 2009\n"
+"loginShell = /bin/bash\n"
+"mailMessageStore = /var/lib/maildirs/%username%\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:915
+msgid ""
+"To make this work the 2009 group has to be created before adding these users."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:917
+msgid ""
+"The above stanza simply adds then on top off home0, if you want them "
+"somewhere else, using another automount, then you use lwat to add that "
+"automount, and change the homeDirectory string in admini.ini corespondingly."
+msgstr ""
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:882
+#: release-manual.xml:923
msgid "Machine Management with lwat"
msgstr "Maskinhåndtering med lwat"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:884
+#: release-manual.xml:925
msgid ""
"With the machine management you can basically manage all IP based devices in "
"your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using "
@@ -2607,7 +2703,7 @@ msgstr ""
"denne manualen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:886
+#: release-manual.xml:927
msgid ""
"If you add a machine, you can use an ip/hostname from the preconfigured "
"address space. The following ip ranges are predefined:"
@@ -2616,74 +2712,74 @@ msgstr ""
"forhåndsoppsatte adresseområdet. Disse ip-områdene er forhåndsoppsatt:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:888
+#: release-manual.xml:929
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">First address </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Første adresse</emphasis>:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:892
+#: release-manual.xml:933
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Last address </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Siste adresse</emphasis>:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:896
+#: release-manual.xml:937
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">hostname </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>vertsnavn</emphasis>:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:901
+#: release-manual.xml:942
msgid "10.0.2.10"
msgstr "10.0.2.10"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:904
+#: release-manual.xml:945
msgid "10.0.2.29"
msgstr "10.0.2.29"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:907
+#: release-manual.xml:948
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"ltspserver<emphasis><emphasis role=\"strong\">xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr "ltspserver<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:913
+#: release-manual.xml:954
msgid "10.0.2.30"
msgstr "10.0.2.30"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:916
+#: release-manual.xml:957
msgid "10.0.2.49"
msgstr "10.0.2.49"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:919
+#: release-manual.xml:960
#, fuzzy
msgid "printer<emphasis><emphasis role=\"strong\">xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr "printer<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:925
+#: release-manual.xml:966
msgid "10.0.2.50"
msgstr "10.0.2.50"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:928
+#: release-manual.xml:969
msgid "10.0.2.99"
msgstr "10.0.2.99"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:931
+#: release-manual.xml:972
#, fuzzy
msgid "static<emphasis><emphasis role=\"strong\">xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr "static<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'></emphasis></emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:940
+#: release-manual.xml:981
msgid ""
"The addresses from 10.0.2.100 till 10.0.2.255 and 10.0.3.0 till 10.0.3.243 "
"are reserved for dhcp and are assigned dynamically."
@@ -2692,7 +2788,7 @@ msgstr ""
"reservert for dhcp og blir tildelt dynamisk."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:942
+#: release-manual.xml:983
msgid ""
"To assign a host with the MAC-address 00:40:05:AF:4E:C6 a static IP-address "
"you only have to enter the MAC-address and the hostname static00, the "
@@ -2705,19 +2801,20 @@ msgstr ""
"oppsettet."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:945
+#: release-manual.xml:986
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:951 release-manual.xml:984 release-manual.xml:1020
-#: release-manual.xml:1117 release-manual.xml:2415 release-manual.xml:2429
-#: release-manual.xml:2444
+#: release-manual.xml:992 release-manual.xml:1025 release-manual.xml:1061
+#: release-manual.xml:1158 release-manual.xml:2044 release-manual.xml:2118
+#: release-manual.xml:2155 release-manual.xml:2169 release-manual.xml:2176
+#: release-manual.xml:2535 release-manual.xml:2549 release-manual.xml:2564
msgid "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:954
+#: release-manual.xml:995
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> This will not configure the dhcp server. You need to "
"configure the host statically or edit the configuration of the dhcp server "
@@ -2728,12 +2825,12 @@ msgstr ""
"hånd som vist direkte under."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:958
+#: release-manual.xml:999
msgid "Assign static ip addresses with dhcp"
msgstr "Tildele statiske ip-adresser med dhcp"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:960
+#: release-manual.xml:1001
msgid ""
"To assign a static ip address to a host which you added to the ldap tree via "
"lwat, you need to edit <computeroutput>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf </"
@@ -2746,7 +2843,7 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput> som root."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:964
+#: release-manual.xml:1005
msgid ""
"For our example above you would, after open /etc/dhcpd3/dhcpd.conf in your "
"favourite editor, search for the configuration section of the host "
@@ -2757,7 +2854,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<emphasis>static00</emphasis>. Du skal finne noe som er som dette:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:968
+#: release-manual.xml:1009
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"host static00 {\n"
@@ -2773,7 +2870,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:974
+#: release-manual.xml:1015
msgid ""
"You need to replace the all-zero MAC-address with the correct one of your "
"static host. For our example host it will look like this:"
@@ -2782,7 +2879,7 @@ msgstr ""
"vår eksempelvert vil det se ut som dette:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:977
+#: release-manual.xml:1018
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"host static00 {\n"
@@ -2798,7 +2895,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:987
+#: release-manual.xml:1028
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Don't forget to restart the dhcpd as described above "
"whenever you have changed the configuration."
@@ -2807,12 +2904,12 @@ msgstr ""
"du endrer oppsettet."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:992
+#: release-manual.xml:1033
msgid "Search and delete machines"
msgstr "Søk etter og slett maskiner"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:994
+#: release-manual.xml:1035
msgid ""
"Searching for and deleting machines is quite similar to searching and "
"deleting users, so that information is not repeated here."
@@ -2821,12 +2918,12 @@ msgstr ""
"så den informasjonen blir ikke gjentatt her."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:999
+#: release-manual.xml:1040
msgid "Modify existing machines / Netgroup management"
msgstr "Endre eksisterende maskiner / nettgruppehåndtering"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1001
+#: release-manual.xml:1042
msgid ""
"After adding a machine to the ldap tree using lwat, you can modify its "
"properties using the search functionality and clicking on the right entry "
@@ -2837,12 +2934,12 @@ msgstr ""
"oppføringen du vil endre (slik du ville gjort med brukere)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1004
+#: release-manual.xml:1045
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-editmachine.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-editmachine.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1009
+#: release-manual.xml:1050
msgid ""
"The form that is behind this machine links is in one way similar to the one "
"you already know from modifying user entries, but in an other way the "
@@ -2853,7 +2950,7 @@ msgstr ""
"har informasjonen andre betydninger i denne konteksten."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1011
+#: release-manual.xml:1052
msgid ""
"For example, adding a machine to a <computeroutput>NetGroup </"
"computeroutput> does not modify the permissions one machine (or the users "
@@ -2867,7 +2964,7 @@ msgstr ""
"mer det at det begrenser tjenestene en maskin kan bruke på hovedtjeneren."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1014
+#: release-manual.xml:1055
msgid ""
"The default installation provides the four <computeroutput>NetGroups </"
"computeroutput> printer-hosts, workstation-hosts, ltsp-server-hosts and "
@@ -2882,14 +2979,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1023
+#: release-manual.xml:1064
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Remember to configure workstations and ldap-servers "
"properly with lwat, or you users can't access their homedirs."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1025
+#: release-manual.xml:1066
msgid ""
"Another important part of the machine configuration is the 'Samba host' flag "
"(in the 'Host information' area). If you plan to add existing Windows "
@@ -2900,12 +2997,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1030
+#: release-manual.xml:1071
msgid "More lwat documentation"
msgstr "Mer lwat dokumentasjon"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1032
+#: release-manual.xml:1073
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The full documentation for lwat can be found at <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
@@ -2917,12 +3014,12 @@ msgstr ""
"lwat/download/doc/'>på nettet</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1040
+#: release-manual.xml:1081
msgid "Printer Managment"
msgstr "Skriverhåndtering"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1042
+#: release-manual.xml:1083
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"For Printer Management point your webbrowser to <ulink url=\"https://www:631"
@@ -2938,7 +3035,7 @@ msgstr ""
"blir du tvunget til å bruke ssl-kryptering."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1045
+#: release-manual.xml:1086
msgid ""
"If you connect the printer for the first time, we suggest to run "
"<computeroutput>printconf </computeroutput> as root. FIXME: explain what to "
@@ -2949,12 +3046,12 @@ msgstr ""
"skal gjøre når dette ikke fører til noe."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1051
+#: release-manual.xml:1092
msgid "Clock synchronization"
msgstr "Klokkesynkronisering"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1053
+#: release-manual.xml:1094
msgid ""
"The default configuraiton in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all "
"machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the "
@@ -2973,7 +3070,7 @@ msgstr ""
"hele tiden, noe som gav dem en saftig telefonregning."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1055
+#: release-manual.xml:1096
msgid ""
"To enable synchronization with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on "
"the main-server need to be modified. The comments in front of the "
@@ -2991,12 +3088,12 @@ msgstr ""
"kjøre <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1063
+#: release-manual.xml:1104
msgid "Extend full partitions"
msgstr "Utvide full partisjon"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1065
+#: release-manual.xml:1106
msgid ""
"Because of a bug in the automatic partition, some partitions might be too "
"full after installation. To extend the full partitions, run "
@@ -3011,17 +3108,17 @@ msgstr ""
"\"Administration\">administrasjonsveiledninger</link> for mer informasjon."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1072
+#: release-manual.xml:1113
msgid "Maintainance"
msgstr "Vedlikehold"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1078
+#: release-manual.xml:1119
msgid "Updating the software"
msgstr "Oppdatere programvaren"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1080
+#: release-manual.xml:1121
msgid ""
"This section explains how to use <computeroutput>aptitude upgrade </"
"computeroutput> and kde-update-notifier."
@@ -3030,7 +3127,7 @@ msgstr ""
"upgrade</computeroutput> og kde-update-notifier."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1083
+#: release-manual.xml:1124
msgid ""
"Using <computeroutput>aptitude </computeroutput> is really simply. To update "
"a system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: "
@@ -3045,7 +3142,7 @@ msgstr ""
"(oppgraderer pakker som har tilgjengelige oppdateringer)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1088
+#: release-manual.xml:1129
msgid ""
"Instead of using the command line you can also use kde-update-notifier. "
"FIXME: Explain how, maybe with a screenshot."
@@ -3054,7 +3151,7 @@ msgstr ""
"FIXME: Forklar hvordan, kanskje med et skjermbilde."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1090
+#: release-manual.xml:1131
msgid ""
"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> "
"and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> and configure them to "
@@ -3065,7 +3162,7 @@ msgstr ""
"de opp til å sende e-post til en adresse du leser."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1094
+#: release-manual.xml:1135
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> will notify you once a day via "
"email, which packages need an update. It does not install these updates, but "
@@ -3079,7 +3176,7 @@ msgstr ""
"upgrade</computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1098
+#: release-manual.xml:1139
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> can send new changelog "
"entries to you."
@@ -3088,12 +3185,12 @@ msgstr ""
"oppføringer til deg."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1104
+#: release-manual.xml:1145
msgid "Backup Management"
msgstr "Håndtering av sikkerhetskopier"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1106
+#: release-manual.xml:1147
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"For the backup management point your browser to <ulink url=\"https://www/"
@@ -3108,7 +3205,7 @@ msgstr ""
"uten bruk av ssl vil du mislykkes."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1109
+#: release-manual.xml:1150
msgid ""
"Per default the tjener will backup <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0 </"
"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/ </computeroutput> and the ldap to /"
@@ -3121,7 +3218,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ganger (viss du sletter noe), så er dette oppsettet greit for deg."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1113
+#: release-manual.xml:1154
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>/root/.svk </computeroutput> will also be backed up if you "
"install from etch-test today. (FIXME this, once it's in etch.)"
@@ -3130,7 +3227,7 @@ msgstr ""
"viss du installerer fra etch-test i dag.(FIXME this, once it's in etch.)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1120
+#: release-manual.xml:1161
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Be aware that this backup doesn't protect you from "
"failing harddrives."
@@ -3139,7 +3236,7 @@ msgstr ""
"beskytter deg mot harddisker som går i stykker."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1122
+#: release-manual.xml:1163
msgid ""
"If you want to backup your data to an external server, a tape device or "
"another harddrive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit."
@@ -3147,25 +3244,61 @@ msgstr ""
"Viss du vil sikkerhetskopiere dataene dine til en ekstern tjener, en tape-"
"stasjon eller en annen harddisk, så må du endre oppsettet lite granne."
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1165
+msgid ""
+"If you want to restore a complete folder, your best option is to use the "
+"command-line:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1166
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"sudo rdiff-backup -r <date> \\ \n"
+" /skole/backup/tjener/skole/tjener/home0/user \\\n"
+" /skole/tjener/home0/user_<date>\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1171
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"this will leave the content from <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user </"
+"computeroutput> from <computeroutput><date> </computeroutput> in the "
+"folder <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date> </"
+"computeroutput>"
+msgstr ""
+"Dette dokumentet ble plassert i pakken <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</"
+"computeroutput> på tidspunktet <computeroutput>2008-01-19</computeroutput>."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1176
+msgid ""
+"If you want to restore a single file, then you should be able to select the "
+"file (and the version) from the web-interface, and download only that file."
+msgstr ""
+
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1123
+#: release-manual.xml:1177
msgid ""
"FIXME: I have to have a look on the webpage of slbackup-php to describe this "
"further"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1129
+#: release-manual.xml:1183
msgid "Server Monitoring"
msgstr "Tjenerovervåkning"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1133
+#: release-manual.xml:1187
msgid "Munin"
msgstr "Munin"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1135
+#: release-manual.xml:1189
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Munin trend reporting system is available from <ulink url=\"https://www/"
@@ -3180,7 +3313,7 @@ msgstr ""
"hjelp til å se etter flaskehalser og kilde for systemproblemer."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1138
+#: release-manual.xml:1192
msgid ""
"The list of machines being monitored using munin is generated automatically "
"based on the list of hosts reporting to sitesummary. All hosts with the "
@@ -3204,7 +3337,7 @@ msgstr ""
"hovedtjeneren)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1142
+#: release-manual.xml:1196
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Information about the munin system is available from <ulink url=\"http://"
@@ -3214,12 +3347,12 @@ msgstr ""
"projects.linpro.no/'>http://munin.projects.linpro.no/</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1148
+#: release-manual.xml:1202
msgid "Nagios"
msgstr "Nagios"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1150
+#: release-manual.xml:1204
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Nagios system and service monitoring is available from <ulink url=\"https://"
@@ -3229,7 +3362,7 @@ msgstr ""
"www/nagios2/'>https://www/nagios2/</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1153
+#: release-manual.xml:1207
msgid ""
"The username is nagiosadmin and the password is undefined, you must set your "
"own password before you can login and use nagios. For security reasons, "
@@ -3242,7 +3375,7 @@ msgstr ""
"følgende kommando som root:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1156
+#: release-manual.xml:1210
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"htpasswd /etc/nagios2/htpasswd.users nagiosadmin\n"
@@ -3252,7 +3385,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1159
+#: release-manual.xml:1213
msgid ""
"By default from Debian-Edu 3.0r1 Nagios does not send email. This can be "
"changed by replacing <computeroutput>notify-by-nothing </computeroutput> "
@@ -3267,7 +3400,7 @@ msgstr ""
"nagios2/debian-edu/contacts.cfg</computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1165
+#: release-manual.xml:1219
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Information about the nagios system is available from <ulink url=\"http://"
@@ -3279,12 +3412,12 @@ msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>nagios2-doc</computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1172
+#: release-manual.xml:1226
msgid "Sitesummary"
msgstr "Sitesummary"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1174
+#: release-manual.xml:1228
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"A simple report from sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"https://www/"
@@ -3294,7 +3427,7 @@ msgstr ""
"sitesummary/'>https://www/sitesummary/ </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1177
+#: release-manual.xml:1231
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Some documentation on sitesummary is available from <ulink url=\"http://wiki."
@@ -3306,12 +3439,12 @@ msgstr ""
"DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary</ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1185
+#: release-manual.xml:1239
msgid "Upgrades"
msgstr "Oppgraderinger"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1189
+#: release-manual.xml:1243
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Before explaining how to upgrade, please note, that you do this update on "
@@ -3327,7 +3460,7 @@ msgstr ""
"du starter å oppgradere."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1192
+#: release-manual.xml:1246
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"More <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/installmanual"
@@ -3339,7 +3472,7 @@ msgstr ""
"tilgjengelig i dens installasjonsmanual."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1195
+#: release-manual.xml:1249
msgid ""
"If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works like before , "
"you should test the upgrade on a test server, which is configured the same "
@@ -3352,7 +3485,7 @@ msgstr ""
"se om alt fungerer som det skal."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1197
+#: release-manual.xml:1251
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Also it might be wise to wait a bit and keep running sarge for some more "
@@ -3370,12 +3503,12 @@ msgstr ""
"2008."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1202
+#: release-manual.xml:1256
msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu sarge"
msgstr "Oppgraderinger fra Debian Edu sarge"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1204
+#: release-manual.xml:1258
msgid ""
"Please read this chapter completly before you start upgrading your systems."
msgstr ""
@@ -3383,7 +3516,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ditt."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1206
+#: release-manual.xml:1260
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"In case of problems you could also read the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian."
@@ -3403,12 +3536,12 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> før du oppgraderer!)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1213
+#: release-manual.xml:1267
msgid "Partioning scheme changed"
msgstr "Endret partisjoneringsopplegg"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1215
+#: release-manual.xml:1269
msgid ""
"The main problem upgrading from the sarge-based Release to Terra is that the "
"Partition Scheme changed completly. The sarge-based Release has two volume "
@@ -3419,18 +3552,18 @@ msgstr ""
"systemet har to grupperte dataområder:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1216
+#: release-manual.xml:1270
msgid "vg_data which holds the Data Partition as /skole/tjener/home0, ..."
msgstr "vg_data som holder datapartisjoner som /skole/tjener/home0, ..."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1217
+#: release-manual.xml:1271
msgid "vg_system contains System Partitions as /var, /usr /var/spool/squid"
msgstr ""
"vg_system inneholder systempartisjoner som /var, /usr, /var/spool/squid"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1220
+#: release-manual.xml:1274
msgid ""
"But the etch based release has only 1 Volume Group due to internal changes "
"of the Installer."
@@ -3439,7 +3572,7 @@ msgstr ""
"interne endringer i installasjonsprogrammet."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1222
+#: release-manual.xml:1276
msgid ""
"The main problem is that the vg_system volumegroup is quite small since the "
"data in this partition is mostly static. When trying the upgrade on a "
@@ -3458,12 +3591,12 @@ msgstr ""
"enheten."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1227
+#: release-manual.xml:1281
msgid "Prepare the system"
msgstr "Forberede systemet"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1229
+#: release-manual.xml:1283
msgid ""
"If you have enough space in the vg_system volumegroup but not in the lv_var "
"partition, you have to resize this partition:"
@@ -3472,7 +3605,7 @@ msgstr ""
"partisjonen, så må du endre størrelse på denne partisjonen:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1231
+#: release-manual.xml:1285
msgid ""
"1.) Umount the <computeroutput>/var </computeroutput> partition, you 'll "
"have to umount the <computeroutput>/var/spool/squid </computeroutput> "
@@ -3483,7 +3616,7 @@ msgstr ""
"for at dette skal fungere:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1234
+#: release-manual.xml:1288
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/etc/init.d/squid stop \n"
@@ -3495,45 +3628,45 @@ msgstr ""
"umount -fl /var ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1239
+#: release-manual.xml:1293
msgid "2.) fsck the partition:"
msgstr "2.) kjør fsck på partisjonen:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1239
+#: release-manual.xml:1293
#, no-wrap
msgid "e2fsck -f /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
msgstr "e2fsck -f /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1242
+#: release-manual.xml:1296
msgid "3.) resize the partition:"
msgstr "3.) endre størrelse på partisjonen:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1242
+#: release-manual.xml:1296
#, no-wrap
msgid "lvextend -L +1GB /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
msgstr "lvextend -L +1GB /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1245
+#: release-manual.xml:1299
msgid "4.) resize the filesystem:"
msgstr "4.) endre størrelse på filsystemet:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1245
+#: release-manual.xml:1299
#, no-wrap
msgid "resize2fs /dev/vg_system/lv_data]]"
msgstr "resize2fs /dev/vg_system/lv_data]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1248
+#: release-manual.xml:1302
msgid "5.) mount the partitions again:"
msgstr "5.) monter partisjonene igjen:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1248
+#: release-manual.xml:1302
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"mount /var \n"
@@ -3545,7 +3678,7 @@ msgstr ""
"/etc/init.d/squid start ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1256
+#: release-manual.xml:1310
msgid ""
"Now modify <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </computeroutput> to "
"contain these lines"
@@ -3554,7 +3687,7 @@ msgstr ""
"at de inneholder disse linjene"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1258
+#: release-manual.xml:1312
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian etch main \n"
@@ -3566,12 +3699,12 @@ msgstr ""
"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux etch local]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1264
+#: release-manual.xml:1318
msgid "And start the upgrade with:"
msgstr "Nå kan du starte oppgraderingen med:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1265
+#: release-manual.xml:1319
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"aptitude update \n"
@@ -3581,12 +3714,12 @@ msgstr ""
"aptitude dist-upgrade ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1273
+#: release-manual.xml:1327
msgid "Answers to debconf questions raising during upgrade"
msgstr "Svar på Debconf-spørsmålene under oppgraderingen"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1275
+#: release-manual.xml:1329
msgid ""
"Here we can give you some hints, what you should answer to the debconf "
"question during the upgrade. But please note: This upgrade HowTo is based on "
@@ -3597,7 +3730,7 @@ msgstr ""
"oppgradering av en enkel nyinstallert hovedtjener + tynnklienttjener."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1277
+#: release-manual.xml:1331
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Which questions exactly raise up in addition to the ones described here "
@@ -3616,12 +3749,12 @@ msgstr ""
"debian.org</ulink> eller på IRC (irc.oftc.net):#debian-edu."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1280
+#: release-manual.xml:1334
msgid "* Configure nagios-common."
msgstr "* Sette opp nagios-common."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1282
+#: release-manual.xml:1336
msgid ""
"Here you have to enter a password for the <emphasis>nagiosadmin </emphasis> "
"user."
@@ -3630,42 +3763,42 @@ msgstr ""
"brukeren."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1287
+#: release-manual.xml:1341
msgid "* Configure console-data"
msgstr "* Sette opp console-data"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1288
+#: release-manual.xml:1342
msgid "Choose \"Don't change keyboard layout\""
msgstr "Velg «Ikke endre tastaturoppsett»"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1291
+#: release-manual.xml:1345
msgid "* Configure openssh-server"
msgstr "* Sette opp openssh-server"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1292
+#: release-manual.xml:1346
msgid "Don't deactivate challenge-response Auth."
msgstr "Ikke slå av utfordring/svar-autentisering."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1295
+#: release-manual.xml:1349
msgid "* Configure systat"
msgstr "* Sette opp systat"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1296
+#: release-manual.xml:1350
msgid "Choose the default (yes) here."
msgstr "Velg standard (ja) her."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1299
+#: release-manual.xml:1353
msgid "* Configure popularity-contest"
msgstr "* Sette opp popularity-contest"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1300
+#: release-manual.xml:1354
msgid ""
"If you choose \"yes\", this will help us improve Debian Edu. (We'll get an "
"weekly report which programs are how often used). The data is gathered "
@@ -3676,48 +3809,48 @@ msgstr ""
"samlet inn anonymt og du har mulighet til å si «nei»."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1303
+#: release-manual.xml:1357
msgid "* Configure libnss-ldap"
msgstr "* Sette opp libnss-ldap"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1305
+#: release-manual.xml:1359
msgid "Change the prompt to: <emphasis>ldaps://ldap/ </emphasis>"
msgstr "Endre pompt til: <emphasis>ldaps://ldap/</emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1309
+#: release-manual.xml:1363
msgid ""
"Change the prompt to: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
msgstr "Endre promptet til: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1312
+#: release-manual.xml:1366
msgid "Use ldapversion 3 here"
msgstr "Bruk ldapversion 3 her"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1313
+#: release-manual.xml:1367
msgid "Which account should root use for ldap lookups FIXME"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1314
+#: release-manual.xml:1368
msgid "Which password should root use here FIXME"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1317
+#: release-manual.xml:1371
msgid "* Upgrade glibc now. Answer \"yes\"."
msgstr "* Oppgrader glibc nå. Svar «ja»."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1319
+#: release-manual.xml:1373
msgid "* Restart Services. Answer \"yes\"."
msgstr "* Starte tjenester på nytt. Svar «ja»."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1321
+#: release-manual.xml:1375
msgid ""
"These are the debconf questions you will see if you have no additional "
"packages installed."
@@ -3726,12 +3859,12 @@ msgstr ""
"installert."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1323
+#: release-manual.xml:1377
msgid "Now the upgrade process will start to upgrade the packages."
msgstr "Nå vil oppgraderingsprosessen starte med å oppgradere pakker."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1325
+#: release-manual.xml:1379
msgid ""
"Please note: You will be asked several times if you want to keep your old "
"modified version of a configfile or if you want to get the latest. The "
@@ -3744,12 +3877,12 @@ msgstr ""
"virkelig har endret noe, så må du svare: «Installer de siste»."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1327
+#: release-manual.xml:1381
msgid "The upgrade will fail with this error message:"
msgstr "Oppgradringer feiler med denne feilmeldingen:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1328
+#: release-manual.xml:1382
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -3765,7 +3898,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1334
+#: release-manual.xml:1388
msgid ""
"To fix this you have to edit these two files: <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/info/"
"mozilla-firefox-locale-it.postrm </emphasis> and <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/"
@@ -3780,33 +3913,33 @@ msgstr ""
"Så kan du starte oppgraderingsprosessen på nytt:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1338
+#: release-manual.xml:1392
#, no-wrap
msgid "apt-get -f install]]"
msgstr "apt-get -f install]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1340
+#: release-manual.xml:1394
msgid "Now the upgrade continues:"
msgstr "Nå skal oppgraderingen fortsette:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1342
+#: release-manual.xml:1396
msgid "* Several Modified configuration files (nagios)"
msgstr "* Flere modifiserte oppsettsfiler (nagios)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1343
+#: release-manual.xml:1397
msgid "You should always keep your installed one (default) and hit enter"
msgstr "Du bør alltid ta vare på de installerte (standard) og trykke enter"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1346
+#: release-manual.xml:1400
msgid "Then the installation failes another time:"
msgstr "Så feiler installasjonen en gang til:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1347
+#: release-manual.xml:1401
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -3820,7 +3953,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1352
+#: release-manual.xml:1406
msgid ""
"In order to fix this, rename this directory: <emphasis>/var/backups/dc=skole,"
"dc=skolelinux,dc=no-2.2.23-8.ldapdb </emphasis> and since openldap now runs "
@@ -3833,7 +3966,7 @@ msgstr ""
"filrettighetene til oppsettfilene endres:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1355
+#: release-manual.xml:1409
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"chown -R openldap:openldap /etc/ldap/ \n"
@@ -3843,7 +3976,7 @@ msgstr ""
"apt-get -f install]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1358
+#: release-manual.xml:1412
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Then the installation should finish <emphasis role=\"strong\">without </"
@@ -3855,18 +3988,18 @@ msgstr ""
"upgrade prosessen igjen med:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1360
+#: release-manual.xml:1414
#, no-wrap
msgid "aptitude dist-upgrade]]"
msgstr "aptitude dist-upgrade]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1362
+#: release-manual.xml:1416
msgid "The next error raising up is this one:"
msgstr "Den neste feilen som dukker opp er denne:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1363
+#: release-manual.xml:1417
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -3878,25 +4011,25 @@ msgstr ""
"E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1)]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1367
+#: release-manual.xml:1421
msgid "Please remove the package: <emphasis>courier-ldap </emphasis> with"
msgstr "Du må fjerne pakken: <emphasis>courier-ldap</emphasis> med kommandoen"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1369
+#: release-manual.xml:1423
#, no-wrap
msgid "aptitude remove courier-ldap]]"
msgstr "aptitude remove courier-ldap]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1371
+#: release-manual.xml:1425
msgid ""
"and wait until it is finished.Then restart the dist-upgrade process again."
msgstr ""
"og vente til den blir ferdig. Så kan du starte dist-upgrade prosessen igjen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1373
+#: release-manual.xml:1427
msgid ""
"If you have only the default packages installed the upgrade process should "
"now finish without raising more errors."
@@ -3905,12 +4038,12 @@ msgstr ""
"nå gjøre seg ferdig uten flere feil."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1378
+#: release-manual.xml:1432
msgid "Problem upgrading bind"
msgstr "Problem med oppgradering av bind"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1380
+#: release-manual.xml:1434
msgid ""
"The only remaining upgrade issue is that the user of bind9 has changed, so "
"you'll have to chown all bind-configuration files."
@@ -3919,13 +4052,13 @@ msgstr ""
"endret, så du må kjøre chown på alle bind-oppsettsfiler."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1381
+#: release-manual.xml:1435
#, no-wrap
msgid "chown bind:root -R /etc/bind ]]"
msgstr "chown bind:root -R /etc/bind ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1383
+#: release-manual.xml:1437
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"See <ulink url=\"http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=386791"
@@ -3935,12 +4068,12 @@ msgstr ""
"bug=386791'>#386791 </ulink> for mer informasjon."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1389
+#: release-manual.xml:1443
msgid "Samba groupmaps handeling changed"
msgstr "Håndtering av samba gruppekart (groupmaps) er endret"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1391
+#: release-manual.xml:1445
msgid ""
"There has been a change in how samba handles groupmaps between sarge and "
"etch. Samba in sarge handled groupmaps internally, so a unix group was also "
@@ -3955,7 +4088,7 @@ msgstr ""
"administrasjonsverktøy «lwat» ble oppdatert for dette."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1393
+#: release-manual.xml:1447
msgid ""
"When you upgrade your LDAP from a sarge installation, you must make sure to "
"create the Domain Admins account, neccessary for correct samba domain "
@@ -3966,7 +4099,7 @@ msgstr ""
"samba-domene håndtering. Opprett domeneadministrasjonskontoen med kommandoen:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1394
+#: release-manual.xml:1448
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/usr/bin/net groupmap add rid=512 unixgroup=admins \\\n"
@@ -3980,7 +4113,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1399
+#: release-manual.xml:1453
msgid ""
"If you want your Windows computers to be aware of what groups users are in, "
"you must create the groupmaps in LDAP manually, this is explained in more "
@@ -3993,12 +4126,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Nettverksklienter</link> i denne manualen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1405
+#: release-manual.xml:1459
msgid "Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations"
msgstr "Oppgraderinger fra eldre Debian Edu / Skolelinux-installasjoner"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1407
+#: release-manual.xml:1461
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Upgrades from the woody based Debian Edu / Skolelinux installation are not "
@@ -4014,12 +4147,12 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink>. Oppgrader så til Terra (etch-basert utgivelse)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1414
+#: release-manual.xml:1468
msgid "HowTo"
msgstr "Veiledning"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1416
+#: release-manual.xml:1470
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administration</link>"
@@ -4028,30 +4161,30 @@ msgstr ""
"link>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1419
+#: release-manual.xml:1473
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">the desktop</link>"
msgstr "Veiledninger for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">skrivebordet</link>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1422
+#: release-manual.xml:1476
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link>"
msgstr ""
"Veiledninger for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">nettverksklienter</link>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1425
+#: release-manual.xml:1479
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">teaching and learning</link>"
msgstr ""
"Veiledninger for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">undervisning og læring</"
"link>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1432
+#: release-manual.xml:1486
msgid "HowTos for general administration"
msgstr "Veiledninger for generell administrasjon"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1434
+#: release-manual.xml:1488
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> and <link "
@@ -4066,44 +4199,44 @@ msgstr ""
"i dette kapittelet er allerede \"avanserte\" tips og triks."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1440
+#: release-manual.xml:1494
msgid ""
"Installing single service machines for spreading the load from main-server"
msgstr ""
"Installere egne maskiner for enkelte tjenster for å avlaste hovetjeneren"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1441
+#: release-manual.xml:1495
msgid "barebone install using debian-edu-expert"
msgstr "barebone installasjon ved bruk av debian-edu-expert"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1442
+#: release-manual.xml:1496
msgid "install the packages for the service"
msgstr "installer pakkene for tjenesten"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1443
+#: release-manual.xml:1497
msgid "configure the service"
msgstr "sette opp tjenesten"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1444
+#: release-manual.xml:1498
msgid "disable the service on main-server"
msgstr "slå av tjenesten på hovedtjeneren"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1445
+#: release-manual.xml:1499
msgid "update dns on main-server"
msgstr "oppdatere dns på hovedtjeneren"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1451
+#: release-manual.xml:1505
msgid "Tracking /etc/ using the svk version control system"
msgstr "Versjonsporing av /etc/ ved hjelp av svk versjonskontrollsystem"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1453
+#: release-manual.xml:1507
msgid ""
"With the introduction of the <computeroutput>debian-edu-etc-svk </"
"computeroutput> script in Debian Edu, all files in <computeroutput>/etc/ </"
@@ -4121,7 +4254,7 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1458
+#: release-manual.xml:1512
msgid ""
"This feature is activated automatically in the Etch based version of Debian "
"Edu, and all changes done during installation are registered. Changes in "
@@ -4132,12 +4265,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Endringer i <computeroutput>/etc/</computeroutput> blir meldt inn hver time."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1461
+#: release-manual.xml:1515
msgid "List of useful commands:"
msgstr "Liste over nyttige kommandoer:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1464
+#: release-manual.xml:1518
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff\n"
@@ -4155,12 +4288,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1473
+#: release-manual.xml:1527
msgid "Usage examples"
msgstr "Eksempel på bruk"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1475
+#: release-manual.xml:1529
msgid ""
"In a freshly installed system try this to see all changes done since the "
"system was installed:"
@@ -4169,7 +4302,7 @@ msgstr ""
"gjort siden systemet ble installert:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1478
+#: release-manual.xml:1532
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 | less\n"
@@ -4179,13 +4312,13 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1481
+#: release-manual.xml:1535
msgid "To see the list of changes done in /etc/, use this command:"
msgstr ""
"For å se listen over endringer som er gjort i /etc/, bruk denne kommandoen:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1484
+#: release-manual.xml:1538
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk log | less\n"
@@ -4194,23 +4327,43 @@ msgstr ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk log | less \n"
"]]"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1541
+msgid ""
+"Here check revision numbers by date and time, Then to see all changes done "
+"since revision N say:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1544
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -rN | less\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 | less \n"
+"]]"
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1487
-msgid "To see the changes done to a specific file, specify the file:"
+#: release-manual.xml:1547
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"To see the changes done to a specific file between specific revisions, "
+"specify the file and both revisions:"
msgstr "For å se endringer som er gjort i en spesiell fil, oppgi filen:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1490
+#: release-manual.xml:1550
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | less\n"
+"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r46 -r64 /etc/resolv.conf | less\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | less \n"
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1493
+#: release-manual.xml:1553
msgid ""
"To revert a change, use the diff command to look at the change, and edit the "
"file to undo the change, or use a command like this to do it automatically:"
@@ -4220,7 +4373,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dette for å gjøre det automatisk:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1496
+#: release-manual.xml:1556
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"( cd /etc && debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | patch -p1 -R )\n"
@@ -4230,13 +4383,13 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1499
+#: release-manual.xml:1559
msgid ""
"To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:"
msgstr "For å melde inn en fil manuelt, fordi du ikke vil vente en time:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1502
+#: release-manual.xml:1562
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk commit /etc/resolv.conf\n"
@@ -4246,7 +4399,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1505
+#: release-manual.xml:1565
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If you don't want a specific file to be tracked in svk, you can tell to "
@@ -4256,7 +4409,7 @@ msgstr ""
"den om å ignorere den. Men det er sjelden nyttig <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1512
+#: release-manual.xml:1572
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk ignore /etc/path/to/file/to/be/ignored\n"
@@ -4266,12 +4419,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1518
+#: release-manual.xml:1578
msgid "For those who upgraded from sarge/woody"
msgstr "For de som oppgraderte fra sarge/woody"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1520
+#: release-manual.xml:1580
msgid ""
"/etc in svk was introduced with the etch based release of Debian Edu. If you "
"installed your system prior to this, you need to initialize svk once with "
@@ -4282,7 +4435,7 @@ msgstr ""
"følgende kommando kjørt som root:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1523
+#: release-manual.xml:1583
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk init\n"
@@ -4292,7 +4445,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1526
+#: release-manual.xml:1586
msgid ""
"This adds all files in /etc to svk and also activates the hourly commit "
"cronjob."
@@ -4301,12 +4454,12 @@ msgstr ""
"innmeldingsjobben (cron)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1532
+#: release-manual.xml:1592
msgid "Resize Partitions"
msgstr "Endre størrelse på partisjoner"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1534
+#: release-manual.xml:1594
msgid ""
"Most partitions in Debian Edu are logical LVM volumes. Only the /boot/ "
"partition is not. With the Debian/Etch release of Debian Edu, it is possible "
@@ -4321,7 +4474,7 @@ msgstr ""
"mens partisjonen er avmontert."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1536
+#: release-manual.xml:1596
msgid ""
"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions, as large "
"partitions will take a long time to restore from backup if the need should "
@@ -4336,7 +4489,7 @@ msgstr ""
"å lage flere mindre partisjoner enn en svært stor en."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1538
+#: release-manual.xml:1598
msgid ""
"To make it easier to extend full partitions, the <computeroutput>debian-edu-"
"fsautoresize </computeroutput> script is provided. When invoked, it reads "
@@ -4360,12 +4513,12 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput> trengs for faktisk å utvide filsystemet."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1547
+#: release-manual.xml:1607
msgid "Logical Volumne Management"
msgstr "Håndtering av logiske dataområder"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1549
+#: release-manual.xml:1609
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Logical Volumne Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they "
@@ -4377,7 +4530,7 @@ msgstr ""
"url='http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/'>LVM HowTo</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1552
+#: release-manual.xml:1612
msgid ""
"To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the "
"<computeroutput>lvextend </computeroutput> command how large you want it to "
@@ -4385,12 +4538,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1555
+#: release-manual.xml:1615
msgid "For example, to extend home0 to 30GB you use the following commands:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1558
+#: release-manual.xml:1618
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"lvextend -L30G /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0\n"
@@ -4398,12 +4551,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1565
+#: release-manual.xml:1625
msgid "Using volatile.debian.org"
msgstr "Bruker volatile.debian.org"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1567
+#: release-manual.xml:1627
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Since <ulink url=\"http://volatile.debian.org\">volatile.debian.org </ulink> "
@@ -4415,17 +4568,17 @@ msgstr ""
"på standardinstallasjoner."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1572
+#: release-manual.xml:1632
msgid "What is debian-volatile?"
msgstr "Hva er debian-volatile?"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1574
+#: release-manual.xml:1634
msgid "<emphasis>Quoting from the webpage: </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>Siterer fra nettsiden:</emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1576
+#: release-manual.xml:1636
msgid ""
"Some packages aim at fast moving targets, such as spam filtering and virus "
"scanning, and even when using updated data patterns, they do not really work "
@@ -4445,12 +4598,12 @@ msgstr ""
"være funksjonelle."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1582
+#: release-manual.xml:1642
msgid "How to use volatile"
msgstr "Hvordan bruke volatile"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1584
+#: release-manual.xml:1644
msgid ""
"Since the volatile archive key is included in the <computeroutput>debian-"
"archive-keyring </computeroutput> package, which is installed by default, "
@@ -4462,7 +4615,7 @@ msgstr ""
"list</computeroutput>:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1589
+#: release-manual.xml:1649
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://volatile.debian.org/debian-volatile etch/volatile main\n"
@@ -4472,7 +4625,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1592
+#: release-manual.xml:1652
msgid ""
"And run <computeroutput>aptitude update && aptitude upgrade </"
"computeroutput>."
@@ -4481,12 +4634,12 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1599
+#: release-manual.xml:1659
msgid "Using backports.org"
msgstr "Bruk av backports.org"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1601
+#: release-manual.xml:1661
msgid ""
"You are running Debian Edu, because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. "
"It runs great, there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit "
@@ -4497,7 +4650,7 @@ msgstr ""
"enn du liker. Her er hvor backports.org kommer inn."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1603
+#: release-manual.xml:1663
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian "
@@ -4519,7 +4672,7 @@ msgstr ""
"org'>http://www.backports.org</ulink> for bruk av disse pakkene."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1607
+#: release-manual.xml:1667
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You will need to add the backports.org archive key to root's "
@@ -4535,182 +4688,348 @@ msgstr ""
"å kjøre disse kommandoene som root:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1613
+#: release-manual.xml:1673
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# install the debian-keyring securily:\n"
"aptitude install debian-keyring\n"
"# fetch the backports.org key insecurily:\n"
"gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 16BA136C\n"
-"# check securily if the key is correct and add it to root's keyring if it is:\n"
+"# check securily if the key is correct and add it the keyring used by apt if it is:\n"
"gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs 16BA136C && gpg --export 16BA136C | apt-key add -\n"
"# add backports.org repo to /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
"echo \"deb http://www.backports.org/debian etch-backports main contrib non-free\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
"# update the list of available packages:\n"
"aptitude update\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen>\n"
-"<para>Then you can either use <computeroutput>aptitude -t etch-backports install <packagename>\n"
-"</computeroutput> to install or update packages once, or you can configure a package to be always installed from backports.org though <computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences\n"
-"</computeroutput> which is described in the <ulink url=\"http://www.backports.org/dokuwiki/doku.php?id=instructions\">instructions on backports.org\n"
-"</ulink>. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>The second variant has the advantage, that updates to backports are installed automatically when they are available. With the first variant you need to update manually. \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Java\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre sun-java5-fonts\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Access to skolelinux server from outside a firewall\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>A boot script <computeroutput>open-backdoor\n"
-"</computeroutput> is provided in the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config\n"
-"</computeroutput> package to \"break out\" from behind a firewall. It is useful for system administrators responsible for several Debian Edu installations. It set up an SSH tunnel to another machine, allowing ssh login from the outside of the firewall. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>To enable it, create a ssh key without a password, create a user on a remote host to use for ssh login, copy the public key into ~/.ssh/authorized_keys for the remote user used for and specify the login information in <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor\n"
-"</computeroutput>. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>Content of <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor\n"
-"</computeroutput> should be similar to this: \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[RHOST=admin.example.net\n"
-"RPORT=1234\n"
-"RUSER=backdoor\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen>\n"
-"<para>FIXME: This need to be completed and tested. \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Creating a folder in all users home directory\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>With this script the administrator can create a folder in each users home directory and set access permissions and Ownership. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=770 a user can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder \"assignments\" where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[#!/bin/bash\n"
-"\n"
-"home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\";\n"
-" shared_folder=\"assignments\";\n"
-" permissions=\"770\";\n"
-" created_dir=0;\n"
-"\n"
-"for home in $(ls $home_path);do\n"
-"\n"
-" . if [ ! -d \"$home_path/$home/$shared_folder\" ]; then\n"
-" . mkdir $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
-" chmod $permissions $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
-" . #set the right owner and group\n"
-" #\"username\" = \"group name\" = \"folder name\"\n"
-" user=$home\n"
-" group=teachers\n"
-" chown $user:$group $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
-" ((created_dir+=1))\n"
-" else\n"
-" . echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already exists.\\n\"\n"
-" . fi\n"
-"done\n"
-"\n"
-"echo \"$created_dir folders has been created\"\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>HowTos from wiki.debian.org\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>The HowTos from <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/\n"
-"</ulink> are either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and delete them over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of those pages to find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting it under the GPL.) \n"
-"</para><itemizedlist><listitem>\n"
-"<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn\n"
-"</ulink> \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"</listitem><listitem>\n"
-"<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC\n"
-"</ulink> \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"</listitem><listitem>\n"
-"<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\n"
-"</ulink> \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"</listitem><listitem>\n"
-"<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\n"
-"</ulink> \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"</listitem><listitem>\n"
-"<para><ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/Squid_LDAP_Authentication\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/Squid_LDAP_Authentication\n"
-"</ulink> \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"</listitem>\n"
-"</itemizedlist>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section id=\"Desktop\">\n"
-"<title>HowTos for the desktop\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para> \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>KDE Kiosk mode\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>Two default profiles are included: \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para><emphasis role=\"strong\">debian_edu_pupils\n"
-"</emphasis> (enabled for members of the students file group) \n"
-"</para><itemizedlist><listitem>customized set of icons appears on student desktops \n"
-"</listitem><listitem>makes sure that the programs behind the desktop icons also show up in the kde panel \n"
-"</listitem><listitem>adept is not started \n"
-"</listitem><listitem>makes sure that students cannot start another kde session \n"
-"</listitem><listitem>disables possibility to gain root access for students \n"
-"</listitem>\n"
-"</itemizedlist>\n"
-"<para><emphasis role=\"strong\">debian_edu_root\n"
-"</emphasis> (enabled for the root user and members of the admins file group) \n"
-"</para><itemizedlist><listitem>adds a desktop icon to connect to the local webserver on tjener to provide easy access to all the administration programs \n"
-"</listitem>\n"
-"</itemizedlist>\n"
-"<para><emphasis role=\"strong\">Note:\n"
-"</emphasis>: modifications to the profiles can be done using <computeroutput>kiosktool\n"
-"</computeroutput>. However, unless you follow the step below, your changes will be overwritten by upgrades. [FIXME: doesn't work. Upgrade restores default desktop icons] \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>If you want to modify the kiosk profiles, you can either copy the existing ones and modify them, or create new kiosk profiles in (for example) <computeroutput>/etc/kde3/kioskprofiles/\n"
-"</computeroutput> and enable them in <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile\n"
-"</computeroutput>. The kiosk tool will do this for you if you click \"profile properties\" and browse to a new folder. \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Changing kioskmode on diskless workstations\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>After you have made changes to the kioskmode settings with kiosktool like described above, you will have to copy some files inside the chroot used by the diskless workstation. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>Assuming the diskless workstations are running <computeroutput>i386\n"
-"</computeroutput>, the following commands must be executed on the workstation server(s): \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[export LTSPCHROOT=/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/\n"
-"cp -rv /etc/kde-profile/ $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
-"cp -v /etc/kderc $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
-"cp -v /etc/kde-user-profile $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1685
+msgid ""
+"Then you can either use <computeroutput>aptitude -t etch-backports install "
+"<packagename> </computeroutput> to install or update packages once, or "
+"you can configure a package to be always installed from backports.org though "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences </computeroutput> which is described in "
+"the <ulink url=\"http://www.backports.org/dokuwiki/doku.php?id=instructions"
+"\">instructions on backports.org </ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1690
+msgid ""
+"The second variant has the advantage, that updates to backports are "
+"installed automatically when they are available. With the first variant you "
+"need to update manually."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1695
+msgid "Java"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1698
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre sun-java5-fonts\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1704
+msgid "Access to skolelinux server from outside a firewall"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1706
+msgid ""
+"A boot script <computeroutput>open-backdoor </computeroutput> is provided in "
+"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config </computeroutput> package to \"break "
+"out\" from behind a firewall. It is useful for system administrators "
+"responsible for several Debian Edu installations. It set up an SSH tunnel "
+"to another machine, allowing ssh login from the outside of the firewall."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1710
+msgid ""
+"To enable it, create a ssh key without a password, create a user on a remote "
+"host to use for ssh login, copy the public key into ~/.ssh/authorized_keys "
+"for the remote user used for and specify the login information in "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor </computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1713
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Content of <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor </computeroutput> should be "
+"similar to this:"
+msgstr ""
+"Nå kan du endre <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> slik "
+"at de inneholder disse linjene"
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1717
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"RHOST=admin.example.net\n"
+"RPORT=1234\n"
+"RUSER=backdoor\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1722
+msgid "FIXME: This need to be completed and tested."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1727
+msgid "Creating a folder in all users home directory"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1729
+msgid ""
+"With this script the administrator can create a folder in each users home "
+"directory and set access permissions and Ownership."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1731
+msgid ""
+"In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=2770 a user "
+"can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder \"assignments\" "
+"where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1734
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"#!/bin/bash\n"
+"home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\";\n"
+" shared_folder=\"assignments\";\n"
+" permissions=\"2770\";\n"
+" created_dir=0;\n"
+" for home in $(ls $home_path);do\n"
+" . if [ ! -d \"$home_path/$home/$shared_folder\" ]; then\n"
+" . mkdir $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
+" chmod $permissions $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
+". #set the right owner and group\n"
+" #\"username\" = \"group name\" = \"folder name\"\n"
+" user=$home\n"
+" group=teachers\n"
+" chown $user:$group $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
+" ((created_dir+=1))\n"
+" else\n"
+" . echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already exists.\\n\"\n"
+" . fi\n"
+"done\n"
+"echo \"$created_dir folders has been created\"\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1759
+msgid "Easy acces to USB and CDROM"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1761
+msgid ""
+"When users insert a usb or cdrom into a <ulink url=\"/ThinClient"
+"\">ThinClient </ulink> there is no popup window like they are used to from "
+"their usual Desktop. Instead they have to browse to the /media/$user "
+"folder. This is too difficult for non experienced users."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1764
+msgid ""
+"With the following script the symlink \"Media\" is created for all users in "
+"the home folder for easy access to USB-keys, CDROM or whatever media is "
+"connected to the thin client."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1767
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"#!/bin/bash\n"
+"home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\"; shared_folder=\"Media\"; permissions=\"775\"; created_dir=0;\n"
+"for home in $(ls $home_path); do\n"
+" if [ ! -d \"$home_path/$home/$shared_folder\" ]; then\n"
+" ln -s /media/$home $home_path/$home/$shared_folder ((created_dir+=1))\n"
+" else\n"
+" echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already exists.\\n\"\n"
+" fi\n"
+"done\n"
+"echo \"$created_dir folders has been created\"\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1782 release-manual.xml:2482 release-manual.xml:2590
+msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
+msgstr "Veiledninger fra wiki.debian.org"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1784 release-manual.xml:2484 release-manual.xml:2592
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"The HowTos from <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+"\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> are either user- or "
+"developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and "
+"delete them over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of "
+"those pages to find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting "
+"it under the GPL.)"
+msgstr ""
+"Veiledninger fra <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://"
+"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/</ulink> er enten bruker- eller "
+"utviklerorientert."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1812
+msgid "HowTos for the desktop"
+msgstr "Veiledninger for skrivebordet"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1818
+msgid "KDE Kiosk mode"
+msgstr "KDE Kiosk modus"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1820
+msgid "Two default profiles are included:"
+msgstr "To standardprofiler er inkludert:"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1822
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">debian_edu_pupils </emphasis> (enabled for members "
+"of the students file group)"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_pupils</emphasis> (slått på for medlemmer "
+"av filgruppen students)"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#: release-manual.xml:1824
+msgid "customized set of icons appears on student desktops"
+msgstr "tilpasset sett av ikoner kommer frem på elever sine skrivebord"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#: release-manual.xml:1825
+msgid ""
+"makes sure that the programs behind the desktop icons also show up in the "
+"kde panel"
+msgstr ""
+"sørger for at programmene bak skrivebordsikonene også dukker opp i kde-"
+"panelet"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#: release-manual.xml:1826
+msgid "adept is not started"
+msgstr "adept blir ikke startet"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#: release-manual.xml:1827
+msgid "makes sure that students cannot start another kde session"
+msgstr "sørger for at studenter ikke kan starte en annen kde-sesjon"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#: release-manual.xml:1828
+msgid "disables possibility to gain root access for students"
+msgstr "hindrer muligheten for at studenter kan få root-tilgang"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1831
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">debian_edu_root </emphasis> (enabled for the root "
+"user and members of the admins file group)"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_root</emphasis> (tilgjengelig for root og "
+"medlemmer av filgruppen admins)"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#: release-manual.xml:1833
+msgid ""
+"adds a desktop icon to connect to the local webserver on tjener to provide "
+"easy access to all the administration programs"
+msgstr ""
+"legger til et skrivebordsikon for å kople til den lokale nettjeneren på "
+"tjener for å sørge for enkel tilgang til alle administrasjonsprogrammer."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1836
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Note: </emphasis>: modifications to the profiles "
+"can be done using <computeroutput>kiosktool </computeroutput>. However, "
+"unless you follow the step below, your changes will be overwritten by "
+"upgrades. [FIXME: doesn't work. Upgrade restores default desktop icons]"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role='strong'>Kommentar:</emphasis> du kan tilpasse profilene ved "
+"bruk av <computeroutput>kiosktool</computeroutput>. Men viss du ikke følger "
+"stegene under så vil endringene dine blir overskrevet ved neste oppgradering."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1840
+msgid ""
+"If you want to modify the kiosk profiles, you can either copy the existing "
+"ones and modify them, or create new kiosk profiles in (for example) "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/kde3/kioskprofiles/ </computeroutput> and enable them "
+"in <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile </computeroutput>. The kiosk tool "
+"will do this for you if you click \"profile properties\" and browse to a new "
+"folder."
+msgstr ""
+"Viss du vil endre kioskprofiler, så kan du enten kopiere de eksisterende "
+"profilene og gjøre endringer på dem, eller lage nye kioskprofiler i (for "
+"eksempel) <computeroutput>/etc/kde3/kioskprofiles/</computeroutput> og slå "
+"de på i <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile</computeroutput>. "
+"Kioskverktøyet vil gjøre dette for deg viss du klikker på «profilegenskaper» "
+"og leter frem en ny mappe."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1847
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Changing kioskmode on diskless workstations"
+msgstr "Tynnklienter vs halvtykke arbeidstasjoner"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1849
+msgid ""
+"After you have made changes to the kioskmode settings with kiosktool like "
+"described above, you will have to copy some files inside the chroot used by "
+"the diskless workstation."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1851
+msgid ""
+"Assuming the diskless workstations are running <computeroutput>i386 </"
+"computeroutput>, the following commands must be executed on the workstation "
+"server(s):"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1855
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"export LTSPCHROOT=/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/\n"
+"cp -rv /etc/kde-profile/ $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
+"cp -v /etc/kderc $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
+"cp -v /etc/kde-user-profile $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
"unset LTSPCHROOT\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1783
+#: release-manual.xml:1862
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Else replace <computeroutput>i386 </computeroutput> with "
@@ -4721,13 +5040,13 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput> på tidspunktet <computeroutput>2008-01-19</computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1790
+#: release-manual.xml:1869
#, fuzzy
msgid "Disabling kioskmode"
msgstr "KDE Kiosk modus"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1792
+#: release-manual.xml:1871
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If you don't want to use kioskmode, either just remove the file "
@@ -4739,12 +5058,12 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1799
+#: release-manual.xml:1878
msgid "Modifying the kdm login screen"
msgstr "Modifisere innloggingskjermen kdm"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1801
+#: release-manual.xml:1880
msgid ""
"In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. Now, "
"it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/ </"
@@ -4755,7 +5074,7 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput> som oppgir variabler som overstyrer standardvariablene."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1804
+#: release-manual.xml:1883
msgid ""
"Here is one example used to activate the theme in the "
"<computeroutput>desktop-base </computeroutput> package:"
@@ -4764,7 +5083,7 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput>-pakken:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1808
+#: release-manual.xml:1887
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
@@ -4776,7 +5095,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1812
+#: release-manual.xml:1891
msgid ""
"See the code in <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm </computeroutput> for "
"information on how these variables are used."
@@ -4785,12 +5104,12 @@ msgstr ""
"informasjon om hvordan disse variablene blir brukt."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1818
+#: release-manual.xml:1897
msgid "Flash"
msgstr "Flash"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1820
+#: release-manual.xml:1899
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To install the Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin, install the "
@@ -4803,12 +5122,12 @@ msgstr ""
"laste ned en forhåndskompilert binærfil fra Adobe."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1823
+#: release-manual.xml:1902
msgid "There are three requirements to do so:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1825
+#: release-manual.xml:1904
msgid ""
"add backports.org to <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </computeroutput> "
"as decribed in the <link linkend=\"Administration\">general adminstration "
@@ -4816,7 +5135,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1829
+#: release-manual.xml:1908
msgid ""
"add the following lines to <computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences </"
"computeroutput> (the file probably does not exist, so you might have to "
@@ -4824,7 +5143,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1835
+#: release-manual.xml:1914
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Package: flashplugin-nonfree\n"
@@ -4834,7 +5153,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1840
+#: release-manual.xml:1919
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"as the <computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> package is only "
@@ -4848,22 +5167,22 @@ msgstr ""
"laste ned en forhåndskompilert binærfil fra Adobe."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1847
+#: release-manual.xml:1926
msgid "Sound with Flash in thin clients"
msgstr "Lyd med Flash på tynnklienter"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1849
+#: release-manual.xml:1928
msgid "You need to install this as root:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1851
+#: release-manual.xml:1930
msgid "and make one change in /etc/apt/sources.list"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1854
+#: release-manual.xml:1933
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux/ etch-test local\n"
@@ -4871,7 +5190,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1857
+#: release-manual.xml:1936
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"And that followed by <computeroutput>aptitude update </computeroutput> and "
@@ -4882,7 +5201,7 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1861
+#: release-manual.xml:1940
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"remeber to remove <computeroutput>deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux/ "
@@ -4893,25 +5212,25 @@ msgstr ""
"dette bildet som en <computeroutput>dia</computeroutput>-fil.)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1865
+#: release-manual.xml:1944
msgid ""
"To get the sound working, you also need the latest flashplugin-nonfree "
"package installed (23st of Jan: 9.0.115.0.1~etch1)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1871
+#: release-manual.xml:1950
msgid "Other useful plugins"
msgstr "Andre nyttige programtillegg"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1873
+#: release-manual.xml:1952
#, fuzzy
msgid "After adding the multimedia repository (see below):"
msgstr "Etter å ha lagt til multimediaarkivet:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1876
+#: release-manual.xml:1955
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install mozilla-mplayer mozilla-acroread acroread-plugins\n"
@@ -4921,12 +5240,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1882
+#: release-manual.xml:1961
msgid "Playing DVDs"
msgstr "Avspilling av DVD"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1884
+#: release-manual.xml:1963
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial! DVDs. For legal reasons "
@@ -4939,7 +5258,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dette, så kan du bruke pakker fra debian-multimedia.org."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1887
+#: release-manual.xml:1966
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install libdvdcss2 w32codecs\n"
@@ -4949,13 +5268,13 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1893
+#: release-manual.xml:1972
#, fuzzy
msgid "Using the multimedia repository"
msgstr "Etter å ha lagt til multimediaarkivet:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1895
+#: release-manual.xml:1974
#, fuzzy
msgid "To use www.debian-multimedia.org do the following:"
msgstr ""
@@ -4963,127 +5282,275 @@ msgstr ""
"et nettarkiv, eller du kan legge til"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1898
+#: release-manual.xml:1977
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# install the debian-keyring securily:\n"
"aptitude install debian-keyring\n"
"# fetch the debian-multimedia key insecurily:\n"
"gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 1F41B907\n"
-"# check securily if the key is correct and add it to root's keyring if it is:\n"
+"# check securily if the key is correct and add it to the keyring used by apt if it is:\n"
"gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs 1F41B907 && gpg --export 1F41B907 | apt-key add -\n"
"# add repository to sources.list - please check the homepages for mirrors!\n"
"echo \"deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
"# update the list of available packages:\n"
"aptitude update\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section id=\"NetworkClients\">\n"
-"<title>HowTos for networked clients\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para> \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation\n"
-"</ulink> \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>LTSP in detail\n"
-"</title><para/>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>lts.conf\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you can edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf\n"
-"</computeroutput>. Have a look at <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/usr/share/doc/ltsp-client/examples/lts.conf\n"
-"</computeroutput> to see examples and what parameters you can specify. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default]\n"
-"</computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using the client mac adress or ipadress like this <computeroutput>[192.168.0.10]\n"
-"</computeroutput>. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add something like this: \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[[192.168.0.10]\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1993
+msgid "HowTos for networked clients"
+msgstr "Veiledninger for nettverksklienter"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1999
+msgid "Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations"
+msgstr "Tynnklienter vs halvtykke arbeidstasjoner"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2001
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless "
+"workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink "
+"url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation"
+"\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation </ulink>"
+msgstr ""
+"Instruksjoner for hvordan en tar i bruk halvtykke arbeidstasjoner (uten "
+"harddisk) er tilgjengelig fra <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
+"HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+"LtspDisklessWorkstation</ulink>"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:2007
+msgid "LTSP in detail"
+msgstr "LTSP i detalj"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:2011
+msgid "lts.conf"
+msgstr "lts.conf"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2013
+msgid ""
+"To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you "
+"can edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf </"
+"computeroutput>. Have a look at <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/usr/share/doc/"
+"ltsp-client/examples/lts.conf </computeroutput> to see examples and what "
+"parameters you can specify."
+msgstr ""
+"For å tilpasse oppsettet for enkelte tynnklienter, så kan du redigere denne "
+"fila <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf</computeroutput>. Ta en "
+"titt på <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/usr/share/doc/ltsp-client/examples/"
+"lts.conf</computeroutput> for å se på eksempler og hvilke parameter du kan "
+"oppgi."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2017
+msgid ""
+"The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default] </"
+"computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using the "
+"client mac adress or ipadress like this <computeroutput>[192.168.0.10] </"
+"computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+"Standardverdiene er definert under <computeroutput>[default]</"
+"computeroutput>. For å sette opp en spesiell klient, så kan du oppgi du "
+"hvilke klient det er med mac-adressen eller IP-adressen som dette "
+"<computeroutput>[192.168.0.10]</computeroutput>."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2021
+msgid ""
+"Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add "
+"something like this:"
+msgstr ""
+"Eksempel: For å få tynnklienten ltsp010 til å bruke skjermoppløsningen "
+"1280x1024, så legg til noe slikt som dette:"
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:2024
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"[192.168.0.10]\n"
"X_MODE_0 = 1280x1024\n"
"X_HORZSYNC = \"60-70\"\n"
"X_VERTREFRESH = \"59-62\"\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen>\n"
-"<para>somewhere below the default settings. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf\n"
-"</computeroutput> you should add the client mac-address to your dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the client mac-address directly in you <computeroutput>lts.conf\n"
-"</computeroutput> file. \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Load balancing LTSP servers\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"./images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
-"</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\\\n"
-"</phrase>\n"
-"</textobject>\n"
-"</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version 0.99debian12+0.0.edu.etch.8 and is included in Skolelinux 3.0r1. \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Part 1\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers for load balancing. This is done by providing /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/get_hosts as a script printing one or more servers for LDM to connect to. In addition to this, each ltsp chroot need to include the ssh host key for each of the servers. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>First of all, you must choose one LTSP server to be the loadbalancing server. All the clients will PXE-boot from this server and load the Skolelinux image. After the image is loaded, LDM chooses which server to connect to by using the \"get_hosts\" script. How this is done you decide later on. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>Now you have to move your clients from the 192.168.1.0 network to the 10.0.2.0 network. This is because when you use loadbalancing, the clients should have direct access to the server LDM chooses. If you leave your clients on the 192.168.1.0 network, all of the clients traffic will go through that server before it reaches the chosen LDM server. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>To get the clients working on the 10.0.2.0 network, you have to edit /etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf on the main-server (tjener). Where it says: \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[subnet 10.0.2.0 netmask 255.255.254.0 {\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+"[192.168.0.10]\n"
+"X_MODE_0 = 1280x1024\n"
+"X_HORZSYNC = \"60-70\"\n"
+"X_VERTREFRESH = \"59-62\"\n"
+"]]"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2030
+msgid "somewhere below the default settings."
+msgstr "et sted nedenfor standardinnstillingene."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2032
+msgid ""
+"Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the "
+"client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client."
+msgstr ""
+"Avhengig av hvilke endringer du gjør, så kan det være nødvendig å starte om "
+"X på klienten (ved å trykke alt+ctrl+rettetast) eller restarte klienten."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2034
+msgid ""
+"To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf </computeroutput> you should "
+"add the client mac-address to your dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the "
+"client mac-address directly in you <computeroutput>lts.conf </"
+"computeroutput> file."
+msgstr ""
+"For å bruke IP-adresser i <computeroutput>lts.conf</computeroutput> må du "
+"legge til mac-adressen til klienten i dhcp-tjeneren. Ellers så må du bruke "
+"mac-adressen til klienten direkte i <computeroutput>lts.conf</"
+"computeroutput>-fila."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:2041
+msgid "Load balancing LTSP servers"
+msgstr "lastbalanserte LTSP-tjenere"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2047
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version 0.99debian12+0.0."
+"edu.etch.8 and is included in Skolelinux 3.0r1."
+msgstr ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> Denne egenskapen er ny fra ltsp-versjon 0.99debian12"
+"+0.0.edu.etch.8 to be included in 3.0r1."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:2051
+msgid "Part 1"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2053
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers "
+"for load balancing. This is done by providing /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/"
+"get_hosts as a script printing one or more servers for LDM to connect to. In "
+"addition to this, each ltsp chroot need to include the ssh host key for each "
+"of the servers."
+msgstr ""
+"Det er mulig å sette opp klienter til å kople til en av flere tjenere for "
+"lastbalansering. En måte er å liste flere tjenere ved bruk av "
+"<computeroutput>LDM_SERVERM</computeroutput> i <computeroutput>lts.conf</"
+"computeroutput>. En annen måte er å bruke <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/usr/"
+"lib/ltsp/get_hosts</computeroutput> som et skript som returnerer en eller "
+"flere tjenere å kople til. I tillegg til dette må hver ltsp chroot inkludere "
+"ssh-nøkkelen for hver enkelt tjener."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2055
+msgid ""
+"First of all, you must choose one LTSP server to be the loadbalancing "
+"server. All the clients will PXE-boot from this server and load the "
+"Skolelinux image. After the image is loaded, LDM chooses which server to "
+"connect to by using the \"get_hosts\" script. How this is done you decide "
+"later on."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2057
+msgid ""
+"Now you have to move your clients from the 192.168.1.0 network to the "
+"10.0.2.0 network. This is because when you use loadbalancing, the clients "
+"should have direct access to the server LDM chooses. If you leave your "
+"clients on the 192.168.1.0 network, all of the clients traffic will go "
+"through that server before it reaches the chosen LDM server."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2059
+msgid ""
+"To get the clients working on the 10.0.2.0 network, you have to edit /etc/"
+"dhcp3/dhcpd.conf on the main-server (tjener). Where it says:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:2062
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"subnet 10.0.2.0 netmask 255.255.254.0 {\n"
" range 10.0.2.100 10.0.3.242;\n"
" }\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen>\n"
-"<para>you have to add this under \"range\": \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[filename \"/var/lib/tftpboot/ltsp/i386/pxelinux.0\";\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2067
+msgid "you have to add this under \"range\":"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:2070
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"filename \"/var/lib/tftpboot/ltsp/i386/pxelinux.0\";\n"
"next-server xxx;\n"
"option root-path \"/opt/ltsp/i386\";\n"
"option log-servers ltspserver01;\n"
"use-host-decl-names on;\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen>\n"
-"<para>Next-server should be the IP-address or hostname of the server you chose to be the loadbalancing server. If you use hostname you must have a working DNS. Remember to restart the dhcp service. \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Part 2\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>Now you have to make a \"get_hosts\" script that prints a server for LDM to connect to. The parameter LDM_SERVER overrides this script. In consequence, this parameter must not be defined if the get_hosts is going to be used. The get_hosts script writes on the standard output each server IP address or host names, in the random order. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>Edit \"/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf\" and add something like this: \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[MY_SERVER_LIST = \"xxxx xxxx xxxx\"]]>\n"
-"</screen>\n"
-"<para>Replace xxxx with either the IP or hostname of the servers, list must be space separated. Then, put the following script in /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/get_hosts on the server you chose to be the loadbalancing server. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[#!/bin/bash\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2077
+msgid ""
+"Next-server should be the IP-address or hostname of the server you chose to "
+"be the loadbalancing server. If you use hostname you must have a working "
+"DNS. Remember to restart the dhcp service."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:2082
+msgid "Part 2"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2084
+msgid ""
+"Now you have to make a \"get_hosts\" script that prints a server for LDM to "
+"connect to. The parameter LDM_SERVER overrides this script. In consequence, "
+"this parameter must not be defined if the get_hosts is going to be used. The "
+"get_hosts script writes on the standard output each server IP address or "
+"host names, in the random order."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2086
+msgid "Edit \"/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf\" and add something like this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:2089
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "MY_SERVER_LIST = \"xxxx xxxx xxxx\"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2091
+msgid ""
+"Replace xxxx with either the IP or hostname of the servers, list must be "
+"space separated. Then, put the following script in /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/"
+"ltsp/get_hosts on the server you chose to be the loadbalancing server."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:2094
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"#!/bin/bash\n"
"# Randomize the server list contained in MY_SERVER_LIST parameter\n"
"TMP_LIST=\"\"\n"
"SHUFFLED_LIST=\"\"\n"
@@ -5097,73 +5564,163 @@ msgid ""
"SHUFFLED_LIST=\"$SHUFFLED_LIST $(echo $i | cut -d_ -f2)\"\n"
"done\n"
"echo $SHUFFLED_LIST\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Part 3\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>Now that you've made the \"get_hosts\" script, it's time to make the ssh host key for the ltsp chroots. This can be done by making a file containing the content of /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts from all the ltsp servers that will be loadbalanced. Save this file as /etc/ltsp/ssh_known_hosts.extra on all loadbalance servers. The last step is very important because ltsp-update-sshkeys runs every time a server is booted, and /etc/ltsp/ssh_known_hosts.extra is included if it exists. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"./images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
-"</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\\\n"
-"</phrase>\n"
-"</textobject>\n"
-"</inlinemediaobject> If you save your new host file as /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts, it will be erased when you reboot the server. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>There is some obvious weaknesses with this setup. All clients get their image from the same server, this causes high loads on the server if many clients are booted at the same time. Also the clients require that server to always be available, without it they cannot boot or get a LDM server. Therefore this setup is very dependent on one server, which isn't very good. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>Your clients should now be loadbalanced! \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Sound with LTSP clients\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used (currently, this is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-oss should be loaded by the client hardware to assure esd can find /dev/dsp. If it's not done automatically, this line: \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\" \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf file. \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Replacing LDM with KDM\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>Skolelinux 3.0 is running LDM as a login manager. It uses a secure ssh tunnel to log in. When using KDM a switch to XDMCP is neccesary. XDMCP uses less CPU ressources on the clients and on the server. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"./images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
-"</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\\\n"
-"</phrase>\n"
-"</textobject>\n"
-"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning\n"
-"</emphasis>: XDMCP does not use encryption. Passwords will travel in cleartext over the network, as well as anything else. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" fileref=\"./images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
-"</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\\\n"
-"</phrase>\n"
-"</textobject>\n"
-"</inlinemediaobject> Note: local devices with <computeroutput>ltspfs\n"
-"</computeroutput> will stop working without LDM. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>To check if XDMCP is running, run this command from a workstation: \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[ X -query ltspserverXX\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:2113
+msgid "Part 3"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2115
+msgid ""
+"Now that you've made the \"get_hosts\" script, it's time to make the ssh "
+"host key for the ltsp chroots. This can be done by making a file containing "
+"the content of /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts from all the ltsp "
+"servers that will be loadbalanced. Save this file as /etc/ltsp/"
+"ssh_known_hosts.extra on all loadbalance servers. The last step is very "
+"important because ltsp-update-sshkeys runs every time a server is booted, "
+"and /etc/ltsp/ssh_known_hosts.extra is included if it exists."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2121
+msgid ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> If you save your new host file as /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/"
+"ssh/ssh_known_hosts, it will be erased when you reboot the server."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2123
+msgid ""
+"There is some obvious weaknesses with this setup. All clients get their "
+"image from the same server, this causes high loads on the server if many "
+"clients are booted at the same time. Also the clients require that server to "
+"always be available, without it they cannot boot or get a LDM server. "
+"Therefore this setup is very dependent on one server, which isn't very good."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2125
+msgid "Your clients should now be loadbalanced!"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:2131
+msgid "Sound with LTSP clients"
+msgstr "Lyd med LTSP-klienter"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2133
+msgid ""
+"If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used (currently, this "
+"is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-oss should be loaded "
+"by the client hardware to assure esd can find /dev/dsp. If it's not done "
+"automatically, this line:"
+msgstr ""
+"Viss klienten har lydkort og alsa blir brukt (for tiden er alsa standard "
+"lydsystem i Debian), må modulen snd-pcm-oss bli lastet av klienten for at "
+"esd skal finne /dev/dsp. Viss det ikke blir gjort automatisk, kan denne "
+"linjen:"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2135
+msgid "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
+msgstr "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2137
+msgid "should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf file."
+msgstr "legges til tjeneren i filen /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:2142
+msgid "Upgrading the LTSP environment"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2144
+msgid ""
+"It is useful to upgrade the LTSP environment with new packages fairly often, "
+"to make sure security fixes and improvements are made available. To "
+"upgrade, run these commands as user root on each LTSP server:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:2147
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"chroot /opt/ltsp/i386\n"
+"aptitude update\n"
+"aptitude upgrade\n"
+"aptitude dist-upgrade\n"
+"exit\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+"aptitude update \n"
+"aptitude dist-upgrade ]]"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2158
+msgid ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> Note that this is a slightly risky operation, if one of "
+"the upgraded packages break. To reduce the risk, it is a good idea to copy "
+"the content of /opt/ltsp/i386 to be able to revert to the original "
+"environment if the new one fail to work."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:2164
+msgid "Replacing LDM with KDM"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2166
+msgid ""
+"Skolelinux 3.0 is running LDM as a login manager. It uses a secure ssh "
+"tunnel to log in. When using KDM a switch to XDMCP is neccesary. XDMCP uses "
+"less CPU ressources on the clients and on the server."
+msgstr ""
+
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2088
+#: release-manual.xml:2172
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning </emphasis>: XDMCP "
+"does not use encryption. Passwords will travel in cleartext over the "
+"network, as well as anything else."
+msgstr ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Advarsel</emphasis>: "
+"overvåkning av mennesker kan være uetisk og ulovlig i ditt område."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2179
+msgid ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> Note: local devices with <computeroutput>ltspfs </"
+"computeroutput> will stop working without LDM."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2182
+msgid "To check if XDMCP is running, run this command from a workstation:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:2185
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"X -query ltspserverXX\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2188
msgid "If you are on the thin client network, please run this command:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2091
+#: release-manual.xml:2191
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"X -query 192.168.0.254\n"
@@ -5171,21 +5728,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2094
+#: release-manual.xml:2194
msgid ""
"The goal is to let your \"real\" thin client to contact the xdmcp-server on "
"the 192.168.0.254 net (given a standard Skolelinux configuration)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2096
+#: release-manual.xml:2196
msgid ""
"If by some reason xdmcp is accessible on your server which runs KDM , please "
"add the following to /etc/kde3/kdm/Xaccess"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2099
+#: release-manual.xml:2199
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"* # any host can get a login window\n"
@@ -5193,19 +5750,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2102
+#: release-manual.xml:2202
msgid ""
"The star before the comment '#' is important, rest is a comment of course "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2108
+#: release-manual.xml:2208
msgid "Then turn on xdmcp in kdm with the command:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2111
+#: release-manual.xml:2211
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"sudo update-ini-file /etc/kde3/kdm/kdmrc Xdmcp Enable true\n"
@@ -5213,12 +5770,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2114
+#: release-manual.xml:2214
msgid "At the end please restart kdm by running:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2117
+#: release-manual.xml:2217
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"sudo invoke-rc.d kdm restart\n"
@@ -5226,22 +5783,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2120
-msgid "(in courtasy of Finn-Arne Johansen)"
+#: release-manual.xml:2220
+msgid "(in courtesy of Finn-Arne Johansen)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2125
+#: release-manual.xml:2225
msgid "Connecting Windows machines to the network / Windows integration"
msgstr "Koble windowsmaskiner til nettverket / integrering av windows"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2129
+#: release-manual.xml:2229
msgid "Joining the domain"
msgstr "Bli med i domenet"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2131
+#: release-manual.xml:2231
msgid ""
"For Windows clients the Windows domain \"SKOLELINUX\" is available to be "
"joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main-server tjener, "
@@ -5254,14 +5811,14 @@ msgstr ""
"autentisere brukere under innlogging."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2133
+#: release-manual.xml:2233
msgid ""
"In order to make Windows clients join the domain some (few) steps are "
"required:"
msgstr "For å melde windowsklienter inn i domenet må noen (få) steg utføres:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2135
+#: release-manual.xml:2235
msgid ""
"1. Create a user with membership in the \"admins\" group (if not already "
"existing)"
@@ -5270,7 +5827,7 @@ msgstr ""
"eksisterer)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2137
+#: release-manual.xml:2237
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"In order to be able to join the \"SKOLELINUX\" domain a member of the admins "
@@ -5286,12 +5843,12 @@ msgstr ""
"fungere, fordi det er ingen passord for root i Samba."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2142
+#: release-manual.xml:2242
msgid "2. Configure the Windows client as static host"
msgstr "2. Sette opp windowsklienten som en statisk vert"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2144
+#: release-manual.xml:2244
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"When joining a samba domain some special data is stored on the domain "
@@ -5313,7 +5870,7 @@ msgstr ""
"med i domenet."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2148
+#: release-manual.xml:2248
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"3. On the Windows client: Make sure the network and system configuration "
@@ -5323,7 +5880,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dataen som er lagret på tjener (vertsnavn og ip-oppsett)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2149
+#: release-manual.xml:2249
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"It's really important, that the Windows hosts have the same data, otherwise "
@@ -5333,14 +5890,14 @@ msgstr ""
"Samba finne klare å finne klienten som ble lagt til i steg 2."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2152
+#: release-manual.xml:2252
msgid "4. Join the domain as usual using the user added in step 1."
msgstr ""
"4. Bli medlem av domenet som vanlig ved å bruke brukeren som ble lagt til i "
"steg 1."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2153
+#: release-manual.xml:2253
msgid ""
"Depending on the version and language of you Windows installation, you "
"should find the configuration about the domain or workgroup of your system "
@@ -5363,7 +5920,7 @@ msgstr ""
"innloggingskjermen tilby å logge inn på domenet."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2156
+#: release-manual.xml:2256
msgid ""
"Windows will sync the profile of domain users on every login and logout. "
"Depending on how much data stored in the profile this could take some time. "
@@ -5378,12 +5935,12 @@ msgstr ""
"filer på H:-stasjonen i staden for \"Egne filer\"."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2160
+#: release-manual.xml:2260
msgid "User groups in Windows"
msgstr "Brukergrupper i Windows"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2162
+#: release-manual.xml:2262
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Groupmaps must also be added for any other user groups you add through "
@@ -5401,7 +5958,7 @@ msgstr ""
"windowsmaskiner vil ikke være klar over grupper."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2166
+#: release-manual.xml:2266
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/usr/bin/net groupmap add unixgroup=students \\\n"
@@ -5414,13 +5971,29 @@ msgstr ""
" comment=\"All students in the school\"\n"
"]]"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2271
+msgid ""
+"FIXME: isnt that better be explained with lwat first, and then with an "
+"example for the command line?"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2273
+msgid ""
+"If you want to check user groups on Windows, you need to download the tool "
+"<computeroutput>IFMEMBER.EXE </computeroutput> from Microsoft. Then you can "
+"use this for example in the logon script which resides on tjener in "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/samba/netlogon/LOGON.BAT </computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2175
+#: release-manual.xml:2281
msgid "XP home"
msgstr "XP home"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2177
+#: release-manual.xml:2283
msgid ""
"Users bringing in their XP home laptop can still connect to Tjener using "
"their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to SKOLELINUX. "
@@ -5433,12 +6006,12 @@ msgstr ""
"dukke opp i Nettverksnabolaget (eller hva det nå kalles)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2182
+#: release-manual.xml:2288
msgid "Managing roaming profiles"
msgstr "Håndtere roaming-profiler"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2184
+#: release-manual.xml:2290
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Roaming profiles contain user work environments, which include the desktop "
@@ -5456,7 +6029,7 @@ msgstr ""
"brukeren logger på, så lenge tjeneren er tilgjengelig."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2186
+#: release-manual.xml:2292
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Since the profile is copied from the server to the machine during logon, and "
@@ -5475,7 +6048,7 @@ msgstr ""
"og andre data."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2188
+#: release-manual.xml:2294
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">The educational approach </emphasis>: One way to "
@@ -5489,7 +6062,7 @@ msgstr ""
"etter, så er det deres egen feil at innlogging går tregt."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2191
+#: release-manual.xml:2297
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Tweaking the profile </emphasis>: A different way "
@@ -5507,25 +6080,25 @@ msgstr ""
"profilen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2196 release-manual.xml:2279
+#: release-manual.xml:2302 release-manual.xml:2399
msgid "Using machine policies"
msgstr "Bruk av maskinregler"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2198
+#: release-manual.xml:2304
#, fuzzy
msgid "Machine policies can be edited and copied to all the other computers."
msgstr ""
"du kan redigere regler for maskiner og kopiere de til alle andre maskiner."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2199
+#: release-manual.xml:2305
#, fuzzy
msgid "Pick a freshly installed Windows computer, and run gpedit.msc"
msgstr "bruk en nyinstallert windowsmaskin og kjør gpedit.msc"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2201
+#: release-manual.xml:2307
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Under the selection User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> "
@@ -5543,37 +6116,37 @@ msgstr ""
"ekskluderes er"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2202
+#: release-manual.xml:2308
msgid "log"
msgstr "log / logg"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2203
+#: release-manual.xml:2309
msgid "Locale settings"
msgstr "Locale setting / Lokale innstillinger"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2204 release-manual.xml:2207
+#: release-manual.xml:2310 release-manual.xml:2313
msgid "Temporary Internet Files"
msgstr "Temporary Internet Files / Midlertidige Internettfiler"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2205
+#: release-manual.xml:2311
msgid "My Documents"
msgstr "My Documents / Mine Dokumenter"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2206
+#: release-manual.xml:2312
msgid "Application Data"
msgstr "Applications Data / Applikasjonsdata"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2210
+#: release-manual.xml:2316
msgid "Save your changes, and exit the editor."
msgstr "Lagre endringer, og forlat editoren."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2212
+#: release-manual.xml:2318
msgid ""
"Copy <computeroutput>c:\\windows\\system32\\GroupPolicy </computeroutput> to "
"all other windows machines."
@@ -5582,7 +6155,7 @@ msgstr ""
"til alle andre maskiner."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2214
+#: release-manual.xml:2320
msgid ""
"It's a good idea to copy it to your windows os deployment system to have it "
"included at install time."
@@ -5591,20 +6164,18 @@ msgstr ""
"den ved nye installasjoner."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2222 release-manual.xml:2295 release-manual.xml:2320
+#: release-manual.xml:2328 release-manual.xml:2415 release-manual.xml:2440
msgid "Using global policies"
msgstr "Bruk av globale regler"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2224
+#: release-manual.xml:2330
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"By using the windows policy editor (poledit.exe), you can can create a "
-"Policy file (NTConfig.pol) file and put it in your netlogon share on tjener. "
-"This would have the advantage of working almost instantly on all machines. "
-"But is unfortunatly not as easy as it sounds. And you can quite easily lock "
-"yourself out of your windows machines. If you have experience with this "
-"please elaborate here..."
+"By using the legacy windows policy editor (<computeroutput>poledit.exe </"
+"computeroutput>), you can can create a Policy file (NTConfig.pol) file and "
+"put it in your netlogon share on tjener. This has the advantage of working "
+"almost instantly on all windows machines."
msgstr ""
"Ved å bruke windows sin regeleditor (poledit.exe) kan du lage en regelfil "
"(NTConfig.pol) og legge den i netlogon området på tjener. Dette har fordelen "
@@ -5613,13 +6184,52 @@ msgstr ""
"selv ut fra windowsmaskinene dine. Viss du har erfaring med dette, så er det "
"fint om du gir en beskrivelse på wikien...."
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2333
+msgid ""
+"Since some time the policy editor standalone download has been removed from "
+"the Microsoft website, but it's still available as part of the ORK Tools."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2335
+msgid ""
+"With poledit.exe you can create .pol files. If you put such a file on tjener "
+"as <computeroutput>/etc/samba/netlogon/NTLOGON.POL </computeroutput> it will "
+"be read by the windows machine automatically and temporarily overwrite the "
+"registry, thus applying the changes."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2338
+msgid ""
+"To make sensible use of poledit.exe you also need to download appriate .adm "
+"files for your operating system and applications, otherwise you cannot "
+"define many settings in poledit.exe."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2340
+msgid ""
+"Be aware that the new group policy tools, {{gpedit.msc}}} and "
+"<computeroutput>gpmc.msc </computeroutput> cannot create .pol files, they "
+"either only work for the local machine or need an active directory server."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2343
+msgid ""
+"If you understand german, <ulink url=\"http://gruppenrichtlinien.de\">http://"
+"gruppenrichtlinien.de </ulink> is a very good website on this topic."
+msgstr ""
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2229
+#: release-manual.xml:2349
msgid "Editing Windows registry"
msgstr "Redigere windowsregisteret"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2231
+#: release-manual.xml:2351
msgid ""
"You can edit the registry of the local computer, and copy this registry key "
"to other computers"
@@ -5628,12 +6238,12 @@ msgstr ""
"registernøkkelen til andre maskiner."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2232
+#: release-manual.xml:2352
msgid "Start the Registry Editor."
msgstr "Start registereditoren"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2234
+#: release-manual.xml:2354
msgid ""
"Navigate to <computeroutput>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\Microsoft\\Windows "
"NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
@@ -5642,7 +6252,7 @@ msgstr ""
"NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2238
+#: release-manual.xml:2358
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </"
@@ -5651,12 +6261,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Bruk menyen <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2242
+#: release-manual.xml:2362
msgid "Call it <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
msgstr "Kall den <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2245
+#: release-manual.xml:2365
msgid ""
"Enter a semicolon sepatated string of paths to exclude. (same way as machine "
"policy)"
@@ -5665,7 +6275,7 @@ msgstr ""
"måte som maskinregler)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2248
+#: release-manual.xml:2368
msgid ""
"Now you can choose to export this registry key as a .reg file, Mark a "
"selection, right click and select export. Save the file and you can double "
@@ -5676,17 +6286,17 @@ msgstr ""
"den, eller legge den til et skript for å spre den til andre maskiner."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2250
+#: release-manual.xml:2370
msgid "Sources:"
msgstr "Kilder:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2273
+#: release-manual.xml:2393
msgid "Redirecting parts of profile"
msgstr "Omadressere til deler av profilen"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2275
+#: release-manual.xml:2395
msgid ""
"Sometimes just removing the directory from the profile is not enough. You "
"may experience that users loose files because they mistakenly save things "
@@ -5701,7 +6311,7 @@ msgstr ""
"til vanlige nettverkskataloger."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2281
+#: release-manual.xml:2401
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Everything under Using machine policies above applies. You edit using gpedit."
@@ -5716,7 +6326,7 @@ msgstr ""
"eller Mine Dokumenter."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2283
+#: release-manual.xml:2403
msgid ""
"One thing to remember is that if you enable folder redirection, those "
"folders are automatically added to the syncroniced folders list. If you do "
@@ -5727,7 +6337,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ikke vil dette, så må du i tillegg også slå av følgende"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2285
+#: release-manual.xml:2405
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> "
@@ -5735,7 +6345,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "Brukeroppsett -> Administrative Maler -> Nettverk -> Frakoblete filer"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2288
+#: release-manual.xml:2408
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Computer Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> "
@@ -5744,22 +6354,22 @@ msgstr ""
"Maskininnstillinger -> Administrative Maler -> Nettverk -> Frakoblete filer"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2297
+#: release-manual.xml:2417
msgid "FIXME"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2303
+#: release-manual.xml:2423
msgid "Avoiding roaming profiles"
msgstr "Unngå roaming-profiler"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2307
+#: release-manual.xml:2427
msgid "Using a local policy"
msgstr "Bruk av lokale regler"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2309
+#: release-manual.xml:2429
msgid ""
"Using local policies you can disable roaming profile on individual machines. "
"This is often wanted on special machines, for instance on dedicated "
@@ -5770,12 +6380,12 @@ msgstr ""
"dedikerte maskiner eller maskiner som har mindre bandbredde en vanlig."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2311
+#: release-manual.xml:2431
msgid "You can use the machine policy method describe above, the key is in"
msgstr "Du kan bruke maskinreglermetoden beskrevet over, nøkkelen er i"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2313
+#: release-manual.xml:2433
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Administrative Templates -> system -> User Profiles -> Only allow "
@@ -5785,17 +6395,17 @@ msgstr ""
"profiler"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2322
+#: release-manual.xml:2442
msgid "FIXME: what is the roaming profile key for the global policy editor"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2327
+#: release-manual.xml:2447
msgid "altering samba config"
msgstr "endring av sambaoppsett"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2329
+#: release-manual.xml:2449
msgid ""
"By editing the samba config you can disable roaming profiles for the entire "
"network. Perhaps everyone have their own dedicated machine? and nobody else "
@@ -5810,7 +6420,7 @@ msgstr ""
"starte samba på nytt."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2332
+#: release-manual.xml:2452
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"logon path = \"\"\n"
@@ -5822,12 +6432,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2341
+#: release-manual.xml:2461
msgid "Remote Desktops with RDP, VNC, NX or Citrix"
msgstr "Skrivebordstilkopling over nettverk med RDP, VNC, NX eller Citrix"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2343
+#: release-manual.xml:2463
msgid ""
"Some municipalities provide a remote desktop solution so that students and "
"teachers can access Skolelinux from their home computer running Windows, Mac "
@@ -5838,7 +6448,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Windows, Mac eller Linux."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2345
+#: release-manual.xml:2465
msgid ""
"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. Just install the "
"<computeroutput>rdesktop </computeroutput> package."
@@ -5847,7 +6457,7 @@ msgstr ""
"installere <computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput>-pakken."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2349
+#: release-manual.xml:2469
msgid ""
"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. "
"Just install the <computeroutput>xvncviewer </computeroutput> package."
@@ -5856,7 +6466,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Bare installer pakken <computeroutput>xvncviewer</computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2352
+#: release-manual.xml:2472
msgid ""
"NX graphical client gives students and teachers access to Skolelinux "
"remotely on Windows, Mac or Linux PC. One municipality in Norway has "
@@ -5868,7 +6478,7 @@ msgstr ""
"sine elever siden 2005. De rapporterer at løsningen er stabil."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2354
+#: release-manual.xml:2474
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps\">Citrix ICA "
@@ -5878,39 +6488,19 @@ msgstr ""
"for Citrix ICA-klient</ulink> å kople til Windows terminaltjenere fra "
"Skolelinux."
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2362 release-manual.xml:2470
-msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
-msgstr "Veiledninger fra wiki.debian.org"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2364 release-manual.xml:2472
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"The HowTos from <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
-"\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> are either user- or "
-"developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and "
-"delete them over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of "
-"those pages to find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting "
-"it under the GPL.)"
-msgstr ""
-"Veiledninger fra <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://"
-"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/</ulink> er enten bruker- eller "
-"utviklerorientert."
-
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2380
+#: release-manual.xml:2500
msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning"
msgstr "Veiledninger for undervisning og læring"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2386
+#: release-manual.xml:2506
#, fuzzy
msgid "Moodle"
msgstr "moodle"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2388
+#: release-manual.xml:2508
msgid ""
"Run <computeroutput>aptitude install moodle </computeroutput> as root to "
"install moodle."
@@ -5919,7 +6509,7 @@ msgstr ""
"installere moodle."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2391
+#: release-manual.xml:2511
msgid ""
"Moodle is a course management system (CMS) - a free, Open Source software "
"package designed using sound pedagogical principles, to help educators "
@@ -5930,12 +6520,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2393
+#: release-manual.xml:2513
msgid "FIXME: more examples, etc."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2395
+#: release-manual.xml:2515
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"See <ulink url=\"http://moodle.org\">http://moodle.org </ulink> for more "
@@ -5945,19 +6535,19 @@ msgstr ""
"bug=386791'>#386791 </ulink> for mer informasjon."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2401
+#: release-manual.xml:2521
msgid "Monitoring pupils"
msgstr "Overvåkning av elever"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2403
+#: release-manual.xml:2523
msgid ""
"Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their "
"students."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2405
+#: release-manual.xml:2525
msgid ""
"Take a look at their wiki: <ulink url=\"http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/"
"index.php?title=Main_Page\">http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php?"
@@ -5965,12 +6555,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2408
+#: release-manual.xml:2528
msgid "FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2411
+#: release-manual.xml:2531
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install italc-client italc-master\n"
@@ -5980,7 +6570,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2418
+#: release-manual.xml:2538
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning </emphasis>: "
@@ -5990,19 +6580,19 @@ msgstr ""
"overvåkning av mennesker kan være uetisk og ulovlig i ditt område."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2424
+#: release-manual.xml:2544
msgid "Restricting pupils network access"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2426
+#: release-manual.xml:2546
msgid ""
"Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access. "
"FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2432
+#: release-manual.xml:2552
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning </emphasis>: "
@@ -6013,12 +6603,12 @@ msgstr ""
"overvåkning av mennesker kan være uetisk og ulovlig i ditt område."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2438
+#: release-manual.xml:2558
msgid "Installing swi-prolog on etch"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2440
+#: release-manual.xml:2560
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog </computeroutput> was available in sarge, but was "
"not part of etch. But you can just install the version from sarge on a etch "
@@ -6026,7 +6616,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2447
+#: release-manual.xml:2567
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning </emphasis>: The "
@@ -6040,7 +6630,7 @@ msgstr ""
"signert for å sikre en tillitsti."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2452
+#: release-manual.xml:2572
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# swi-prolog depends on libreadline4, also not in etch\n"
@@ -6053,7 +6643,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2460
+#: release-manual.xml:2580
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog-doc </computeroutput> is part of etch "
@@ -6063,7 +6653,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2475
+#: release-manual.xml:2595
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep"
@@ -6075,22 +6665,22 @@ msgstr ""
"interessant"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2484
+#: release-manual.xml:2604
msgid "Contribute"
msgstr "Bidra"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2490
+#: release-manual.xml:2610
msgid "Let us know you exist"
msgstr "La oss vite at du er der"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2493
+#: release-manual.xml:2613
msgid "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2498
+#: release-manual.xml:2618
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of "
@@ -6103,7 +6693,7 @@ msgstr ""
"mye, og er der allerede et verdifullt bidrag. <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2504
+#: release-manual.xml:2624
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the "
@@ -6121,12 +6711,12 @@ msgstr ""
"skjemaet</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2510
+#: release-manual.xml:2630
msgid "Contribute locally"
msgstr "Bidra lokalt"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2512
+#: release-manual.xml:2632
msgid ""
"Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, France and in the region "
"of Extremadura in Spain. \"Isolated\" contributors and users exist in "
@@ -6137,7 +6727,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Nederland, Japan og andre plasser."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2514
+#: release-manual.xml:2634
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> explains and links to "
"localized ressources, as <emphasis>contribute </emphasis> and "
@@ -6148,12 +6738,12 @@ msgstr ""
"<emphasis>support</emphasis> er to sider av samme sak."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2521
+#: release-manual.xml:2641
msgid "Contribute globally"
msgstr "Bidra globalt"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2523
+#: release-manual.xml:2643
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Internationally we are organized in <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/"
@@ -6163,7 +6753,7 @@ msgstr ""
"DebianEdu/Teams/'>ulike lag</ulink> som arbeider med ulike emner."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2526
+#: release-manual.xml:2646
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The <ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\">developer mailing list "
@@ -6177,7 +6767,7 @@ msgstr ""
"året fysiske møter på utviklersamlinger."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2529
+#: release-manual.xml:2649
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to "
@@ -6189,12 +6779,12 @@ msgstr ""
"debian-edu-commits'>e-postlisten for innmeldinger av bidrag</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2535
+#: release-manual.xml:2655
msgid "Documentation writers and translators"
msgstr "Dokumentasjonskrivere og oversettere"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2537
+#: release-manual.xml:2657
msgid ""
"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: "
"If you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you "
@@ -6207,7 +6797,7 @@ msgstr ""
"kunnskapen din med oss."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2539
+#: release-manual.xml:2659
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. "
@@ -6225,7 +6815,7 @@ msgstr ""
"UserPreferences'>wikibruker</ulink> først."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2543
+#: release-manual.xml:2663
msgid ""
"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating "
"software and documentation. Information how to translate this document can "
@@ -6238,22 +6828,22 @@ msgstr ""
"denne boken. Vurder å hjelpe til med oversettingen av denne boken!"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2549
+#: release-manual.xml:2669
msgid "Support"
msgstr "Støtte"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2555
+#: release-manual.xml:2675
msgid "Volunteer based support"
msgstr "Frivillighetsbasert støtte"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2559
+#: release-manual.xml:2679
msgid "in English"
msgstr "På engelsk"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2565
+#: release-manual.xml:2685
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
@@ -6265,7 +6855,7 @@ msgstr ""
"</ulink> - e-postliste for support"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2569
+#: release-manual.xml:2689
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related, do "
@@ -6276,12 +6866,12 @@ msgstr ""
"ikke forvent sanntidsupport, selv om det hender av og til.<inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2580
+#: release-manual.xml:2700
msgid "in Norwegian"
msgstr "På norsk"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2582
+#: release-manual.xml:2702
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker"
@@ -6293,7 +6883,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> - e-postliste for support"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2586
+#: release-manual.xml:2706
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
@@ -6307,18 +6897,18 @@ msgstr ""
"Norge (FRISK)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2589
+#: release-manual.xml:2709
msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support norwegian users"
msgstr ""
"#skolelinux på irc.debian.org - IRC-kanal for support av norske brukere"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2595
+#: release-manual.xml:2715
msgid "in German"
msgstr "På Tysk"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2597
+#: release-manual.xml:2717
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user\">http://www."
@@ -6328,7 +6918,7 @@ msgstr ""
"skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user</ulink> - e-postliste for support"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2601
+#: release-manual.xml:2721
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.skolelinux.de\">http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> "
@@ -6338,18 +6928,18 @@ msgstr ""
"wiki med mange veiledninger osv."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2604
+#: release-manual.xml:2724
msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support german users"
msgstr ""
"#skolelinux.de på irc.debian.org - IRC-kanal for support av tyske brukere"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2610
+#: release-manual.xml:2730
msgid "in French"
msgstr "På fransk"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2612
+#: release-manual.xml:2732
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\">http://lists.debian."
@@ -6359,12 +6949,12 @@ msgstr ""
"org/debian-edu-french</ulink> - e-postliste for support"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2620
+#: release-manual.xml:2740
msgid "in Spanish"
msgstr "På spansk"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2622
+#: release-manual.xml:2742
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://www.skolelinux.es\">http://www.skolelinux.es </ulink> - "
@@ -6374,12 +6964,12 @@ msgstr ""
"spansk portal"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2631
+#: release-manual.xml:2751
msgid "Professional support"
msgstr "Profesjonell support"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2633
+#: release-manual.xml:2753
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink "
@@ -6391,12 +6981,12 @@ msgstr ""
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2640
+#: release-manual.xml:2760
msgid "Copyright and authors"
msgstr "Opphavsrett og forfattere"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2644
+#: release-manual.xml:2764
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007, 2008), "
@@ -6412,7 +7002,7 @@ msgstr ""
"utgitt under GPL2 eller senere versjon."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2646
+#: release-manual.xml:2766
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If you add content to it, <emphasis role=\"strong\">please only do so if you "
@@ -6426,12 +7016,12 @@ msgstr ""
"GPL2 eller senere versjoner."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2652
+#: release-manual.xml:2772
msgid "Translation copyright and authors"
msgstr "Opphavsrett for oversettere"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2654
+#: release-manual.xml:2774
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The Spanish translation is copyrighted by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007) "
@@ -6441,7 +7031,7 @@ msgstr ""
"opphavsrett 2007 og er utgitt under GPL2 eller senere versjoner."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2656
+#: release-manual.xml:2776
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The Bokmål translation is copyrighted by Petter Reinholdtsen (2007) and "
@@ -6452,7 +7042,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Korsvoll med opphavsrett 2007 og utgitt under GPL2 eller senere versjoner."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2658
+#: release-manual.xml:2778
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The German translation is copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007), Patrick "
@@ -6465,7 +7055,7 @@ msgstr ""
"utgitt under GPL2 eller senere versjoner."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2660
+#: release-manual.xml:2780
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The Italian translation is copyrighted by Claudio Carboncini (2007, 2008) "
@@ -6475,7 +7065,7 @@ msgstr ""
"2007 og er utgitt under GPL2 eller senere versjoner."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2662
+#: release-manual.xml:2782
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The French translation is copyrighted by Christophe Masson (2008) and is "
@@ -6485,12 +7075,12 @@ msgstr ""
"2007 og er utgitt under GPL2 eller senere versjoner."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2667
+#: release-manual.xml:2787
msgid "Translations of this document"
msgstr "Oversettelser av dette dokumentet"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2669
+#: release-manual.xml:2789
msgid ""
"Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. Incomplete "
"translations for Norwegian Bokmål, Spanish and German exist."
@@ -6499,12 +7089,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Ufullstendige oversettelser for Norsk Bokmål, Spansk og Tysk eksisterer."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2673
+#: release-manual.xml:2793
msgid "HowTo translate this document"
msgstr "Hvordan oversette dette dokumentet"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2675
+#: release-manual.xml:2795
msgid ""
"Translations of this document are kept in .po files like in many free "
"software projects, read <computeroutput>usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README."
@@ -6518,7 +7108,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dette. Du må også lese dette viss du vil starte å oversette dette dokumentet."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2678
+#: release-manual.xml:2798
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To commit your translations you need to be a member of the alioth project "
@@ -6534,7 +7124,7 @@ msgstr ""
"edu at lists.debian.org </ulink>]."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2682
+#: release-manual.xml:2802
msgid ""
"You can checkout the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source "
"anonymously with the following command (you need to have the "
@@ -6546,7 +7136,7 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput> installert for at dette skal fungere):"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2686
+#: release-manual.xml:2806
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>svn co svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-"
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
@@ -6555,7 +7145,7 @@ msgstr ""
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2691
+#: release-manual.xml:2811
msgid ""
"Then edit the <computeroutput>documentation/release-manual/release-manual."
"$CC.po </computeroutput> (where you replace $CC with your language code). "
@@ -6568,7 +7158,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>kbabel</computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2695
+#: release-manual.xml:2815
msgid ""
"Then you either commit the file directly to svn (if you have the rights to "
"do so) or send the file to the mailinglist."
@@ -6577,7 +7167,7 @@ msgstr ""
"det) eller sender filen til e-postlisten."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2697
+#: release-manual.xml:2817
msgid ""
"To update your local copy of the repository use the following command inside "
"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> directory:"
@@ -6586,12 +7176,12 @@ msgstr ""
"inne i mappen <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput>:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2700
+#: release-manual.xml:2820
msgid "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
msgstr "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2705
+#: release-manual.xml:2825
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations to "
@@ -6606,28 +7196,28 @@ msgstr ""
"finnes noen ennå, og hvordan oppdatere oversettelser."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2709
+#: release-manual.xml:2829
msgid "Please report any problems."
msgstr "Meld i fra om eventuelle problemer."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2715
+#: release-manual.xml:2835
msgid "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
msgstr "Vedlegg A - GNU Generell Offentlig Lisens"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2718
+#: release-manual.xml:2838
#, no-wrap
msgid "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2722
+#: release-manual.xml:2842
msgid "Release manual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
msgstr "Manual for utgivelsen av Debian Edu etch 3.0 kodenavn \"Terra\""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2724
+#: release-manual.xml:2844
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink url=\"mailto:holger at layer-acht."
@@ -6641,7 +7231,7 @@ msgstr ""
"opphavsrett."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2727
+#: release-manual.xml:2847
msgid ""
"This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
"under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
@@ -6654,7 +7244,7 @@ msgstr ""
"eller (ditt valg) senere versjoner."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2729
+#: release-manual.xml:2849
msgid ""
"This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
"ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
@@ -6663,7 +7253,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2731
+#: release-manual.xml:2851
msgid ""
"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
"this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
@@ -6671,17 +7261,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2736
+#: release-manual.xml:2856
msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2738
+#: release-manual.xml:2858
msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2740
+#: release-manual.xml:2860
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
"Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
@@ -6690,12 +7280,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2745
+#: release-manual.xml:2865
msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2747
+#: release-manual.xml:2867
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">0. </emphasis> This License applies to any "
"program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder "
@@ -6709,7 +7299,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2750
+#: release-manual.xml:2870
msgid ""
"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
"by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program "
@@ -6720,7 +7310,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2752
+#: release-manual.xml:2872
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute "
"verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any "
@@ -6732,14 +7322,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2755
+#: release-manual.xml:2875
msgid ""
"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2757
+#: release-manual.xml:2877
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">2. </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
"of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
@@ -6748,7 +7338,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2760
+#: release-manual.xml:2880
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files "
"to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date "
@@ -6756,7 +7346,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2763
+#: release-manual.xml:2883
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">b) </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
"distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
@@ -6765,7 +7355,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2766
+#: release-manual.xml:2886
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">c) </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
"reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
@@ -6780,7 +7370,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2771
+#: release-manual.xml:2891
msgid ""
"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable "
"sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
@@ -6794,7 +7384,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2773
+#: release-manual.xml:2893
msgid ""
"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
"rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
@@ -6803,7 +7393,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2775
+#: release-manual.xml:2895
msgid ""
"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
"the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
@@ -6812,7 +7402,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2777
+#: release-manual.xml:2897
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">3. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
"Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
@@ -6821,7 +7411,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2780
+#: release-manual.xml:2900
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">a) </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
"corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
@@ -6830,7 +7420,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2783
+#: release-manual.xml:2903
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">b) </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
"valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
@@ -6841,7 +7431,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2786
+#: release-manual.xml:2906
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">c) </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
"you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This "
@@ -6851,7 +7441,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2791
+#: release-manual.xml:2911
msgid ""
"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
"modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all "
@@ -6865,7 +7455,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2793
+#: release-manual.xml:2913
msgid ""
"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
"copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
@@ -6875,7 +7465,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2795
+#: release-manual.xml:2915
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">4. </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
"sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
@@ -6887,7 +7477,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2798
+#: release-manual.xml:2918
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept "
"this License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants "
@@ -6900,7 +7490,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2801
+#: release-manual.xml:2921
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">6. </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
"Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
@@ -6912,7 +7502,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2804
+#: release-manual.xml:2924
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">7. </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
"judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
@@ -6929,7 +7519,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2807
+#: release-manual.xml:2927
msgid ""
"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
"particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
@@ -6937,7 +7527,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2809
+#: release-manual.xml:2929
msgid ""
"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
"or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
@@ -6951,14 +7541,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2811
+#: release-manual.xml:2931
msgid ""
"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
"consequence of the rest of this License."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2813
+#: release-manual.xml:2933
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">8. </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
"the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
@@ -6970,7 +7560,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2816
+#: release-manual.xml:2936
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">9. </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
"publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
@@ -6979,7 +7569,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2819
+#: release-manual.xml:2939
msgid ""
"Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program "
"specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
@@ -6991,7 +7581,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2821
+#: release-manual.xml:2941
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts "
"of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
@@ -7004,13 +7594,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2824
+#: release-manual.xml:2944
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>rolle</emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2827
+#: release-manual.xml:2947
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">11. </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
"FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
@@ -7024,7 +7614,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2830
+#: release-manual.xml:2950
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">12. </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
"APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
@@ -7038,42 +7628,42 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2836
+#: release-manual.xml:2956
msgid "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2842
+#: release-manual.xml:2962
msgid "Appendix B - about Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs"
msgstr "Vedlegg B - om Debian Edu Live CD/DVDer"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2848
+#: release-manual.xml:2968
msgid "Features of the Standalone image"
msgstr "Egenskaper ved frittstående-disken"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2849
+#: release-manual.xml:2969
msgid "Almost all packages from the Standalone profile"
msgstr "Nesten alle pakker fra frittståendeprofilen"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2850
+#: release-manual.xml:2970
msgid "All packages from the laptop task"
msgstr "Alle pakker fra pakkesamlingen for bærbare"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2851
+#: release-manual.xml:2971
msgid "The KDE desktop profile for students/pupils."
msgstr "KDE skrivebordsprofilen for studenter/elever."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2857
+#: release-manual.xml:2977
msgid "Activating translations and regional support"
msgstr "Aktiverer oversettelser og regional støtte"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2859
+#: release-manual.xml:2979
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC."
@@ -7094,125 +7684,125 @@ msgstr ""
"over vanlig brukte lokalkoder:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2864
+#: release-manual.xml:2984
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Language (Region) </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Spåk (Region)</emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2868
+#: release-manual.xml:2988
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Locale value </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Lokalkode</emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2872
+#: release-manual.xml:2992
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Keyboard layout </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Tastaturutlegg</emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2877
+#: release-manual.xml:2997
msgid "Norwegian Bokmål"
msgstr "Norsk bokmål"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2880
+#: release-manual.xml:3000
msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr "nb_NO.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2883 release-manual.xml:2893
+#: release-manual.xml:3003 release-manual.xml:3013
msgid "no"
msgstr "no"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2887
+#: release-manual.xml:3007
msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk"
msgstr "Norsk nynorsk"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2890
+#: release-manual.xml:3010
msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr "nn_NO.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2897
+#: release-manual.xml:3017
msgid "German"
msgstr "Tysk"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2900
+#: release-manual.xml:3020
msgid "de_DE.UTF-8"
msgstr "de_DE.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2903
+#: release-manual.xml:3023
msgid "de"
msgstr "de"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2907
+#: release-manual.xml:3027
msgid "French (France)"
msgstr "Fransk (Frankrike)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2910
+#: release-manual.xml:3030
msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8"
msgstr "fr_FR.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2913
+#: release-manual.xml:3033
msgid "fr"
msgstr "fr"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2917
+#: release-manual.xml:3037
msgid "Greek (Greece)"
msgstr "Gresk (Hellas)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2920
+#: release-manual.xml:3040
msgid "el_GR.UTF-8"
msgstr "el_GR.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2923
+#: release-manual.xml:3043
msgid "el"
msgstr "el"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2927
+#: release-manual.xml:3047
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr "Japansk"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2930
+#: release-manual.xml:3050
msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8"
msgstr "ja_JP.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2933
+#: release-manual.xml:3053
msgid "jp"
msgstr "jp"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2937
+#: release-manual.xml:3057
msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)"
msgstr "Nordsamisk (Norge)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2940
+#: release-manual.xml:3060
msgid "se_NO"
msgstr "se_NO"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2943
+#: release-manual.xml:3063
msgid "no(smi)"
msgstr "no(smi)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2950
+#: release-manual.xml:3070
msgid ""
"A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"i18n/SUPPORTED </computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported "
@@ -7225,32 +7815,32 @@ msgstr ""
"tastaturutlegget finner man i /usr/share/keymaps/i386/."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2956
+#: release-manual.xml:3076
msgid "Stuff to know"
msgstr "Ting man må vite"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2957
+#: release-manual.xml:3077
msgid "the password for the user is \"user\", root has no passwd set."
msgstr "passordet for user er «user», root har ingen passord."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2963
+#: release-manual.xml:3083
msgid "Known issues with the image"
msgstr "Kjente problem med CD/DVDen"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2964
+#: release-manual.xml:3084
msgid "none known yet."
msgstr "ingen kjente ennå."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2970
+#: release-manual.xml:3090
msgid "Download"
msgstr "Last ned"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2972
+#: release-manual.xml:3092
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink url=\"ftp://ftp.skolelinux."
@@ -7265,6 +7855,55 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn"
+#~ "\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn </ulink>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "TeacherFirstStep'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "TeacherFirstStep</ulink> - uferdig men interessant"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC\">http://"
+#~ "wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC </ulink>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french'>http://lists."
+#~ "debian.org/debian-edu-french</ulink> - e-postliste for support"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet"
+#~ "\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet </ulink>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "TeacherFirstStep'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "TeacherFirstStep</ulink> - uferdig men interessant"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\">http://"
+#~ "wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary </ulink>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french'>http://lists."
+#~ "debian.org/debian-edu-french</ulink> - e-postliste for support"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "Squid_LDAP_Authentication\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "Squid_LDAP_Authentication </ulink>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "TeacherFirstStep'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
+#~ "TeacherFirstStep</ulink> - uferdig men interessant"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
#~ "<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LocalDeviceLtspfs"
#~ "\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LocalDeviceLtspfs </ulink>"
#~ msgstr ""
@@ -7369,109 +8008,6 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "sun-java5-fonts\n"
#~ "]]"
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Content of <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor </computeroutput> should "
-#~ "be similar to this:"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Nå kan du endre <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> "
-#~ "slik at de inneholder disse linjene"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#~ msgid "HowTos for the desktop"
-#~ msgstr "Veiledninger for skrivebordet"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#~ msgid "KDE Kiosk mode"
-#~ msgstr "KDE Kiosk modus"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#~ msgid "Two default profiles are included:"
-#~ msgstr "To standardprofiler er inkludert:"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_pupils </emphasis> (enabled for "
-#~ "members of the students file group)"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_pupils</emphasis> (slått på for "
-#~ "medlemmer av filgruppen students)"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#~ msgid "customized set of icons appears on student desktops"
-#~ msgstr "tilpasset sett av ikoner kommer frem på elever sine skrivebord"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "makes sure that the programs behind the desktop icons also show up in the "
-#~ "kde panel"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "sørger for at programmene bak skrivebordsikonene også dukker opp i kde-"
-#~ "panelet"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#~ msgid "adept is not started"
-#~ msgstr "adept blir ikke startet"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#~ msgid "makes sure that students cannot start another kde session"
-#~ msgstr "sørger for at studenter ikke kan starte en annen kde-sesjon"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#~ msgid "disables possibility to gain root access for students"
-#~ msgstr "hindrer muligheten for at studenter kan få root-tilgang"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_root </emphasis> (enabled for the root "
-#~ "user and members of the admins file group)"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_root</emphasis> (tilgjengelig for root "
-#~ "og medlemmer av filgruppen admins)"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "adds a desktop icon to connect to the local webserver on tjener to "
-#~ "provide easy access to all the administration programs"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "legger til et skrivebordsikon for å kople til den lokale nettjeneren på "
-#~ "tjener for å sørge for enkel tilgang til alle administrasjonsprogrammer."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<emphasis role='strong'>Note: </emphasis>: modifications to the profiles "
-#~ "can be done using <computeroutput>kiosktool </computeroutput>. However, "
-#~ "unless you follow the step below, your changes will be overwritten by "
-#~ "upgrades. [FIXME: doesn't work. Upgrade restores default desktop icons]"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<emphasis role='strong'>Kommentar:</emphasis> du kan tilpasse profilene "
-#~ "ved bruk av <computeroutput>kiosktool</computeroutput>. Men viss du ikke "
-#~ "følger stegene under så vil endringene dine blir overskrevet ved neste "
-#~ "oppgradering."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "If you want to modify the kiosk profiles, you can either copy the "
-#~ "existing ones and modify them, or create new kiosk profiles in (for "
-#~ "example) <computeroutput>/etc/kde3/kioskprofiles/ </computeroutput> and "
-#~ "enable them in <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile </computeroutput>. "
-#~ "The kiosk tool will do this for you if you click \"profile properties\" "
-#~ "and browse to a new folder."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Viss du vil endre kioskprofiler, så kan du enten kopiere de eksisterende "
-#~ "profilene og gjøre endringer på dem, eller lage nye kioskprofiler i (for "
-#~ "eksempel) <computeroutput>/etc/kde3/kioskprofiles/</computeroutput> og "
-#~ "slå de på i <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile</computeroutput>. "
-#~ "Kioskverktøyet vil gjøre dette for deg viss du klikker på "
-#~ "«profilegenskaper» og leter frem en ny mappe."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Changing kioskmode on diskless workstations"
-#~ msgstr "Tynnklienter vs halvtykke arbeidstasjoner"
-
# type: CDATA
#~ msgid ""
#~ "deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\n"
@@ -7488,173 +8024,6 @@ msgstr ""
#~ "til sources.list-fila di. Så må du installere nøkkelpakken for multimedia "
#~ "(debian-multimedia-keyring)."
-# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#~ msgid "HowTos for networked clients"
-#~ msgstr "Veiledninger for nettverksklienter"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#~ msgid "Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations"
-#~ msgstr "Tynnklienter vs halvtykke arbeidstasjoner"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless "
-#~ "workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from "
-#~ "<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
-#~ "LtspDisklessWorkstation'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
-#~ "LtspDisklessWorkstation </ulink>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Instruksjoner for hvordan en tar i bruk halvtykke arbeidstasjoner (uten "
-#~ "harddisk) er tilgjengelig fra <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/"
-#~ "DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
-#~ "HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation</ulink>"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#~ msgid "LTSP in detail"
-#~ msgstr "LTSP i detalj"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#~ msgid "lts.conf"
-#~ msgstr "lts.conf"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, "
-#~ "you can edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf </"
-#~ "computeroutput>. Have a look at <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/usr/share/"
-#~ "doc/ltsp-client/examples/lts.conf </computeroutput> to see examples and "
-#~ "what parameters you can specify."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "For å tilpasse oppsettet for enkelte tynnklienter, så kan du redigere "
-#~ "denne fila <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf</computeroutput>. "
-#~ "Ta en titt på <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/usr/share/doc/ltsp-client/"
-#~ "examples/lts.conf</computeroutput> for å se på eksempler og hvilke "
-#~ "parameter du kan oppgi."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default] </"
-#~ "computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using the "
-#~ "client mac adress or ipadress like this <computeroutput>[192.168.0.10] </"
-#~ "computeroutput>."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Standardverdiene er definert under <computeroutput>[default]</"
-#~ "computeroutput>. For å sette opp en spesiell klient, så kan du oppgi du "
-#~ "hvilke klient det er med mac-adressen eller IP-adressen som dette "
-#~ "<computeroutput>[192.168.0.10]</computeroutput>."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add "
-#~ "something like this:"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Eksempel: For å få tynnklienten ltsp010 til å bruke skjermoppløsningen "
-#~ "1280x1024, så legg til noe slikt som dette:"
-
-# type: CDATA
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "[192.168.0.10]\n"
-#~ "X_MODE_0 = 1280x1024\n"
-#~ "X_HORZSYNC = \"60-70\"\n"
-#~ "X_VERTREFRESH = \"59-62\"\n"
-#~ "]]"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "[192.168.0.10]\n"
-#~ "X_MODE_0 = 1280x1024\n"
-#~ "X_HORZSYNC = \"60-70\"\n"
-#~ "X_VERTREFRESH = \"59-62\"\n"
-#~ "]]"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#~ msgid "somewhere below the default settings."
-#~ msgstr "et sted nedenfor standardinnstillingene."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on "
-#~ "the client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Avhengig av hvilke endringer du gjør, så kan det være nødvendig å starte "
-#~ "om X på klienten (ved å trykke alt+ctrl+rettetast) eller restarte "
-#~ "klienten."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf </computeroutput> you "
-#~ "should add the client mac-address to your dhcp-server. Otherwise you "
-#~ "should use the client mac-address directly in you <computeroutput>lts."
-#~ "conf </computeroutput> file."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "For å bruke IP-adresser i <computeroutput>lts.conf</computeroutput> må du "
-#~ "legge til mac-adressen til klienten i dhcp-tjeneren. Ellers så må du "
-#~ "bruke mac-adressen til klienten direkte i <computeroutput>lts.conf</"
-#~ "computeroutput>-fila."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#~ msgid "Load balancing LTSP servers"
-#~ msgstr "lastbalanserte LTSP-tjenere"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version 0.99debian12"
-#~ "+0.0.edu.etch.8 and is included in Skolelinux 3.0r1."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "</inlinemediaobject> Denne egenskapen er ny fra ltsp-versjon 0.99debian12"
-#~ "+0.0.edu.etch.8 to be included in 3.0r1."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers "
-#~ "for load balancing. This is done by providing /opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/"
-#~ "get_hosts as a script printing one or more servers for LDM to connect to. "
-#~ "In addition to this, each ltsp chroot need to include the ssh host key "
-#~ "for each of the servers."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Det er mulig å sette opp klienter til å kople til en av flere tjenere for "
-#~ "lastbalansering. En måte er å liste flere tjenere ved bruk av "
-#~ "<computeroutput>LDM_SERVERM</computeroutput> i <computeroutput>lts.conf</"
-#~ "computeroutput>. En annen måte er å bruke <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/"
-#~ "usr/lib/ltsp/get_hosts</computeroutput> som et skript som returnerer en "
-#~ "eller flere tjenere å kople til. I tillegg til dette må hver ltsp chroot "
-#~ "inkludere ssh-nøkkelen for hver enkelt tjener."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#~ msgid "Sound with LTSP clients"
-#~ msgstr "Lyd med LTSP-klienter"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used (currently, "
-#~ "this is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-oss should be "
-#~ "loaded by the client hardware to assure esd can find /dev/dsp. If it's "
-#~ "not done automatically, this line:"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Viss klienten har lydkort og alsa blir brukt (for tiden er alsa standard "
-#~ "lydsystem i Debian), må modulen snd-pcm-oss bli lastet av klienten for at "
-#~ "esd skal finne /dev/dsp. Viss det ikke blir gjort automatisk, kan denne "
-#~ "linjen:"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#~ msgid "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
-#~ msgstr "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf file."
-#~ msgstr "legges til tjeneren i filen /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: XDMCP "
-#~ "does not use encryption. Passwords will travel in cleartext over the "
-#~ "network, as well as anything else."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Advarsel</emphasis>: "
-#~ "overvåkning av mennesker kan være uetisk og ulovlig i ditt område."
-
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you are looking for a i386 based solution, we recommend <ulink "
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.pot b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.pot
index 5d188ae..67366a7 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.pot
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.pot
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-07-15 12:29+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-11-08 18:02+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL at ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL at li.org>\n"
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: release-manual.xml:10
msgid ""
"This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc "
-"</computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-07-15</computeroutput>."
+"</computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-11-08</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
@@ -995,7 +995,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:334 release-manual.xml:478 release-manual.xml:562 release-manual.xml:1506 release-manual.xml:2103
+#: release-manual.xml:334 release-manual.xml:478 release-manual.xml:562 release-manual.xml:1566 release-manual.xml:2203
msgid "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
msgstr ""
@@ -1098,7 +1098,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:386 release-manual.xml:2462 release-manual.xml:2499 release-manual.xml:2570
+#: release-manual.xml:386 release-manual.xml:2582 release-manual.xml:2619 release-manual.xml:2690
msgid "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
msgstr ""
@@ -2008,7 +2008,7 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:851
-msgid "Search and delete Users"
+msgid "Search and delete users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
@@ -2041,13 +2041,58 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-edituser.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:872
+msgid "Advanced user management"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:874
+msgid ""
+"It possible to mass-create users with <computeroutput>lwat </computeroutput> "
+"by using a .csv file, which can be created with any good spreadsheet "
+"software (for example <computeroutput>oocalc </computeroutput>)."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:878
+msgid ""
+"The import script expects a file formated with all data for one user on one "
+"row, with each field separated with a semicolon. The minimum information "
+"needed is the full name of the user. If fullname is not given, the script "
+"expects to have both Firstname and lastname. The maximum information it "
+"expects is \"User template; Fullname; Username; Password; Additional group "
+"membership\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:880
+msgid ""
+"If a password column is missing, an easy to remember, pronounceble password "
+"will be created."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:882
+msgid ""
+"If users are put into groups, these groups have to exist, so you need to "
+"create them manually (with lwat, see below) before importing the users."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:884
+msgid ""
+"It's a good idea to do some tests first, best with a .csv file with a few "
+"fictional users, which can be deleted later."
+msgstr ""
+
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:873
+#: release-manual.xml:890
msgid "Group Management with lwat"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:875
+#: release-manual.xml:892
msgid ""
"The mangement of groups is very similarly to the management of users. You "
"can enter a name and a description per group. When be searching for groups "
@@ -2056,19 +2101,68 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:877
+#: release-manual.xml:894
msgid ""
"The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so "
"you can use them for file permissions too."
msgstr ""
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:898
+msgid "Advanced group management"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:900
+msgid ""
+"Using lwat it's easy to put users in a specifig group (for example named "
+"after the year they enter or finish school) and to create all their home "
+"directories in a dedicated directory."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:902
+msgid ""
+"To achieve that, add a stanza like the following to the file "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/lwat/admin.ini </computeroutput>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:906
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"[2009]\n"
+"ou = \"ou=People,%base%\"\n"
+"objectClass = top posixAccount shadowAccount imapUser sambaSamAccount\n"
+"homeDirectory = /skole/tjener/home0/2009/%username%\n"
+"groups = none students 2009\n"
+"loginShell = /bin/bash\n"
+"mailMessageStore = /var/lib/maildirs/%username%\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:915
+msgid ""
+"To make this work the 2009 group has to be created before adding these "
+"users."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:917
+msgid ""
+"The above stanza simply adds then on top off home0, if you want them "
+"somewhere else, using another automount, then you use lwat to add that "
+"automount, and change the homeDirectory string in admini.ini corespondingly."
+msgstr ""
+
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:882
+#: release-manual.xml:923
msgid "Machine Management with lwat"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:884
+#: release-manual.xml:925
msgid ""
"With the machine management you can basically manage all IP based devices in "
"your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using "
@@ -2079,81 +2173,81 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:886
+#: release-manual.xml:927
msgid ""
"If you add a machine, you can use an ip/hostname from the preconfigured "
"address space. The following ip ranges are predefined:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:888
+#: release-manual.xml:929
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">First address </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:892
+#: release-manual.xml:933
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Last address </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:896
+#: release-manual.xml:937
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">hostname </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:901
+#: release-manual.xml:942
msgid "10.0.2.10"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:904
+#: release-manual.xml:945
msgid "10.0.2.29"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:907
+#: release-manual.xml:948
msgid "ltspserver<emphasis><emphasis role=\"strong\">xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:913
+#: release-manual.xml:954
msgid "10.0.2.30"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:916
+#: release-manual.xml:957
msgid "10.0.2.49"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:919
+#: release-manual.xml:960
msgid "printer<emphasis><emphasis role=\"strong\">xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:925
+#: release-manual.xml:966
msgid "10.0.2.50"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:928
+#: release-manual.xml:969
msgid "10.0.2.99"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:931
+#: release-manual.xml:972
msgid "static<emphasis><emphasis role=\"strong\">xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:940
+#: release-manual.xml:981
msgid ""
"The addresses from 10.0.2.100 till 10.0.2.255 and 10.0.3.0 till 10.0.3.243 "
"are reserved for dhcp and are assigned dynamically."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:942
+#: release-manual.xml:983
msgid ""
"To assign a host with the MAC-address 00:40:05:AF:4E:C6 a static IP-address "
"you only have to enter the MAC-address and the hostname static00, the "
@@ -2162,17 +2256,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:945
+#: release-manual.xml:986
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:951 release-manual.xml:984 release-manual.xml:1020 release-manual.xml:1117 release-manual.xml:2415 release-manual.xml:2429 release-manual.xml:2444
+#: release-manual.xml:992 release-manual.xml:1025 release-manual.xml:1061 release-manual.xml:1158 release-manual.xml:2044 release-manual.xml:2118 release-manual.xml:2155 release-manual.xml:2169 release-manual.xml:2176 release-manual.xml:2535 release-manual.xml:2549 release-manual.xml:2564
msgid "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:954
+#: release-manual.xml:995
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> This will not configure the dhcp server. You need to "
"configure the host statically or edit the configuration of the dhcp server "
@@ -2180,12 +2274,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:958
+#: release-manual.xml:999
msgid "Assign static ip addresses with dhcp"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:960
+#: release-manual.xml:1001
msgid ""
"To assign a static ip address to a host which you added to the ldap tree via "
"lwat, you need to edit <computeroutput>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf "
@@ -2194,7 +2288,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:964
+#: release-manual.xml:1005
msgid ""
"For our example above you would, after open /etc/dhcpd3/dhcpd.conf in your "
"favourite editor, search for the configuration section of the host "
@@ -2202,7 +2296,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:968
+#: release-manual.xml:1009
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"host static00 {\n"
@@ -2213,14 +2307,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:974
+#: release-manual.xml:1015
msgid ""
"You need to replace the all-zero MAC-address with the correct one of your "
"static host. For our example host it will look like this:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:977
+#: release-manual.xml:1018
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"host static00 {\n"
@@ -2231,31 +2325,31 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:987
+#: release-manual.xml:1028
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Don't forget to restart the dhcpd as described above "
"whenever you have changed the configuration."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:992
+#: release-manual.xml:1033
msgid "Search and delete machines"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:994
+#: release-manual.xml:1035
msgid ""
"Searching for and deleting machines is quite similar to searching and "
"deleting users, so that information is not repeated here."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:999
+#: release-manual.xml:1040
msgid "Modify existing machines / Netgroup management"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1001
+#: release-manual.xml:1042
msgid ""
"After adding a machine to the ldap tree using lwat, you can modify its "
"properties using the search functionality and clicking on the right entry "
@@ -2263,12 +2357,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1004
+#: release-manual.xml:1045
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-editmachine.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1009
+#: release-manual.xml:1050
msgid ""
"The form that is behind this machine links is in one way similar to the one "
"you already know from modifying user entries, but in an other way the "
@@ -2276,7 +2370,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1011
+#: release-manual.xml:1052
msgid ""
"For example, adding a machine to a <computeroutput>NetGroup "
"</computeroutput> does not modify the permissions one machine (or the users "
@@ -2286,7 +2380,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1014
+#: release-manual.xml:1055
msgid ""
"The default installation provides the four <computeroutput>NetGroups "
"</computeroutput> printer-hosts, workstation-hosts, ltsp-server-hosts and "
@@ -2301,14 +2395,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1023
+#: release-manual.xml:1064
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Remember to configure workstations and ldap-servers "
"properly with lwat, or you users can't access their homedirs."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1025
+#: release-manual.xml:1066
msgid ""
"Another important part of the machine configuration is the 'Samba host' flag "
"(in the 'Host information' area). If you plan to add existing Windows "
@@ -2319,12 +2413,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1030
+#: release-manual.xml:1071
msgid "More lwat documentation"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1032
+#: release-manual.xml:1073
msgid ""
"The full documentation for lwat can be found at "
"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/lwat/ </computeroutput> on the main server or "
@@ -2332,12 +2426,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1040
+#: release-manual.xml:1081
msgid "Printer Managment"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1042
+#: release-manual.xml:1083
msgid ""
"For Printer Management point your webbrowser to <ulink "
"url=\"https://www:631\">https://www:631 </ulink> This is the normal cups "
@@ -2347,7 +2441,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1045
+#: release-manual.xml:1086
msgid ""
"If you connect the printer for the first time, we suggest to run "
"<computeroutput>printconf </computeroutput> as root. FIXME: explain what to "
@@ -2355,12 +2449,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1051
+#: release-manual.xml:1092
msgid "Clock synchronization"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1053
+#: release-manual.xml:1094
msgid ""
"The default configuraiton in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all "
"machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the "
@@ -2372,7 +2466,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1055
+#: release-manual.xml:1096
msgid ""
"To enable synchronization with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on "
"the main-server need to be modified. The comments in front of the "
@@ -2384,12 +2478,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1063
+#: release-manual.xml:1104
msgid "Extend full partitions"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1065
+#: release-manual.xml:1106
msgid ""
"Because of a bug in the automatic partition, some partitions might be too "
"full after installation. To extend the full partitions, run "
@@ -2400,24 +2494,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1072
+#: release-manual.xml:1113
msgid "Maintainance"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1078
+#: release-manual.xml:1119
msgid "Updating the software"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1080
+#: release-manual.xml:1121
msgid ""
"This section explains how to use <computeroutput>aptitude upgrade "
"</computeroutput> and kde-update-notifier."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1083
+#: release-manual.xml:1124
msgid ""
"Using <computeroutput>aptitude </computeroutput> is really simply. To update "
"a system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: "
@@ -2427,14 +2521,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1088
+#: release-manual.xml:1129
msgid ""
"Instead of using the command line you can also use "
"kde-update-notifier. FIXME: Explain how, maybe with a screenshot."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1090
+#: release-manual.xml:1131
msgid ""
"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> "
"and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> and configure them to "
@@ -2442,7 +2536,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1094
+#: release-manual.xml:1135
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> will notify you once a day via "
"email, which packages need an update. It does not install these updates, but "
@@ -2451,19 +2545,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1098
+#: release-manual.xml:1139
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> can send new changelog "
"entries to you."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1104
+#: release-manual.xml:1145
msgid "Backup Management"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1106
+#: release-manual.xml:1147
msgid ""
"For the backup management point your browser to <ulink "
"url=\"https://www/slbackup-php\">https://www/slbackup-php </ulink>. Please "
@@ -2473,7 +2567,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1109
+#: release-manual.xml:1150
msgid ""
"Per default the tjener will backup <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0 "
"</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/ </computeroutput> and the ldap to "
@@ -2482,45 +2576,78 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1113
+#: release-manual.xml:1154
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>/root/.svk </computeroutput> will also be backed up if you "
"install from etch-test today. (FIXME this, once it's in etch.)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1120
+#: release-manual.xml:1161
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Be aware that this backup doesn't protect you from "
"failing harddrives."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1122
+#: release-manual.xml:1163
msgid ""
"If you want to backup your data to an external server, a tape device or "
"another harddrive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit."
msgstr ""
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1165
+msgid ""
+"If you want to restore a complete folder, your best option is to use the "
+"command-line:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1166
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"sudo rdiff-backup -r <date> \\ \n"
+" /skole/backup/tjener/skole/tjener/home0/user \\\n"
+" /skole/tjener/home0/user_<date>\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1171
+msgid ""
+"this will leave the content from <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user "
+"</computeroutput> from <computeroutput><date> </computeroutput> in the "
+"folder <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date> "
+"</computeroutput>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1176
+msgid ""
+"If you want to restore a single file, then you should be able to select the "
+"file (and the version) from the web-interface, and download only that file."
+msgstr ""
+
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1123
+#: release-manual.xml:1177
msgid ""
"FIXME: I have to have a look on the webpage of slbackup-php to describe this "
"further"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1129
+#: release-manual.xml:1183
msgid "Server Monitoring"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1133
+#: release-manual.xml:1187
msgid "Munin"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1135
+#: release-manual.xml:1189
msgid ""
"Munin trend reporting system is available from <ulink "
"url=\"https://www/munin/\">https://www/munin/ </ulink>. It provides system "
@@ -2530,7 +2657,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1138
+#: release-manual.xml:1192
msgid ""
"The list of machines being monitored using munin is generated automatically "
"based on the list of hosts reporting to sitesummary. All hosts with the "
@@ -2544,7 +2671,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1142
+#: release-manual.xml:1196
msgid ""
"Information about the munin system is available from <ulink "
"url=\"http://munin.projects.linpro.no/\">http://munin.projects.linpro.no/ "
@@ -2552,19 +2679,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1148
+#: release-manual.xml:1202
msgid "Nagios"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1150
+#: release-manual.xml:1204
msgid ""
"Nagios system and service monitoring is available from <ulink "
"url=\"https://www/nagios2/\">https://www/nagios2/ </ulink>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1153
+#: release-manual.xml:1207
msgid ""
"The username is nagiosadmin and the password is undefined, you must set your "
"own password before you can login and use nagios. For security reasons, "
@@ -2573,7 +2700,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1156
+#: release-manual.xml:1210
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"htpasswd /etc/nagios2/htpasswd.users nagiosadmin\n"
@@ -2581,7 +2708,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1159
+#: release-manual.xml:1213
msgid ""
"By default from Debian-Edu 3.0r1 Nagios does not send email. This can be "
"changed by replacing <computeroutput>notify-by-nothing </computeroutput> "
@@ -2591,7 +2718,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1165
+#: release-manual.xml:1219
msgid ""
"Information about the nagios system is available from <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.nagios.org/\">http://www.nagios.org/ </ulink> or in the "
@@ -2599,19 +2726,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1172
+#: release-manual.xml:1226
msgid "Sitesummary"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1174
+#: release-manual.xml:1228
msgid ""
"A simple report from sitesummary is available from <ulink "
"url=\"https://www/sitesummary/\">https://www/sitesummary/ </ulink>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1177
+#: release-manual.xml:1231
msgid ""
"Some documentation on sitesummary is available from <ulink "
"url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary "
@@ -2619,12 +2746,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1185
+#: release-manual.xml:1239
msgid "Upgrades"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1189
+#: release-manual.xml:1243
msgid ""
"Before explaining how to upgrade, please note, that you do this update on "
"your productive server on your own risk. <emphasis role=\"strong\">Debian "
@@ -2634,7 +2761,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1192
+#: release-manual.xml:1246
msgid ""
"More <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/installmanual\">information "
@@ -2643,7 +2770,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1195
+#: release-manual.xml:1249
msgid ""
"If you want to be sure that after the upgrade everything works like before , "
"you should test the upgrade on a test server, which is configured the same "
@@ -2652,7 +2779,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1197
+#: release-manual.xml:1251
msgid ""
"Also it might be wise to wait a bit and keep running sarge for some more "
"weeks, so that others can test the upgrade, experience problems and document "
@@ -2664,17 +2791,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1202
+#: release-manual.xml:1256
msgid "Upgrades from Debian Edu sarge"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1204
+#: release-manual.xml:1258
msgid "Please read this chapter completly before you start upgrading your systems."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1206
+#: release-manual.xml:1260
msgid ""
"In case of problems you could also read the <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/releasenotes\">releasenotes for "
@@ -2686,12 +2813,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1213
+#: release-manual.xml:1267
msgid "Partioning scheme changed"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1215
+#: release-manual.xml:1269
msgid ""
"The main problem upgrading from the sarge-based Release to Terra is that the "
"Partition Scheme changed completly. The sarge-based Release has two volume "
@@ -2699,24 +2826,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1216
+#: release-manual.xml:1270
msgid "vg_data which holds the Data Partition as /skole/tjener/home0, ..."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1217
+#: release-manual.xml:1271
msgid "vg_system contains System Partitions as /var, /usr /var/spool/squid"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1220
+#: release-manual.xml:1274
msgid ""
"But the etch based release has only 1 Volume Group due to internal changes "
"of the Installer."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1222
+#: release-manual.xml:1276
msgid ""
"The main problem is that the vg_system volumegroup is quite small since the "
"data in this partition is mostly static. When trying the upgrade on a "
@@ -2728,19 +2855,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1227
+#: release-manual.xml:1281
msgid "Prepare the system"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1229
+#: release-manual.xml:1283
msgid ""
"If you have enough space in the vg_system volumegroup but not in the lv_var "
"partition, you have to resize this partition:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1231
+#: release-manual.xml:1285
msgid ""
"1.) Umount the <computeroutput>/var </computeroutput> partition, you 'll "
"have to umount the <computeroutput>/var/spool/squid </computeroutput> "
@@ -2748,7 +2875,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1234
+#: release-manual.xml:1288
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/etc/init.d/squid stop \n"
@@ -2757,45 +2884,45 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1239
+#: release-manual.xml:1293
msgid "2.) fsck the partition:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1239
+#: release-manual.xml:1293
#, no-wrap
msgid "e2fsck -f /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1242
+#: release-manual.xml:1296
msgid "3.) resize the partition:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1242
+#: release-manual.xml:1296
#, no-wrap
msgid "lvextend -L +1GB /dev/vg_system/lv_data ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1245
+#: release-manual.xml:1299
msgid "4.) resize the filesystem:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1245
+#: release-manual.xml:1299
#, no-wrap
msgid "resize2fs /dev/vg_system/lv_data]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1248
+#: release-manual.xml:1302
msgid "5.) mount the partitions again:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1248
+#: release-manual.xml:1302
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"mount /var \n"
@@ -2804,14 +2931,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1256
+#: release-manual.xml:1310
msgid ""
"Now modify <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </computeroutput> to "
"contain these lines"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1258
+#: release-manual.xml:1312
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian etch main \n"
@@ -2820,12 +2947,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1264
+#: release-manual.xml:1318
msgid "And start the upgrade with:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1265
+#: release-manual.xml:1319
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"aptitude update \n"
@@ -2833,12 +2960,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1273
+#: release-manual.xml:1327
msgid "Answers to debconf questions raising during upgrade"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1275
+#: release-manual.xml:1329
msgid ""
"Here we can give you some hints, what you should answer to the debconf "
"question during the upgrade. But please note: This upgrade HowTo is based on "
@@ -2846,7 +2973,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1277
+#: release-manual.xml:1331
msgid ""
"Which questions exactly raise up in addition to the ones described here "
"depends on what is additionally installed on your system. (Additionally to "
@@ -2858,54 +2985,54 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1280
+#: release-manual.xml:1334
msgid "* Configure nagios-common."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1282
+#: release-manual.xml:1336
msgid ""
"Here you have to enter a password for the <emphasis>nagiosadmin </emphasis> "
"user."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1287
+#: release-manual.xml:1341
msgid "* Configure console-data"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1288
+#: release-manual.xml:1342
msgid "Choose \"Don't change keyboard layout\""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1291
+#: release-manual.xml:1345
msgid "* Configure openssh-server"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1292
+#: release-manual.xml:1346
msgid "Don't deactivate challenge-response Auth."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1295
+#: release-manual.xml:1349
msgid "* Configure systat"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1296
+#: release-manual.xml:1350
msgid "Choose the default (yes) here."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1299
+#: release-manual.xml:1353
msgid "* Configure popularity-contest"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1300
+#: release-manual.xml:1354
msgid ""
"If you choose \"yes\", this will help us improve Debian Edu. (We'll get an "
"weekly report which programs are how often used). The data is gathered "
@@ -2913,59 +3040,59 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1303
+#: release-manual.xml:1357
msgid "* Configure libnss-ldap"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1305
+#: release-manual.xml:1359
msgid "Change the prompt to: <emphasis>ldaps://ldap/ </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1309
+#: release-manual.xml:1363
msgid "Change the prompt to: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1312
+#: release-manual.xml:1366
msgid "Use ldapversion 3 here"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1313
+#: release-manual.xml:1367
msgid "Which account should root use for ldap lookups FIXME"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1314
+#: release-manual.xml:1368
msgid "Which password should root use here FIXME"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1317
+#: release-manual.xml:1371
msgid "* Upgrade glibc now. Answer \"yes\"."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1319
+#: release-manual.xml:1373
msgid "* Restart Services. Answer \"yes\"."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1321
+#: release-manual.xml:1375
msgid ""
"These are the debconf questions you will see if you have no additional "
"packages installed."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1323
+#: release-manual.xml:1377
msgid "Now the upgrade process will start to upgrade the packages."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1325
+#: release-manual.xml:1379
msgid ""
"Please note: You will be asked several times if you want to keep your old "
"modified version of a configfile or if you want to get the latest. The "
@@ -2974,12 +3101,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1327
+#: release-manual.xml:1381
msgid "The upgrade will fail with this error message:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1328
+#: release-manual.xml:1382
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -2990,7 +3117,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1334
+#: release-manual.xml:1388
msgid ""
"To fix this you have to edit these two files: "
"<emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/info/mozilla-firefox-locale-it.postrm </emphasis> "
@@ -3001,33 +3128,33 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1338
+#: release-manual.xml:1392
#, no-wrap
msgid "apt-get -f install]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1340
+#: release-manual.xml:1394
msgid "Now the upgrade continues:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1342
+#: release-manual.xml:1396
msgid "* Several Modified configuration files (nagios)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1343
+#: release-manual.xml:1397
msgid "You should always keep your installed one (default) and hit enter"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1346
+#: release-manual.xml:1400
msgid "Then the installation failes another time:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1347
+#: release-manual.xml:1401
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -3037,7 +3164,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1352
+#: release-manual.xml:1406
msgid ""
"In order to fix this, rename this directory: "
"<emphasis>/var/backups/dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no-2.2.23-8.ldapdb "
@@ -3047,7 +3174,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1355
+#: release-manual.xml:1409
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"chown -R openldap:openldap /etc/ldap/ \n"
@@ -3055,7 +3182,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1358
+#: release-manual.xml:1412
msgid ""
"Then the installation should finish <emphasis role=\"strong\">without "
"</emphasis> an error. Since now many packages are not upgrades please "
@@ -3063,18 +3190,18 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1360
+#: release-manual.xml:1414
#, no-wrap
msgid "aptitude dist-upgrade]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1362
+#: release-manual.xml:1416
msgid "The next error raising up is this one:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1363
+#: release-manual.xml:1417
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Errors were encountered while processing: \n"
@@ -3083,48 +3210,48 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1367
+#: release-manual.xml:1421
msgid "Please remove the package: <emphasis>courier-ldap </emphasis> with"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1369
+#: release-manual.xml:1423
#, no-wrap
msgid "aptitude remove courier-ldap]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1371
+#: release-manual.xml:1425
msgid "and wait until it is finished.Then restart the dist-upgrade process again."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1373
+#: release-manual.xml:1427
msgid ""
"If you have only the default packages installed the upgrade process should "
"now finish without raising more errors."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1378
+#: release-manual.xml:1432
msgid "Problem upgrading bind"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1380
+#: release-manual.xml:1434
msgid ""
"The only remaining upgrade issue is that the user of bind9 has changed, so "
"you'll have to chown all bind-configuration files."
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1381
+#: release-manual.xml:1435
#, no-wrap
msgid "chown bind:root -R /etc/bind ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1383
+#: release-manual.xml:1437
msgid ""
"See <ulink "
"url=\"http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=386791\">#386791 "
@@ -3132,12 +3259,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1389
+#: release-manual.xml:1443
msgid "Samba groupmaps handeling changed"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1391
+#: release-manual.xml:1445
msgid ""
"There has been a change in how samba handles groupmaps between sarge and "
"etch. Samba in sarge handled groupmaps internally, so a unix group was also "
@@ -3147,7 +3274,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1393
+#: release-manual.xml:1447
msgid ""
"When you upgrade your LDAP from a sarge installation, you must make sure to "
"create the Domain Admins account, neccessary for correct samba domain "
@@ -3155,7 +3282,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1394
+#: release-manual.xml:1448
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/usr/bin/net groupmap add rid=512 unixgroup=admins \\\n"
@@ -3165,7 +3292,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1399
+#: release-manual.xml:1453
msgid ""
"If you want your Windows computers to be aware of what groups users are in, "
"you must create the groupmaps in LDAP manually, this is explained in more "
@@ -3174,12 +3301,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1405
+#: release-manual.xml:1459
msgid "Upgrades from older Debian Edu / Skolelinux installations"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1407
+#: release-manual.xml:1461
msgid ""
"Upgrades from the woody based Debian Edu / Skolelinux installation are not "
"supported. Upgrade to the sarge based version first, a howto can be found at "
@@ -3189,37 +3316,37 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1414
+#: release-manual.xml:1468
msgid "HowTo"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1416
+#: release-manual.xml:1470
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administration</link>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1419
+#: release-manual.xml:1473
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">the desktop</link>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1422
+#: release-manual.xml:1476
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1425
+#: release-manual.xml:1479
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">teaching and learning</link>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1432
+#: release-manual.xml:1486
msgid "HowTos for general administration"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1434
+#: release-manual.xml:1488
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"GettingStarted\">Getting Started</link> and <link "
"linkend=\"Maintainance\">DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Maintainance</link> "
@@ -3229,42 +3356,42 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1440
+#: release-manual.xml:1494
msgid "Installing single service machines for spreading the load from main-server"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1441
+#: release-manual.xml:1495
msgid "barebone install using debian-edu-expert"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1442
+#: release-manual.xml:1496
msgid "install the packages for the service"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1443
+#: release-manual.xml:1497
msgid "configure the service"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1444
+#: release-manual.xml:1498
msgid "disable the service on main-server"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1445
+#: release-manual.xml:1499
msgid "update dns on main-server"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1451
+#: release-manual.xml:1505
msgid "Tracking /etc/ using the svk version control system"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1453
+#: release-manual.xml:1507
msgid ""
"With the introduction of the <computeroutput>debian-edu-etc-svk "
"</computeroutput> script in Debian Edu, all files in <computeroutput>/etc/ "
@@ -3275,7 +3402,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1458
+#: release-manual.xml:1512
msgid ""
"This feature is activated automatically in the Etch based version of Debian "
"Edu, and all changes done during installation are registered. Changes in "
@@ -3283,12 +3410,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1461
+#: release-manual.xml:1515
msgid "List of useful commands:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1464
+#: release-manual.xml:1518
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff\n"
@@ -3300,19 +3427,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1473
+#: release-manual.xml:1527
msgid "Usage examples"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1475
+#: release-manual.xml:1529
msgid ""
"In a freshly installed system try this to see all changes done since the "
"system was installed:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1478
+#: release-manual.xml:1532
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 | less\n"
@@ -3320,12 +3447,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1481
+#: release-manual.xml:1535
msgid "To see the list of changes done in /etc/, use this command:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1484
+#: release-manual.xml:1538
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk log | less\n"
@@ -3333,27 +3460,44 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1487
-msgid "To see the changes done to a specific file, specify the file:"
+#: release-manual.xml:1541
+msgid ""
+"Here check revision numbers by date and time, Then to see all changes done "
+"since revision N say:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1544
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -rN | less\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1547
+msgid ""
+"To see the changes done to a specific file between specific revisions, "
+"specify the file and both revisions:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1490
+#: release-manual.xml:1550
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | less\n"
+"debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r46 -r64 /etc/resolv.conf | less\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1493
+#: release-manual.xml:1553
msgid ""
"To revert a change, use the diff command to look at the change, and edit the "
"file to undo the change, or use a command like this to do it automatically:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1496
+#: release-manual.xml:1556
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"( cd /etc && debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | patch -p1 -R )\n"
@@ -3361,12 +3505,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1499
+#: release-manual.xml:1559
msgid "To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1502
+#: release-manual.xml:1562
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk commit /etc/resolv.conf\n"
@@ -3374,14 +3518,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1505
+#: release-manual.xml:1565
msgid ""
"If you don't want a specific file to be tracked in svk, you can tell to "
"ignore it. But this is rarely useful <inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1512
+#: release-manual.xml:1572
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk ignore /etc/path/to/file/to/be/ignored\n"
@@ -3389,12 +3533,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1518
+#: release-manual.xml:1578
msgid "For those who upgraded from sarge/woody"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1520
+#: release-manual.xml:1580
msgid ""
"/etc in svk was introduced with the etch based release of Debian Edu. If you "
"installed your system prior to this, you need to initialize svk once with "
@@ -3402,7 +3546,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1523
+#: release-manual.xml:1583
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"debian-edu-etc-svk init\n"
@@ -3410,19 +3554,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1526
+#: release-manual.xml:1586
msgid ""
"This adds all files in /etc to svk and also activates the hourly commit "
"cronjob."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1532
+#: release-manual.xml:1592
msgid "Resize Partitions"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1534
+#: release-manual.xml:1594
msgid ""
"Most partitions in Debian Edu are logical LVM volumes. Only the /boot/ "
"partition is not. With the Debian/Etch release of Debian Edu, it is possible "
@@ -3432,7 +3576,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1536
+#: release-manual.xml:1596
msgid ""
"It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions, as large "
"partitions will take a long time to restore from backup if the need should "
@@ -3442,7 +3586,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1538
+#: release-manual.xml:1598
msgid ""
"To make it easier to extend full partitions, the "
"<computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize </computeroutput> script is "
@@ -3458,12 +3602,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1547
+#: release-manual.xml:1607
msgid "Logical Volumne Management"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1549
+#: release-manual.xml:1609
msgid ""
"Logical Volumne Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they "
"are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM in the <ulink "
@@ -3471,7 +3615,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1552
+#: release-manual.xml:1612
msgid ""
"To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the "
"<computeroutput>lvextend </computeroutput> command how large you want it to "
@@ -3479,12 +3623,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1555
+#: release-manual.xml:1615
msgid "For example, to extend home0 to 30GB you use the following commands:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1558
+#: release-manual.xml:1618
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"lvextend -L30G /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0\n"
@@ -3492,12 +3636,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1565
+#: release-manual.xml:1625
msgid "Using volatile.debian.org"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1567
+#: release-manual.xml:1627
msgid ""
"Since <ulink url=\"http://volatile.debian.org\">volatile.debian.org </ulink> "
"is a relativly new service, introduced with Debian Etch, it's not enabled on "
@@ -3505,17 +3649,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1572
+#: release-manual.xml:1632
msgid "What is debian-volatile?"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1574
+#: release-manual.xml:1634
msgid "<emphasis>Quoting from the webpage: </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1576
+#: release-manual.xml:1636
msgid ""
"Some packages aim at fast moving targets, such as spam filtering and virus "
"scanning, and even when using updated data patterns, they do not really work "
@@ -3527,12 +3671,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1582
+#: release-manual.xml:1642
msgid "How to use volatile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1584
+#: release-manual.xml:1644
msgid ""
"Since the volatile archive key is included in the "
"<computeroutput>debian-archive-keyring </computeroutput> package, which is "
@@ -3542,7 +3686,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1589
+#: release-manual.xml:1649
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://volatile.debian.org/debian-volatile etch/volatile main\n"
@@ -3550,19 +3694,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1592
+#: release-manual.xml:1652
msgid ""
"And run <computeroutput>aptitude update && aptitude upgrade "
"</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1599
+#: release-manual.xml:1659
msgid "Using backports.org"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1601
+#: release-manual.xml:1661
msgid ""
"You are running Debian Edu, because you prefer the stability of Debian "
"Edu. It runs great, there is just one problem: sometimes software is a "
@@ -3570,7 +3714,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1603
+#: release-manual.xml:1663
msgid ""
"Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian "
"unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run "
@@ -3583,7 +3727,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1607
+#: release-manual.xml:1667
msgid ""
"You will need to add the backports.org archive key to root's "
"<computeroutput>gpg </computeroutput> keyring, so that <computeroutput>apt "
@@ -3593,15 +3737,15 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1613
+#: release-manual.xml:1673
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# install the debian-keyring securily:\n"
"aptitude install debian-keyring\n"
"# fetch the backports.org key insecurily:\n"
"gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 16BA136C\n"
-"# check securily if the key is correct and add it to root's keyring if it "
-"is:\n"
+"# check securily if the key is correct and add it the keyring used by apt if "
+"it is:\n"
"gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs 16BA136C "
"&& gpg --export 16BA136C | apt-key add -\n"
"# add backports.org repo to /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
@@ -3609,204 +3753,302 @@ msgid ""
"non-free\" >> /etc/apt/sources.list\n"
"# update the list of available packages:\n"
"aptitude update\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen>\n"
-"<para>Then you can either use <computeroutput>aptitude -t etch-backports "
-"install <packagename>\n"
-"</computeroutput> to install or update packages once, or you can configure a "
-"package to be always installed from backports.org though "
-"<computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences\n"
-"</computeroutput> which is described in the <ulink "
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1685
+msgid ""
+"Then you can either use <computeroutput>aptitude -t etch-backports install "
+"<packagename> </computeroutput> to install or update packages once, or "
+"you can configure a package to be always installed from backports.org though "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences </computeroutput> which is described in "
+"the <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.backports.org/dokuwiki/doku.php?id=instructions\">instructions "
-"on backports.org\n"
-"</ulink>. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>The second variant has the advantage, that updates to backports are "
+"on backports.org </ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1690
+msgid ""
+"The second variant has the advantage, that updates to backports are "
"installed automatically when they are available. With the first variant you "
-"need to update manually. \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Java\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre "
-"sun-java5-fonts\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Access to skolelinux server from outside a firewall\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>A boot script <computeroutput>open-backdoor\n"
-"</computeroutput> is provided in the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config\n"
-"</computeroutput> package to \"break out\" from behind a firewall. It is "
-"useful for system administrators responsible for several Debian Edu "
-"installations. It set up an SSH tunnel to another machine, allowing ssh "
-"login from the outside of the firewall. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>To enable it, create a ssh key without a password, create a user on a "
-"remote host to use for ssh login, copy the public key into "
-"~/.ssh/authorized_keys for the remote user used for and specify the login "
-"information in <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor\n"
-"</computeroutput>. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>Content of <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor\n"
-"</computeroutput> should be similar to this: \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[RHOST=admin.example.net\n"
-"RPORT=1234\n"
-"RUSER=backdoor\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen>\n"
-"<para>FIXME: This need to be completed and tested. \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Creating a folder in all users home directory\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>With this script the administrator can create a folder in each users "
-"home directory and set access permissions and Ownership. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=770 a "
-"user can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder "
-"\"assignments\" where teachers are given write access to be able to make "
-"comments. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[#!/bin/bash\n"
-"\n"
-"home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\";\n"
-" shared_folder=\"assignments\";\n"
-" permissions=\"770\";\n"
-" created_dir=0;\n"
-"\n"
-"for home in $(ls $home_path);do\n"
-"\n"
-" . if [ ! -d \"$home_path/$home/$shared_folder\" ]; then\n"
-" . mkdir $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
-" chmod $permissions $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
-" . #set the right owner and group\n"
-" #\"username\" = \"group name\" = \"folder name\"\n"
-" user=$home\n"
-" group=teachers\n"
-" chown $user:$group $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
-" ((created_dir+=1))\n"
-" else\n"
-" . echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already "
-"exists.\\n\"\n"
-" . fi\n"
-"done\n"
-"\n"
-"echo \"$created_dir folders has been created\"\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>HowTos from wiki.debian.org\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>The HowTos from <ulink "
-"url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/\n"
-"</ulink> are either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the "
-"user-specific HowTos over here (and delete them over there)! (But first ask "
-"the authors (see the history of those pages to find them) if they are fine "
-"with moving the howto and putting it under the GPL.) \n"
-"</para><itemizedlist><listitem>\n"
-"<para><ulink "
-"url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn\n"
-"</ulink> \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"</listitem><listitem>\n"
-"<para><ulink "
-"url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC\n"
-"</ulink> \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"</listitem><listitem>\n"
-"<para><ulink "
-"url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet\n"
-"</ulink> \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"</listitem><listitem>\n"
-"<para><ulink "
-"url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary\n"
-"</ulink> \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"</listitem><listitem>\n"
-"<para><ulink "
-"url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/Squid_LDAP_Authentication\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/Squid_LDAP_Authentication\n"
-"</ulink> \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"</listitem>\n"
-"</itemizedlist>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section id=\"Desktop\">\n"
-"<title>HowTos for the desktop\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para> \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>KDE Kiosk mode\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>Two default profiles are included: \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para><emphasis role=\"strong\">debian_edu_pupils\n"
-"</emphasis> (enabled for members of the students file group) \n"
-"</para><itemizedlist><listitem>customized set of icons appears on student "
-"desktops \n"
-"</listitem><listitem>makes sure that the programs behind the desktop icons "
-"also show up in the kde panel \n"
-"</listitem><listitem>adept is not started \n"
-"</listitem><listitem>makes sure that students cannot start another kde "
-"session \n"
-"</listitem><listitem>disables possibility to gain root access for students "
-"\n"
-"</listitem>\n"
-"</itemizedlist>\n"
-"<para><emphasis role=\"strong\">debian_edu_root\n"
-"</emphasis> (enabled for the root user and members of the admins file group) "
-"\n"
-"</para><itemizedlist><listitem>adds a desktop icon to connect to the local "
-"webserver on tjener to provide easy access to all the administration "
-"programs \n"
-"</listitem>\n"
-"</itemizedlist>\n"
-"<para><emphasis role=\"strong\">Note:\n"
-"</emphasis>: modifications to the profiles can be done using "
-"<computeroutput>kiosktool\n"
-"</computeroutput>. However, unless you follow the step below, your changes "
-"will be overwritten by upgrades. [FIXME: doesn't work. Upgrade restores "
-"default desktop icons] \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>If you want to modify the kiosk profiles, you can either copy the "
-"existing ones and modify them, or create new kiosk profiles in (for example) "
-"<computeroutput>/etc/kde3/kioskprofiles/\n"
-"</computeroutput> and enable them in <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile\n"
-"</computeroutput>. The kiosk tool will do this for you if you click "
-"\"profile properties\" and browse to a new folder. \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Changing kioskmode on diskless workstations\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>After you have made changes to the kioskmode settings with kiosktool "
-"like described above, you will have to copy some files inside the chroot "
-"used by the diskless workstation. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>Assuming the diskless workstations are running <computeroutput>i386\n"
+"need to update manually."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1695
+msgid "Java"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1698
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"apt-get install sun-java5-plugin sun-java5-jre sun-java5-fonts\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1704
+msgid "Access to skolelinux server from outside a firewall"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1706
+msgid ""
+"A boot script <computeroutput>open-backdoor </computeroutput> is provided in "
+"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-config </computeroutput> package to \"break "
+"out\" from behind a firewall. It is useful for system administrators "
+"responsible for several Debian Edu installations. It set up an SSH tunnel "
+"to another machine, allowing ssh login from the outside of the firewall."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1710
+msgid ""
+"To enable it, create a ssh key without a password, create a user on a remote "
+"host to use for ssh login, copy the public key into ~/.ssh/authorized_keys "
+"for the remote user used for and specify the login information in "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor </computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1713
+msgid ""
+"Content of <computeroutput>/etc/default/backdoor </computeroutput> should be "
+"similar to this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1717
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"RHOST=admin.example.net\n"
+"RPORT=1234\n"
+"RUSER=backdoor\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1722
+msgid "FIXME: This need to be completed and tested."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1727
+msgid "Creating a folder in all users home directory"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1729
+msgid ""
+"With this script the administrator can create a folder in each users home "
+"directory and set access permissions and Ownership."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1731
+msgid ""
+"In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=2770 a user "
+"can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder \"assignments\" "
+"where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1734
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"#!/bin/bash\n"
+"home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\";\n"
+" shared_folder=\"assignments\";\n"
+" permissions=\"2770\";\n"
+" created_dir=0;\n"
+" for home in $(ls $home_path);do\n"
+" . if [ ! -d \"$home_path/$home/$shared_folder\" ]; then\n"
+" . mkdir $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
+" chmod $permissions $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
+". #set the right owner and group\n"
+" #\"username\" = \"group name\" = \"folder name\"\n"
+" user=$home\n"
+" group=teachers\n"
+" chown $user:$group $home_path/$home/$shared_folder\n"
+" ((created_dir+=1))\n"
+" else\n"
+" . echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already "
+"exists.\\n\"\n"
+" . fi\n"
+"done\n"
+"echo \"$created_dir folders has been created\"\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1759
+msgid "Easy acces to USB and CDROM"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1761
+msgid ""
+"When users insert a usb or cdrom into a <ulink "
+"url=\"/ThinClient\">ThinClient </ulink> there is no popup window like they "
+"are used to from their usual Desktop. Instead they have to browse to the "
+"/media/$user folder. This is too difficult for non experienced users."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1764
+msgid ""
+"With the following script the symlink \"Media\" is created for all users in "
+"the home folder for easy access to USB-keys, CDROM or whatever media is "
+"connected to the thin client."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1767
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"#!/bin/bash\n"
+"home_path=\"/skole/tjener/home0\"; shared_folder=\"Media\"; "
+"permissions=\"775\"; created_dir=0;\n"
+"for home in $(ls $home_path); do\n"
+" if [ ! -d \"$home_path/$home/$shared_folder\" ]; then\n"
+" ln -s /media/$home $home_path/$home/$shared_folder ((created_dir+=1))\n"
+" else\n"
+" echo -e \"the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already "
+"exists.\\n\"\n"
+" fi\n"
+"done\n"
+"echo \"$created_dir folders has been created\"\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1782 release-manual.xml:2482 release-manual.xml:2590
+msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1784 release-manual.xml:2484 release-manual.xml:2592
+msgid ""
+"The HowTos from <ulink "
+"url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ "
+"</ulink> are either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the "
+"user-specific HowTos over here (and delete them over there)! (But first ask "
+"the authors (see the history of those pages to find them) if they are fine "
+"with moving the howto and putting it under the GPL.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1812
+msgid "HowTos for the desktop"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1818
+msgid "KDE Kiosk mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1820
+msgid "Two default profiles are included:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1822
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">debian_edu_pupils </emphasis> (enabled for members "
+"of the students file group)"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#: release-manual.xml:1824
+msgid "customized set of icons appears on student desktops"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#: release-manual.xml:1825
+msgid ""
+"makes sure that the programs behind the desktop icons also show up in the "
+"kde panel"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#: release-manual.xml:1826
+msgid "adept is not started"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#: release-manual.xml:1827
+msgid "makes sure that students cannot start another kde session"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#: release-manual.xml:1828
+msgid "disables possibility to gain root access for students"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1831
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">debian_edu_root </emphasis> (enabled for the root "
+"user and members of the admins file group)"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#: release-manual.xml:1833
+msgid ""
+"adds a desktop icon to connect to the local webserver on tjener to provide "
+"easy access to all the administration programs"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1836
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Note: </emphasis>: modifications to the profiles "
+"can be done using <computeroutput>kiosktool </computeroutput>. However, "
+"unless you follow the step below, your changes will be overwritten by "
+"upgrades. [FIXME: doesn't work. Upgrade restores default desktop icons]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1840
+msgid ""
+"If you want to modify the kiosk profiles, you can either copy the existing "
+"ones and modify them, or create new kiosk profiles in (for example) "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/kde3/kioskprofiles/ </computeroutput> and enable them "
+"in <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile </computeroutput>. The kiosk tool "
+"will do this for you if you click \"profile properties\" and browse to a new "
+"folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1847
+msgid "Changing kioskmode on diskless workstations"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1849
+msgid ""
+"After you have made changes to the kioskmode settings with kiosktool like "
+"described above, you will have to copy some files inside the chroot used by "
+"the diskless workstation."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1851
+msgid ""
+"Assuming the diskless workstations are running <computeroutput>i386 "
"</computeroutput>, the following commands must be executed on the "
-"workstation server(s): \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[export LTSPCHROOT=/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/\n"
+"workstation server(s):"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1855
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"export LTSPCHROOT=/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/\n"
"cp -rv /etc/kde-profile/ $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
"cp -v /etc/kderc $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
"cp -v /etc/kde-user-profile $LTSPCHROOT/etc/\n"
@@ -3815,7 +4057,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1783
+#: release-manual.xml:1862
msgid ""
"Else replace <computeroutput>i386 </computeroutput> with "
"<computeroutput>amd64 </computeroutput> or <computeroutput>powerpc "
@@ -3823,12 +4065,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1790
+#: release-manual.xml:1869
msgid "Disabling kioskmode"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1792
+#: release-manual.xml:1871
msgid ""
"If you don't want to use kioskmode, either just remove the file "
"<computeroutput>/etc/kderc </computeroutput>. Or, if you just want to "
@@ -3836,12 +4078,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1799
+#: release-manual.xml:1878
msgid "Modifying the kdm login screen"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1801
+#: release-manual.xml:1880
msgid ""
"In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. Now, "
"it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/ "
@@ -3849,14 +4091,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1804
+#: release-manual.xml:1883
msgid ""
"Here is one example used to activate the theme in the "
"<computeroutput>desktop-base </computeroutput> package:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1808
+#: release-manual.xml:1887
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
@@ -3865,19 +4107,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1812
+#: release-manual.xml:1891
msgid ""
"See the code in <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm </computeroutput> for "
"information on how these variables are used."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1818
+#: release-manual.xml:1897
msgid "Flash"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1820
+#: release-manual.xml:1899
msgid ""
"To install the Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin, install the "
"<computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> debian package from "
@@ -3885,12 +4127,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1823
+#: release-manual.xml:1902
msgid "There are three requirements to do so:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1825
+#: release-manual.xml:1904
msgid ""
"add backports.org to <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </computeroutput> "
"as decribed in the <link linkend=\"Administration\">general adminstration "
@@ -3898,7 +4140,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1829
+#: release-manual.xml:1908
msgid ""
"add the following lines to <computeroutput>/etc/apt/preferences "
"</computeroutput> (the file probably does not exist, so you might have to "
@@ -3906,7 +4148,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1835
+#: release-manual.xml:1914
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Package: flashplugin-nonfree\n"
@@ -3916,7 +4158,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1840
+#: release-manual.xml:1919
msgid ""
"as the <computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> package is only "
"an installer-package (and does not contain the flashplugin itself, for legal "
@@ -3925,22 +4167,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1847
+#: release-manual.xml:1926
msgid "Sound with Flash in thin clients"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1849
+#: release-manual.xml:1928
msgid "You need to install this as root:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1851
+#: release-manual.xml:1930
msgid "and make one change in /etc/apt/sources.list"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1854
+#: release-manual.xml:1933
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux/ etch-test local\n"
@@ -3948,7 +4190,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1857
+#: release-manual.xml:1936
msgid ""
"And that followed by <computeroutput>aptitude update </computeroutput> and "
"<computeroutput>aptitude install flashplayer-nonfree-extrasound "
@@ -3956,7 +4198,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1861
+#: release-manual.xml:1940
msgid ""
"remeber to remove <computeroutput>deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux/ "
"etch-test local </computeroutput> from source list after that and run "
@@ -3964,24 +4206,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1865
+#: release-manual.xml:1944
msgid ""
"To get the sound working, you also need the latest flashplugin-nonfree "
"package installed (23st of Jan: 9.0.115.0.1~etch1)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1871
+#: release-manual.xml:1950
msgid "Other useful plugins"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1873
+#: release-manual.xml:1952
msgid "After adding the multimedia repository (see below):"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1876
+#: release-manual.xml:1955
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install mozilla-mplayer mozilla-acroread acroread-plugins\n"
@@ -3989,12 +4231,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1882
+#: release-manual.xml:1961
msgid "Playing DVDs"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1884
+#: release-manual.xml:1963
msgid ""
"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial! DVDs. For legal reasons "
"it's not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, "
@@ -4002,287 +4244,423 @@ msgid ""
"repository and install multimedia and dvd libraries:"
msgstr ""
-# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1887
-#, no-wrap
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1966
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"apt-get install libdvdcss2 w32codecs\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1972
+msgid "Using the multimedia repository"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1974
+msgid "To use www.debian-multimedia.org do the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1977
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"# install the debian-keyring securily:\n"
+"aptitude install debian-keyring\n"
+"# fetch the debian-multimedia key insecurily:\n"
+"gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 1F41B907\n"
+"# check securily if the key is correct and add it to the keyring used by apt "
+"if it is:\n"
+"gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs 1F41B907 "
+"&& gpg --export 1F41B907 | apt-key add -\n"
+"# add repository to sources.list - please check the homepages for mirrors!\n"
+"echo \"deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\" >> "
+"/etc/apt/sources.list\n"
+"# update the list of available packages:\n"
+"aptitude update\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1993
+msgid "HowTos for networked clients"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1999
+msgid "Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2001
+msgid ""
+"Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless workstations "
+"/ lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink "
+"url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation "
+"</ulink>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:2007
+msgid "LTSP in detail"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:2011
+msgid "lts.conf"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2013
+msgid ""
+"To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you "
+"can edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf "
+"</computeroutput>. Have a look at "
+"<computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/usr/share/doc/ltsp-client/examples/lts.conf "
+"</computeroutput> to see examples and what parameters you can specify."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2017
+msgid ""
+"The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default] "
+"</computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using the "
+"client mac adress or ipadress like this <computeroutput>[192.168.0.10] "
+"</computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2021
+msgid ""
+"Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add "
+"something like this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:2024
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"[192.168.0.10]\n"
+"X_MODE_0 = 1280x1024\n"
+"X_HORZSYNC = \"60-70\"\n"
+"X_VERTREFRESH = \"59-62\"\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2030
+msgid "somewhere below the default settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2032
+msgid ""
+"Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the "
+"client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2034
+msgid ""
+"To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf </computeroutput> you should "
+"add the client mac-address to your dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the "
+"client mac-address directly in you <computeroutput>lts.conf "
+"</computeroutput> file."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:2041
+msgid "Load balancing LTSP servers"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2047
+msgid ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version "
+"0.99debian12+0.0.edu.etch.8 and is included in Skolelinux 3.0r1."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:2051
+msgid "Part 1"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2053
+msgid ""
+"It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers "
+"for load balancing. This is done by providing "
+"/opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/get_hosts as a script printing one or more "
+"servers for LDM to connect to. In addition to this, each ltsp chroot need to "
+"include the ssh host key for each of the servers."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2055
+msgid ""
+"First of all, you must choose one LTSP server to be the loadbalancing "
+"server. All the clients will PXE-boot from this server and load the "
+"Skolelinux image. After the image is loaded, LDM chooses which server to "
+"connect to by using the \"get_hosts\" script. How this is done you decide "
+"later on."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2057
+msgid ""
+"Now you have to move your clients from the 192.168.1.0 network to the "
+"10.0.2.0 network. This is because when you use loadbalancing, the clients "
+"should have direct access to the server LDM chooses. If you leave your "
+"clients on the 192.168.1.0 network, all of the clients traffic will go "
+"through that server before it reaches the chosen LDM server."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2059
+msgid ""
+"To get the clients working on the 10.0.2.0 network, you have to edit "
+"/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf on the main-server (tjener). Where it says:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:2062
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"subnet 10.0.2.0 netmask 255.255.254.0 {\n"
+" range 10.0.2.100 10.0.3.242;\n"
+" }\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2067
+msgid "you have to add this under \"range\":"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:2070
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"filename \"/var/lib/tftpboot/ltsp/i386/pxelinux.0\";\n"
+"next-server xxx;\n"
+"option root-path \"/opt/ltsp/i386\";\n"
+"option log-servers ltspserver01;\n"
+"use-host-decl-names on;\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2077
+msgid ""
+"Next-server should be the IP-address or hostname of the server you chose to "
+"be the loadbalancing server. If you use hostname you must have a working "
+"DNS. Remember to restart the dhcp service."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:2082
+msgid "Part 2"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2084
+msgid ""
+"Now you have to make a \"get_hosts\" script that prints a server for LDM to "
+"connect to. The parameter LDM_SERVER overrides this script. In consequence, "
+"this parameter must not be defined if the get_hosts is going to be used. The "
+"get_hosts script writes on the standard output each server IP address or "
+"host names, in the random order."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2086
+msgid "Edit \"/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf\" and add something like this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:2089
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "MY_SERVER_LIST = \"xxxx xxxx xxxx\"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2091
+msgid ""
+"Replace xxxx with either the IP or hostname of the servers, list must be "
+"space separated. Then, put the following script in "
+"/opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/get_hosts on the server you chose to be the "
+"loadbalancing server."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:2094
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"#!/bin/bash\n"
+"# Randomize the server list contained in MY_SERVER_LIST parameter\n"
+"TMP_LIST=\"\"\n"
+"SHUFFLED_LIST=\"\"\n"
+"for i in $MY_SERVER_LIST; do\n"
+"rank=$RANDOM\n"
+"let \"rank %= 100\"\n"
+"TMP_LIST=\"$TMP_LIST\\n${rank}_$i\"\n"
+"done\n"
+"TMP_LIST=$(echo -e $TMP_LIST | sort)\n"
+"for i in $TMP_LIST; do\n"
+"SHUFFLED_LIST=\"$SHUFFLED_LIST $(echo $i | cut -d_ -f2)\"\n"
+"done\n"
+"echo $SHUFFLED_LIST\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:2113
+msgid "Part 3"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2115
+msgid ""
+"Now that you've made the \"get_hosts\" script, it's time to make the ssh "
+"host key for the ltsp chroots. This can be done by making a file containing "
+"the content of /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts from all the ltsp "
+"servers that will be loadbalanced. Save this file as "
+"/etc/ltsp/ssh_known_hosts.extra on all loadbalance servers. The last step is "
+"very important because ltsp-update-sshkeys runs every time a server is "
+"booted, and /etc/ltsp/ssh_known_hosts.extra is included if it exists."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2121
+msgid ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> If you save your new host file as "
+"/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts, it will be erased when you reboot "
+"the server."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2123
+msgid ""
+"There is some obvious weaknesses with this setup. All clients get their "
+"image from the same server, this causes high loads on the server if many "
+"clients are booted at the same time. Also the clients require that server to "
+"always be available, without it they cannot boot or get a LDM "
+"server. Therefore this setup is very dependent on one server, which isn't "
+"very good."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2125
+msgid "Your clients should now be loadbalanced!"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:2131
+msgid "Sound with LTSP clients"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2133
+msgid ""
+"If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used (currently, this "
+"is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-oss should be loaded "
+"by the client hardware to assure esd can find /dev/dsp. If it's not done "
+"automatically, this line:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2135
+msgid "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2137
+msgid "should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf file."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:2142
+msgid "Upgrading the LTSP environment"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2144
+msgid ""
+"It is useful to upgrade the LTSP environment with new packages fairly often, "
+"to make sure security fixes and improvements are made available. To "
+"upgrade, run these commands as user root on each LTSP server:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:2147
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"chroot /opt/ltsp/i386\n"
+"aptitude update\n"
+"aptitude upgrade\n"
+"aptitude dist-upgrade\n"
+"exit\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2158
+msgid ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> Note that this is a slightly risky operation, if one of "
+"the upgraded packages break. To reduce the risk, it is a good idea to copy "
+"the content of /opt/ltsp/i386 to be able to revert to the original "
+"environment if the new one fail to work."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:2164
+msgid "Replacing LDM with KDM"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2166
+msgid ""
+"Skolelinux 3.0 is running LDM as a login manager. It uses a secure ssh "
+"tunnel to log in. When using KDM a switch to XDMCP is neccesary. XDMCP uses "
+"less CPU ressources on the clients and on the server."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2172
msgid ""
-"apt-get install libdvdcss2 w32codecs\n"
-"]]"
+"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning </emphasis>: XDMCP "
+"does not use encryption. Passwords will travel in cleartext over the "
+"network, as well as anything else."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1893
-msgid "Using the multimedia repository"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2179
+msgid ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> Note: local devices with <computeroutput>ltspfs "
+"</computeroutput> will stop working without LDM."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1895
-msgid "To use www.debian-multimedia.org do the following:"
+#: release-manual.xml:2182
+msgid "To check if XDMCP is running, run this command from a workstation:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1898
+#: release-manual.xml:2185
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"# install the debian-keyring securily:\n"
-"aptitude install debian-keyring\n"
-"# fetch the debian-multimedia key insecurily:\n"
-"gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 1F41B907\n"
-"# check securily if the key is correct and add it to root's keyring if it "
-"is:\n"
-"gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs 1F41B907 "
-"&& gpg --export 1F41B907 | apt-key add -\n"
-"# add repository to sources.list - please check the homepages for mirrors!\n"
-"echo \"deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\" >> "
-"/etc/apt/sources.list\n"
-"# update the list of available packages:\n"
-"aptitude update\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section id=\"NetworkClients\">\n"
-"<title>HowTos for networked clients\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para> \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless "
-"workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink "
-"url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation\n"
-"</ulink> \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>LTSP in detail\n"
-"</title><para/>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>lts.conf\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>To make special adaptations and configurations for specific "
-"thinclients, you can edit the file "
-"<computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf\n"
-"</computeroutput>. Have a look at "
-"<computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/usr/share/doc/ltsp-client/examples/lts.conf\n"
-"</computeroutput> to see examples and what parameters you can specify. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default]\n"
-"</computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using the "
-"client mac adress or ipadress like this <computeroutput>[192.168.0.10]\n"
-"</computeroutput>. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add "
-"something like this: \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[[192.168.0.10]\n"
-"X_MODE_0 = 1280x1024\n"
-"X_HORZSYNC = \"60-70\"\n"
-"X_VERTREFRESH = \"59-62\"\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen>\n"
-"<para>somewhere below the default settings. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X "
-"on the client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf\n"
-"</computeroutput> you should add the client mac-address to your "
-"dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the client mac-address directly in you "
-"<computeroutput>lts.conf\n"
-"</computeroutput> file. \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Load balancing LTSP servers\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" "
-"fileref=\"./images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
-"</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\\\n"
-"</phrase>\n"
-"</textobject>\n"
-"</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version "
-"0.99debian12+0.0.edu.etch.8 and is included in Skolelinux 3.0r1. \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Part 1\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several "
-"servers for load balancing. This is done by providing "
-"/opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/get_hosts as a script printing one or more "
-"servers for LDM to connect to. In addition to this, each ltsp chroot need to "
-"include the ssh host key for each of the servers. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>First of all, you must choose one LTSP server to be the loadbalancing "
-"server. All the clients will PXE-boot from this server and load the "
-"Skolelinux image. After the image is loaded, LDM chooses which server to "
-"connect to by using the \"get_hosts\" script. How this is done you decide "
-"later on. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>Now you have to move your clients from the 192.168.1.0 network to the "
-"10.0.2.0 network. This is because when you use loadbalancing, the clients "
-"should have direct access to the server LDM chooses. If you leave your "
-"clients on the 192.168.1.0 network, all of the clients traffic will go "
-"through that server before it reaches the chosen LDM server. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>To get the clients working on the 10.0.2.0 network, you have to edit "
-"/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf on the main-server (tjener). Where it says: \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[subnet 10.0.2.0 netmask 255.255.254.0 {\n"
-" range 10.0.2.100 10.0.3.242;\n"
-" }\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen>\n"
-"<para>you have to add this under \"range\": \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[filename "
-"\"/var/lib/tftpboot/ltsp/i386/pxelinux.0\";\n"
-"next-server xxx;\n"
-"option root-path \"/opt/ltsp/i386\";\n"
-"option log-servers ltspserver01;\n"
-"use-host-decl-names on;\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen>\n"
-"<para>Next-server should be the IP-address or hostname of the server you "
-"chose to be the loadbalancing server. If you use hostname you must have a "
-"working DNS. Remember to restart the dhcp service. \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Part 2\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>Now you have to make a \"get_hosts\" script that prints a server for "
-"LDM to connect to. The parameter LDM_SERVER overrides this script. In "
-"consequence, this parameter must not be defined if the get_hosts is going to "
-"be used. The get_hosts script writes on the standard output each server IP "
-"address or host names, in the random order. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>Edit \"/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf\" and add something like this: \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[MY_SERVER_LIST = \"xxxx xxxx xxxx\"]]>\n"
-"</screen>\n"
-"<para>Replace xxxx with either the IP or hostname of the servers, list must "
-"be space separated. Then, put the following script in "
-"/opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/get_hosts on the server you chose to be the "
-"loadbalancing server. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[#!/bin/bash\n"
-"# Randomize the server list contained in MY_SERVER_LIST parameter\n"
-"TMP_LIST=\"\"\n"
-"SHUFFLED_LIST=\"\"\n"
-"for i in $MY_SERVER_LIST; do\n"
-"rank=$RANDOM\n"
-"let \"rank %= 100\"\n"
-"TMP_LIST=\"$TMP_LIST\\n${rank}_$i\"\n"
-"done\n"
-"TMP_LIST=$(echo -e $TMP_LIST | sort)\n"
-"for i in $TMP_LIST; do\n"
-"SHUFFLED_LIST=\"$SHUFFLED_LIST $(echo $i | cut -d_ -f2)\"\n"
-"done\n"
-"echo $SHUFFLED_LIST\n"
-"]]>\n"
-"</screen><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Part 3\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>Now that you've made the \"get_hosts\" script, it's time to make the "
-"ssh host key for the ltsp chroots. This can be done by making a file "
-"containing the content of /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts from all "
-"the ltsp servers that will be loadbalanced. Save this file as "
-"/etc/ltsp/ssh_known_hosts.extra on all loadbalance servers. The last step is "
-"very important because ltsp-update-sshkeys runs every time a server is "
-"booted, and /etc/ltsp/ssh_known_hosts.extra is included if it exists. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" "
-"fileref=\"./images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
-"</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\\\n"
-"</phrase>\n"
-"</textobject>\n"
-"</inlinemediaobject> If you save your new host file as "
-"/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts, it will be erased when you reboot "
-"the server. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>There is some obvious weaknesses with this setup. All clients get "
-"their image from the same server, this causes high loads on the server if "
-"many clients are booted at the same time. Also the clients require that "
-"server to always be available, without it they cannot boot or get a LDM "
-"server. Therefore this setup is very dependent on one server, which isn't "
-"very good. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>Your clients should now be loadbalanced! \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Sound with LTSP clients\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used (currently, "
-"this is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-oss should be "
-"loaded by the client hardware to assure esd can find /dev/dsp. If it's not "
-"done automatically, this line: \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\" \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf "
-"file. \n"
-"</para><para/>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"</section>\n"
-"\n"
-"<section>\n"
-"<title>Replacing LDM with KDM\n"
-"</title>\n"
-"<para>Skolelinux 3.0 is running LDM as a login manager. It uses a secure ssh "
-"tunnel to log in. When using KDM a switch to XDMCP is neccesary. XDMCP uses "
-"less CPU ressources on the clients and on the server. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" "
-"fileref=\"./images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
-"</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\\\n"
-"</phrase>\n"
-"</textobject>\n"
-"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning\n"
-"</emphasis>: XDMCP does not use encryption. Passwords will travel in "
-"cleartext over the network, as well as anything else. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width=\"15\" "
-"fileref=\"./images/alert.png\" depth=\"15\"/>\n"
-"</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\\\n"
-"</phrase>\n"
-"</textobject>\n"
-"</inlinemediaobject> Note: local devices with <computeroutput>ltspfs\n"
-"</computeroutput> will stop working without LDM. \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>To check if XDMCP is running, run this command from a workstation: \n"
-"</para>\n"
-"<para>\n"
-"</para><screen><![CDATA[ X -query ltspserverXX\n"
+"X -query ltspserverXX\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2088
+#: release-manual.xml:2188
msgid "If you are on the thin client network, please run this command:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2091
+#: release-manual.xml:2191
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"X -query 192.168.0.254\n"
@@ -4290,21 +4668,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2094
+#: release-manual.xml:2194
msgid ""
"The goal is to let your \"real\" thin client to contact the xdmcp-server on "
"the 192.168.0.254 net (given a standard Skolelinux configuration)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2096
+#: release-manual.xml:2196
msgid ""
"If by some reason xdmcp is accessible on your server which runs KDM , please "
"add the following to /etc/kde3/kdm/Xaccess"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2099
+#: release-manual.xml:2199
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"* # any host can get a login window\n"
@@ -4312,19 +4690,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2102
+#: release-manual.xml:2202
msgid ""
"The star before the comment '#' is important, rest is a comment of course "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2108
+#: release-manual.xml:2208
msgid "Then turn on xdmcp in kdm with the command:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2111
+#: release-manual.xml:2211
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"sudo update-ini-file /etc/kde3/kdm/kdmrc Xdmcp Enable true\n"
@@ -4332,12 +4710,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2114
+#: release-manual.xml:2214
msgid "At the end please restart kdm by running:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2117
+#: release-manual.xml:2217
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"sudo invoke-rc.d kdm restart\n"
@@ -4345,22 +4723,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2120
-msgid "(in courtasy of Finn-Arne Johansen)"
+#: release-manual.xml:2220
+msgid "(in courtesy of Finn-Arne Johansen)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2125
+#: release-manual.xml:2225
msgid "Connecting Windows machines to the network / Windows integration"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2129
+#: release-manual.xml:2229
msgid "Joining the domain"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2131
+#: release-manual.xml:2231
msgid ""
"For Windows clients the Windows domain \"SKOLELINUX\" is available to be "
"joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main-server tjener, "
@@ -4369,21 +4747,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2133
+#: release-manual.xml:2233
msgid ""
"In order to make Windows clients join the domain some (few) steps are "
"required:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2135
+#: release-manual.xml:2235
msgid ""
"1. Create a user with membership in the \"admins\" group (if not already "
"existing)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2137
+#: release-manual.xml:2237
msgid ""
"In order to be able to join the \"SKOLELINUX\" domain a member of the admins "
"group needs to authorize the process. If not yet existing, a user with that "
@@ -4393,12 +4771,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2142
+#: release-manual.xml:2242
msgid "2. Configure the Windows client as static host"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2144
+#: release-manual.xml:2244
msgid ""
"When joining a samba domain some special data is stored on the domain "
"controller (tjener). This data is needed to recognize the Windows client "
@@ -4411,26 +4789,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2148
+#: release-manual.xml:2248
msgid ""
"3. On the Windows client: Make sure the network and system configuration "
"matches the data stored on tjener (hostname and ip configuration)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2149
+#: release-manual.xml:2249
msgid ""
"It's really important, that the Windows hosts have the same data, otherwise "
"Samba will not find the host added in step 2."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2152
+#: release-manual.xml:2252
msgid "4. Join the domain as usual using the user added in step 1."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2153
+#: release-manual.xml:2253
msgid ""
"Depending on the version and language of you Windows installation, you "
"should find the configuration about the domain or workgroup of your system "
@@ -4444,7 +4822,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2156
+#: release-manual.xml:2256
msgid ""
"Windows will sync the profile of domain users on every login and "
"logout. Depending on how much data stored in the profile this could take "
@@ -4454,12 +4832,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2160
+#: release-manual.xml:2260
msgid "User groups in Windows"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2162
+#: release-manual.xml:2262
msgid ""
"Groupmaps must also be added for any other user groups you add through "
"<computeroutput>lwat </computeroutput>. If you want your user groups to be "
@@ -4470,7 +4848,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2166
+#: release-manual.xml:2266
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/usr/bin/net groupmap add unixgroup=students \\\n"
@@ -4479,13 +4857,29 @@ msgid ""
"]]"
msgstr ""
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2271
+msgid ""
+"FIXME: isnt that better be explained with lwat first, and then with an "
+"example for the command line?"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2273
+msgid ""
+"If you want to check user groups on Windows, you need to download the tool "
+"<computeroutput>IFMEMBER.EXE </computeroutput> from Microsoft. Then you can "
+"use this for example in the logon script which resides on tjener in "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/samba/netlogon/LOGON.BAT </computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2175
+#: release-manual.xml:2281
msgid "XP home"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2177
+#: release-manual.xml:2283
msgid ""
"Users bringing in their XP home laptop can still connect to Tjener using "
"their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to "
@@ -4494,12 +4888,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2182
+#: release-manual.xml:2288
msgid "Managing roaming profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2184
+#: release-manual.xml:2290
msgid ""
"Roaming profiles contain user work environments, which include the desktop "
"items and settings. Some examples of these environments are personal files, "
@@ -4510,7 +4904,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2186
+#: release-manual.xml:2292
msgid ""
"Since the profile is copied from the server to the machine during logon, and "
"copied back to the server during logout, a large profile can make windows "
@@ -4521,7 +4915,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2188
+#: release-manual.xml:2294
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">The educational approach </emphasis>: One way to "
"deal with to large profiles is to explain the situation for the users. Tell "
@@ -4530,7 +4924,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2191
+#: release-manual.xml:2297
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">Tweaking the profile </emphasis>: A different way "
"to deal with the problem is to remove parts of the profile, and redirect "
@@ -4541,22 +4935,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2196 release-manual.xml:2279
+#: release-manual.xml:2302 release-manual.xml:2399
msgid "Using machine policies"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2198
+#: release-manual.xml:2304
msgid "Machine policies can be edited and copied to all the other computers."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2199
+#: release-manual.xml:2305
msgid "Pick a freshly installed Windows computer, and run gpedit.msc"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2201
+#: release-manual.xml:2307
msgid ""
"Under the selection User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> "
"System -> User Profiles -> Exclude directories in roaming profile, you "
@@ -4567,110 +4961,148 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2202
+#: release-manual.xml:2308
msgid "log"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2203
+#: release-manual.xml:2309
msgid "Locale settings"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2204 release-manual.xml:2207
+#: release-manual.xml:2310 release-manual.xml:2313
msgid "Temporary Internet Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2205
+#: release-manual.xml:2311
msgid "My Documents"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2206
+#: release-manual.xml:2312
msgid "Application Data"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2210
+#: release-manual.xml:2316
msgid "Save your changes, and exit the editor."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2212
+#: release-manual.xml:2318
msgid ""
"Copy <computeroutput>c:\\windows\\system32\\GroupPolicy </computeroutput> to "
"all other windows machines."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2214
+#: release-manual.xml:2320
msgid ""
"It's a good idea to copy it to your windows os deployment system to have it "
"included at install time."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2222 release-manual.xml:2295 release-manual.xml:2320
+#: release-manual.xml:2328 release-manual.xml:2415 release-manual.xml:2440
msgid "Using global policies"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2224
+#: release-manual.xml:2330
+msgid ""
+"By using the legacy windows policy editor (<computeroutput>poledit.exe "
+"</computeroutput>), you can can create a Policy file (NTConfig.pol) file and "
+"put it in your netlogon share on tjener. This has the advantage of working "
+"almost instantly on all windows machines."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2333
+msgid ""
+"Since some time the policy editor standalone download has been removed from "
+"the Microsoft website, but it's still available as part of the ORK Tools."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2335
+msgid ""
+"With poledit.exe you can create .pol files. If you put such a file on tjener "
+"as <computeroutput>/etc/samba/netlogon/NTLOGON.POL </computeroutput> it will "
+"be read by the windows machine automatically and temporarily overwrite the "
+"registry, thus applying the changes."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2338
+msgid ""
+"To make sensible use of poledit.exe you also need to download appriate .adm "
+"files for your operating system and applications, otherwise you cannot "
+"define many settings in poledit.exe."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2340
+msgid ""
+"Be aware that the new group policy tools, {{gpedit.msc}}} and "
+"<computeroutput>gpmc.msc </computeroutput> cannot create .pol files, they "
+"either only work for the local machine or need an active directory server."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2343
msgid ""
-"By using the windows policy editor (poledit.exe), you can can create a "
-"Policy file (NTConfig.pol) file and put it in your netlogon share on "
-"tjener. This would have the advantage of working almost instantly on all "
-"machines. But is unfortunatly not as easy as it sounds. And you can quite "
-"easily lock yourself out of your windows machines. If you have experience "
-"with this please elaborate here..."
+"If you understand german, <ulink "
+"url=\"http://gruppenrichtlinien.de\">http://gruppenrichtlinien.de </ulink> "
+"is a very good website on this topic."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2229
+#: release-manual.xml:2349
msgid "Editing Windows registry"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2231
+#: release-manual.xml:2351
msgid ""
"You can edit the registry of the local computer, and copy this registry key "
"to other computers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2232
+#: release-manual.xml:2352
msgid "Start the Registry Editor."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2234
+#: release-manual.xml:2354
msgid ""
"Navigate to <computeroutput>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\Microsoft\\Windows "
"NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2238
+#: release-manual.xml:2358
msgid ""
"Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value "
"</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2242
+#: release-manual.xml:2362
msgid "Call it <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2245
+#: release-manual.xml:2365
msgid ""
"Enter a semicolon sepatated string of paths to exclude. (same way as machine "
"policy)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2248
+#: release-manual.xml:2368
msgid ""
"Now you can choose to export this registry key as a .reg file, Mark a "
"selection, right click and select export. Save the file and you can double "
@@ -4678,17 +5110,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2250
+#: release-manual.xml:2370
msgid "Sources:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2273
+#: release-manual.xml:2393
msgid "Redirecting parts of profile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2275
+#: release-manual.xml:2395
msgid ""
"Sometimes just removing the directory from the profile is not enough. You "
"may experience that users loose files because they mistakenly save things "
@@ -4698,7 +5130,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2281
+#: release-manual.xml:2401
msgid ""
"Everything under Using machine policies above applies. You edit using "
"gpedit.msc and copy the Policy to all machines The redirection should be "
@@ -4707,7 +5139,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2283
+#: release-manual.xml:2403
msgid ""
"One thing to remember is that if you enable folder redirection, those "
"folders are automatically added to the syncroniced folders list. If you do "
@@ -4715,36 +5147,36 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2285
+#: release-manual.xml:2405
msgid ""
"User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> "
"Offline Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2288
+#: release-manual.xml:2408
msgid ""
"Computer Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> "
"Offline Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2297
+#: release-manual.xml:2417
msgid "FIXME"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2303
+#: release-manual.xml:2423
msgid "Avoiding roaming profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2307
+#: release-manual.xml:2427
msgid "Using a local policy"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2309
+#: release-manual.xml:2429
msgid ""
"Using local policies you can disable roaming profile on individual "
"machines. This is often wanted on special machines, for instance on "
@@ -4752,29 +5184,29 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2311
+#: release-manual.xml:2431
msgid "You can use the machine policy method describe above, the key is in"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2313
+#: release-manual.xml:2433
msgid ""
"Administrative Templates -> system -> User Profiles -> Only allow "
"local profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2322
+#: release-manual.xml:2442
msgid "FIXME: what is the roaming profile key for the global policy editor"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2327
+#: release-manual.xml:2447
msgid "altering samba config"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2329
+#: release-manual.xml:2449
msgid ""
"By editing the samba config you can disable roaming profiles for the entire "
"network. Perhaps everyone have their own dedicated machine? and nobody else "
@@ -4784,7 +5216,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2332
+#: release-manual.xml:2452
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"logon path = \"\"\n"
@@ -4793,12 +5225,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2341
+#: release-manual.xml:2461
msgid "Remote Desktops with RDP, VNC, NX or Citrix"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2343
+#: release-manual.xml:2463
msgid ""
"Some municipalities provide a remote desktop solution so that students and "
"teachers can access Skolelinux from their home computer running Windows, Mac "
@@ -4806,14 +5238,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2345
+#: release-manual.xml:2465
msgid ""
"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. Just install the "
"<computeroutput>rdesktop </computeroutput> package."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2349
+#: release-manual.xml:2469
msgid ""
"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux "
"remotely. Just install the <computeroutput>xvncviewer </computeroutput> "
@@ -4821,7 +5253,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2352
+#: release-manual.xml:2472
msgid ""
"NX graphical client gives students and teachers access to Skolelinux "
"remotely on Windows, Mac or Linux PC. One municipality in Norway has "
@@ -4830,47 +5262,31 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2354
+#: release-manual.xml:2474
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps\">Citrix ICA "
"client HowTo </ulink> to access Windows terminal server from Skolelinux."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2362 release-manual.xml:2470
-msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2364 release-manual.xml:2472
-msgid ""
-"The HowTos from <ulink "
-"url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ "
-"</ulink> are either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the "
-"user-specific HowTos over here (and delete them over there)! (But first ask "
-"the authors (see the history of those pages to find them) if they are fine "
-"with moving the howto and putting it under the GPL.)"
-msgstr ""
-
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2380
+#: release-manual.xml:2500
msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2386
+#: release-manual.xml:2506
msgid "Moodle"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2388
+#: release-manual.xml:2508
msgid ""
"Run <computeroutput>aptitude install moodle </computeroutput> as root to "
"install moodle."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2391
+#: release-manual.xml:2511
msgid ""
"Moodle is a course management system (CMS) - a free, Open Source software "
"package designed using sound pedagogical principles, to help educators "
@@ -4881,31 +5297,31 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2393
+#: release-manual.xml:2513
msgid "FIXME: more examples, etc."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2395
+#: release-manual.xml:2515
msgid ""
"See <ulink url=\"http://moodle.org\">http://moodle.org </ulink> for more "
"information on Moodle."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2401
+#: release-manual.xml:2521
msgid "Monitoring pupils"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2403
+#: release-manual.xml:2523
msgid ""
"Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their "
"students."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2405
+#: release-manual.xml:2525
msgid ""
"Take a look at their wiki: <ulink "
"url=\"http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php?title=Main_Page\">http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php?title=Main_Page "
@@ -4913,12 +5329,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2408
+#: release-manual.xml:2528
msgid "FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2411
+#: release-manual.xml:2531
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install italc-client italc-master\n"
@@ -4926,26 +5342,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2418
+#: release-manual.xml:2538
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning </emphasis>: "
"monitoring humans might be unethical and illegal in your jurisdiction."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2424
+#: release-manual.xml:2544
msgid "Restricting pupils network access"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2426
+#: release-manual.xml:2546
msgid ""
"Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet "
"access. FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2432
+#: release-manual.xml:2552
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning </emphasis>: "
"restricting access to information or freedom of speech might be unethical "
@@ -4953,12 +5369,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2438
+#: release-manual.xml:2558
msgid "Installing swi-prolog on etch"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2440
+#: release-manual.xml:2560
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog </computeroutput> was available in sarge, but was "
"not part of etch. But you can just install the version from sarge on a etch "
@@ -4966,7 +5382,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2447
+#: release-manual.xml:2567
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role=\"strong\">Warning </emphasis>: The "
"software you install has no trust path. Software installed with "
@@ -4975,7 +5391,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2452
+#: release-manual.xml:2572
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# swi-prolog depends on libreadline4, also not in etch\n"
@@ -4990,14 +5406,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2460
+#: release-manual.xml:2580
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog-doc </computeroutput> is part of etch "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2475
+#: release-manual.xml:2595
msgid ""
"<ulink "
"url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep "
@@ -5005,22 +5421,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2484
+#: release-manual.xml:2604
msgid "Contribute"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2490
+#: release-manual.xml:2610
msgid "Let us know you exist"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2493
+#: release-manual.xml:2613
msgid "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2498
+#: release-manual.xml:2618
msgid ""
"There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of "
"contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates "
@@ -5029,7 +5445,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2504
+#: release-manual.xml:2624
msgid ""
"The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the "
"system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about "
@@ -5040,12 +5456,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2510
+#: release-manual.xml:2630
msgid "Contribute locally"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2512
+#: release-manual.xml:2632
msgid ""
"Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, France and in the region "
"of Extremadura in Spain. \"Isolated\" contributors and users exist in "
@@ -5053,7 +5469,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2514
+#: release-manual.xml:2634
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> explains and links to "
"localized ressources, as <emphasis>contribute </emphasis> and "
@@ -5061,12 +5477,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2521
+#: release-manual.xml:2641
msgid "Contribute globally"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2523
+#: release-manual.xml:2643
msgid ""
"Internationally we are organized in <ulink "
"url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Teams/\">different teams </ulink> "
@@ -5074,7 +5490,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2526
+#: release-manual.xml:2646
msgid ""
"The <ulink url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu\">developer mailing list "
"</ulink> is most of the time our main medium for communication, though we "
@@ -5083,7 +5499,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2529
+#: release-manual.xml:2649
msgid ""
"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to "
"subscribe to the <ulink "
@@ -5092,12 +5508,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2535
+#: release-manual.xml:2655
msgid "Documentation writers and translators"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2537
+#: release-manual.xml:2657
msgid ""
"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: "
"If you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you "
@@ -5106,7 +5522,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2539
+#: release-manual.xml:2659
msgid ""
"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple "
"webbrowser. Just go to <ulink "
@@ -5118,7 +5534,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2543
+#: release-manual.xml:2663
msgid ""
"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating "
"software and documentation. Information how to translate this document can "
@@ -5127,22 +5543,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2549
+#: release-manual.xml:2669
msgid "Support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2555
+#: release-manual.xml:2675
msgid "Volunteer based support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2559
+#: release-manual.xml:2679
msgid "in English"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2565
+#: release-manual.xml:2685
msgid ""
"<ulink "
"url=\"https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss\">https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss "
@@ -5150,7 +5566,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2569
+#: release-manual.xml:2689
msgid ""
"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related, do "
"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens "
@@ -5158,12 +5574,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2580
+#: release-manual.xml:2700
msgid "in Norwegian"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2582
+#: release-manual.xml:2702
msgid ""
"<ulink "
"url=\"https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker\">https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker "
@@ -5171,7 +5587,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2586
+#: release-manual.xml:2706
msgid ""
"<ulink "
"url=\"https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/linuxiskolen\">https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/linuxiskolen "
@@ -5180,17 +5596,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2589
+#: release-manual.xml:2709
msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support norwegian users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2595
+#: release-manual.xml:2715
msgid "in German"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2597
+#: release-manual.xml:2717
msgid ""
"<ulink "
"url=\"http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user\">http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user "
@@ -5198,24 +5614,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2601
+#: release-manual.xml:2721
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.skolelinux.de\">http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> "
"- wiki with lots of HowTos etc."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2604
+#: release-manual.xml:2724
msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support german users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2610
+#: release-manual.xml:2730
msgid "in French"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2612
+#: release-manual.xml:2732
msgid ""
"<ulink "
"url=\"http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french\">http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french "
@@ -5223,24 +5639,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2620
+#: release-manual.xml:2740
msgid "in Spanish"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2622
+#: release-manual.xml:2742
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://www.skolelinux.es\">http://www.skolelinux.es </ulink> - "
"spanish portal"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2631
+#: release-manual.xml:2751
msgid "Professional support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2633
+#: release-manual.xml:2753
msgid ""
"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink "
"url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp\">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp "
@@ -5248,12 +5664,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2640
+#: release-manual.xml:2760
msgid "Copyright and authors"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2644
+#: release-manual.xml:2764
msgid ""
"This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007, 2008), "
"Petter Reinholdtsen (2007, 2008), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick Winnertz "
@@ -5264,7 +5680,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2646
+#: release-manual.xml:2766
msgid ""
"If you add content to it, <emphasis role=\"strong\">please only do so if you "
"are the author of it and plan to release it under the same conditions "
@@ -5273,19 +5689,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2652
+#: release-manual.xml:2772
msgid "Translation copyright and authors"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2654
+#: release-manual.xml:2774
msgid ""
"The Spanish translation is copyrighted by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007) "
"and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2656
+#: release-manual.xml:2776
msgid ""
"The Bokmål translation is copyrighted by Petter Reinholdtsen (2007) and "
"Håvard Korsvoll (2007, 2008) and is released under the GPL2 or any later "
@@ -5293,7 +5709,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2658
+#: release-manual.xml:2778
msgid ""
"The German translation is copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007), Patrick "
"Winnertz (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Roland F. Teichert (2007, "
@@ -5302,38 +5718,38 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2660
+#: release-manual.xml:2780
msgid ""
"The Italian translation is copyrighted by Claudio Carboncini (2007, 2008) "
"and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2662
+#: release-manual.xml:2782
msgid ""
"The French translation is copyrighted by Christophe Masson (2008) and is "
"released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2667
+#: release-manual.xml:2787
msgid "Translations of this document"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2669
+#: release-manual.xml:2789
msgid ""
"Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. Incomplete "
"translations for Norwegian Bokmål, Spanish and German exist."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2673
+#: release-manual.xml:2793
msgid "HowTo translate this document"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2675
+#: release-manual.xml:2795
msgid ""
"Translations of this document are kept in .po files like in many free "
"software projects, read "
@@ -5343,7 +5759,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2678
+#: release-manual.xml:2798
msgid ""
"To commit your translations you need to be a member of the alioth project "
"<computeroutput>debian-edu </computeroutput>. To translate, you just need to "
@@ -5354,7 +5770,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2682
+#: release-manual.xml:2802
msgid ""
"You can checkout the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source "
"anonymously with the following command (you need to have the "
@@ -5363,7 +5779,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2686
+#: release-manual.xml:2806
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>svn co "
"svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-edu-doc "
@@ -5371,7 +5787,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2691
+#: release-manual.xml:2811
msgid ""
"Then edit the "
"<computeroutput>documentation/release-manual/release-manual.$CC.po "
@@ -5381,26 +5797,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2695
+#: release-manual.xml:2815
msgid ""
"Then you either commit the file directly to svn (if you have the rights to "
"do so) or send the file to the mailinglist."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2697
+#: release-manual.xml:2817
msgid ""
"To update your local copy of the repository use the following command inside "
"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> directory:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2700
+#: release-manual.xml:2820
msgid "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2705
+#: release-manual.xml:2825
msgid ""
"Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations to "
"find information how to create a new .po file for your language if there is "
@@ -5411,28 +5827,28 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2709
+#: release-manual.xml:2829
msgid "Please report any problems."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2715
+#: release-manual.xml:2835
msgid "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2718
+#: release-manual.xml:2838
#, no-wrap
msgid "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2722
+#: release-manual.xml:2842
msgid "Release manual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2724
+#: release-manual.xml:2844
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink "
"url=\"mailto:holger at layer-acht.org\">holger at layer-acht.org </ulink> > and "
@@ -5441,7 +5857,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2727
+#: release-manual.xml:2847
msgid ""
"This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
"under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
@@ -5450,7 +5866,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2729
+#: release-manual.xml:2849
msgid ""
"This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
"ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
@@ -5459,7 +5875,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2731
+#: release-manual.xml:2851
msgid ""
"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
"this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
@@ -5467,17 +5883,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2736
+#: release-manual.xml:2856
msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2738
+#: release-manual.xml:2858
msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2740
+#: release-manual.xml:2860
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
"Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
@@ -5486,12 +5902,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2745
+#: release-manual.xml:2865
msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2747
+#: release-manual.xml:2867
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">0. </emphasis> This License applies to any "
"program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder "
@@ -5505,7 +5921,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2750
+#: release-manual.xml:2870
msgid ""
"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
"by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program "
@@ -5516,7 +5932,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2752
+#: release-manual.xml:2872
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute "
"verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any "
@@ -5528,14 +5944,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2755
+#: release-manual.xml:2875
msgid ""
"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2757
+#: release-manual.xml:2877
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">2. </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
"of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
@@ -5544,7 +5960,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2760
+#: release-manual.xml:2880
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files "
"to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date "
@@ -5552,7 +5968,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2763
+#: release-manual.xml:2883
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">b) </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
"distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
@@ -5561,7 +5977,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2766
+#: release-manual.xml:2886
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">c) </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
"reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
@@ -5576,7 +5992,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2771
+#: release-manual.xml:2891
msgid ""
"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable "
"sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
@@ -5590,7 +6006,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2773
+#: release-manual.xml:2893
msgid ""
"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
"rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
@@ -5599,7 +6015,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2775
+#: release-manual.xml:2895
msgid ""
"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
"the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
@@ -5608,7 +6024,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2777
+#: release-manual.xml:2897
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">3. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
"Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
@@ -5617,7 +6033,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2780
+#: release-manual.xml:2900
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">a) </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
"corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
@@ -5626,7 +6042,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2783
+#: release-manual.xml:2903
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">b) </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
"valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
@@ -5637,7 +6053,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2786
+#: release-manual.xml:2906
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">c) </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
"you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This "
@@ -5647,7 +6063,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2791
+#: release-manual.xml:2911
msgid ""
"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
"modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all "
@@ -5661,7 +6077,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2793
+#: release-manual.xml:2913
msgid ""
"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
"copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
@@ -5671,7 +6087,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2795
+#: release-manual.xml:2915
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">4. </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
"sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
@@ -5683,7 +6099,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2798
+#: release-manual.xml:2918
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept "
"this License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants "
@@ -5696,7 +6112,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2801
+#: release-manual.xml:2921
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">6. </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
"Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
@@ -5708,7 +6124,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2804
+#: release-manual.xml:2924
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">7. </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
"judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
@@ -5725,7 +6141,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2807
+#: release-manual.xml:2927
msgid ""
"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
"particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
@@ -5733,7 +6149,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2809
+#: release-manual.xml:2929
msgid ""
"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
"or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
@@ -5747,14 +6163,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2811
+#: release-manual.xml:2931
msgid ""
"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
"consequence of the rest of this License."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2813
+#: release-manual.xml:2933
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">8. </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
"the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
@@ -5766,7 +6182,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2816
+#: release-manual.xml:2936
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">9. </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
"publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
@@ -5775,7 +6191,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2819
+#: release-manual.xml:2939
msgid ""
"Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program "
"specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
@@ -5787,7 +6203,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2821
+#: release-manual.xml:2941
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts "
"of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
@@ -5800,12 +6216,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2824
+#: release-manual.xml:2944
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2827
+#: release-manual.xml:2947
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">11. </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
"FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
@@ -5819,7 +6235,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2830
+#: release-manual.xml:2950
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">12. </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
"APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
@@ -5833,42 +6249,42 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2836
+#: release-manual.xml:2956
msgid "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2842
+#: release-manual.xml:2962
msgid "Appendix B - about Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2848
+#: release-manual.xml:2968
msgid "Features of the Standalone image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2849
+#: release-manual.xml:2969
msgid "Almost all packages from the Standalone profile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2850
+#: release-manual.xml:2970
msgid "All packages from the laptop task"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2851
+#: release-manual.xml:2971
msgid "The KDE desktop profile for students/pupils."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2857
+#: release-manual.xml:2977
msgid "Activating translations and regional support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2859
+#: release-manual.xml:2979
msgid ""
"To activate a specific translation, boot using "
"<computeroutput>locale=ll_CC.UTF-8 </computeroutput> as a boot option, where "
@@ -5881,122 +6297,122 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2864
+#: release-manual.xml:2984
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Language (Region) </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2868
+#: release-manual.xml:2988
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Locale value </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2872
+#: release-manual.xml:2992
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Keyboard layout </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2877
+#: release-manual.xml:2997
msgid "Norwegian Bokmål"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2880
+#: release-manual.xml:3000
msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2883 release-manual.xml:2893
+#: release-manual.xml:3003 release-manual.xml:3013
msgid "no"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2887
+#: release-manual.xml:3007
msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2890
+#: release-manual.xml:3010
msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2897
+#: release-manual.xml:3017
msgid "German"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2900
+#: release-manual.xml:3020
msgid "de_DE.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2903
+#: release-manual.xml:3023
msgid "de"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2907
+#: release-manual.xml:3027
msgid "French (France)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2910
+#: release-manual.xml:3030
msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2913
+#: release-manual.xml:3033
msgid "fr"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2917
+#: release-manual.xml:3037
msgid "Greek (Greece)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2920
+#: release-manual.xml:3040
msgid "el_GR.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2923
+#: release-manual.xml:3043
msgid "el"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2927
+#: release-manual.xml:3047
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2930
+#: release-manual.xml:3050
msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2933
+#: release-manual.xml:3053
msgid "jp"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2937
+#: release-manual.xml:3057
msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2940
+#: release-manual.xml:3060
msgid "se_NO"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2943
+#: release-manual.xml:3063
msgid "no(smi)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2950
+#: release-manual.xml:3070
msgid ""
"A complete list of locale codes is available in "
"<computeroutput>/usr/share/i18n/SUPPORTED </computeroutput>, but only the "
@@ -6006,32 +6422,32 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2956
+#: release-manual.xml:3076
msgid "Stuff to know"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2957
+#: release-manual.xml:3077
msgid "the password for the user is \"user\", root has no passwd set."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2963
+#: release-manual.xml:3083
msgid "Known issues with the image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2964
+#: release-manual.xml:3084
msgid "none known yet."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2970
+#: release-manual.xml:3090
msgid "Download"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2972
+#: release-manual.xml:3092
msgid ""
"The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink "
"url=\"ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/cd-etch-live/\">FTP </ulink>, <ulink "
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.xml b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.xml
index 23dc09f..bb37afd 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.xml
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.xml
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
</emphasis>) release manual for the Debian Edu Etch 3.0 release.
</para>
<para>This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc
-</computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-07-15</computeroutput>.
+</computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-11-08</computeroutput>.
</para>
<para>The version at <ulink url="http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch
</ulink> is a wiki and updated frequently.
@@ -848,7 +848,7 @@ password: somethingsecret
</section>
<section>
-<title>Search and delete Users
+<title>Search and delete users
</title>
<para>To modify or delete a user you need to first find her using the search menu entry. You will find a form (searcharea in the screenshot) where you can enter either the realname or the username of the user. The results will show up below the form (marked as resultarea in the image). On the left of every result line there is a checkbox you can use to delete or disable on or more user with the two buttons below. If you want to modify a user, just click on it, all result lines are links to the modify page.
</para>
@@ -867,6 +867,23 @@ password: somethingsecret
</inlinemediaobject>
</para><para/>
</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Advanced user management
+</title>
+<para>It possible to mass-create users with <computeroutput>lwat
+</computeroutput> by using a .csv file, which can be created with any good spreadsheet software (for example <computeroutput>oocalc
+</computeroutput>).
+</para>
+<para>The import script expects a file formated with all data for one user on one row, with each field separated with a semicolon. The minimum information needed is the full name of the user. If fullname is not given, the script expects to have both Firstname and lastname. The maximum information it expects is "User template; Fullname; Username; Password; Additional group membership".
+</para>
+<para>If a password column is missing, an easy to remember, pronounceble password will be created.
+</para>
+<para>If users are put into groups, these groups have to exist, so you need to create them manually (with lwat, see below) before importing the users.
+</para>
+<para>It's a good idea to do some tests first, best with a .csv file with a few fictional users, which can be deleted later.
+</para><para/>
+</section>
</section>
<section>
@@ -876,6 +893,30 @@ password: somethingsecret
</para>
<para>The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so you can use them for file permissions too.
</para><para/>
+
+<section>
+<title>Advanced group management
+</title>
+<para>Using lwat it's easy to put users in a specifig group (for example named after the year they enter or finish school) and to create all their home directories in a dedicated directory.
+</para>
+<para>To achieve that, add a stanza like the following to the file <computeroutput>/etc/lwat/admin.ini
+</computeroutput>:
+</para>
+<para>
+</para><screen><![CDATA[[2009]
+ou = "ou=People,%base%"
+objectClass = top posixAccount shadowAccount imapUser sambaSamAccount
+homeDirectory = /skole/tjener/home0/2009/%username%
+groups = none students 2009
+loginShell = /bin/bash
+mailMessageStore = /var/lib/maildirs/%username%
+]]>
+</screen>
+<para>To make this work the 2009 group has to be created before adding these users.
+</para>
+<para>The above stanza simply adds then on top off home0, if you want them somewhere else, using another automount, then you use lwat to add that automount, and change the homeDirectory string in admini.ini corespondingly.
+</para><para/>
+</section>
</section>
<section>
@@ -1120,6 +1161,19 @@ password: somethingsecret
</inlinemediaobject> Be aware that this backup doesn't protect you from failing harddrives.
</para>
<para>If you want to backup your data to an external server, a tape device or another harddrive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit.
+</para>
+<para>If you want to restore a complete folder, your best option is to use the command-line:
+</para><para/><screen><![CDATA[sudo rdiff-backup -r <date> \
+ /skole/backup/tjener/skole/tjener/home0/user \
+ /skole/tjener/home0/user_<date>
+]]>
+</screen>
+<para>this will leave the content from <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user
+</computeroutput> from <computeroutput><date>
+</computeroutput> in the folder <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date>
+</computeroutput>
+</para>
+<para>If you want to restore a single file, then you should be able to select the file (and the version) from the web-interface, and download only that file.
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>FIXME: I have to have a look on the webpage of slbackup-php to describe this further
</listitem>
</itemizedlist><para/>
@@ -1484,10 +1538,16 @@ E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1)]]>
</para><screen><![CDATA[debian-edu-etc-svk log | less
]]>
</screen>
-<para>To see the changes done to a specific file, specify the file:
+<para>Here check revision numbers by date and time, Then to see all changes done since revision N say:
</para>
<para>
-</para><screen><![CDATA[debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r6 /etc/resolv.conf | less
+</para><screen><![CDATA[debian-edu-etc-svk diff -rN | less
+]]>
+</screen>
+<para>To see the changes done to a specific file between specific revisions, specify the file and both revisions:
+</para>
+<para>
+</para><screen><![CDATA[debian-edu-etc-svk diff -r46 -r64 /etc/resolv.conf | less
]]>
</screen>
<para>To revert a change, use the diff command to look at the change, and edit the file to undo the change, or use a command like this to do it automatically:
@@ -1614,7 +1674,7 @@ resize2fs /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0]]>
aptitude install debian-keyring
# fetch the backports.org key insecurily:
gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 16BA136C
-# check securily if the key is correct and add it to root's keyring if it is:
+# check securily if the key is correct and add it the keyring used by apt if it is:
gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs 16BA136C && gpg --export 16BA136C | apt-key add -
# add backports.org repo to /etc/apt/sources.list
echo "deb http://www.backports.org/debian etch-backports main contrib non-free" >> /etc/apt/sources.list
@@ -1668,32 +1728,51 @@ RUSER=backdoor
</title>
<para>With this script the administrator can create a folder in each users home directory and set access permissions and Ownership.
</para>
-<para>In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=770 a user can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder "assignments" where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments.
+<para>In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=2770 a user can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder "assignments" where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments.
</para>
<para>
</para><screen><![CDATA[#!/bin/bash
-
home_path="/skole/tjener/home0";
shared_folder="assignments";
- permissions="770";
+ permissions="2770";
created_dir=0;
-
-for home in $(ls $home_path);do
-
- . if [ ! -d "$home_path/$home/$shared_folder" ]; then
- . mkdir $home_path/$home/$shared_folder
- chmod $permissions $home_path/$home/$shared_folder
- . #set the right owner and group
- #"username" = "group name" = "folder name"
- user=$home
- group=teachers
- chown $user:$group $home_path/$home/$shared_folder
- ((created_dir+=1))
+ for home in $(ls $home_path);do
+ . if [ ! -d "$home_path/$home/$shared_folder" ]; then
+ . mkdir $home_path/$home/$shared_folder
+ chmod $permissions $home_path/$home/$shared_folder
+. #set the right owner and group
+ #"username" = "group name" = "folder name"
+ user=$home
+ group=teachers
+ chown $user:$group $home_path/$home/$shared_folder
+ ((created_dir+=1))
else
. echo -e "the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already exists.\n"
. fi
done
+echo "$created_dir folders has been created"
+]]>
+</screen><para/>
+</section>
+<section>
+<title>Easy acces to USB and CDROM
+</title>
+<para>When users insert a usb or cdrom into a <ulink url="/ThinClient">ThinClient
+</ulink> there is no popup window like they are used to from their usual Desktop. Instead they have to browse to the /media/$user folder. This is too difficult for non experienced users.
+</para>
+<para>With the following script the symlink "Media" is created for all users in the home folder for easy access to USB-keys, CDROM or whatever media is connected to the thin client.
+</para>
+<para>
+</para><screen><![CDATA[#!/bin/bash
+home_path="/skole/tjener/home0"; shared_folder="Media"; permissions="775"; created_dir=0;
+for home in $(ls $home_path); do
+ if [ ! -d "$home_path/$home/$shared_folder" ]; then
+ ln -s /media/$home $home_path/$home/$shared_folder ((created_dir+=1))
+ else
+ echo -e "the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already exists.\n"
+ fi
+done
echo "$created_dir folders has been created"
]]>
</screen><para/>
@@ -1899,7 +1978,7 @@ Pin-priority: 999
aptitude install debian-keyring
# fetch the debian-multimedia key insecurily:
gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 1F41B907
-# check securily if the key is correct and add it to root's keyring if it is:
+# check securily if the key is correct and add it to the keyring used by apt if it is:
gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs 1F41B907 && gpg --export 1F41B907 | apt-key add -
# add repository to sources.list - please check the homepages for mirrors!
echo "deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main" >> /etc/apt/sources.list
@@ -2058,6 +2137,27 @@ echo $SHUFFLED_LIST
<para>should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf file.
</para><para/>
</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Upgrading the LTSP environment
+</title>
+<para>It is useful to upgrade the LTSP environment with new packages fairly often, to make sure security fixes and improvements are made available. To upgrade, run these commands as user root on each LTSP server:
+</para>
+<para>
+</para><screen><![CDATA[chroot /opt/ltsp/i386
+aptitude update
+aptitude upgrade
+aptitude dist-upgrade
+exit
+]]>
+</screen>
+<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width="15" fileref="./images/alert.png" depth="15"/>
+</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\
+</phrase>
+</textobject>
+</inlinemediaobject> Note that this is a slightly risky operation, if one of the upgraded packages break. To reduce the risk, it is a good idea to copy the content of /opt/ltsp/i386 to be able to revert to the original environment if the new one fail to work.
+</para><para/>
+</section>
</section>
<section>
@@ -2117,7 +2217,7 @@ echo $SHUFFLED_LIST
</para><screen><![CDATA[ sudo invoke-rc.d kdm restart
]]>
</screen>
-<para>(in courtasy of Finn-Arne Johansen)
+<para>(in courtesy of Finn-Arne Johansen)
</para><para/>
</section>
@@ -2167,7 +2267,13 @@ echo $SHUFFLED_LIST
type=domain ntgroup="students" \
comment="All students in the school"
]]>
-</screen><para/>
+</screen>
+<para>FIXME: isnt that better be explained with lwat first, and then with an example for the command line?
+</para>
+<para>If you want to check user groups on Windows, you need to download the tool <computeroutput>IFMEMBER.EXE
+</computeroutput> from Microsoft. Then you can use this for example in the logon script which resides on tjener in <computeroutput>/etc/samba/netlogon/LOGON.BAT
+</computeroutput>.
+</para><para/>
</section>
</section>
@@ -2221,7 +2327,21 @@ echo $SHUFFLED_LIST
<section>
<title>Using global policies
</title>
-<para>By using the windows policy editor (poledit.exe), you can can create a Policy file (NTConfig.pol) file and put it in your netlogon share on tjener. This would have the advantage of working almost instantly on all machines. But is unfortunatly not as easy as it sounds. And you can quite easily lock yourself out of your windows machines. If you have experience with this please elaborate here...
+<para>By using the legacy windows policy editor (<computeroutput>poledit.exe
+</computeroutput>), you can can create a Policy file (NTConfig.pol) file and put it in your netlogon share on tjener. This has the advantage of working almost instantly on all windows machines.
+</para>
+<para>Since some time the policy editor standalone download has been removed from the Microsoft website, but it's still available as part of the ORK Tools.
+</para>
+<para>With poledit.exe you can create .pol files. If you put such a file on tjener as <computeroutput>/etc/samba/netlogon/NTLOGON.POL
+</computeroutput> it will be read by the windows machine automatically and temporarily overwrite the registry, thus applying the changes.
+</para>
+<para>To make sensible use of poledit.exe you also need to download appriate .adm files for your operating system and applications, otherwise you cannot define many settings in poledit.exe.
+</para>
+<para>Be aware that the new group policy tools, {{gpedit.msc}}} and <computeroutput>gpmc.msc
+</computeroutput> cannot create .pol files, they either only work for the local machine or need an active directory server.
+</para>
+<para>If you understand german, <ulink url="http://gruppenrichtlinien.de">http://gruppenrichtlinien.de
+</ulink> is a very good website on this topic.
</para><para/>
</section>
diff --git a/documentation/rosegarden/rosegarden-manual.nb.po b/documentation/rosegarden/rosegarden-manual.nb.po
index 2d7b5e7..038f396 100644
--- a/documentation/rosegarden/rosegarden-manual.nb.po
+++ b/documentation/rosegarden/rosegarden-manual.nb.po
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: rosegarden-manual\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-07-15 12:31+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-11-08 17:25+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-07-14 10:20+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Alf Tonny Bätz <alfton at gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: norsk <nb at li.org>\n"
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Rosegarden manual"
msgstr "hvordan få midi og audio dele til og fungere"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:5 rosegarden-manual.xml:2055
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:5 rosegarden-manual.xml:2078
msgid "Rosegarden manual"
msgstr "Rosegarden manualen"
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgstr ""
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
-"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-07-15</computeroutput>."
+"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-11-08</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
"Dette dokumentet er lagt til <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
"computeroutput> på pakke <computeroutput>2008-07-12</computeroutput>."
@@ -173,31 +173,22 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
#: rosegarden-manual.xml:63
msgid ""
-"options number 1: here is there some configure to do before you can record "
-"trought this device, when you have plug in the usb port, the device is added "
-"as one sound-card, so you have to chose that you want to use UA-25 as your "
-"record device, and if you have a sound-card build inn, you presumably want "
-"to use that as a playback device. to fix this can you use jackd, that you "
-"find under -> Multimedia --> jack control. if you not find jackd on "
-"you menu you have to install the package \"Qjackctl\""
-msgstr ""
-"metode number 1: Her må det en del konfigurering før at du skal kunne ta opp "
-"igjennom denne devicen, når du har plugget den inn i usb, er devicen blitt "
-"lagt til som et lydkort, så du må velge at du vil bruke UA-25 som opptaks "
-"enhet, og hvis du har et lydkort fra før, ønsker du og bruke det "
-"eksisterende lydkortet som avspilling. Før og ordne dette, bruker du jackd, "
-"som du finner under -> Multimedia --> jack kontroll."
+"This device have some features that you should keep in mind, on the setting "
+"48,44 Khz you can use playback and record at the same time on the device, "
+"but if you set the device to 96Khz, the device only work as a playback, or a "
+"record device. So if you want to hear what you play wile you record on the "
+"96 Khz setting, you have to configure jack to use the integrated sound card "
+"as playback device, and UA25 as a record device, but this can give you "
+"problem with Xrun."
+msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
#: rosegarden-manual.xml:65
msgid ""
-"options number 2: you can just use UA-25 as a record and playback device "
-"(less problem to) But on the 96Khz, you can only play or record, and it's "
-"here the options number 1 comes in."
+"To set up this device you can use jackd, that you find under -> "
+"Multimedia --> jack control. if you not find jackd on your menu just "
+"install \"aptitude install qjackctl\""
msgstr ""
-"metode number 2: ta kun i bruk UA-25 på record og playback (mindre "
-"problemer) men hvis du ønsker og ta opp med 96kHz, kan du enten ha den på "
-"record, eller playback, det er her du kan ta i bruk metode nummer 1"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
#: rosegarden-manual.xml:68
@@ -207,28 +198,31 @@ msgstr "<phrase>attachment:jackdsetup.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
#: rosegarden-manual.xml:73
msgid ""
-"if you want to hear what you play wile you record you simply plug some of "
-"the line out on the ua-25 to line in on your integrated sound-card. example, "
-"you take record of your midi recorded segments, you have to remember to shut "
-"down the metronome click, you don't want that on your recorded wav file."
+"Lets take and example, the first ting you want to record, is the midi "
+"segments,(plug inn right and left audio cannel from your synth to UA25) then "
+"you have to remember to shut down the metronome click, you don't want that "
+"on your recorded wav file. And after you have done this, you can then mute "
+"all midi segment, and only listen to the wav file you made, then you simply "
+"unplug the synth, and plug inn your guitar, mic, and easly record guitars, "
+"Vocal, and so on to your masterpiece."
msgstr ""
-"Så nu før at du skal få opptaket som taes av UM-25, må du koble UM-25 til "
-"lyd inngangen på det intrigrert lydkortet. da bruker du phono utgangen "
-"framme, eller en av ugangene bake på UM-25 enheten. Så nu er det klart til "
-"og begynne opptak. Her anbefaler jeg at du først tar et opptak av midi låten "
-"(kobble synthen til UM-25) husk og slå av metronom klikken."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
#: rosegarden-manual.xml:75
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"if you getting alsa_pcm: xrun problem, take a look at the messages in the "
-"start how the device been start up. If your integrated card don't handle 24 "
-"bit, you will get into some problem, and you have to turn on the advance "
-"mode OFF the UA-25 device, so it goes down to 16Bit with the integrated "
-"sound-card. If ALSA gives you problem still, try to run the OSS instead. If "
-"your integrated sound-card don't support 48.000, you have to turn UA-25 down "
-"to 44.100. Remeber that you have to unplug usb, and do the change on "
-"device, and then plug in the usb again before the changes take effect."
+"start how the device been start up. There are many reason that this not "
+"wanna work as it shoult. If your integrated card don't handle 24 bit, you "
+"will get into some problem, and you have to turn on the advance mode OFF the "
+"UA-25 device, so it goes down to 16Bit with the integrated sound-card (but "
+"then the midi wont work on UA25). If ALSA still gives you problem, try to "
+"run the OSS instead. If your integrated sound-card don't support 48.000, "
+"you have to turn UA-25 down to 44.100. Remeber that you have to unplug usb, "
+"and do the change on device, and then plug in the usb again before the "
+"changes take effect. This is some thing you could try to get alsa running "
+"smooth. Try activate the RT in Jackd, and if you can't activate the RT (real "
+"time) in jack you have to add this followings line in"
msgstr ""
"Problemer du kan møte på: Hvis du får mye alsa_pcm: xrun of at least x.xxx "
"msecs, må du ta en titt på messages fra start, der kan være intrigrerte "
@@ -241,17 +235,15 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
#: rosegarden-manual.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"if you not can activate the RT (real time) in jack you have to add this "
-"followings line in"
-msgstr ""
-"hvis du ikke får aktivert RT(real time) på jack må du legge til følgende i "
-"filen"
+msgid "/etc/security/limits.conf file"
+msgstr "/etc/security/limits.conf filen"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
#: rosegarden-manual.xml:79
-msgid "/etc/security/limits.conf file"
-msgstr "/etc/security/limits.conf filen"
+msgid ""
+"I have experienced that some devices don't like the RT options activatet and "
+"runs better with RT off in jack."
+msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
#: rosegarden-manual.xml:82
@@ -470,111 +462,135 @@ msgstr "Fungere uten problemer"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
#: rosegarden-manual.xml:213
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Roland edirol UA-25EX"
+msgstr "Roland edirol UA-25"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"Does nok work with Advance modus on, switch it to off. Mark! The MIDI part "
+"will not work, only audio with advance off. So go for UM-1 to cominucate "
+"with your MIDI device instead for example"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:220
+msgid "Yamaha MM6 Synth"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:223
+msgid "The MIDI usb, work without any problem on linux systems"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:227
msgid "Roland edirol um-1"
msgstr "Roland edirol um-1"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:216
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:230
msgid "Same as Ediro UA-25"
msgstr "samme som ediro UA-25"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:220
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:234
msgid "Roland edirol Um-3ex"
msgstr "Roland edirol Um-3ex"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:223
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:237
msgid "Usb To Midi"
msgstr "Usb til midi"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:227
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:241
msgid "Roland edirol Studio Canvas, SD-20"
msgstr "Roland edirol Studio Canvas, SD-20"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:230
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:244
msgid "Gm/xg lite Midi soundmodule"
msgstr "Gm/Xg lite Midi Lydmodule"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:234
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:248
msgid "M-Audio Midisport 4"
msgstr "M-Audio Midisport 4"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:237
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:251
msgid "Midi-USB 2x IN 4x OUT"
msgstr "Midi-USB 2x IN 4x OUT"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:241
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:255
msgid "M-Audio Keystations 49e"
msgstr "M-Audio Keystations 49e"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:244
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:258
msgid "usb-midi keyboard"
msgstr "usb-midi keyboard"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:248
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:262
msgid "M-Audio Axiom 25"
msgstr "M-Audio Axiom 25"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:251 rosegarden-manual.xml:279
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:265 rosegarden-manual.xml:293
msgid "Usb Midi Keyboard"
msgstr "Usb Midi Keyboard"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:255
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:269
msgid "M-Audio Trigger Finger"
msgstr "M-Audio Trigger Finger"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:258
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:272
msgid "Usb Drum pathern"
msgstr "Usb Drum pathern"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:262
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:276
msgid "Samson Gtrack (GM1U)"
msgstr "Samson Gtrack (GM1U)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:265
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:279
msgid "Usb Mic"
msgstr "Usb Mic"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:269
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:283
msgid "Zoom, ZFX, plug-in"
msgstr "Zoom, ZFX, plug-in"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:272
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:286
msgid "Audio Record, no Midi"
msgstr "Audio Record, no Midi"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:276
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:290
msgid "Edirol Midi Keyboard Controller PCR-300, 500, 800"
msgstr "Edirol Midi Keyboard Controller PCR-300, 500, 800"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:283
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:297
msgid "Roland FP-5 (digital piano)"
msgstr "Roland FP-5 (digital piano)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:286
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:300
msgid "Usb Works, and the piano also have midi inn/out"
msgstr "Usb Works, and the piano also have midi inn/out"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:293
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:307
msgid ""
"Thanks to Mario Music for allowed me to be in there store testing this "
"equipment."
@@ -583,32 +599,32 @@ msgstr ""
"demmes. "
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:295
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:309
msgid "Fixme: add devices you have experienced to work with out any problem"
msgstr "Fixme: Legg til enheter som du har funne ut fungere uten problemer "
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:297
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:311
msgid "Devices that have been found not working for now"
msgstr "Enheter som har blit testet, og ikke ville fungere "
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:299
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:313
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\"> Devices </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\"> Devices </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:303
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:317
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\"> Problem </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\"> Problem </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:308
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:322
msgid "Echo Audiofire 2, 4, 8, and 12"
msgstr "Echo Audiofire 2, 4, 8, and 12"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:311
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:325
msgid ""
"firevare card, they where detected but they where not cooprative, jackd "
"where not abel to start them"
@@ -617,52 +633,52 @@ msgstr ""
"kunne ikke starte opp kortene"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:315
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:329
msgid "Tone Port Ux2 (line6)"
msgstr "Tone Port Ux2 (line6)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:318
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:332
msgid "Did not work"
msgstr "fungerte ikke"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:322
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:336
msgid "Audio Kontrol 1"
msgstr "Audio Kontrol 1"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:325
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:339
msgid "Jackd find out about the card, but the card will not work as is should"
msgstr "Jackd fant ut av kortet, men kortet fungerte ikke som forventet"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:329
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:343
msgid "Roland UA-4FX"
msgstr "Roland UA-4FX"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:332
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:346
msgid "Jackd finding this also, but are makeing trouble"
msgstr "Jackd finner enheten men lager problemer"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:336
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:350
msgid "Mbox2"
msgstr "Mbox2"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:339
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:353
msgid "jcakd find it, and it runs, but producing allot of Xrun"
msgstr "Jackd finner enheten, men produsere en del Xrun"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:343
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:357
msgid "yamaha KX"
msgstr "yamaha KX"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:346
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:360
msgid ""
"usb midi keyboard do not work trought usb, but there are midi in and out on "
"this"
@@ -671,7 +687,7 @@ msgstr ""
"og inn."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:353
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:367
msgid ""
"If everything works, it's time to take a look at the rosegarden "
"dokumentations here: <ulink url=\"http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
@@ -684,12 +700,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Documentation/Manuals/Rosegarden </ulink> "
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:362
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:376
msgid "Rosegarden Audio/Midi Sequencer introductions"
msgstr "Rosegarden Audio/Midi Sequencer instroduksjon "
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:364
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:378
msgid ""
"url:<ulink url=\"http://rosegardenmusic.com/\">http://rosegardenmusic.com/ </"
"ulink>"
@@ -698,7 +714,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:367
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:381
msgid ""
"Rosegarden Audio/Midi Sequencer. Music creations without limit. Midi "
"(Musical Instrument Digital Interface), Is a perfect way to build up music "
@@ -717,12 +733,12 @@ msgstr ""
"under:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:370
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:384
msgid "<phrase>attachment:instrumentpara.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:instrumentpara.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:375
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:389
msgid ""
"That is okay to use, IF you held your project to Rosegarden, My experience "
"with this is when you try to export your midi to other aplications, "
@@ -733,7 +749,7 @@ msgstr ""
"eksportere prosjektet ditt til en midi fil."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:377
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:391
msgid ""
"This can sound difficult and time consumed, but if you are bit structured, "
"and made the setup file at hand, you have everything ready for your next "
@@ -753,32 +769,32 @@ msgstr ""
"standard oppsett fil er:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:379
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:393
msgid "Track 1 = piano"
msgstr "Spor 1 = piano"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:381
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:395
msgid "Track 2 = Bass"
msgstr "Spor 2 = Bass"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:383
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:397
msgid "Track 3 = Guitar (muted, clean and so on)"
msgstr "Spor 3 = Gitar (mutet, clean osv)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:385
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:399
msgid "Track 4 = Melody"
msgstr "Spor 4 = Melodi stemmen"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:387
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:401
msgid "Track 5 = second voice"
msgstr "Spor 5 = Andre stemmen"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:389
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:403
msgid ""
"Track 6-9 = here you can set up, strings, clarinet, obo, sax, and so on."
msgstr ""
@@ -786,19 +802,19 @@ msgstr ""
"blåsere, osv."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:391
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:405
msgid "Track 10 = Drum, this is always drums, this is standard in GM setup."
msgstr ""
"Spor 10 = Tromme, dette er bestandig tromme, dette er standard i GM "
"oppsettet."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:393
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:407
msgid "Track 11-16 = same as 6-9."
msgstr "Spor 11-16 = samme som 6-9."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:395
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:409
msgid ""
"If you follows this setup on your every midi sound, there will not be any "
"problem to made new melody."
@@ -807,1368 +823,1311 @@ msgstr ""
"problem og lage nye låter."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:399
-msgid "Placing your audio file for your new project"
-msgstr "Plassering av audio filer for you new prosjekt "
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:401
-msgid ""
-"It is very important to be strict when it's comes to where you placing your "
-"recording live instruments, and vocals, because without that, you will after "
-"a wile get problem to find what files you are working with, it's not "
-"impossible but without any structure on it, you will use allot of time find "
-"it. So lets say you have made you self a new midi melody \"shallala\", and "
-"you want to record your vocal on it, then you just remember to make a "
-"director that has the same name as your melody, and place your recorded "
-"audio in there."
-msgstr ""
-"Det er viktig og være litt nøye med og fortelle rosegarden hvor du ønsker og "
-"plassere audio traks til dine forskjellige melodier, la oss si du har laget "
-"en melodi der du har lagt inn gitarer og sangstemme, da vil du gjerne ha "
-"kontroll over hvilken filer som tilhøre den melodien. Dette er ganske enkelt "
-"og få til med rosegarden. For eksempel, du lager en melodi som heter "
-"shallala,og du skal legge til stemme, gitar til denne melodien, da lager du "
-"også en mappe som heter shallala, og plassere alt som blir gjort i den "
-"mappa, da har du full kontroll, når du begynner og få en del prosjekter. "
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:404
-msgid "<phrase>attachment:audioplace.png </phrase>"
-msgstr "<phrase>attachment:audioplace.png </phrase>"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:409
-msgid ""
-"Choose --> \"composition\" ---> and then \"edit document properties\""
-msgstr ""
-"velg --> \"composition\" ---> og deretter \"edit document properties\""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:414
-msgid "How to sign your melody"
-msgstr "hvordan signere dine melodier "
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:416
-msgid ""
-"You want to tell everybody the you have made this tune, so belove you se how "
-"you can add what the song name is, who has composed it"
-msgstr ""
-"Man ønsker jo og fortelle i noteutskriftene hva sangen hete, og hvem "
-"komponisten er, dette kan gjøres på følgende vis"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:419
-msgid "<phrase>attachment:signaudio.png </phrase>"
-msgstr "<phrase>attachment:signaudio.png </phrase>"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:427
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:413
msgid "Instrumental index."
msgstr "Instrument index"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:429 rosegarden-manual.xml:437
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:445 rosegarden-manual.xml:453
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1295 rosegarden-manual.xml:1482
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:415 rosegarden-manual.xml:423
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:431 rosegarden-manual.xml:439
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1281 rosegarden-manual.xml:1468
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\"> No. </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\"> Nr. </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:433 rosegarden-manual.xml:449
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:457
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:419 rosegarden-manual.xml:435
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:443
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\"> Instruments </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\"> Instrumenter </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:441
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:427
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Instruments </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Instrumenter </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:462 rosegarden-manual.xml:1309
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:448 rosegarden-manual.xml:1295
msgid "1"
msgstr "1"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:465
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:451
msgid "Ac. Grand Piano"
msgstr "Ac. Grand Piano"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:468
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:454
msgid "34"
msgstr "34"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:471
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:457
msgid "El.Bass finger"
msgstr "El.Bass finger"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:474
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:460
msgid "67"
msgstr "67"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:477
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:463
msgid "Tenor Sax"
msgstr "Tenor Sax"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:480
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:466
msgid "100"
msgstr "100"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:483
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:469
msgid "FX 4 (atmosphere)"
msgstr "FX 4 (atmosphere)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:487 rosegarden-manual.xml:1319
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:473 rosegarden-manual.xml:1305
msgid "2"
msgstr "2"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:490
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:476
msgid "Bright Ac. Piano"
msgstr "Bright Ac. Piano"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:493
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:479
msgid "35"
msgstr "35"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:496
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:482
msgid "El.Bass pick"
msgstr "El.Bass pick"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:499
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:485
msgid "68"
msgstr "68"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:502
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:488
msgid "Baritone Sax"
msgstr "Baritone Sax"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:505
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:491
msgid "101"
msgstr "101"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:508
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:494
msgid "FX 5 (brightness)"
msgstr "FX 5 (brightness)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:512
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:498
msgid "3"
msgstr "3"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:515
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:501
msgid "El. Grand Piano"
msgstr "El. Grand Piano"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:518
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:504
msgid "36"
msgstr "36"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:521
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:507
msgid "Fretless Bass"
msgstr "Fretless Bass"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:524
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:510
msgid "69"
msgstr "69"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:527
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:513
msgid "Oboe"
msgstr "Oboe"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:530
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:516
msgid "102"
msgstr "102"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:533
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:519
msgid "FX 6 (goblins)"
msgstr "FX 6 (goblins)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:537
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:523
msgid "4"
msgstr "4"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:540
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:526
msgid "Honky-tonk Piano"
msgstr "Honky-tonk Piano"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:543
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:529
msgid "37"
msgstr "37"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:546
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:532
msgid "Slap Bass 1"
msgstr "Slap Bass 1"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:549
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:535
msgid "70"
msgstr "70"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:552
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:538
msgid "English Horn"
msgstr "English Horn"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:555
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:541
msgid "103"
msgstr "103"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:558
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:544
msgid "FX 7 (echoes)"
msgstr "FX 7 (echoes)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:562
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:548
msgid "5"
msgstr "5"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:565
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:551
msgid "El. Piano 1"
msgstr "El. Piano 1"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:568
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:554
msgid "38"
msgstr "38"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:571
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:557
msgid "Slap Bass 2"
msgstr "Slap Bass 2"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:574
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:560
msgid "71"
msgstr "71"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:577
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:563
msgid "Bossoon"
msgstr "Bossoon"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:580
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:566
msgid "104"
msgstr "104"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:583
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:569
msgid "FX 8 (sci-fi)"
msgstr "FX 8 (sci-fi)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:587
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:573
msgid "6"
msgstr "6"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:590
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:576
msgid "El. Piano 2"
msgstr "El. Piano 2"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:593
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:579
msgid "39"
msgstr "39"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:596
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:582
msgid "Synth Bass 1"
msgstr "Synth Bass 1"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:599
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:585
msgid "72"
msgstr "72"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:602
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:588
msgid "Clarinet"
msgstr "Clarinet"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:605
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:591
msgid "105"
msgstr "105"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:608
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:594
msgid "Sitar"
msgstr "Sitar"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:612 rosegarden-manual.xml:1495
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:598 rosegarden-manual.xml:1481
msgid "7"
msgstr "7"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:615
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:601
msgid "Harpsichord"
msgstr "Harpsichord"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:618
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:604
msgid "40"
msgstr "40"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:621
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:607
msgid "Synth Bass 2"
msgstr "Synth Bass 2"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:624
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:610
msgid "73"
msgstr "73"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:627
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:613
msgid "Piccolo"
msgstr "Piccolo"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:630
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:616
msgid "106"
msgstr "106"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:633
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:619
msgid "Banjo"
msgstr "Banjo"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:637
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:623
msgid "8"
msgstr "8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:640
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:626
msgid "Clavi"
msgstr "Clavi"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:643 rosegarden-manual.xml:1399
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:629 rosegarden-manual.xml:1385
msgid "41"
msgstr "41"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:646
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:632
msgid "Violin"
msgstr "Violin"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:649 rosegarden-manual.xml:1449
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:635 rosegarden-manual.xml:1435
msgid "74"
msgstr "74"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:652
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:638
msgid "Flute"
msgstr "Flute"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:655
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:641
msgid "107"
msgstr "107"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:658
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:644
msgid "Shamisen"
msgstr "Shamisen"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:662
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:648
msgid "9"
msgstr "9"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:665
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:651
msgid "Celesta"
msgstr "Celesta"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:668
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:654
msgid "42"
msgstr "42"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:671
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:657
msgid "Viola"
msgstr "Viola"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:674 rosegarden-manual.xml:1459
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:660 rosegarden-manual.xml:1445
msgid "75"
msgstr "75"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:677
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:663
msgid "Recorder"
msgstr "Recorder"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:680
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:666
msgid "108"
msgstr "108"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:683
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:669
msgid "Koto"
msgstr "Koto"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:687 rosegarden-manual.xml:1329
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1505
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:673 rosegarden-manual.xml:1315
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1491
msgid "10"
msgstr "10"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:690
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:676
msgid "Glockenspiel"
msgstr "Glockenspiel"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:693
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:679
msgid "43"
msgstr "43"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:696
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:682
msgid "Cello"
msgstr "Cello"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:699
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:685
msgid "76"
msgstr "76"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:702
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:688
msgid "Pan Flute"
msgstr "Pan Flute"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:705
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:691
msgid "109"
msgstr "109"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:708
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:694
msgid "Kalimba"
msgstr "Kalimba"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:712
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:698
msgid "11"
msgstr "11"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:715
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:701
msgid "Music Box"
msgstr "Music Box"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:718
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:704
msgid "44"
msgstr "44"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:721
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:707
msgid "Contrabass"
msgstr "Contrabass"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:724
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:710
msgid "77"
msgstr "77"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:727
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:713
msgid "Blow Bottle"
msgstr "Blow Bottle"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:730
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:716
msgid "110"
msgstr "110"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:733
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:719
msgid "Bag Pipe"
msgstr "Bag Pipe"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:737
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:723
msgid "12"
msgstr "12"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:740
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:726
msgid "Vibraphone"
msgstr "Vibraphone"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:743
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:729
msgid "45"
msgstr "45"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:746
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:732
msgid "Tremolo Strings"
msgstr "Tremolo Strings"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:749
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:735
msgid "78"
msgstr "78"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:752
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:738
msgid "Shakuhachi"
msgstr "Shakuhachi"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:755
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:741
msgid "111"
msgstr "111"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:758
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:744
msgid "Fiddle"
msgstr "Fiddle"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:762
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:748
msgid "13"
msgstr "13"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:765
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:751
msgid "Marimba"
msgstr "Marimba"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:768
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:754
msgid "46"
msgstr "46"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:771
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:757
msgid "Pizz. Strings"
msgstr "Pizz. Strings"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:774
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:760
msgid "79"
msgstr "79"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:777
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:763
msgid "Whistle"
msgstr "Whistle"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:780
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:766
msgid "112"
msgstr "112"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:783
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:769
msgid "Shanai"
msgstr "Shanai"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:787
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:773
msgid "14"
msgstr "14"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:790
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:776
msgid "Xylophone"
msgstr "Xylophone"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:793
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:779
msgid "47"
msgstr "47"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:796
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:782
msgid "Orch Harp"
msgstr "Orch Harp"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:799
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:785
msgid "80"
msgstr "80"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:802
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:788
msgid "Ocarina"
msgstr "Ocarina"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:805
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:791
msgid "113"
msgstr "113"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:808
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:794
msgid "Tinkle Bell"
msgstr "Tinkle Bell"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:812
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:798
msgid "15"
msgstr "15"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:815
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:801
msgid "Tubular Bells"
msgstr "Tubular Bells"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:818
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:804
msgid "48"
msgstr "48"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:821
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:807
msgid "Timpani"
msgstr "Timpani"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:824
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:810
msgid "81"
msgstr "81"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:827
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:813
msgid "Lead 1 (square)"
msgstr "Lead 1 (square)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:830
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:816
msgid "114"
msgstr "114"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:833
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:819
msgid "Agogo"
msgstr "Agogo"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:837
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:823
msgid "16"
msgstr "16"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:840
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:826
msgid "Dulcimer"
msgstr "Dulcimer"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:843 rosegarden-manual.xml:1409
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:829 rosegarden-manual.xml:1395
msgid "49"
msgstr "49"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:846
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:832
msgid "String Ens 1"
msgstr "String Ens 1"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:849
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:835
msgid "82"
msgstr "82"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:852
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:838
msgid "Lead 2 (sawtooth)"
msgstr "Lead 2 (sawtooth)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:855
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:841
msgid "115"
msgstr "115"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:858
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:844
msgid "Steel Drums"
msgstr "Steel Drums"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:862 rosegarden-manual.xml:1339
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:848 rosegarden-manual.xml:1325
msgid "17"
msgstr "17"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:865
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:851
msgid "Drawbar Organ"
msgstr "Drawbar Organ"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:868
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:854
msgid "50"
msgstr "50"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:871
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:857
msgid "String Ens 2"
msgstr "String Ens 2"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:874
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:860
msgid "83"
msgstr "83"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:877
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:863
msgid "Lead 3 (calliope)"
msgstr "Lead 3 (calliope)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:880
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:866
msgid "116"
msgstr "116"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:883
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:869
msgid "Woodblock"
msgstr "Woodblock"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:887
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:873
msgid "18"
msgstr "18"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:890
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:876
msgid "Perc. Organ"
msgstr "Perc. Organ"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:893
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:879
msgid "51"
msgstr "51"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:896
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:882
msgid "Synthstrings 1"
msgstr "Synthstrings 1"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:899
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:885
msgid "84"
msgstr "84"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:902
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:888
msgid "Lead 4 (chiff)"
msgstr "Lead 4 (chiff)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:905
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:891
msgid "117"
msgstr "117"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:908
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:894
msgid "Taiko Drum"
msgstr "Taiko Drum"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:912
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:898
msgid "19"
msgstr "19"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:915
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:901
msgid "Rock Organ"
msgstr "Rock Organ"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:918
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:904
msgid "52"
msgstr "52"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:921
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:907
msgid "Synthstrings 2"
msgstr "Synthstrings 2"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:924
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:910
msgid "85"
msgstr "85"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:927
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:913
msgid "Lead 5 (charang)"
msgstr "Lead 5 (charang)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:930
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:916
msgid "118"
msgstr "118"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:933
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:919
msgid "Melodic Tom"
msgstr "Melodic Tom"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:937
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:923
msgid "20"
msgstr "20"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:940
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:926
msgid "Church Organ"
msgstr "Church Organ"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:943
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:929
msgid "53"
msgstr "53"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:946
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:932
msgid "Choir Aahs"
msgstr "Choir Aahs"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:949
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:935
msgid "86"
msgstr "86"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:952
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:938
msgid "Lead 6 (voice)"
msgstr "Lead 6 (voice)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:955
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:941
msgid "119"
msgstr "119"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:958
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:944
msgid "Synth Drum"
msgstr "Synth Drum"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:962
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:948
msgid "21"
msgstr "21"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:965
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:951
msgid "Reed Organ"
msgstr "Reed Organ"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:968
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:954
msgid "54"
msgstr "54"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:971
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:957
msgid "Choir Oohs"
msgstr "Choir Oohs"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:974
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:960
msgid "87"
msgstr "87"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:977
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:963
msgid "Lead 7 (fifths)"
msgstr "Lead 7 (fifths)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:980
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:966
msgid "120"
msgstr "120"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:983
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:969
msgid "Reverse Cymbal"
msgstr "Reverse Cymbal"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:987
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:973
msgid "22"
msgstr "22"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:990
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:976
msgid "Accordion"
msgstr "Accordion"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:993
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:979
msgid "55"
msgstr "55"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:996
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:982
msgid "Synth Voice"
msgstr "Synth Voice"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:999
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:985
msgid "88"
msgstr "88"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1002
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:988
msgid "Lead 8 (bass+lead)"
msgstr "Lead 8 (bass+lead)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1005
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:991
msgid "121"
msgstr "121"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1008
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:994
msgid "Fret Noise"
msgstr "Fret Noise"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1012
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:998
msgid "23"
msgstr "23"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1015
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1001
msgid "Harmonica"
msgstr "Harmonica"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1018
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1004
msgid "56"
msgstr "56"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1021
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1007
msgid "Orchestra hit"
msgstr "Orchestra hit"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1024
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1010
msgid "89"
msgstr "89"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1027
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1013
msgid "Pad 1 (new age)"
msgstr "Pad 1 (new age)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1030
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1016
msgid "122"
msgstr "122"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1033
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1019
msgid "Breath Noise"
msgstr "Breath Noise"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1037
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1023
msgid "24"
msgstr "24"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1040
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1026
msgid "Tango Accordion"
msgstr "Tango Accordion"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1043 rosegarden-manual.xml:1419
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1029 rosegarden-manual.xml:1405
msgid "57"
msgstr "57"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1046
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1032
msgid "Trumpet"
msgstr "Trumpet"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1049
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1035
msgid "90"
msgstr "90"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1052
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1038
msgid "Pad 2 (warm)"
msgstr "Pad 2 (warm)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1055
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1041
msgid "123"
msgstr "123"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1058
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1044
msgid "Seashore"
msgstr "Seashore"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1062 rosegarden-manual.xml:1349
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1048 rosegarden-manual.xml:1335
msgid "25"
msgstr "25"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1065
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1051
msgid "Ac. guitar nylon"
msgstr "Ac. guitar nylon"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1068
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1054
msgid "58"
msgstr "58"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1071
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1057
msgid "Trombone"
msgstr "Trombone"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1074 rosegarden-manual.xml:1535
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1060 rosegarden-manual.xml:1521
msgid "91"
msgstr "91"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1077
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1063
msgid "Pad 3 (polysynth)"
msgstr "Pad 3 (polysynth)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1080
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1066
msgid "124"
msgstr "124"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1083
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1069
msgid "Bird Tweet"
msgstr "Bird Tweet"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1087 rosegarden-manual.xml:1359
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1073 rosegarden-manual.xml:1345
msgid "26"
msgstr "26"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1090
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1076
msgid "Ac. guitar steel"
msgstr "Ac. guitar steel"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1093
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1079
msgid "59"
msgstr "59"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1096
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1082
msgid "Tuba"
msgstr "Tuba"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1099
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1085
msgid "92"
msgstr "92"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1102
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1088
msgid "Pad 4 (choir)"
msgstr "Pad 4 (choir)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1105
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1091
msgid "125"
msgstr "125"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1108
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1094
msgid "Telephone Ring"
msgstr "Telephone Ring"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1112 rosegarden-manual.xml:1369
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1098 rosegarden-manual.xml:1355
msgid "27"
msgstr "27"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1115
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1101
msgid "El. guitar jazz"
msgstr "El. guitar jazz"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1118
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1104
msgid "60"
msgstr "60"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1121
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1107
msgid "Muted Trumpet"
msgstr "Muted Trumpet"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1124
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1110
msgid "93"
msgstr "93"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1127
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1113
msgid "Pad 5 (bowed)"
msgstr "Pad 5 (bowed)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1130
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1116
msgid "126"
msgstr "126"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1133
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1119
msgid "Helicopter"
msgstr "Helicopter"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1137 rosegarden-manual.xml:1379
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1123 rosegarden-manual.xml:1365
msgid "28"
msgstr "28"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1140
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1126
msgid "El. guitar clean"
msgstr "El. guitar clean"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1143
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1129
msgid "61"
msgstr "61"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1146
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1132
msgid "French Horn"
msgstr "French Horn"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1149
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1135
msgid "94"
msgstr "94"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1152
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1138
msgid "Pad 6 (metallic)"
msgstr "Pad 6 (metallic)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1155
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1141
msgid "127"
msgstr "127"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1158
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1144
msgid "Applause"
msgstr "Applause"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1162
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1148
msgid "29"
msgstr "29"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1165
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1151
msgid "El. guitar muted"
msgstr "El. guitar muted"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1168
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1154
msgid "62"
msgstr "62"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1171
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1157
msgid "Brass Section"
msgstr "Brass Section"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1174
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1160
msgid "95"
msgstr "95"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1177
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1163
msgid "Pad 7 (halo)"
msgstr "Pad 7 (halo)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1180
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1166
msgid "128"
msgstr "128"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1183
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1169
msgid "Gunshot"
msgstr "Gunshot"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1187
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1173
msgid "30"
msgstr "30"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1190
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1176
msgid "<ulink url=\"/OverDr\">OverDr </ulink>. Guitar"
msgstr "<ulink url=\"/OverDr\">OverDr </ulink>. Guitar"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1194
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1180
msgid "63"
msgstr "63"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1197
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1183
msgid "<ulink url=\"/SynthBrass\">SynthBrass </ulink> 1"
msgstr "<ulink url=\"/SynthBrass\">SynthBrass </ulink> 1"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1201
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1187
msgid "96"
msgstr "96"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1204
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1190
msgid "Pad 8 (sweep)"
msgstr "Pad 8 (sweep)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1214
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1200
msgid "31"
msgstr "31"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1217
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1203
msgid "Dist. Guitar"
msgstr "Dist. Guitar"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1220
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1206
msgid "64"
msgstr "64"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1223
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1209
msgid "<ulink url=\"/SynthBrass\">SynthBrass </ulink> 2"
msgstr "<ulink url=\"/SynthBrass\">SynthBrass </ulink> 2"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1227
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1213
msgid "97"
msgstr "97"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1230
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1216
msgid "FX 1 (rain)"
msgstr "FX 1 (rain)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1240 rosegarden-manual.xml:1515
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1226 rosegarden-manual.xml:1501
msgid "32"
msgstr "32"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1243
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1229
msgid "Guitar harmonics"
msgstr "Guitar harmonics"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1246 rosegarden-manual.xml:1429
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1232 rosegarden-manual.xml:1415
msgid "65"
msgstr "65"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1249
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1235
msgid "Soprano Sax"
msgstr "Soprano Sax"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1252
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1238
msgid "98"
msgstr "98"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1255
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1241
msgid "FX 2 (soundtrack)"
msgstr "FX 2 (soundtrack)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1265 rosegarden-manual.xml:1389
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1251 rosegarden-manual.xml:1375
msgid "33"
msgstr "33"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1268
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1254
msgid "Acoustic Bass"
msgstr "Acoustic Bass"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1271 rosegarden-manual.xml:1439
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1257 rosegarden-manual.xml:1425
msgid "66"
msgstr "66"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1274
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1260
msgid "Alto Sax"
msgstr "Alto Sax"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1277
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1263
msgid "99"
msgstr "99"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1280
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1266
msgid "FX 3 (crystal)"
msgstr "FX 3 (crystal)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1293
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1279
msgid ""
"And that was the index of the instrument, below you have the index overt the "
"Percussive instruments (drums)"
@@ -2177,163 +2136,163 @@ msgstr ""
"percussive instumenter (tromme)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1304
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1290
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\"> Uses </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\"> Bruk </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1312
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1298
msgid "Standar GM kit 1"
msgstr "Standar GM kit 1"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1315
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1301
msgid "Everything"
msgstr "Til alt"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1322
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1308
msgid "Standar GM kit 2"
msgstr "Standar GM kit 2"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1325
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1311
msgid "Same as 1"
msgstr "Samme som 1"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1332
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1318
msgid "Rom Kit"
msgstr "Rom Kit"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1335
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1321
msgid "Pop Ballads"
msgstr "Pop Ballads"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1342
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1328
msgid "Power Set"
msgstr "Power Set"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1345
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1331
msgid "Rock, hard rock"
msgstr "Rock, hard rock"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1352
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1338
msgid "Electronic kit"
msgstr "Electronic kit"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1355
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1341
msgid "Ballads"
msgstr "Ballads"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1362
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1348
msgid "Analog kit"
msgstr "Analog kit"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1365
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1351
msgid "Also used in ballads"
msgstr "Også brukt i balader"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1372
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1358
msgid "Dance Kit"
msgstr "Dance Kit"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1375
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1361
msgid "Uses in Dance, Teckno"
msgstr "Uses in Dance, Teckno"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1382
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1368
msgid "Dance Kit 2"
msgstr "Dance Kit 2"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1385
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1371
msgid "Same As 27"
msgstr "Samme som 27"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1392
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1378
msgid "Standar GM kit 3"
msgstr "Standar GM kit 3"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1395
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1381
msgid "Same as 1,2 and 74,75"
msgstr "samme som 1,2 og 74,75"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1402
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1388
msgid "Brush/jazz kit"
msgstr "Brush/jazz kit"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1405
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1391
msgid "Uses in jazz, or ballads"
msgstr "brukes i jazz, eller ballads"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1412
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1398
msgid "Orchestral Kit"
msgstr "Orchestral Kit"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1415
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1401
msgid "Uses in classical music"
msgstr "klassisk musik"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1422
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1408
msgid "Effects Kit"
msgstr "Effects Kit"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1425
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1411
msgid "Uses to make effects arround your melodi"
msgstr "Brukes til og lage litt effekter rundt melodien din"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1432
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1418
msgid "Percussion kit 1"
msgstr "Percussion kit 1"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1442
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1428
msgid "Percussion kit 2"
msgstr "Percussion kit 2"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1452
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1438
msgid "Standar Gm Kit 4"
msgstr "Standar Gm Kit 4"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1462
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1448
msgid "Standar Gm Kit 5"
msgstr "Standar Gm Kit 5"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1472
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1458
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">No. </emphasis>: representing the Programchange"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Nr. </emphasis>: Er programchange"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1478
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1464
msgid "Midi setup"
msgstr "Midi Oppsett"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1480
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1466
msgid ""
"Midi setup, in this case midisetup.rg file will i show you how to change "
"settings. I will introduce you to some controllers that you will find "
@@ -2344,36 +2303,36 @@ msgstr ""
"midi oppsettet"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1486
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1472
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\"> Controller </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"Midi oppsettet, i dette tilfelle grunnoppsett.rg fila skal jeg her vise "
"hvordan du endrer innstillingene."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1490
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1476
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\"> What does the controller do </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\"> hva er det controllene gjør </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1498
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1484
msgid "Volume"
msgstr "Volume"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1501
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1487
msgid ""
"This sets the volume on the midi track 0 if lowest setting, 127 is the "
"loudest setting"
msgstr "Dette sette volumet på midi sporet, laveste er 0 og høyeste er 127"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1508
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1494
msgid "Ballange"
msgstr "Ballange"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1511
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1497
msgid ""
"This controls sett the balance on the midi track, 0 is for the left side, "
"and 127 is right, 65 is center"
@@ -2382,12 +2341,12 @@ msgstr ""
"venstre og 127 er høyre, 65 er senter."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1518 rosegarden-manual.xml:1528
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1504 rosegarden-manual.xml:1514
msgid "Bank Select"
msgstr "Bank Select"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1521
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1507
msgid ""
"This controller select the different sound banks on your synth/keyboard \"LSB"
"\" (fine) bank select"
@@ -2396,22 +2355,22 @@ msgstr ""
"i synthen/keyboardet \"LSB\"(fine) bank endring"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1525
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1511
msgid "0"
msgstr "0"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1531
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1517
msgid "This controller is the MSB (coarse) bank change"
msgstr "Dette er MSB kontrolleren (coarse) bank endring"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1538
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1524
msgid "reverb"
msgstr "reverb"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1541
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1527
msgid ""
"This sets the room size on the midi track, 0 is for no acoustics, and 127 "
"for max acoustics"
@@ -2420,12 +2379,12 @@ msgstr ""
"får mest klang"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1549
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1535
msgid "<phrase>attachment:midisetup.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:midisetup.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1554
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1540
msgid ""
"with this out of the way, you have setup a structured setup of the midi "
"segment that tells your synth/keyboard what it should do. And then you "
@@ -2439,17 +2398,17 @@ msgstr ""
"eller andre synther, "
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1556
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1542
msgid "here you can download the finish setup file"
msgstr "du kan laste ned den ferdige oppsettfilen her"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1563
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1549
msgid "how to change bank select."
msgstr "Hvordan endre bank select."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1565
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1551
msgid ""
"Sometime you wish to use different sounds on your Synth/keyboard that not in "
"the GM standard, then you have to use controller that take care of this. "
@@ -2460,7 +2419,7 @@ msgstr ""
"som tar seg av dette. controller 32."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1567
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1553
msgid ""
"This functions are taken in use if you also want drums on other tracks then "
"10. Example percussion effects on tracks 16, that my favorite tracks to use "
@@ -2475,7 +2434,7 @@ msgstr ""
"kit."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1569
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1555
msgid ""
"Controller 0 and 32, with number 0, is gm standard, use it on tracks 1-9, 11-"
"16"
@@ -2484,7 +2443,7 @@ msgstr ""
"16"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1571
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1557
msgid ""
"Controller 0 and 32, with number 1-127 are those different banks, used on "
"track 1-9, 11-16"
@@ -2493,7 +2452,7 @@ msgstr ""
"brukes på track 1-9, 11-16"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1573
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1559
msgid ""
"Controller 32, with number 4, are for mine synth drums, that is use for "
"standard on track 10, and on special need on any track you to your liking."
@@ -2503,7 +2462,7 @@ msgstr ""
"programeres til og oppføre seg som tromme."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1575
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1561
msgid ""
"Yamaha keyboard with Gm2/Xg have some more options, i recommend you to read "
"the manual that gives you the complete overview of the instrument on your "
@@ -2514,12 +2473,12 @@ msgstr ""
"lyder, må vi ty til controller 0 (MSB) og controller 32 (LSB)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1577
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1563
msgid "Let me take an example:"
msgstr "her har du et eksempel"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1579
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1565
msgid ""
"my keyboard have a instrument on controller 0(MSB) on value 8, and in "
"controller 32(LSB) on value 1, and last on program change 3."
@@ -2528,32 +2487,32 @@ msgstr ""
"controller 32(LSB) med verdi 1, og til slutt program endring 3."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1581
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1567
msgid "so the following is,"
msgstr "så følgende blir det"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1583
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1569
msgid "controller 0 with value 8"
msgstr "controller 0 med verdi 8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1585
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1571
msgid "controller 32 with value 1"
msgstr "controller 32 med verdi 1"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1587
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1573
msgid "and last the program change with value 3"
msgstr "og til slutt program change med verdi 3"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1590
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1576
msgid "<phrase>attachment:changebankselect.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:changebankselect.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1595
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1581
msgid ""
"the order on when controller 0 and 32 and program change comes are important "
"<emphasis role=\"strong\"> </emphasis>"
@@ -2562,7 +2521,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\"> </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1598
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1584
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">remeber that controller 0 and 32, have to come "
"BEFORE program change. </emphasis>"
@@ -2571,14 +2530,14 @@ msgstr ""
"program change. </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1601
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1587
msgid "i have included this in the standardupsetfile."
msgstr ""
"jeg har inkludert dette i grunnoppsettfilen, som du kan laste ned litt "
"oppfør her."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1606
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1592
msgid ""
"How to make rosegarden to automatical put controller and program change in "
"the start of your segment, for exported midi"
@@ -2587,7 +2546,7 @@ msgstr ""
"starten av segmentet automatisk"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1608
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1594
msgid ""
"This is actually something i just found out. You use the intrumentparameter "
"to have the reverb, volume you want, and then the trick is to press a key on "
@@ -2609,42 +2568,111 @@ msgstr ""
"midi filen din, og fjerne de notene som ikke skal være der."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1613
-msgid "How to use Score editor to set controllers"
-msgstr "hvordan legge til programmchange, controllers in score editor"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1616
-msgid "<phrase>attachment:addevent.png </phrase>"
-msgstr "<phrase>attachment:addevent.png </phrase>"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1624
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1599
msgid "how to add a new midi device"
msgstr "hvordan legge til MIDI Devices"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1626
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1601
+msgid ""
+"As i said, this is not nessesary if you just held this projekt as a "
+"rosegarden file."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1603
msgid ""
-"you can also create a new midi device that is for your synth/keyboard, to "
-"make the easy pick on the instrument parameters as shown on the picture below"
+"All synth have many sounds, and you will not get to all the sound that are "
+"awailable with the GM only on the quick instrument parameter pick, so if you "
+"follow this way you can try to add your synth/keyboard as your default "
+"device, and take in use all sound that lives in your keyboard/synth. New "
+"devices are added on new releases of rosegarden, so if you not find your own "
+"device here, you can just wait to se if it will show up, or you can help the "
+"rosegarden project and make the instrument indexing your self, and simply "
+"send the *.rgd file to them, and at the same time join the rosegarden list: "
+"<ulink url=\"http://rosegardenmusic.com/support/lists/\">http://"
+"rosegardenmusic.com/support/lists/ </ulink>"
msgstr ""
-"Du kan også lage ny midi device som er spessielt for din synth/keyboard, "
-"slik at du kan ved hjelp av instrument parameters velger instrumentene du "
-"vil ha hurtig og enkelt."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1629
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1607
msgid "<phrase>attachment:mididevice.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:mididevice.png </phrase>"
-# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1615
+msgid "Placing your audio file for your new project"
+msgstr "Plassering av audio filer for you new prosjekt "
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1617
+msgid ""
+"It is very important to be strict when it's comes to where you placing your "
+"recording live instruments, and vocals, because without that, you will after "
+"a wile get problem to find what files you are working with, it's not "
+"impossible but without any structure on it, you will use allot of time find "
+"it. So lets say you have made you self a new midi melody \"shallala\", and "
+"you want to record your vocal on it, then you just remember to make a "
+"director that has the same name as your melody, and place your recorded "
+"audio in there."
+msgstr ""
+"Det er viktig og være litt nøye med og fortelle rosegarden hvor du ønsker og "
+"plassere audio traks til dine forskjellige melodier, la oss si du har laget "
+"en melodi der du har lagt inn gitarer og sangstemme, da vil du gjerne ha "
+"kontroll over hvilken filer som tilhøre den melodien. Dette er ganske enkelt "
+"og få til med rosegarden. For eksempel, du lager en melodi som heter "
+"shallala,og du skal legge til stemme, gitar til denne melodien, da lager du "
+"også en mappe som heter shallala, og plassere alt som blir gjort i den "
+"mappa, da har du full kontroll, når du begynner og få en del prosjekter. "
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1620
+msgid "<phrase>attachment:audioplace.png </phrase>"
+msgstr "<phrase>attachment:audioplace.png </phrase>"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1625
+msgid ""
+"Choose --> \"composition\" ---> and then \"edit document properties\""
+msgstr ""
+"velg --> \"composition\" ---> og deretter \"edit document properties\""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1630
+msgid "How to sign your melody"
+msgstr "hvordan signere dine melodier "
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1632
+msgid ""
+"You want to tell everybody the you have made this tune, so belove you se how "
+"you can add what the song name is, who has composed it"
+msgstr ""
+"Man ønsker jo og fortelle i noteutskriftene hva sangen hete, og hvem "
+"komponisten er, dette kan gjøres på følgende vis"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1635
+msgid "<phrase>attachment:signaudio.png </phrase>"
+msgstr "<phrase>attachment:signaudio.png </phrase>"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1643
+msgid "How to use Score editor to set controllers"
+msgstr "hvordan legge til programmchange, controllers in score editor"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1646
+msgid "<phrase>attachment:addevent.png </phrase>"
+msgstr "<phrase>attachment:addevent.png </phrase>"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1663
msgid "how to change, edit, improve a recorded midi segment"
msgstr "Hvordan endre, redigere, forbedre et innspilt segment"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1648
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1665
msgid ""
"When you have play what you want in the segment will there always be "
"something you want to correct up on, instead of play everything from start "
@@ -2657,22 +2685,22 @@ msgstr ""
"tar før meg metode før metode, den første er og bruke matrix editoren."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1651
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1668
msgid "<phrase>attachment:matrixsetup.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:matrixsetup.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1659
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1676
msgid "Quantize"
msgstr "Quantize"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1663
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1680
msgid "Grid Quantize"
msgstr "Grid Quantize"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1665
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1682
msgid ""
"This functions have several possibility, after a played segment you sometime "
"miss the beat, here is where the <ulink url=\"/GridQuantize\">GridQuantize </"
@@ -2685,12 +2713,12 @@ msgstr ""
"og få notene rett på takten."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1669
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1686
msgid "<phrase>attachment:gridquantize.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:gridquantize.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1674
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1691
msgid ""
"To use this the right way, can save your from a lot of work. You have to try "
"out different ways, there are always the possibility to undo the quantize if "
@@ -2706,12 +2734,12 @@ msgstr ""
"fungere beste. Det er mange muligheter."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1679
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1696
msgid "Legato Quantizer"
msgstr "Legato Quantizer"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1681
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1698
msgid ""
"with this you with one keystroke change a staccato played part to legato."
msgstr ""
@@ -2719,12 +2747,12 @@ msgstr ""
"legato."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1686
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1703
msgid "Heuristic notation quantizer"
msgstr "Heuristic notation quantizer"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1688
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1705
msgid ""
"and other Quantizer that you will find usefully are heuristic notation "
"quantizer. This help you to make your played note to the right length, this "
@@ -2736,12 +2764,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Denne brukes mest til og rydde opp i notasjon framvisningen."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1691
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1708
msgid "<phrase>attachment:heuristicquantize.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:heuristicquantize.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1696
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1713
msgid ""
"As you can se have this method, changed the length on the note to right "
"length for and 16 note, and that should be played stakato. It have changed "
@@ -2752,7 +2780,7 @@ msgstr ""
"visningen til det bedre"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1698
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1715
msgid ""
"Number 1 show you how the notations was before Quantize, and number 2 is how "
"it shown up after. Number 2 is more easy for the musician to read then "
@@ -2774,12 +2802,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Matrix editoren."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1706
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1723
msgid "Note edit"
msgstr "Note edisjonen"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1708
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1725
msgid ""
"Note edit are a powerful edit tool to make you notations ready for pianist, "
"orchestra, band, you have the tool to make different marks thats tell the "
@@ -2795,12 +2823,12 @@ msgstr ""
"også et etter bilde før og vise hva endringene blir. Før:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1711
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1728
msgid "<phrase>attachment:notationsbefore.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:notationsbefore.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1716
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1733
msgid ""
"you see a clean notations, there is noting that tells what you want how the "
"notes should be played. After i have worked with the notations, here is the "
@@ -2811,12 +2839,12 @@ msgstr ""
"uttrykkes. Etter at jeg har arbeidet med notasjonen, blir den seende ut slik:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1719
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1736
msgid "<phrase>attachment:notationsafter.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:notationsafter.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1724
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1741
msgid ""
"you see here that we have got what speed, what hardiness the notations "
"should be played with. At the same time i have change the note to bind "
@@ -2831,17 +2859,17 @@ msgstr ""
"hvordan jeg fikk inn disse bemerkningene i notasjonen."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1728
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1745
msgid "howto get specifications in the notations editor"
msgstr "Hvordan få inn spesifikasjoner i notasjons editoren"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1731
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1748
msgid "<phrase>attachment:notationedit.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:notationedit.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1736
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1753
msgid ""
"This guide show you how to set in useful informations to the musician how "
"you compositions should be played, Tempo, what volume, what accord, that "
@@ -2855,12 +2883,12 @@ msgstr ""
"økende styrke på notasjonen."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1739
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1756
msgid "<phrase>attachment:notationedit1.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:notationedit1.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1744
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1761
msgid ""
"If you look at the right menu, there are many possibility to improve the "
"informations on the notations, the only thing you have to remember is to "
@@ -2871,12 +2899,12 @@ msgstr ""
"merke de notene du ønsker og legge på en spesiell funksjon."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1747
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1764
msgid "<phrase>attachment:notationedit2.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:notationedit2.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1752
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1769
msgid ""
"If you look on the left menu, you can put manually note, rest on you "
"notations, you can also cange the clef on the notations, below you se how."
@@ -2886,57 +2914,58 @@ msgstr ""
"dette skal jeg gå litt nærmere inn på."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1757
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1774
msgid "how to change clef"
msgstr "Hvordan endre clef"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1758
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1775
msgid "Double click on the G clef, and a menu will pop up."
msgstr "Ved og dobbelklikke på G-nøkkelen, får du opp en meny"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1762
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1779
msgid "<phrase>attachment:clefchange.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:clefchange.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1770
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1787
msgid "How to change key"
msgstr "Hvordan endre notasjons nøkkel "
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1772
-msgid "[attachment:changekey.png]"
-msgstr "[attachment:changekey.png]"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1790
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<phrase>attachment:changekey.png </phrase>"
+msgstr "<phrase>attachment:clefchange.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1777
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1798
msgid "how to change note volume on a recorded segment."
msgstr "Hvordan endre notevolum på innspilt segment."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1780
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1801
msgid "<phrase>attachment:notevolume.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:notevolume.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1788
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1809
msgid "How to make the note play after your inserted marks in score editor"
msgstr "Hvordan endre notespilling etter dine innsatte tegn i scoreeditor"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1790
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1811
msgid "Take in use the Interpret functions"
msgstr "Da bruker du funksjonen interpret"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1794
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1815
msgid "Interpret functions in the score editor"
msgstr "interpret funksjonen i score editor"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1796
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1817
msgid ""
"when you play on the synth/keyboard, specially when you want to play in a "
"low volume (piano) this are not always easy, have the same note hardiness on "
@@ -2956,12 +2985,12 @@ msgstr ""
"spille etter dine markeringer, og tegn."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1802
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1823
msgid "How to split segment for grand staff"
msgstr "Hvordan splitte segment for Grand staff"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1804
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1825
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"It is not possible yet, to display a piano segment in a dual system (grand "
@@ -2981,12 +3010,12 @@ msgstr ""
"\">feature request 4932 </ulink>)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1812
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1833
msgid "Setting notes manualy, and steprecording"
msgstr "Sett inn noter manuelt, og step record i scoreeditor"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1814
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1835
msgid ""
"There are 2 ways to put note in scoreeditor, first way is the manually "
"putting notes."
@@ -2994,12 +3023,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Det er 2 måter og mate inn noter i scoreeditor, den ene er manuel mating,"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1817
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1838
msgid "<phrase>attachment:putnotemanualy.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:putnotemanualy.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1822
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1843
msgid ""
"And you have the Step recording, that one is my favorite. And it could be a "
"nice way for the student to learn what note and what key on the synth/"
@@ -3010,33 +3039,33 @@ msgstr ""
"synthen/keyboardet som representere noten."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1825
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1846
msgid "<phrase>attachment:steprecording.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:steprecording.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1836
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1857
msgid "Rosegarden timer is unstable"
msgstr "Rosegarden tempoet er ustabilt"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1838
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1859
msgid ""
"If this is happening you could try to change the sequencer timer source."
msgstr "hvis du opplever dette kan du forsøke og endre sequencer timer source"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1841
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1862
msgid "<phrase>attachment:timersource.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:timersource.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1849
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1870
msgid "how to change tempo in Rosegarden"
msgstr "Hvordan endre tempo i Rosegarden"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1851
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1872
msgid ""
"That can be done several ways, I'm gonna show you the one i think is the "
"best to use. if you right click on the line you see right under 120, the "
@@ -3047,57 +3076,57 @@ msgstr ""
"opp en meny, der får du diverse valg til og endre på tempo."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1854
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1875
msgid "<phrase>attachment:tempochange.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:tempochange.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1859
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1880
msgid "The menu is as following"
msgstr "Menyen er følgende"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1860 rosegarden-manual.xml:1872
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1881 rosegarden-manual.xml:1893
msgid "Insert Tempo Change"
msgstr "Insert Tempo Change"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1861 rosegarden-manual.xml:1885
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1882 rosegarden-manual.xml:1906
msgid "Insert Tempo Change at Playback Position"
msgstr "Insert Tempo Change at Playback Position"
# type: Content of: <article><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1862
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1883
msgid "Delete Tempo Change"
msgstr "Delete Tempo Change"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1863 rosegarden-manual.xml:1898
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1884 rosegarden-manual.xml:1919
msgid "Ramp Tempo to Next Tempo"
msgstr "Ramp Tempo to Next Tempo"
# type: Content of: <article><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1864
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1885
msgid "Un-ramp Tempo"
msgstr "Un-ramp Tempo"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1865 rosegarden-manual.xml:1911
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1886 rosegarden-manual.xml:1932
msgid "Edit Tempo"
msgstr "Edit Tempo"
# type: Content of: <article><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1866
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1887
msgid "Edit Time Signature..."
msgstr "Edit Time Signature..."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1867 rosegarden-manual.xml:1937
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1888 rosegarden-manual.xml:1958
msgid "Open Tempo And Time Signature Editor"
msgstr "Open Tempo And Time Signature Editor"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1874
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1895
msgid ""
"If you right click on the line there you want the tempo change, let's say "
"with number 3, and then chose 'Insert Tempo Change' a dot with number 3 will "
@@ -3110,36 +3139,36 @@ msgstr ""
"drege opp og ned på tempoet."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1877
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1898
msgid "<phrase>attachment:tempochange1.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:tempochange1.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1887
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1908
msgid "This simply make a tempo change there you are positions on the song."
msgstr ""
"Ved og velge denne, vil et Tempo endring punkt, bli laget der du er på "
"sangen."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1890
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1911
msgid "<phrase>attachment:tempochange2.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:tempochange2.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1900
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1921
msgid "this is nice to use if you want a gradient tempo change, or reduse."
msgstr ""
"Denne er fin og bruke hvis du ønsker en gradvis tempo økning, eller "
"redusering."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1903
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1924
msgid "<phrase>attachment:tempochange3.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:tempochange3.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1913
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1934
msgid ""
"here you simply manyally can type in what tempo you want, this is the best "
"to use if you are after a special tempo, the drag functions are good to, but "
@@ -3150,17 +3179,17 @@ msgstr ""
"funksjonen er grei, men kan være litt upresis."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1916
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1937
msgid "<phrase>attachment:edittempo.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:edittempo.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1924
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1945
msgid "Edit Time Signature"
msgstr "Edit Time Signature"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1926
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1947
msgid ""
"this give you the possibility to change the beat on you melody, on my "
"example i have started up the song with 4/4 beat, and after the tempo change "
@@ -3171,17 +3200,17 @@ msgstr ""
"til en 3/4 dels takt."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1929
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1950
msgid "<phrase>attachment:edittimesignature.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:edittimesignature.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1940
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1961
msgid "<phrase>attachment:tempoandtimesignatureeditor.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:tempoandtimesignatureeditor.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1945
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1966
msgid ""
"With this you manually can go into all you tempo change and beat change, and "
"change to your liking"
@@ -3190,17 +3219,17 @@ msgstr ""
"og endre manuelt."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1950
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1971
msgid "how to turn of metronome click"
msgstr "Hvordan slå av metronom klikk"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1953
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1974
msgid "<phrase>attachment:metronome.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:metronome.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1958
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1979
msgid ""
"and the after you have done a successfully record of you midi song, you can "
"add on some singing, real guitars, and so on, you have to be creative.:)"
@@ -3209,12 +3238,12 @@ msgstr ""
"vokal, eller el-guitar, osv. Her er det bare og være kreativ."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1963
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1984
msgid "Music made with rosegarden"
msgstr "Exempel på sanger som er laget i Rosegarden"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1965
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1986
msgid ""
"Here you have and example of music piece that have been made on rosegarden, "
"I have got a friend of mine to play guitars."
@@ -3223,27 +3252,27 @@ msgstr ""
"jeg fått en kamerat til og spille inn gitar."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1967
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1988
msgid "arr/melody: Alf Tonny Bätz. Guitarist: Bjørn Nygård"
msgstr "arr/melodi: Alf Tonny Bätz. Guitarist: Bjørn Nygård"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1969
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1990
msgid "Mp3 versionen"
msgstr "Mp3 versionen"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1973
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1994
msgid "Midi version"
msgstr "Midi version"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1981
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2002
msgid "Copyright and authors"
msgstr "Copyright and authors"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1985
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2006
msgid ""
"This document is written and copyrighted by Alf Tonny Bätz (2008), Holger "
"Levsen (2008) and is released under the GPL2 or any later version. Enjoy!"
@@ -3253,7 +3282,7 @@ msgstr ""
"versjoner. "
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1987
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2008
msgid ""
"If you add content to it, <emphasis role=\"strong\">please only do so if you "
"are the author of it and plan to release it under the same conditions </"
@@ -3266,12 +3295,12 @@ msgstr ""
"version."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1993
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2014
msgid "Translation copyright and authors"
msgstr "Translation copyright and authors"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1995
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2016
msgid ""
"The Bokmål translation is copyrighted by Alf Tonny Bätz (2008) and is "
"released under the GPL2 or any later version."
@@ -3281,26 +3310,28 @@ msgstr ""
"Alf Tonny Bätz (2008) and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2000
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2021
msgid "Translations of this document"
msgstr "Oversettelsen av dette dokumentet"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2023
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Fully translated versions of this document are available."
+msgstr "Oversettelsen av dette dokumentet"
+
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2002
-msgid ""
-"Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. An "
-"incomplete translation for Norwegian Bokmål exists."
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2025
+msgid "Norwegian Bokmål."
msgstr ""
-"Fult oversatt versjon av dette dokumentet er enda ikke tilgjengelig, men et "
-"uferdig oversettelse på norsk bokmål finnes."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2006
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2029
msgid "HowTo translate this document"
msgstr "HowTo translate this document"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2008
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2031
msgid ""
"Translations of this document are kept in .po files like in many free "
"software projects, read <computeroutput>usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc-en/"
@@ -3315,7 +3346,7 @@ msgstr ""
"this document."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2011
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2034
msgid ""
"To commit your translations you need to be a member of the alioth project "
"<computeroutput>debian-edu </computeroutput>. To translate, you just need to "
@@ -3330,7 +3361,7 @@ msgstr ""
"debian.org\">debian-edu-doc at packages.qa.debian.org </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2015
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2038
msgid ""
"You can checkout the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source "
"anonymously with the following command (you need to have the "
@@ -3343,7 +3374,7 @@ msgstr ""
"work):"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2019
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2042
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>svn co svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-"
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
@@ -3352,7 +3383,7 @@ msgstr ""
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2024
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2047
msgid ""
"Then edit the <computeroutput>documentation/rosegarden/rosegarden-manual.$CC."
"po </computeroutput> (where you replace $CC with your language code). There "
@@ -3365,7 +3396,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>kbabel </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2028
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2051
msgid ""
"Then you either commit the file directly to svn (if you have the rights to "
"do so) or send the file to the mailinglist."
@@ -3374,7 +3405,7 @@ msgstr ""
"do so) or send the file to the mailinglist."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2030
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2053
msgid ""
"To update your local copy of the repository use the following command inside "
"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> directory:"
@@ -3383,12 +3414,12 @@ msgstr ""
"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> directory:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2033
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2056
msgid "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
msgstr "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2038
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2061
msgid ""
"Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc-en/README.rosegarden-manual-translations "
"to find information how to create a new .po file for your language if there "
@@ -3405,23 +3436,23 @@ msgstr ""
"workflow with SVN </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2042
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2065
msgid "Please report any problems."
msgstr "Please report any problems."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2048
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2071
msgid "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
msgstr "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
# type: CDATA
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2051
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2074
#, no-wrap
msgid "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
msgstr "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2057
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2080
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 2008 Alf Tonny Bätz < <ulink url=\"mailto:alfton at gmail.com"
"\">alfton at gmail.com </ulink> > and others, see the <link linkend="
@@ -3434,7 +3465,7 @@ msgstr ""
"owners."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2060
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2083
msgid ""
"This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
"under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
@@ -3447,7 +3478,7 @@ msgstr ""
"any later version."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2062
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2085
msgid ""
"This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
"ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
@@ -3460,7 +3491,7 @@ msgstr ""
"more details."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2064
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2087
msgid ""
"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
"this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
@@ -3471,17 +3502,17 @@ msgstr ""
"Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2069
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2092
msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
msgstr "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2071
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2094
msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
msgstr "Version 2, June 1991"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2073
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2096
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
"Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
@@ -3494,12 +3525,12 @@ msgstr ""
"allowed."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2078
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2101
msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
msgstr "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2080
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2103
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">0. </emphasis> This License applies to any "
"program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder "
@@ -3522,7 +3553,7 @@ msgstr ""
"in the term \"modification\".) Each licensee is addressed as \"you\"."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2083
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2106
msgid ""
"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
"by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program "
@@ -3539,7 +3570,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Program does."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2085
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2108
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute "
"verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any "
@@ -3558,7 +3589,7 @@ msgstr ""
"License along with the Program."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2088
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2111
msgid ""
"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
@@ -3567,7 +3598,7 @@ msgstr ""
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2090
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2113
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">2. </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
"of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
@@ -3580,7 +3611,7 @@ msgstr ""
"of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2093
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2116
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files "
"to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date "
@@ -3591,7 +3622,7 @@ msgstr ""
"of any change."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2096
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2119
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">b) </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
"distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
@@ -3604,7 +3635,7 @@ msgstr ""
"all third parties under the terms of this License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2099
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2122
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">c) </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
"reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
@@ -3629,7 +3660,7 @@ msgstr ""
"print an announcement.)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2104
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2127
msgid ""
"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable "
"sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
@@ -3652,7 +3683,7 @@ msgstr ""
"and every part regardless of who wrote it."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2106
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2129
msgid ""
"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
"rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
@@ -3665,7 +3696,7 @@ msgstr ""
"based on the Program."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2108
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2131
msgid ""
"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
"the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
@@ -3678,7 +3709,7 @@ msgstr ""
"License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2110
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2133
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">3. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
"Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
@@ -3691,7 +3722,7 @@ msgstr ""
"also do one of the following:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2113
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2136
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">a) </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
"corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
@@ -3704,7 +3735,7 @@ msgstr ""
"software interchange; or,"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2116
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2139
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">b) </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
"valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
@@ -3721,7 +3752,7 @@ msgstr ""
"software interchange; or,"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2119
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2142
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">c) </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
"you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This "
@@ -3736,7 +3767,7 @@ msgstr ""
"in accord with Subsection b above.)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2124
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2147
msgid ""
"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
"modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all "
@@ -3759,7 +3790,7 @@ msgstr ""
"component itself accompanies the executable."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2126
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2149
msgid ""
"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
"copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
@@ -3774,7 +3805,7 @@ msgstr ""
"the object code."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2128
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2151
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">4. </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
"sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
@@ -3793,7 +3824,7 @@ msgstr ""
"as such parties remain in full compliance."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2131
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2154
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept "
"this License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants "
@@ -3814,7 +3845,7 @@ msgstr ""
"or works based on it."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2134
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2157
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">6. </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
"Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
@@ -3833,7 +3864,7 @@ msgstr ""
"this License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2137
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2160
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">7. </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
"judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
@@ -3862,7 +3893,7 @@ msgstr ""
"distribution of the Program."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2140
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2163
msgid ""
"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
"particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
@@ -3873,7 +3904,7 @@ msgstr ""
"the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2142
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2165
msgid ""
"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
"or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
@@ -3896,7 +3927,7 @@ msgstr ""
"licensee cannot impose that choice."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2144
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2167
msgid ""
"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
"consequence of the rest of this License."
@@ -3905,7 +3936,7 @@ msgstr ""
"consequence of the rest of this License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2146
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2169
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">8. </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
"the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
@@ -3924,7 +3955,7 @@ msgstr ""
"the limitation as if written in the body of this License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2149
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2172
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">9. </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
"publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
@@ -3937,7 +3968,7 @@ msgstr ""
"version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2152
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2175
msgid ""
"Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program "
"specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
@@ -3956,7 +3987,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Foundation."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2154
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2177
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts "
"of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
@@ -3977,12 +4008,12 @@ msgstr ""
"generally."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2157
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2180
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\">NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2160
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2183
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">11. </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
"FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
@@ -4005,7 +4036,7 @@ msgstr ""
"COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2163
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2186
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">12. </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
"APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
@@ -4028,6 +4059,90 @@ msgstr ""
"OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2169
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2192
msgid "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
msgstr "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<emphasis role=\"strong\"> <ulink url=\"/DrumKit\">DrumKit </ulink> </"
+#~ "emphasis>"
+#~ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\"> Instrumenter </emphasis>"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\"> </emphasis>"
+#~ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"strong\"> Nr. </emphasis>"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "options number 1: here is there some configure to do before you can "
+#~ "record trought this device, when you have plug in the usb port, the "
+#~ "device is added as one sound-card, so you have to chose that you want to "
+#~ "use UA-25 as your record device, and if you have a sound-card build inn, "
+#~ "you presumably want to use that as a playback device. to fix this can you "
+#~ "use jackd, that you find under -> Multimedia --> jack control. if "
+#~ "you not find jackd on you menu you have to install the package \"Qjackctl"
+#~ "\""
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "metode number 1: Her må det en del konfigurering før at du skal kunne ta "
+#~ "opp igjennom denne devicen, når du har plugget den inn i usb, er devicen "
+#~ "blitt lagt til som et lydkort, så du må velge at du vil bruke UA-25 som "
+#~ "opptaks enhet, og hvis du har et lydkort fra før, ønsker du og bruke det "
+#~ "eksisterende lydkortet som avspilling. Før og ordne dette, bruker du "
+#~ "jackd, som du finner under -> Multimedia --> jack kontroll."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "options number 2: you can just use UA-25 as a record and playback device "
+#~ "(less problem to) But on the 96Khz, you can only play or record, and it's "
+#~ "here the options number 1 comes in."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "metode number 2: ta kun i bruk UA-25 på record og playback (mindre "
+#~ "problemer) men hvis du ønsker og ta opp med 96kHz, kan du enten ha den på "
+#~ "record, eller playback, det er her du kan ta i bruk metode nummer 1"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "if you want to hear what you play wile you record you simply plug some of "
+#~ "the line out on the ua-25 to line in on your integrated sound-card. "
+#~ "example, you take record of your midi recorded segments, you have to "
+#~ "remember to shut down the metronome click, you don't want that on your "
+#~ "recorded wav file."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Så nu før at du skal få opptaket som taes av UM-25, må du koble UM-25 til "
+#~ "lyd inngangen på det intrigrert lydkortet. da bruker du phono utgangen "
+#~ "framme, eller en av ugangene bake på UM-25 enheten. Så nu er det klart "
+#~ "til og begynne opptak. Her anbefaler jeg at du først tar et opptak av "
+#~ "midi låten (kobble synthen til UM-25) husk og slå av metronom klikken."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "if you not can activate the RT (real time) in jack you have to add this "
+#~ "followings line in"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "hvis du ikke får aktivert RT(real time) på jack må du legge til følgende "
+#~ "i filen"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "you can also create a new midi device that is for your synth/keyboard, to "
+#~ "make the easy pick on the instrument parameters as shown on the picture "
+#~ "below"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Du kan også lage ny midi device som er spessielt for din synth/keyboard, "
+#~ "slik at du kan ved hjelp av instrument parameters velger instrumentene du "
+#~ "vil ha hurtig og enkelt."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid "[attachment:changekey.png]"
+#~ msgstr "[attachment:changekey.png]"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. An "
+#~ "incomplete translation for Norwegian Bokmål exists."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Fult oversatt versjon av dette dokumentet er enda ikke tilgjengelig, men "
+#~ "et uferdig oversettelse på norsk bokmål finnes."
diff --git a/documentation/rosegarden/rosegarden-manual.pot b/documentation/rosegarden/rosegarden-manual.pot
index 61eda5a..2909a84 100644
--- a/documentation/rosegarden/rosegarden-manual.pot
+++ b/documentation/rosegarden/rosegarden-manual.pot
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-07-15 12:31+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-11-08 18:04+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL at ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL at li.org>\n"
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Rosegarden manual"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:5 rosegarden-manual.xml:2055
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:5 rosegarden-manual.xml:2078
msgid "Rosegarden manual"
msgstr ""
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: rosegarden-manual.xml:9
msgid ""
"This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc "
-"</computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-07-15</computeroutput>."
+"</computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-11-08</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
@@ -138,21 +138,21 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
#: rosegarden-manual.xml:63
msgid ""
-"options number 1: here is there some configure to do before you can record "
-"trought this device, when you have plug in the usb port, the device is added "
-"as one sound-card, so you have to chose that you want to use UA-25 as your "
-"record device, and if you have a sound-card build inn, you presumably want "
-"to use that as a playback device. to fix this can you use jackd, that you "
-"find under -> Multimedia --> jack control. if you not find jackd on "
-"you menu you have to install the package \"Qjackctl\""
+"This device have some features that you should keep in mind, on the setting "
+"48,44 Khz you can use playback and record at the same time on the device, "
+"but if you set the device to 96Khz, the device only work as a playback, or a "
+"record device. So if you want to hear what you play wile you record on the "
+"96 Khz setting, you have to configure jack to use the integrated sound card "
+"as playback device, and UA25 as a record device, but this can give you "
+"problem with Xrun."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
#: rosegarden-manual.xml:65
msgid ""
-"options number 2: you can just use UA-25 as a record and playback device "
-"(less problem to) But on the 96Khz, you can only play or record, and it's "
-"here the options number 1 comes in."
+"To set up this device you can use jackd, that you find under -> "
+"Multimedia --> jack control. if you not find jackd on your menu just "
+"install \"aptitude install qjackctl\""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
@@ -163,35 +163,42 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
#: rosegarden-manual.xml:73
msgid ""
-"if you want to hear what you play wile you record you simply plug some of "
-"the line out on the ua-25 to line in on your integrated sound-card. example, "
-"you take record of your midi recorded segments, you have to remember to shut "
-"down the metronome click, you don't want that on your recorded wav file."
+"Lets take and example, the first ting you want to record, is the midi "
+"segments,(plug inn right and left audio cannel from your synth to UA25) then "
+"you have to remember to shut down the metronome click, you don't want that "
+"on your recorded wav file. And after you have done this, you can then mute "
+"all midi segment, and only listen to the wav file you made, then you simply "
+"unplug the synth, and plug inn your guitar, mic, and easly record guitars, "
+"Vocal, and so on to your masterpiece."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
#: rosegarden-manual.xml:75
msgid ""
"if you getting alsa_pcm: xrun problem, take a look at the messages in the "
-"start how the device been start up. If your integrated card don't handle 24 "
-"bit, you will get into some problem, and you have to turn on the advance "
-"mode OFF the UA-25 device, so it goes down to 16Bit with the integrated "
-"sound-card. If ALSA gives you problem still, try to run the OSS instead. If "
-"your integrated sound-card don't support 48.000, you have to turn UA-25 down "
-"to 44.100. Remeber that you have to unplug usb, and do the change on "
-"device, and then plug in the usb again before the changes take effect."
+"start how the device been start up. There are many reason that this not "
+"wanna work as it shoult. If your integrated card don't handle 24 bit, you "
+"will get into some problem, and you have to turn on the advance mode OFF the "
+"UA-25 device, so it goes down to 16Bit with the integrated sound-card (but "
+"then the midi wont work on UA25). If ALSA still gives you problem, try to "
+"run the OSS instead. If your integrated sound-card don't support 48.000, "
+"you have to turn UA-25 down to 44.100. Remeber that you have to unplug usb, "
+"and do the change on device, and then plug in the usb again before the "
+"changes take effect. This is some thing you could try to get alsa running "
+"smooth. Try activate the RT in Jackd, and if you can't activate the RT (real "
+"time) in jack you have to add this followings line in"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
#: rosegarden-manual.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"if you not can activate the RT (real time) in jack you have to add this "
-"followings line in"
+msgid "/etc/security/limits.conf file"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
#: rosegarden-manual.xml:79
-msgid "/etc/security/limits.conf file"
+msgid ""
+"I have experienced that some devices don't like the RT options activatet and "
+"runs better with RT off in jack."
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
@@ -388,202 +395,225 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
#: rosegarden-manual.xml:213
-msgid "Roland edirol um-1"
+msgid "Roland edirol UA-25EX"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
#: rosegarden-manual.xml:216
-msgid "Same as Ediro UA-25"
+msgid ""
+"Does nok work with Advance modus on, switch it to off. Mark! The MIDI part "
+"will not work, only audio with advance off. So go for UM-1 to cominucate "
+"with your MIDI device instead for example"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
#: rosegarden-manual.xml:220
-msgid "Roland edirol Um-3ex"
+msgid "Yamaha MM6 Synth"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
#: rosegarden-manual.xml:223
-msgid "Usb To Midi"
+msgid "The MIDI usb, work without any problem on linux systems"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
#: rosegarden-manual.xml:227
-msgid "Roland edirol Studio Canvas, SD-20"
+msgid "Roland edirol um-1"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
#: rosegarden-manual.xml:230
-msgid "Gm/xg lite Midi soundmodule"
+msgid "Same as Ediro UA-25"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
#: rosegarden-manual.xml:234
-msgid "M-Audio Midisport 4"
+msgid "Roland edirol Um-3ex"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
#: rosegarden-manual.xml:237
-msgid "Midi-USB 2x IN 4x OUT"
+msgid "Usb To Midi"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
#: rosegarden-manual.xml:241
-msgid "M-Audio Keystations 49e"
+msgid "Roland edirol Studio Canvas, SD-20"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
#: rosegarden-manual.xml:244
-msgid "usb-midi keyboard"
+msgid "Gm/xg lite Midi soundmodule"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
#: rosegarden-manual.xml:248
+msgid "M-Audio Midisport 4"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:251
+msgid "Midi-USB 2x IN 4x OUT"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:255
+msgid "M-Audio Keystations 49e"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:258
+msgid "usb-midi keyboard"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:262
msgid "M-Audio Axiom 25"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:251 rosegarden-manual.xml:279
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:265 rosegarden-manual.xml:293
msgid "Usb Midi Keyboard"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:255
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:269
msgid "M-Audio Trigger Finger"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:258
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:272
msgid "Usb Drum pathern"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:262
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:276
msgid "Samson Gtrack (GM1U)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:265
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:279
msgid "Usb Mic"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:269
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:283
msgid "Zoom, ZFX, plug-in"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:272
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:286
msgid "Audio Record, no Midi"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:276
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:290
msgid "Edirol Midi Keyboard Controller PCR-300, 500, 800"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:283
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:297
msgid "Roland FP-5 (digital piano)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:286
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:300
msgid "Usb Works, and the piano also have midi inn/out"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:293
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:307
msgid ""
"Thanks to Mario Music for allowed me to be in there store testing this "
"equipment."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:295
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:309
msgid "Fixme: add devices you have experienced to work with out any problem"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:297
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:311
msgid "Devices that have been found not working for now"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:299
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:313
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\"> Devices </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:303
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:317
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\"> Problem </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:308
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:322
msgid "Echo Audiofire 2, 4, 8, and 12"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:311
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:325
msgid ""
"firevare card, they where detected but they where not cooprative, jackd "
"where not abel to start them"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:315
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:329
msgid "Tone Port Ux2 (line6)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:318
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:332
msgid "Did not work"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:322
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:336
msgid "Audio Kontrol 1"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:325
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:339
msgid "Jackd find out about the card, but the card will not work as is should"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:329
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:343
msgid "Roland UA-4FX"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:332
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:346
msgid "Jackd finding this also, but are makeing trouble"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:336
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:350
msgid "Mbox2"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:339
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:353
msgid "jcakd find it, and it runs, but producing allot of Xrun"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:343
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:357
msgid "yamaha KX"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:346
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:360
msgid ""
"usb midi keyboard do not work trought usb, but there are midi in and out on "
"this"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:353
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:367
msgid ""
"If everything works, it's time to take a look at the rosegarden "
"dokumentations here: <ulink "
@@ -592,19 +622,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:362
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:376
msgid "Rosegarden Audio/Midi Sequencer introductions"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:364
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:378
msgid ""
"url:<ulink url=\"http://rosegardenmusic.com/\">http://rosegardenmusic.com/ "
"</ulink>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:367
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:381
msgid ""
"Rosegarden Audio/Midi Sequencer. Music creations without limit. Midi "
"(Musical Instrument Digital Interface), Is a perfect way to build up music "
@@ -616,12 +646,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:370
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:384
msgid "<phrase>attachment:instrumentpara.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:375
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:389
msgid ""
"That is okay to use, IF you held your project to Rosegarden, My experience "
"with this is when you try to export your midi to other aplications, "
@@ -629,7 +659,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:377
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:391
msgid ""
"This can sound difficult and time consumed, but if you are bit structured, "
"and made the setup file at hand, you have everything ready for your next "
@@ -641,1561 +671,1516 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:379
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:393
msgid "Track 1 = piano"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:381
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:395
msgid "Track 2 = Bass"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:383
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:397
msgid "Track 3 = Guitar (muted, clean and so on)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:385
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:399
msgid "Track 4 = Melody"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:387
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:401
msgid "Track 5 = second voice"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:389
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:403
msgid "Track 6-9 = here you can set up, strings, clarinet, obo, sax, and so on."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:391
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:405
msgid "Track 10 = Drum, this is always drums, this is standard in GM setup."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:393
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:407
msgid "Track 11-16 = same as 6-9."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:395
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:409
msgid ""
"If you follows this setup on your every midi sound, there will not be any "
"problem to made new melody."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:399
-msgid "Placing your audio file for your new project"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:401
-msgid ""
-"It is very important to be strict when it's comes to where you placing your "
-"recording live instruments, and vocals, because without that, you will after "
-"a wile get problem to find what files you are working with, it's not "
-"impossible but without any structure on it, you will use allot of time find "
-"it. So lets say you have made you self a new midi melody \"shallala\", and "
-"you want to record your vocal on it, then you just remember to make a "
-"director that has the same name as your melody, and place your recorded "
-"audio in there."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:404
-msgid "<phrase>attachment:audioplace.png </phrase>"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:409
-msgid "Choose --> \"composition\" ---> and then \"edit document properties\""
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:414
-msgid "How to sign your melody"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:416
-msgid ""
-"You want to tell everybody the you have made this tune, so belove you se how "
-"you can add what the song name is, who has composed it"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:419
-msgid "<phrase>attachment:signaudio.png </phrase>"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:427
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:413
msgid "Instrumental index."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:429 rosegarden-manual.xml:437 rosegarden-manual.xml:445 rosegarden-manual.xml:453 rosegarden-manual.xml:1295 rosegarden-manual.xml:1482
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:415 rosegarden-manual.xml:423 rosegarden-manual.xml:431 rosegarden-manual.xml:439 rosegarden-manual.xml:1281 rosegarden-manual.xml:1468
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\"> No. </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:433 rosegarden-manual.xml:449 rosegarden-manual.xml:457
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:419 rosegarden-manual.xml:435 rosegarden-manual.xml:443
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\"> Instruments </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:441
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:427
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">Instruments </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:462 rosegarden-manual.xml:1309
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:448 rosegarden-manual.xml:1295
msgid "1"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:465
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:451
msgid "Ac. Grand Piano"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:468
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:454
msgid "34"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:471
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:457
msgid "El.Bass finger"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:474
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:460
msgid "67"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:477
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:463
msgid "Tenor Sax"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:480
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:466
msgid "100"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:483
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:469
msgid "FX 4 (atmosphere)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:487 rosegarden-manual.xml:1319
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:473 rosegarden-manual.xml:1305
msgid "2"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:490
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:476
msgid "Bright Ac. Piano"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:493
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:479
msgid "35"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:496
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:482
msgid "El.Bass pick"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:499
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:485
msgid "68"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:502
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:488
msgid "Baritone Sax"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:505
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:491
msgid "101"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:508
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:494
msgid "FX 5 (brightness)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:512
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:498
msgid "3"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:515
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:501
msgid "El. Grand Piano"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:518
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:504
msgid "36"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:521
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:507
msgid "Fretless Bass"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:524
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:510
msgid "69"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:527
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:513
msgid "Oboe"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:530
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:516
msgid "102"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:533
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:519
msgid "FX 6 (goblins)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:537
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:523
msgid "4"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:540
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:526
msgid "Honky-tonk Piano"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:543
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:529
msgid "37"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:546
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:532
msgid "Slap Bass 1"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:549
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:535
msgid "70"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:552
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:538
msgid "English Horn"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:555
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:541
msgid "103"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:558
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:544
msgid "FX 7 (echoes)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:562
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:548
msgid "5"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:565
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:551
msgid "El. Piano 1"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:568
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:554
msgid "38"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:571
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:557
msgid "Slap Bass 2"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:574
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:560
msgid "71"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:577
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:563
msgid "Bossoon"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:580
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:566
msgid "104"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:583
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:569
msgid "FX 8 (sci-fi)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:587
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:573
msgid "6"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:590
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:576
msgid "El. Piano 2"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:593
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:579
msgid "39"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:596
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:582
msgid "Synth Bass 1"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:599
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:585
msgid "72"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:602
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:588
msgid "Clarinet"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:605
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:591
msgid "105"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:608
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:594
msgid "Sitar"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:612 rosegarden-manual.xml:1495
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:598 rosegarden-manual.xml:1481
msgid "7"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:615
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:601
msgid "Harpsichord"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:618
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:604
msgid "40"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:621
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:607
msgid "Synth Bass 2"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:624
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:610
msgid "73"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:627
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:613
msgid "Piccolo"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:630
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:616
msgid "106"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:633
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:619
msgid "Banjo"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:637
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:623
msgid "8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:640
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:626
msgid "Clavi"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:643 rosegarden-manual.xml:1399
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:629 rosegarden-manual.xml:1385
msgid "41"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:646
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:632
msgid "Violin"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:649 rosegarden-manual.xml:1449
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:635 rosegarden-manual.xml:1435
msgid "74"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:652
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:638
msgid "Flute"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:655
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:641
msgid "107"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:658
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:644
msgid "Shamisen"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:662
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:648
msgid "9"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:665
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:651
msgid "Celesta"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:668
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:654
msgid "42"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:671
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:657
msgid "Viola"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:674 rosegarden-manual.xml:1459
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:660 rosegarden-manual.xml:1445
msgid "75"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:677
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:663
msgid "Recorder"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:680
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:666
msgid "108"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:683
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:669
msgid "Koto"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:687 rosegarden-manual.xml:1329 rosegarden-manual.xml:1505
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:673 rosegarden-manual.xml:1315 rosegarden-manual.xml:1491
msgid "10"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:690
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:676
msgid "Glockenspiel"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:693
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:679
msgid "43"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:696
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:682
msgid "Cello"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:699
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:685
msgid "76"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:702
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:688
msgid "Pan Flute"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:705
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:691
msgid "109"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:708
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:694
msgid "Kalimba"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:712
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:698
msgid "11"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:715
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:701
msgid "Music Box"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:718
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:704
msgid "44"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:721
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:707
msgid "Contrabass"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:724
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:710
msgid "77"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:727
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:713
msgid "Blow Bottle"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:730
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:716
msgid "110"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:733
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:719
msgid "Bag Pipe"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:737
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:723
msgid "12"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:740
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:726
msgid "Vibraphone"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:743
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:729
msgid "45"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:746
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:732
msgid "Tremolo Strings"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:749
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:735
msgid "78"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:752
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:738
msgid "Shakuhachi"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:755
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:741
msgid "111"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:758
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:744
msgid "Fiddle"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:762
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:748
msgid "13"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:765
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:751
msgid "Marimba"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:768
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:754
msgid "46"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:771
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:757
msgid "Pizz. Strings"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:774
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:760
msgid "79"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:777
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:763
msgid "Whistle"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:780
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:766
msgid "112"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:783
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:769
msgid "Shanai"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:787
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:773
msgid "14"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:790
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:776
msgid "Xylophone"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:793
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:779
msgid "47"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:796
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:782
msgid "Orch Harp"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:799
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:785
msgid "80"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:802
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:788
msgid "Ocarina"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:805
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:791
msgid "113"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:808
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:794
msgid "Tinkle Bell"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:812
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:798
msgid "15"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:815
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:801
msgid "Tubular Bells"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:818
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:804
msgid "48"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:821
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:807
msgid "Timpani"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:824
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:810
msgid "81"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:827
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:813
msgid "Lead 1 (square)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:830
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:816
msgid "114"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:833
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:819
msgid "Agogo"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:837
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:823
msgid "16"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:840
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:826
msgid "Dulcimer"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:843 rosegarden-manual.xml:1409
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:829 rosegarden-manual.xml:1395
msgid "49"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:846
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:832
msgid "String Ens 1"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:849
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:835
msgid "82"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:852
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:838
msgid "Lead 2 (sawtooth)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:855
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:841
msgid "115"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:858
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:844
msgid "Steel Drums"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:862 rosegarden-manual.xml:1339
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:848 rosegarden-manual.xml:1325
msgid "17"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:865
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:851
msgid "Drawbar Organ"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:868
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:854
msgid "50"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:871
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:857
msgid "String Ens 2"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:874
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:860
msgid "83"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:877
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:863
msgid "Lead 3 (calliope)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:880
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:866
msgid "116"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:883
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:869
msgid "Woodblock"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:887
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:873
msgid "18"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:890
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:876
msgid "Perc. Organ"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:893
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:879
msgid "51"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:896
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:882
msgid "Synthstrings 1"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:899
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:885
msgid "84"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:902
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:888
msgid "Lead 4 (chiff)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:905
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:891
msgid "117"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:908
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:894
msgid "Taiko Drum"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:912
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:898
msgid "19"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:915
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:901
msgid "Rock Organ"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:918
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:904
msgid "52"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:921
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:907
msgid "Synthstrings 2"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:924
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:910
msgid "85"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:927
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:913
msgid "Lead 5 (charang)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:930
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:916
msgid "118"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:933
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:919
msgid "Melodic Tom"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:937
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:923
msgid "20"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:940
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:926
msgid "Church Organ"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:943
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:929
msgid "53"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:946
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:932
msgid "Choir Aahs"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:949
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:935
msgid "86"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:952
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:938
msgid "Lead 6 (voice)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:955
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:941
msgid "119"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:958
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:944
msgid "Synth Drum"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:962
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:948
msgid "21"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:965
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:951
msgid "Reed Organ"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:968
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:954
msgid "54"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:971
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:957
msgid "Choir Oohs"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:974
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:960
msgid "87"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:977
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:963
msgid "Lead 7 (fifths)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:980
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:966
msgid "120"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:983
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:969
msgid "Reverse Cymbal"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:987
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:973
msgid "22"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:990
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:976
msgid "Accordion"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:993
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:979
msgid "55"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:996
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:982
msgid "Synth Voice"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:999
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:985
msgid "88"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1002
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:988
msgid "Lead 8 (bass+lead)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1005
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:991
msgid "121"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1008
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:994
msgid "Fret Noise"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1012
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:998
msgid "23"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1015
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1001
msgid "Harmonica"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1018
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1004
msgid "56"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1021
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1007
msgid "Orchestra hit"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1024
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1010
msgid "89"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1027
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1013
msgid "Pad 1 (new age)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1030
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1016
msgid "122"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1033
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1019
msgid "Breath Noise"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1037
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1023
msgid "24"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1040
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1026
msgid "Tango Accordion"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1043 rosegarden-manual.xml:1419
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1029 rosegarden-manual.xml:1405
msgid "57"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1046
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1032
msgid "Trumpet"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1049
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1035
msgid "90"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1052
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1038
msgid "Pad 2 (warm)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1055
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1041
msgid "123"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1058
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1044
msgid "Seashore"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1062 rosegarden-manual.xml:1349
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1048 rosegarden-manual.xml:1335
msgid "25"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1065
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1051
msgid "Ac. guitar nylon"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1068
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1054
msgid "58"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1071
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1057
msgid "Trombone"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1074 rosegarden-manual.xml:1535
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1060 rosegarden-manual.xml:1521
msgid "91"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1077
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1063
msgid "Pad 3 (polysynth)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1080
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1066
msgid "124"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1083
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1069
msgid "Bird Tweet"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1087 rosegarden-manual.xml:1359
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1073 rosegarden-manual.xml:1345
msgid "26"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1090
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1076
msgid "Ac. guitar steel"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1093
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1079
msgid "59"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1096
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1082
msgid "Tuba"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1099
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1085
msgid "92"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1102
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1088
msgid "Pad 4 (choir)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1105
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1091
msgid "125"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1108
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1094
msgid "Telephone Ring"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1112 rosegarden-manual.xml:1369
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1098 rosegarden-manual.xml:1355
msgid "27"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1115
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1101
msgid "El. guitar jazz"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1118
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1104
msgid "60"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1121
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1107
msgid "Muted Trumpet"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1124
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1110
msgid "93"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1127
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1113
msgid "Pad 5 (bowed)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1130
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1116
msgid "126"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1133
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1119
msgid "Helicopter"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1137 rosegarden-manual.xml:1379
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1123 rosegarden-manual.xml:1365
msgid "28"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1140
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1126
msgid "El. guitar clean"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1143
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1129
msgid "61"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1146
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1132
msgid "French Horn"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1149
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1135
msgid "94"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1152
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1138
msgid "Pad 6 (metallic)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1155
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1141
msgid "127"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1158
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1144
msgid "Applause"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1162
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1148
msgid "29"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1165
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1151
msgid "El. guitar muted"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1168
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1154
msgid "62"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1171
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1157
msgid "Brass Section"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1174
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1160
msgid "95"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1177
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1163
msgid "Pad 7 (halo)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1180
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1166
msgid "128"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1183
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1169
msgid "Gunshot"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1187
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1173
msgid "30"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1190
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1176
msgid "<ulink url=\"/OverDr\">OverDr </ulink>. Guitar"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1194
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1180
msgid "63"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1197
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1183
msgid "<ulink url=\"/SynthBrass\">SynthBrass </ulink> 1"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1201
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1187
msgid "96"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1204
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1190
msgid "Pad 8 (sweep)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1214
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1200
msgid "31"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1217
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1203
msgid "Dist. Guitar"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1220
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1206
msgid "64"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1223
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1209
msgid "<ulink url=\"/SynthBrass\">SynthBrass </ulink> 2"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1227
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1213
msgid "97"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1230
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1216
msgid "FX 1 (rain)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1240 rosegarden-manual.xml:1515
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1226 rosegarden-manual.xml:1501
msgid "32"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1243
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1229
msgid "Guitar harmonics"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1246 rosegarden-manual.xml:1429
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1232 rosegarden-manual.xml:1415
msgid "65"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1249
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1235
msgid "Soprano Sax"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1252
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1238
msgid "98"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1255
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1241
msgid "FX 2 (soundtrack)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1265 rosegarden-manual.xml:1389
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1251 rosegarden-manual.xml:1375
msgid "33"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1268
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1254
msgid "Acoustic Bass"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1271 rosegarden-manual.xml:1439
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1257 rosegarden-manual.xml:1425
msgid "66"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1274
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1260
msgid "Alto Sax"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1277
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1263
msgid "99"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1280
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1266
msgid "FX 3 (crystal)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1293
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1279
msgid ""
"And that was the index of the instrument, below you have the index overt the "
"Percussive instruments (drums)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1304
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1290
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\"> Uses </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1312
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1298
msgid "Standar GM kit 1"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1315
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1301
msgid "Everything"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1322
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1308
msgid "Standar GM kit 2"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1325
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1311
msgid "Same as 1"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1332
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1318
msgid "Rom Kit"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1335
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1321
msgid "Pop Ballads"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1342
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1328
msgid "Power Set"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1345
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1331
msgid "Rock, hard rock"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1352
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1338
msgid "Electronic kit"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1355
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1341
msgid "Ballads"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1362
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1348
msgid "Analog kit"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1365
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1351
msgid "Also used in ballads"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1372
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1358
msgid "Dance Kit"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1375
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1361
msgid "Uses in Dance, Teckno"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1382
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1368
msgid "Dance Kit 2"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1385
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1371
msgid "Same As 27"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1392
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1378
msgid "Standar GM kit 3"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1395
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1381
msgid "Same as 1,2 and 74,75"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1402
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1388
msgid "Brush/jazz kit"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1405
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1391
msgid "Uses in jazz, or ballads"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1412
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1398
msgid "Orchestral Kit"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1415
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1401
msgid "Uses in classical music"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1422
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1408
msgid "Effects Kit"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1425
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1411
msgid "Uses to make effects arround your melodi"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1432
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1418
msgid "Percussion kit 1"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1442
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1428
msgid "Percussion kit 2"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1452
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1438
msgid "Standar Gm Kit 4"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1462
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1448
msgid "Standar Gm Kit 5"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1472
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1458
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">No. </emphasis>: representing the Programchange"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1478
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1464
msgid "Midi setup"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1480
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1466
msgid ""
"Midi setup, in this case midisetup.rg file will i show you how to change "
"settings. I will introduce you to some controllers that you will find "
@@ -2203,80 +2188,80 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1486
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1472
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\"> Controller </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1490
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1476
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\"> What does the controller do </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1498
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1484
msgid "Volume"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1501
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1487
msgid ""
"This sets the volume on the midi track 0 if lowest setting, 127 is the "
"loudest setting"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1508
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1494
msgid "Ballange"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1511
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1497
msgid ""
"This controls sett the balance on the midi track, 0 is for the left side, "
"and 127 is right, 65 is center"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1518 rosegarden-manual.xml:1528
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1504 rosegarden-manual.xml:1514
msgid "Bank Select"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1521
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1507
msgid ""
"This controller select the different sound banks on your synth/keyboard "
"\"LSB\" (fine) bank select"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1525
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1511
msgid "0"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1531
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1517
msgid "This controller is the MSB (coarse) bank change"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1538
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1524
msgid "reverb"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1541
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1527
msgid ""
"This sets the room size on the midi track, 0 is for no acoustics, and 127 "
"for max acoustics"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1549
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1535
msgid "<phrase>attachment:midisetup.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1554
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1540
msgid ""
"with this out of the way, you have setup a structured setup of the midi "
"segment that tells your synth/keyboard what it should do. And then you "
@@ -2285,17 +2270,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1556
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1542
msgid "here you can download the finish setup file"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1563
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1549
msgid "how to change bank select."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1565
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1551
msgid ""
"Sometime you wish to use different sounds on your Synth/keyboard that not in "
"the GM standard, then you have to use controller that take care of "
@@ -2303,7 +2288,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1567
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1553
msgid ""
"This functions are taken in use if you also want drums on other tracks then "
"10. Example percussion effects on tracks 16, that my favorite tracks to use "
@@ -2313,28 +2298,28 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1569
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1555
msgid ""
"Controller 0 and 32, with number 0, is gm standard, use it on tracks 1-9, "
"11-16"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1571
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1557
msgid ""
"Controller 0 and 32, with number 1-127 are those different banks, used on "
"track 1-9, 11-16"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1573
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1559
msgid ""
"Controller 32, with number 4, are for mine synth drums, that is use for "
"standard on track 10, and on special need on any track you to your liking."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1575
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1561
msgid ""
"Yamaha keyboard with Gm2/Xg have some more options, i recommend you to read "
"the manual that gives you the complete overview of the instrument on your "
@@ -2342,70 +2327,70 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1577
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1563
msgid "Let me take an example:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1579
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1565
msgid ""
"my keyboard have a instrument on controller 0(MSB) on value 8, and in "
"controller 32(LSB) on value 1, and last on program change 3."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1581
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1567
msgid "so the following is,"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1583
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1569
msgid "controller 0 with value 8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1585
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1571
msgid "controller 32 with value 1"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1587
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1573
msgid "and last the program change with value 3"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1590
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1576
msgid "<phrase>attachment:changebankselect.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1595
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1581
msgid ""
"the order on when controller 0 and 32 and program change comes are important "
"<emphasis role=\"strong\"> </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1598
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1584
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">remeber that controller 0 and 32, have to come "
"BEFORE program change. </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1601
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1587
msgid "i have included this in the standardupsetfile."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1606
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1592
msgid ""
"How to make rosegarden to automatical put controller and program change in "
"the start of your segment, for exported midi"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1608
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1594
msgid ""
"This is actually something i just found out. You use the intrumentparameter "
"to have the reverb, volume you want, and then the trick is to press a key on "
@@ -2417,40 +2402,100 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1613
-msgid "How to use Score editor to set controllers"
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1599
+msgid "how to add a new midi device"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1601
+msgid ""
+"As i said, this is not nessesary if you just held this projekt as a "
+"rosegarden file."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1603
+msgid ""
+"All synth have many sounds, and you will not get to all the sound that are "
+"awailable with the GM only on the quick instrument parameter pick, so if you "
+"follow this way you can try to add your synth/keyboard as your default "
+"device, and take in use all sound that lives in your keyboard/synth. New "
+"devices are added on new releases of rosegarden, so if you not find your own "
+"device here, you can just wait to se if it will show up, or you can help the "
+"rosegarden project and make the instrument indexing your self, and simply "
+"send the *.rgd file to them, and at the same time join the rosegarden list: "
+"<ulink "
+"url=\"http://rosegardenmusic.com/support/lists/\">http://rosegardenmusic.com/support/lists/ "
+"</ulink>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1616
-msgid "<phrase>attachment:addevent.png </phrase>"
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1607
+msgid "<phrase>attachment:mididevice.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1624
-msgid "how to add a new midi device"
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1615
+msgid "Placing your audio file for your new project"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1626
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1617
msgid ""
-"you can also create a new midi device that is for your synth/keyboard, to "
-"make the easy pick on the instrument parameters as shown on the picture "
-"below"
+"It is very important to be strict when it's comes to where you placing your "
+"recording live instruments, and vocals, because without that, you will after "
+"a wile get problem to find what files you are working with, it's not "
+"impossible but without any structure on it, you will use allot of time find "
+"it. So lets say you have made you self a new midi melody \"shallala\", and "
+"you want to record your vocal on it, then you just remember to make a "
+"director that has the same name as your melody, and place your recorded "
+"audio in there."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1629
-msgid "<phrase>attachment:mididevice.png </phrase>"
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1620
+msgid "<phrase>attachment:audioplace.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1625
+msgid "Choose --> \"composition\" ---> and then \"edit document properties\""
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1630
+msgid "How to sign your melody"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1632
+msgid ""
+"You want to tell everybody the you have made this tune, so belove you se how "
+"you can add what the song name is, who has composed it"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1635
+msgid "<phrase>attachment:signaudio.png </phrase>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1643
+msgid "How to use Score editor to set controllers"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1646
+msgid "<phrase>attachment:addevent.png </phrase>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1663
msgid "how to change, edit, improve a recorded midi segment"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1648
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1665
msgid ""
"When you have play what you want in the segment will there always be "
"something you want to correct up on, instead of play everything from start "
@@ -2459,22 +2504,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1651
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1668
msgid "<phrase>attachment:matrixsetup.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1659
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1676
msgid "Quantize"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1663
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1680
msgid "Grid Quantize"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1665
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1682
msgid ""
"This functions have several possibility, after a played segment you sometime "
"miss the beat, here is where the <ulink url=\"/GridQuantize\">GridQuantize "
@@ -2483,12 +2528,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1669
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1686
msgid "<phrase>attachment:gridquantize.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1674
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1691
msgid ""
"To use this the right way, can save your from a lot of work. You have to try "
"out different ways, there are always the possibility to undo the quantize if "
@@ -2499,22 +2544,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1679
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1696
msgid "Legato Quantizer"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1681
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1698
msgid "with this you with one keystroke change a staccato played part to legato."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1686
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1703
msgid "Heuristic notation quantizer"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1688
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1705
msgid ""
"and other Quantizer that you will find usefully are heuristic notation "
"quantizer. This help you to make your played note to the right length, this "
@@ -2523,12 +2568,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1691
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1708
msgid "<phrase>attachment:heuristicquantize.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1696
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1713
msgid ""
"As you can se have this method, changed the length on the note to right "
"length for and 16 note, and that should be played stakato. It have changed "
@@ -2536,7 +2581,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1698
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1715
msgid ""
"Number 1 show you how the notations was before Quantize, and number 2 is how "
"it shown up after. Number 2 is more easy for the musician to read then "
@@ -2549,12 +2594,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1706
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1723
msgid "Note edit"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1708
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1725
msgid ""
"Note edit are a powerful edit tool to make you notations ready for pianist, "
"orchestra, band, you have the tool to make different marks thats tell the "
@@ -2564,12 +2609,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1711
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1728
msgid "<phrase>attachment:notationsbefore.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1716
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1733
msgid ""
"you see a clean notations, there is noting that tells what you want how the "
"notes should be played. After i have worked with the notations, here is the "
@@ -2577,12 +2622,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1719
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1736
msgid "<phrase>attachment:notationsafter.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1724
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1741
msgid ""
"you see here that we have got what speed, what hardiness the notations "
"should be played with. At the same time i have change the note to bind "
@@ -2593,17 +2638,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1728
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1745
msgid "howto get specifications in the notations editor"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1731
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1748
msgid "<phrase>attachment:notationedit.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1736
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1753
msgid ""
"This guide show you how to set in useful informations to the musician how "
"you compositions should be played, Tempo, what volume, what accord, that "
@@ -2612,12 +2657,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1739
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1756
msgid "<phrase>attachment:notationedit1.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1744
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1761
msgid ""
"If you look at the right menu, there are many possibility to improve the "
"informations on the notations, the only thing you have to remember is to "
@@ -2625,69 +2670,69 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1747
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1764
msgid "<phrase>attachment:notationedit2.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1752
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1769
msgid ""
"If you look on the left menu, you can put manually note, rest on you "
"notations, you can also cange the clef on the notations, below you se how."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1757
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1774
msgid "how to change clef"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1758
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1775
msgid "Double click on the G clef, and a menu will pop up."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1762
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1779
msgid "<phrase>attachment:clefchange.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1770
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1787
msgid "How to change key"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1772
-msgid "[attachment:changekey.png]"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1790
+msgid "<phrase>attachment:changekey.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1777
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1798
msgid "how to change note volume on a recorded segment."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1780
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1801
msgid "<phrase>attachment:notevolume.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1788
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1809
msgid "How to make the note play after your inserted marks in score editor"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1790
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1811
msgid "Take in use the Interpret functions"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1794
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1815
msgid "Interpret functions in the score editor"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1796
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1817
msgid ""
"when you play on the synth/keyboard, specially when you want to play in a "
"low volume (piano) this are not always easy, have the same note hardiness on "
@@ -2700,12 +2745,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1802
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1823
msgid "How to split segment for grand staff"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1804
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1825
msgid ""
"It is not possible yet, to display a piano segment in a dual system (grand "
"staff). However <ulink "
@@ -2718,24 +2763,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1812
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1833
msgid "Setting notes manualy, and steprecording"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1814
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1835
msgid ""
"There are 2 ways to put note in scoreeditor, first way is the manually "
"putting notes."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1817
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1838
msgid "<phrase>attachment:putnotemanualy.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1822
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1843
msgid ""
"And you have the Step recording, that one is my favorite. And it could be a "
"nice way for the student to learn what note and what key on the "
@@ -2743,32 +2788,32 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1825
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1846
msgid "<phrase>attachment:steprecording.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1836
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1857
msgid "Rosegarden timer is unstable"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1838
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1859
msgid "If this is happening you could try to change the sequencer timer source."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1841
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1862
msgid "<phrase>attachment:timersource.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1849
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1870
msgid "how to change tempo in Rosegarden"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1851
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1872
msgid ""
"That can be done several ways, I'm gonna show you the one i think is the "
"best to use. if you right click on the line you see right under 120, the "
@@ -2776,57 +2821,57 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1854
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1875
msgid "<phrase>attachment:tempochange.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1859
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1880
msgid "The menu is as following"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1860 rosegarden-manual.xml:1872
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1881 rosegarden-manual.xml:1893
msgid "Insert Tempo Change"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1861 rosegarden-manual.xml:1885
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1882 rosegarden-manual.xml:1906
msgid "Insert Tempo Change at Playback Position"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1862
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1883
msgid "Delete Tempo Change"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1863 rosegarden-manual.xml:1898
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1884 rosegarden-manual.xml:1919
msgid "Ramp Tempo to Next Tempo"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1864
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1885
msgid "Un-ramp Tempo"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1865 rosegarden-manual.xml:1911
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1886 rosegarden-manual.xml:1932
msgid "Edit Tempo"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1866
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1887
msgid "Edit Time Signature..."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1867 rosegarden-manual.xml:1937
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1888 rosegarden-manual.xml:1958
msgid "Open Tempo And Time Signature Editor"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1874
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1895
msgid ""
"If you right click on the line there you want the tempo change, let's say "
"with number 3, and then chose 'Insert Tempo Change' a dot with number 3 will "
@@ -2835,32 +2880,32 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1877
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1898
msgid "<phrase>attachment:tempochange1.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1887
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1908
msgid "This simply make a tempo change there you are positions on the song."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1890
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1911
msgid "<phrase>attachment:tempochange2.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1900
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1921
msgid "this is nice to use if you want a gradient tempo change, or reduse."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1903
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1924
msgid "<phrase>attachment:tempochange3.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1913
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1934
msgid ""
"here you simply manyally can type in what tempo you want, this is the best "
"to use if you are after a special tempo, the drag functions are good to, but "
@@ -2868,17 +2913,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1916
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1937
msgid "<phrase>attachment:edittempo.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1924
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1945
msgid "Edit Time Signature"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1926
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1947
msgid ""
"this give you the possibility to change the beat on you melody, on my "
"example i have started up the song with 4/4 beat, and after the tempo change "
@@ -2886,80 +2931,80 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1929
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1950
msgid "<phrase>attachment:edittimesignature.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1940
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1961
msgid "<phrase>attachment:tempoandtimesignatureeditor.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1945
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1966
msgid ""
"With this you manually can go into all you tempo change and beat change, and "
"change to your liking"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1950
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1971
msgid "how to turn of metronome click"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1953
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1974
msgid "<phrase>attachment:metronome.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1958
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1979
msgid ""
"and the after you have done a successfully record of you midi song, you can "
"add on some singing, real guitars, and so on, you have to be creative.:)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1963
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1984
msgid "Music made with rosegarden"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1965
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1986
msgid ""
"Here you have and example of music piece that have been made on rosegarden, "
"I have got a friend of mine to play guitars."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1967
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1988
msgid "arr/melody: Alf Tonny Bätz. Guitarist: Bjørn Nygård"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1969
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1990
msgid "Mp3 versionen"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1973
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1994
msgid "Midi version"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1981
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2002
msgid "Copyright and authors"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1985
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2006
msgid ""
"This document is written and copyrighted by Alf Tonny Bätz (2008), Holger "
"Levsen (2008) and is released under the GPL2 or any later version. Enjoy!"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1987
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2008
msgid ""
"If you add content to it, <emphasis role=\"strong\">please only do so if you "
"are the author of it and plan to release it under the same conditions "
@@ -2968,36 +3013,39 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1993
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2014
msgid "Translation copyright and authors"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:1995
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2016
msgid ""
"The Bokmål translation is copyrighted by Alf Tonny Bätz (2008) and is "
"released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2000
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2021
msgid "Translations of this document"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2002
-msgid ""
-"Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. An "
-"incomplete translation for Norwegian Bokmål exists."
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2023
+msgid "Fully translated versions of this document are available."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2025
+msgid "Norwegian Bokmål."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2006
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2029
msgid "HowTo translate this document"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2008
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2031
msgid ""
"Translations of this document are kept in .po files like in many free "
"software projects, read "
@@ -3007,7 +3055,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2011
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2034
msgid ""
"To commit your translations you need to be a member of the alioth project "
"<computeroutput>debian-edu </computeroutput>. To translate, you just need to "
@@ -3018,7 +3066,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2015
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2038
msgid ""
"You can checkout the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source "
"anonymously with the following command (you need to have the "
@@ -3027,7 +3075,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2019
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2042
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>svn co "
"svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-edu-doc "
@@ -3035,7 +3083,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2024
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2047
msgid ""
"Then edit the "
"<computeroutput>documentation/rosegarden/rosegarden-manual.$CC.po "
@@ -3045,26 +3093,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2028
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2051
msgid ""
"Then you either commit the file directly to svn (if you have the rights to "
"do so) or send the file to the mailinglist."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2030
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2053
msgid ""
"To update your local copy of the repository use the following command inside "
"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> directory:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2033
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2056
msgid "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2038
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2061
msgid ""
"Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc-en/README.rosegarden-manual-translations "
"to find information how to create a new .po file for your language if there "
@@ -3075,23 +3123,23 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2042
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2065
msgid "Please report any problems."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2048
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2071
msgid "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2051
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2074
#, no-wrap
msgid "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2057
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2080
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 2008 Alf Tonny Bätz < <ulink "
"url=\"mailto:alfton at gmail.com\">alfton at gmail.com </ulink> > and others, "
@@ -3100,7 +3148,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2060
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2083
msgid ""
"This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
"under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
@@ -3109,7 +3157,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2062
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2085
msgid ""
"This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
"ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
@@ -3118,7 +3166,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2064
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2087
msgid ""
"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
"this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
@@ -3126,17 +3174,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2069
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2092
msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2071
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2094
msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2073
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2096
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
"Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
@@ -3145,12 +3193,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2078
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2101
msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2080
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2103
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">0. </emphasis> This License applies to any "
"program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder "
@@ -3164,7 +3212,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2083
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2106
msgid ""
"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
"by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program "
@@ -3175,7 +3223,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2085
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2108
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute "
"verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any "
@@ -3187,14 +3235,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2088
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2111
msgid ""
"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2090
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2113
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">2. </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
"of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
@@ -3203,7 +3251,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2093
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2116
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files "
"to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date "
@@ -3211,7 +3259,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2096
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2119
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">b) </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
"distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
@@ -3220,7 +3268,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2099
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2122
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">c) </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
"reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
@@ -3235,7 +3283,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2104
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2127
msgid ""
"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable "
"sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
@@ -3249,7 +3297,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2106
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2129
msgid ""
"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
"rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
@@ -3258,7 +3306,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2108
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2131
msgid ""
"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
"the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
@@ -3267,7 +3315,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2110
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2133
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">3. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
"Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
@@ -3276,7 +3324,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2113
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2136
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">a) </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
"corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
@@ -3285,7 +3333,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2116
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2139
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">b) </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
"valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
@@ -3296,7 +3344,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2119
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2142
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">c) </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
"you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This "
@@ -3306,7 +3354,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2124
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2147
msgid ""
"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
"modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all "
@@ -3320,7 +3368,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2126
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2149
msgid ""
"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
"copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
@@ -3330,7 +3378,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2128
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2151
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">4. </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
"sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
@@ -3342,7 +3390,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2131
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2154
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept "
"this License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants "
@@ -3355,7 +3403,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2134
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2157
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">6. </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
"Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
@@ -3367,7 +3415,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2137
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2160
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">7. </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
"judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
@@ -3384,7 +3432,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2140
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2163
msgid ""
"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
"particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
@@ -3392,7 +3440,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2142
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2165
msgid ""
"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
"or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
@@ -3406,14 +3454,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2144
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2167
msgid ""
"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
"consequence of the rest of this License."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2146
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2169
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">8. </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
"the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
@@ -3425,7 +3473,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2149
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2172
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">9. </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
"publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
@@ -3434,7 +3482,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2152
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2175
msgid ""
"Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program "
"specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
@@ -3446,7 +3494,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2154
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2177
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts "
"of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
@@ -3459,12 +3507,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2157
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2180
msgid "<emphasis role=\"strong\">NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2160
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2183
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">11. </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
"FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
@@ -3478,7 +3526,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2163
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2186
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"strong\">12. </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
"APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
@@ -3492,6 +3540,6 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2169
+#: rosegarden-manual.xml:2192
msgid "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
msgstr ""
diff --git a/documentation/rosegarden/rosegarden-manual.xml b/documentation/rosegarden/rosegarden-manual.xml
index 17f4042..4a3f01e 100644
--- a/documentation/rosegarden/rosegarden-manual.xml
+++ b/documentation/rosegarden/rosegarden-manual.xml
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
<para>This is a manual for rosegarden, based on the 1:1.4.0-1 version from the Debian Edu Etch 3.0 release.
</para>
<para>This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc
-</computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-07-15</computeroutput>.
+</computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-11-08</computeroutput>.
</para>
<para>The version at <ulink url="http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Manuals/Rosegarden">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Manuals/Rosegarden
</ulink> is a wiki and updated frequently.
@@ -60,9 +60,9 @@
</para>
<para>This device also have midi interface, so you get full packages on the same device, but of course this device are more expensive then um-1ex.
</para>
-<para>options number 1: here is there some configure to do before you can record trought this device, when you have plug in the usb port, the device is added as one sound-card, so you have to chose that you want to use UA-25 as your record device, and if you have a sound-card build inn, you presumably want to use that as a playback device. to fix this can you use jackd, that you find under -> Multimedia --> jack control. if you not find jackd on you menu you have to install the package "Qjackctl"
+<para>This device have some features that you should keep in mind, on the setting 48,44 Khz you can use playback and record at the same time on the device, but if you set the device to 96Khz, the device only work as a playback, or a record device. So if you want to hear what you play wile you record on the 96 Khz setting, you have to configure jack to use the integrated sound card as playback device, and UA25 as a record device, but this can give you problem with Xrun.
</para>
-<para>options number 2: you can just use UA-25 as a record and playback device (less problem to) But on the 96Khz, you can only play or record, and it's here the options number 1 comes in.
+<para>To set up this device you can use jackd, that you find under -> Multimedia --> jack control. if you not find jackd on your menu just install "aptitude install qjackctl"
</para>
<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="./images/jackdsetup.png"/>
</imageobject><textobject><phrase>attachment:jackdsetup.png
@@ -70,14 +70,14 @@
</textobject>
</inlinemediaobject>
</para>
-<para>if you want to hear what you play wile you record you simply plug some of the line out on the ua-25 to line in on your integrated sound-card. example, you take record of your midi recorded segments, you have to remember to shut down the metronome click, you don't want that on your recorded wav file.
+<para>Lets take and example, the first ting you want to record, is the midi segments,(plug inn right and left audio cannel from your synth to UA25) then you have to remember to shut down the metronome click, you don't want that on your recorded wav file. And after you have done this, you can then mute all midi segment, and only listen to the wav file you made, then you simply unplug the synth, and plug inn your guitar, mic, and easly record guitars, Vocal, and so on to your masterpiece.
</para>
-<para>if you getting alsa_pcm: xrun problem, take a look at the messages in the start how the device been start up. If your integrated card don't handle 24 bit, you will get into some problem, and you have to turn on the advance mode OFF the UA-25 device, so it goes down to 16Bit with the integrated sound-card. If ALSA gives you problem still, try to run the OSS instead. If your integrated sound-card don't support 48.000, you have to turn UA-25 down to 44.100. Remeber that you have to unplug usb, and do the change on device, and then plug in the usb again before the changes take effect.
-</para>
-<para>if you not can activate the RT (real time) in jack you have to add this followings line in
+<para>if you getting alsa_pcm: xrun problem, take a look at the messages in the start how the device been start up. There are many reason that this not wanna work as it shoult. If your integrated card don't handle 24 bit, you will get into some problem, and you have to turn on the advance mode OFF the UA-25 device, so it goes down to 16Bit with the integrated sound-card (but then the midi wont work on UA25). If ALSA still gives you problem, try to run the OSS instead. If your integrated sound-card don't support 48.000, you have to turn UA-25 down to 44.100. Remeber that you have to unplug usb, and do the change on device, and then plug in the usb again before the changes take effect. This is some thing you could try to get alsa running smooth. Try activate the RT in Jackd, and if you can't activate the RT (real time) in jack you have to add this followings line in
</para>
<para>/etc/security/limits.conf file
</para>
+<para>I have experienced that some devices don't like the RT options activatet and runs better with RT off in jack.
+</para>
<para>
</para><screen><![CDATA[@audio - rtprio 99
@audio - memlock 500000
@@ -210,6 +210,20 @@
</para>
</entry>
</row><row><entry>
+<para> Roland edirol UA-25EX
+</para>
+</entry><entry>
+<para> Does nok work with Advance modus on, switch it to off. Mark! The MIDI part will not work, only audio with advance off. So go for UM-1 to cominucate with your MIDI device instead for example
+</para>
+</entry>
+</row><row><entry>
+<para> Yamaha MM6 Synth
+</para>
+</entry><entry>
+<para> The MIDI usb, work without any problem on linux systems
+</para>
+</entry>
+</row><row><entry>
<para> Roland edirol um-1
</para>
</entry><entry>
@@ -382,7 +396,7 @@
</para>
<para>Track 3 = Guitar (muted, clean and so on)
</para>
-<para>Track 4 = Melody
+<para>Track 4 = Melody
</para>
<para>Track 5 = second voice
</para>
@@ -396,894 +410,866 @@
</para><para/>
<section>
-<title>Placing your audio file for your new project
-</title>
-<para>It is very important to be strict when it's comes to where you placing your recording live instruments, and vocals, because without that, you will after a wile get problem to find what files you are working with, it's not impossible but without any structure on it, you will use allot of time find it. So lets say you have made you self a new midi melody "shallala", and you want to record your vocal on it, then you just remember to make a director that has the same name as your melody, and place your recorded audio in there.
-</para>
-<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="./images/audioplace.png"/>
-</imageobject><textobject><phrase>attachment:audioplace.png
-</phrase>
-</textobject>
-</inlinemediaobject>
-</para>
-<para>Choose --> "composition" ---> and then "edit document properties"
-</para><para/>
-</section>
-
-<section>
-<title>How to sign your melody
-</title>
-<para>You want to tell everybody the you have made this tune, so belove you se how you can add what the song name is, who has composed it
-</para>
-<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="./images/signaudio.png"/>
-</imageobject><textobject><phrase>attachment:signaudio.png
-</phrase>
-</textobject>
-</inlinemediaobject>
-</para><para/>
-</section>
-
-<section>
<title>Instrumental index.
</title><table><caption/><tgroup cols="8"><colspec colname="xxx1"/><colspec colname="xxx2"/><colspec colname="xxx3"/><colspec colname="xxx4"/><colspec colname="xxx5"/><colspec colname="xxx6"/><colspec colname="xxx7"/><colspec colname="xxx8"/><tbody><row><entry>
<para><emphasis role="strong"> No.
-</emphasis>
+</emphasis>
</para>
</entry><entry>
<para><emphasis role="strong"> Instruments
-</emphasis>
+</emphasis>
</para>
</entry><entry>
<para><emphasis role="strong"> No.
-</emphasis>
+</emphasis>
</para>
</entry><entry>
<para><emphasis role="strong">Instruments
-</emphasis>
+</emphasis>
</para>
</entry><entry>
<para><emphasis role="strong"> No.
-</emphasis>
+</emphasis>
</para>
</entry><entry>
<para><emphasis role="strong"> Instruments
-</emphasis>
+</emphasis>
</para>
</entry><entry>
<para><emphasis role="strong"> No.
-</emphasis>
+</emphasis>
</para>
</entry><entry>
<para><emphasis role="strong"> Instruments
-</emphasis>
+</emphasis>
</para>
</entry>
</row><row><entry>
-<para> 1
+<para> 1
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Ac. Grand Piano
+<para>Ac. Grand Piano
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 34
+<para> 34
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>El.Bass finger
+<para>El.Bass finger
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 67
+<para> 67
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Tenor Sax
+<para>Tenor Sax
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 100
+<para> 100
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>FX 4 (atmosphere)
+<para>FX 4 (atmosphere)
</para>
</entry>
</row><row><entry>
-<para> 2
+<para> 2
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Bright Ac. Piano
+<para>Bright Ac. Piano
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 35
+<para> 35
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>El.Bass pick
+<para>El.Bass pick
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 68
+<para> 68
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Baritone Sax
+<para>Baritone Sax
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 101
+<para> 101
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>FX 5 (brightness)
+<para>FX 5 (brightness)
</para>
</entry>
</row><row><entry>
-<para> 3
+<para> 3
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>El. Grand Piano
+<para>El. Grand Piano
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 36
+<para> 36
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Fretless Bass
+<para>Fretless Bass
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 69
+<para> 69
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Oboe
+<para>Oboe
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 102
+<para> 102
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>FX 6 (goblins)
+<para>FX 6 (goblins)
</para>
</entry>
</row><row><entry>
-<para> 4
+<para> 4
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Honky-tonk Piano
+<para>Honky-tonk Piano
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 37
+<para> 37
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Slap Bass 1
+<para>Slap Bass 1
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 70
+<para> 70
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>English Horn
+<para>English Horn
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 103
+<para> 103
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>FX 7 (echoes)
+<para>FX 7 (echoes)
</para>
</entry>
</row><row><entry>
-<para> 5
+<para> 5
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>El. Piano 1
+<para>El. Piano 1
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 38
+<para> 38
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Slap Bass 2
+<para>Slap Bass 2
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 71
+<para> 71
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Bossoon
+<para>Bossoon
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 104
+<para> 104
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>FX 8 (sci-fi)
+<para>FX 8 (sci-fi)
</para>
</entry>
</row><row><entry>
-<para> 6
+<para> 6
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>El. Piano 2
+<para>El. Piano 2
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 39
+<para> 39
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Synth Bass 1
+<para>Synth Bass 1
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 72
+<para> 72
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Clarinet
+<para>Clarinet
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 105
+<para> 105
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Sitar
+<para>Sitar
</para>
</entry>
</row><row><entry>
-<para> 7
+<para> 7
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Harpsichord
+<para>Harpsichord
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 40
+<para> 40
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Synth Bass 2
+<para>Synth Bass 2
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 73
+<para> 73
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Piccolo
+<para>Piccolo
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 106
+<para> 106
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Banjo
+<para>Banjo
</para>
</entry>
</row><row><entry>
-<para> 8
+<para> 8
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Clavi
+<para>Clavi
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 41
+<para> 41
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Violin
+<para>Violin
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 74
+<para> 74
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Flute
+<para>Flute
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 107
+<para> 107
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Shamisen
+<para>Shamisen
</para>
</entry>
</row><row><entry>
-<para> 9
+<para> 9
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Celesta
+<para>Celesta
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 42
+<para> 42
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Viola
+<para>Viola
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 75
+<para> 75
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Recorder
+<para>Recorder
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 108
+<para> 108
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Koto
+<para>Koto
</para>
</entry>
</row><row><entry>
-<para> 10
+<para> 10
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Glockenspiel
+<para>Glockenspiel
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 43
+<para> 43
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Cello
+<para>Cello
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 76
+<para> 76
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Pan Flute
+<para>Pan Flute
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 109
+<para> 109
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Kalimba
+<para>Kalimba
</para>
</entry>
</row><row><entry>
-<para> 11
+<para> 11
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Music Box
+<para>Music Box
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 44
+<para> 44
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Contrabass
+<para>Contrabass
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 77
+<para> 77
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Blow Bottle
+<para>Blow Bottle
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 110
+<para> 110
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Bag Pipe
+<para>Bag Pipe
</para>
</entry>
</row><row><entry>
-<para> 12
+<para> 12
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Vibraphone
+<para>Vibraphone
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 45
+<para> 45
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Tremolo Strings
+<para>Tremolo Strings
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 78
+<para> 78
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Shakuhachi
+<para>Shakuhachi
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 111
+<para> 111
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Fiddle
+<para>Fiddle
</para>
</entry>
</row><row><entry>
-<para> 13
+<para> 13
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Marimba
+<para>Marimba
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 46
+<para> 46
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Pizz. Strings
+<para>Pizz. Strings
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 79
+<para> 79
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Whistle
+<para>Whistle
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 112
+<para> 112
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Shanai
+<para>Shanai
</para>
</entry>
</row><row><entry>
-<para> 14
+<para> 14
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Xylophone
+<para>Xylophone
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 47
+<para> 47
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Orch Harp
+<para>Orch Harp
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 80
+<para> 80
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Ocarina
+<para>Ocarina
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 113
+<para> 113
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Tinkle Bell
+<para>Tinkle Bell
</para>
</entry>
</row><row><entry>
-<para> 15
+<para> 15
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Tubular Bells
+<para>Tubular Bells
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 48
+<para> 48
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Timpani
+<para>Timpani
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 81
+<para> 81
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Lead 1 (square)
+<para>Lead 1 (square)
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 114
+<para> 114
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Agogo
+<para>Agogo
</para>
</entry>
</row><row><entry>
-<para> 16
+<para> 16
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Dulcimer
+<para>Dulcimer
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 49
+<para> 49
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>String Ens 1
+<para>String Ens 1
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 82
+<para> 82
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Lead 2 (sawtooth)
+<para>Lead 2 (sawtooth)
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 115
+<para> 115
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Steel Drums
+<para>Steel Drums
</para>
</entry>
</row><row><entry>
-<para> 17
+<para> 17
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Drawbar Organ
+<para>Drawbar Organ
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 50
+<para> 50
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>String Ens 2
+<para>String Ens 2
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 83
+<para> 83
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Lead 3 (calliope)
+<para>Lead 3 (calliope)
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 116
+<para> 116
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Woodblock
+<para>Woodblock
</para>
</entry>
</row><row><entry>
-<para> 18
+<para> 18
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Perc. Organ
+<para>Perc. Organ
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 51
+<para> 51
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Synthstrings 1
+<para>Synthstrings 1
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 84
+<para> 84
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Lead 4 (chiff)
+<para>Lead 4 (chiff)
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 117
+<para> 117
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Taiko Drum
+<para>Taiko Drum
</para>
</entry>
</row><row><entry>
-<para> 19
+<para> 19
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Rock Organ
+<para>Rock Organ
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 52
+<para> 52
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Synthstrings 2
+<para>Synthstrings 2
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 85
+<para> 85
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Lead 5 (charang)
+<para>Lead 5 (charang)
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 118
+<para> 118
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Melodic Tom
+<para>Melodic Tom
</para>
</entry>
</row><row><entry>
-<para> 20
+<para> 20
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Church Organ
+<para>Church Organ
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 53
+<para> 53
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Choir Aahs
+<para>Choir Aahs
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 86
+<para> 86
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Lead 6 (voice)
+<para>Lead 6 (voice)
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 119
+<para> 119
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Synth Drum
+<para>Synth Drum
</para>
</entry>
</row><row><entry>
-<para> 21
+<para> 21
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Reed Organ
+<para>Reed Organ
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 54
+<para> 54
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Choir Oohs
+<para>Choir Oohs
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 87
+<para> 87
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Lead 7 (fifths)
+<para>Lead 7 (fifths)
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 120
+<para> 120
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Reverse Cymbal
+<para>Reverse Cymbal
</para>
</entry>
</row><row><entry>
-<para> 22
+<para> 22
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Accordion
+<para>Accordion
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 55
+<para> 55
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Synth Voice
+<para>Synth Voice
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 88
+<para> 88
</para>
</entry><entry>
<para>Lead 8 (bass+lead)
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 121
+<para> 121
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Fret Noise
+<para>Fret Noise
</para>
</entry>
</row><row><entry>
-<para> 23
+<para> 23
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Harmonica
+<para>Harmonica
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 56
+<para> 56
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Orchestra hit
+<para>Orchestra hit
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 89
+<para> 89
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Pad 1 (new age)
+<para>Pad 1 (new age)
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 122
+<para> 122
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Breath Noise
+<para>Breath Noise
</para>
</entry>
</row><row><entry>
-<para> 24
+<para> 24
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Tango Accordion
+<para>Tango Accordion
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 57
+<para> 57
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Trumpet
+<para>Trumpet
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 90
+<para> 90
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Pad 2 (warm)
+<para>Pad 2 (warm)
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 123
+<para> 123
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Seashore
+<para>Seashore
</para>
</entry>
</row><row><entry>
-<para> 25
+<para> 25
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Ac. guitar nylon
+<para>Ac. guitar nylon
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 58
+<para> 58
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Trombone
+<para>Trombone
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 91
+<para> 91
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Pad 3 (polysynth)
+<para>Pad 3 (polysynth)
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 124
+<para> 124
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Bird Tweet
+<para>Bird Tweet
</para>
</entry>
</row><row><entry>
-<para> 26
+<para> 26
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Ac. guitar steel
+<para>Ac. guitar steel
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 59
+<para> 59
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Tuba
+<para>Tuba
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 92
+<para> 92
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Pad 4 (choir)
+<para>Pad 4 (choir)
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 125
+<para> 125
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Telephone Ring
+<para>Telephone Ring
</para>
</entry>
</row><row><entry>
-<para> 27
+<para> 27
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>El. guitar jazz
+<para>El. guitar jazz
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 60
+<para> 60
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Muted Trumpet
+<para>Muted Trumpet
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 93
+<para> 93
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Pad 5 (bowed)
+<para>Pad 5 (bowed)
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 126
+<para> 126
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Helicopter
+<para>Helicopter
</para>
</entry>
</row><row><entry>
-<para> 28
+<para> 28
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>El. guitar clean
+<para>El. guitar clean
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 61
+<para> 61
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>French Horn
+<para>French Horn
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 94
+<para> 94
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Pad 6 (metallic)
+<para>Pad 6 (metallic)
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 127
+<para> 127
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Applause
+<para>Applause
</para>
</entry>
</row><row><entry>
-<para> 29
+<para> 29
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>El. guitar muted
+<para>El. guitar muted
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 62
+<para> 62
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Brass Section
+<para>Brass Section
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 95
+<para> 95
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Pad 7 (halo)
+<para>Pad 7 (halo)
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 128
+<para> 128
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Gunshot
+<para>Gunshot
</para>
</entry>
</row><row><entry>
-<para> 30
+<para> 30
</para>
</entry><entry>
<para><ulink url="/OverDr">OverDr
-</ulink>. Guitar
+</ulink>. Guitar
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 63
+<para> 63
</para>
</entry><entry>
<para><ulink url="/SynthBrass">SynthBrass
-</ulink> 1
+</ulink> 1
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 96
+<para> 96
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Pad 8 (sweep)
+<para>Pad 8 (sweep)
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>
+<para>
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>
+<para>
</para>
</entry>
</row><row><entry>
-<para> 31
+<para> 31
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Dist. Guitar
+<para>Dist. Guitar
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 64
+<para> 64
</para>
</entry><entry>
<para><ulink url="/SynthBrass">SynthBrass
-</ulink> 2
+</ulink> 2
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 97
+<para> 97
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>FX 1 (rain)
+<para>FX 1 (rain)
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>
+<para>
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>
+<para>
</para>
</entry>
</row><row><entry>
-<para> 32
+<para> 32
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Guitar harmonics
+<para>Guitar harmonics
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 65
+<para> 65
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Soprano Sax
+<para>Soprano Sax
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 98
+<para> 98
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>FX 2 (soundtrack)
+<para>FX 2 (soundtrack)
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>
+<para>
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>
+<para>
</para>
</entry>
</row><row><entry>
-<para> 33
+<para> 33
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Acoustic Bass
+<para>Acoustic Bass
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 66
+<para> 66
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Alto Sax
+<para>Alto Sax
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> 99
+<para> 99
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>FX 3 (crystal)
+<para>FX 3 (crystal)
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>
+<para>
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>
+<para>
</para>
</entry>
</row>
@@ -1293,176 +1279,176 @@
<para>And that was the index of the instrument, below you have the index overt the Percussive instruments (drums)
</para><table><caption/><tgroup cols="3"><colspec colname="xxx1"/><colspec colname="xxx2"/><colspec colname="xxx3"/><tbody><row><entry>
<para><emphasis role="strong"> No.
-</emphasis>
+</emphasis>
</para>
</entry><entry>
<para><emphasis role="strong"> <ulink url="/DrumKit">DrumKit
</ulink>
-</emphasis>
+</emphasis>
</para>
</entry><entry>
<para><emphasis role="strong"> Uses
-</emphasis>
+</emphasis>
</para>
</entry>
</row><row><entry>
-<para> 1
+<para> 1
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Standar GM kit 1
+<para>Standar GM kit 1
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Everything
+<para>Everything
</para>
</entry>
</row><row><entry>
-<para> 2
+<para> 2
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Standar GM kit 2
+<para>Standar GM kit 2
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Same as 1
+<para>Same as 1
</para>
</entry>
</row><row><entry>
-<para> 10
+<para> 10
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Rom Kit
+<para>Rom Kit
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Pop Ballads
+<para>Pop Ballads
</para>
</entry>
</row><row><entry>
-<para> 17
+<para> 17
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Power Set
+<para>Power Set
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Rock, hard rock
+<para>Rock, hard rock
</para>
</entry>
</row><row><entry>
-<para> 25
+<para> 25
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Electronic kit
+<para>Electronic kit
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Ballads
+<para>Ballads
</para>
</entry>
</row><row><entry>
-<para> 26
+<para> 26
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Analog kit
+<para>Analog kit
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Also used in ballads
+<para>Also used in ballads
</para>
</entry>
</row><row><entry>
-<para> 27
+<para> 27
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Dance Kit
+<para>Dance Kit
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Uses in Dance, Teckno
+<para>Uses in Dance, Teckno
</para>
</entry>
</row><row><entry>
-<para> 28
+<para> 28
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Dance Kit 2
+<para>Dance Kit 2
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Same As 27
+<para>Same As 27
</para>
</entry>
</row><row><entry>
-<para> 33
+<para> 33
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Standar GM kit 3
+<para>Standar GM kit 3
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Same as 1,2 and 74,75
+<para>Same as 1,2 and 74,75
</para>
</entry>
</row><row><entry>
-<para> 41
+<para> 41
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Brush/jazz kit
+<para>Brush/jazz kit
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Uses in jazz, or ballads
+<para>Uses in jazz, or ballads
</para>
</entry>
</row><row><entry>
-<para> 49
+<para> 49
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Orchestral Kit
+<para>Orchestral Kit
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Uses in classical music
+<para>Uses in classical music
</para>
</entry>
</row><row><entry>
-<para> 57
+<para> 57
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Effects Kit
+<para>Effects Kit
</para>
</entry><entry>
<para>Uses to make effects arround your melodi
</para>
</entry>
</row><row><entry>
-<para> 65
+<para> 65
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Percussion kit 1
+<para>Percussion kit 1
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>
+<para>
</para>
</entry>
</row><row><entry>
-<para> 66
+<para> 66
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Percussion kit 2
+<para>Percussion kit 2
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>
+<para>
</para>
</entry>
</row><row><entry>
-<para> 74
+<para> 74
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Standar Gm Kit 4
+<para>Standar Gm Kit 4
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>
+<para>
</para>
</entry>
</row><row><entry>
-<para> 75
+<para> 75
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>Standar Gm Kit 5
+<para>Standar Gm Kit 5
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para>
+<para>
</para>
</entry>
</row>
@@ -1480,62 +1466,62 @@
<para>Midi setup, in this case midisetup.rg file will i show you how to change settings. I will introduce you to some controllers that you will find usefully to your midi setup
</para><table><caption/><tgroup cols="3"><colspec colname="xxx1"/><colspec colname="xxx2"/><colspec colname="xxx3"/><tbody><row><entry>
<para><emphasis role="strong"> No.
-</emphasis>
+</emphasis>
</para>
</entry><entry>
<para><emphasis role="strong"> Controller
-</emphasis>
+</emphasis>
</para>
</entry><entry>
<para><emphasis role="strong"> What does the controller do
-</emphasis>
+</emphasis>
</para>
</entry>
</row><row><entry>
-<para> 7
+<para> 7
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> Volume
+<para> Volume
</para>
</entry><entry>
<para> This sets the volume on the midi track 0 if lowest setting, 127 is the loudest setting
</para>
</entry>
</row><row><entry>
-<para> 10
+<para> 10
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> Ballange
+<para> Ballange
</para>
</entry><entry>
<para> This controls sett the balance on the midi track, 0 is for the left side, and 127 is right, 65 is center
</para>
</entry>
</row><row><entry>
-<para> 32
+<para> 32
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> Bank Select
+<para> Bank Select
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> This controller select the different sound banks on your synth/keyboard "LSB" (fine) bank select
+<para> This controller select the different sound banks on your synth/keyboard "LSB" (fine) bank select
</para>
</entry>
</row><row><entry>
-<para> 0
+<para> 0
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> Bank Select
+<para> Bank Select
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> This controller is the MSB (coarse) bank change
+<para> This controller is the MSB (coarse) bank change
</para>
</entry>
</row><row><entry>
-<para> 91
+<para> 91
</para>
</entry><entry>
-<para> reverb
+<para> reverb
</para>
</entry><entry>
<para> This sets the room size on the midi track, 0 is for no acoustics, and 127 for max acoustics
@@ -1578,11 +1564,11 @@
</para>
<para>my keyboard have a instrument on controller 0(MSB) on value 8, and in controller 32(LSB) on value 1, and last on program change 3.
</para>
-<para>so the following is,
+<para>so the following is,
</para>
<para>controller 0 with value 8
</para>
-<para>controller 32 with value 1
+<para>controller 32 with value 1
</para>
<para>and last the program change with value 3
</para>
@@ -1605,15 +1591,20 @@
<section>
<title>How to make rosegarden to automatical put controller and program change in the start of your segment, for exported midi
</title>
-<para>This is actually something i just found out. You use the intrumentparameter to have the reverb, volume you want, and then the trick is to press a key on your keyboard when rosegarden count up for you, so you actually get a note in the counting in before record. This you can do on every segment. And then when you export the song to midi, the info will automatical been put inn there, the only thing is that you must load the new midi file, and remove the note you dont need.
+<para>This is actually something i just found out. You use the intrumentparameter to have the reverb, volume you want, and then the trick is to press a key on your keyboard when rosegarden count up for you, so you actually get a note in the counting in before record. This you can do on every segment. And then when you export the song to midi, the info will automatical been put inn there, the only thing is that you must load the new midi file, and remove the note you dont need.
</para><para/>
</section>
<section>
-<title>How to use Score editor to set controllers
+<title>how to add a new midi device
</title>
-<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="./images/addevent.png"/>
-</imageobject><textobject><phrase>attachment:addevent.png
+<para>As i said, this is not nessesary if you just held this projekt as a rosegarden file.
+</para>
+<para>All synth have many sounds, and you will not get to all the sound that are awailable with the GM only on the quick instrument parameter pick, so if you follow this way you can try to add your synth/keyboard as your default device, and take in use all sound that lives in your keyboard/synth. New devices are added on new releases of rosegarden, so if you not find your own device here, you can just wait to se if it will show up, or you can help the rosegarden project and make the instrument indexing your self, and simply send the *.rgd file to them, and at the same time join the rosegarden list: <ulink url="http://rosegardenmusic.com/support/lists/">http://rosegardenmusic.com/support/lists/
+</ulink>
+</para>
+<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="./images/mididevice.png"/>
+</imageobject><textobject><phrase>attachment:mididevice.png
</phrase>
</textobject>
</inlinemediaobject>
@@ -1621,12 +1612,38 @@
</section>
<section>
-<title>how to add a new midi device
+<title>Placing your audio file for your new project
</title>
-<para>you can also create a new midi device that is for your synth/keyboard, to make the easy pick on the instrument parameters as shown on the picture below
+<para>It is very important to be strict when it's comes to where you placing your recording live instruments, and vocals, because without that, you will after a wile get problem to find what files you are working with, it's not impossible but without any structure on it, you will use allot of time find it. So lets say you have made you self a new midi melody "shallala", and you want to record your vocal on it, then you just remember to make a director that has the same name as your melody, and place your recorded audio in there.
</para>
-<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="./images/mididevice.png"/>
-</imageobject><textobject><phrase>attachment:mididevice.png
+<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="./images/audioplace.png"/>
+</imageobject><textobject><phrase>attachment:audioplace.png
+</phrase>
+</textobject>
+</inlinemediaobject>
+</para>
+<para>Choose --> "composition" ---> and then "edit document properties"
+</para><para/>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>How to sign your melody
+</title>
+<para>You want to tell everybody the you have made this tune, so belove you se how you can add what the song name is, who has composed it
+</para>
+<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="./images/signaudio.png"/>
+</imageobject><textobject><phrase>attachment:signaudio.png
+</phrase>
+</textobject>
+</inlinemediaobject>
+</para>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>How to use Score editor to set controllers
+</title>
+<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="./images/addevent.png"/>
+</imageobject><textobject><phrase>attachment:addevent.png
</phrase>
</textobject>
</inlinemediaobject>
@@ -1769,7 +1786,11 @@
<section>
<title>How to change key
</title>
-<para>[attachment:changekey.png]
+<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="./images/changekey.png"/>
+</imageobject><textobject><phrase>attachment:changekey.png
+</phrase>
+</textobject>
+</inlinemediaobject>
</para><para/>
</section>
@@ -1999,7 +2020,9 @@
<section id="Translations">
<title>Translations of this document
</title>
-<para>Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. An incomplete translation for Norwegian Bokmål exists.
+<para>Fully translated versions of this document are available.
+</para>
+<para>Norwegian Bokmål.
</para><para/>
<section>
hooks/post-receive
--
debian-edu-doc.git (Debian package debian-edu-doc)
This is an automated email from the git hooks/post-receive script. It was
generated because a ref change was pushed to the repository containing
the project "debian-edu-doc.git" (Debian package debian-edu-doc).
More information about the debian-edu-commits
mailing list